Tips Manual of Travel Medicine and Health

Every Decker book
is accompanied by
a CD-ROM.
The disc appears in the front of each copy, in its

own sealed jacket. Affixed to the front of the book
will be a distinctive BcD sticker “Book cum disc.”
The disc contains the complete text and illustrations

of the book, in fully searchable PDF files. The
book and disc are sold only as a package; neither is
available independently, and no prices are available
for the items individually.
BC Decker Inc is committed to providing high-

quality electronic publications that complement
traditional information and learning methods.
We trust you will find the book/CD

package invaluable and invite your
comments and suggestions.
Brian C. Decker
CEO and Publisher
This page intentionally left blank
Manual of
TRAVEL
MEDICINE
and
HEALTH
Second Edition
Robert Steffen, MD
Professor of Travel Medicine
Head, Division of Communicable Diseases
Institute of Social and Preventive Medicine, University of Zurich
Director, World Health Organization Collaborating Centre
for Travellers’ Health
Zurich, Switzerland
Herbert L. DuPont, MD
Chief, Internal Medicine
St. Luke’s Episcopal Hospital
Director, Center for Infectious Diseases
University of Texas, Houston School of Public Health
Mary W. Kelsey Chair, University of Texas, Houston
Department of Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine
H. Irving Schweppe Jr, Chair and Vice Chair
Houston, Texas
Annelies Wilder-Smith, MD, PhD, MIH, DTM&H
Head, Travellers’ Health and Vaccination Centre
Tan Tock Seng Hospital
Singapore
Adjunct Associate Professor, Centre for International Health
Curtis University
Perth, Australia
2003
BC Decker Inc
Hamilton • London
BC Decker Inc
P.O. Box 620, L.C.D. 1
Hamilton, Ontario L8N 3K7
Tel: 800-568-7281; 905-522-7017
Fax: 888-311-4987; 905-522-7839
e-mail: [email protected]
www.bcdecker.com
© 2003 BC Decker Inc
First Edition © 1999 Robert Steffen, Herbert L. DuPont
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or other-
wise, without prior written permission from the publisher.
03 04 05 06 / PC / 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ISBN 1-55009-227-8
Printed in Canada
Sales and Distribution

United States U.K., Europe, Scandinavia, Mexico and Central America
BC Decker Inc Middle East ETM SA de CV
P.O. Box 785 Elsevier Science Calle de Tula 59
Lewiston, NY 14092-0785 Customer Service Department Colonia Condesa
Tel: 905-522-7017; 800-568-7281 Foots Cray High Street 06140 Mexico DF, Mexico
Fax: 905-522-7839 Sidcup, Kent Tel: 52-5-5553-6657
E-mail: [email protected] DA14 5HP, UK Fax: 52-5-5211-8468
www.bcdecker.com Tel: 44 (0) 208 308 5760 E-mail: editoresdetextosmex@
Fax: 44 (0) 181 308 5702 prodigy.net.mx
Canada
E-mail: [email protected]
BC Decker Inc Argentina
20 Hughson Street South Singapore, Malaysia,Thailand, CLM (Cuspide Libros Medicos)
P.O. Box 620, LCD 1 Philippines, Indonesia, Av. Córdoba 2067 – (1120)
Hamilton, Ontario L8N 3K7 Vietnam, Pacific Rim, Korea Buenos Aires, Argentina
Tel: 905-522-7017; 800-568-7281 Elsevier Science Asia Tel: (5411) 4961-0042/(5411)
Fax: 905-522-7839 583 Orchard Road 4964-0848
E-mail: [email protected] #09/01, Forum Fax: (5411) 4963-7988
www.bcdecker.com Singapore 238884 E-mail: [email protected]
Tel: 65-737-3593
Foreign Rights Brazil
Fax: 65-753-2145
John Scott & Company Tecmedd
International Publishers’ AgencyAustralia, New Zealand Av. Maurilio Biagi, 2850
P.O. Box 878 Elsevier Science Australia Ribeirão Preto – SP – CEP:
Kimberton, PA 19442 Customer Service Department 14021-000
Tel: 610-827-1640 STM Division Tel: 0800 992236
Fax: 610-827-1671 Locked Bag 16 Fax: (16) 3993-9000
E-mail: [email protected] St. Peters, New South Wales, E-mail: tecmedd@tecmedd.
2044 com.br
Japan
Australia
Igaku-Shoin Ltd.
Tel: 61 02 9517-8999
Foreign Publications Department
Fax: 61 02 9517-2249
3-24-17 Hongo
Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo
www.harcourt.com.au
Japan 113-8719
Tel: 3 3817 5680
Fax: 3 3815 6776
Notice: The authors and publisher have made every effort to ensure that the patient care recommended herein, including choice of drugs
and drug dosages, is in accord with the accepted standard and practice at the time of publication. However, since research and regulation
constantly change clinical standards, the reader is urged to check the product information sheet included in the package of each drug, which
includes recommended doses, warnings, and contraindications. This is particularly important with new or infrequently used drugs. Any
treatment regimen, particularly one involving medication, involves inherent risk that must be weighed on a case-by-case basis against the
benefits anticipated. The reader is cautioned that the purpose of this book is to inform and enlighten; the information contained herein is not
intended as, and should not be employed as, a substitute for individual diagnosis and treatment.
CONTENTS
Preface to the First Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix

Preface to the Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
PART 1 BASICS
Travelers and Their Destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Epidemiology of Health Risks in Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Principles of Pretravel Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Basics of Immunization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Basics of Malaria Prophylaxis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Options for Self-Therapy and Travel Medicine Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Water Disinfection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
General Strategies in Environment-Related Special Risks
Duration of Exposure: From Short Trips to Expatriates . . . . . . . 94
Essentials of Aviation Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
The Hajj: Pilgrimage to Saudi Arabia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
General Strategies in Host-Related Special Risks
Principles of Migration Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Female and Pregnant Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Male Travelers: Corporate Travelers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Infants and Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Parents Planning International Adoption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Athletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Pre-existing Health Conditions and Elderly Travelers . . . . . . . . 127
HIV Infection and Other Immunodeficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Handicapped Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Pets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
PART 2 INFECTIOUS HEALTH RISKS AND THEIR PREVENTION

Anthrax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Arenaviral Hemorrhagic Fevers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Botulism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Brucellosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Cholera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Dengue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Dermatologic Infections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Diphtheria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Dracunculiasis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Ebola Fever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Filariasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
vi Contents
Filovirus Infections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Hantavirus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Hepatitis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Hepatitis A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Hepatitis B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Hepatitis C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Delta Hepatitis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Hepatitis E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Hepatitis G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Human Immunodeficiency Virus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Influenza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Japanese Encephalitis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Lassa Fever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Legionellosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Leishmaniasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Leprosy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Leptospirosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Lyme Borreliosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Malaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Measles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Meningococcal Meningitis (Meningococcal Disease) . . . . . . . . . . 319
Monkeypox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Plague . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Poliomyelitis (“Polio”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Rabies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Relapsing Fever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Respiratory Tract Infections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Rickettsial Infections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Rift Valley Fever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Schistosomiasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Sexually Transmitted Diseases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Smallpox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Tetanus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Tickborne Encephalitis (Spring-Summer Encephalitis) . . . . . . . . . 393
Travelers’ Diarrhea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Trypanosomiasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Tuberculosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Tularemia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Typhoid Fever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Viral Hemorrhagic Fevers, Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
West Nile Virus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Yellow Fever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Contents vii
PART 3 NONINFECTIOUS HEALTH

RISKS AND THEIR PREVENTION
Accidents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Animal Bites and Stings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Antarctic and Arctic Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Dermatologic Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Diving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
In-Flight Incidents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Jet Lag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Motion Sickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Poisoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Psychiatric Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Ultraviolet Rays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
PART 4 DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT

OF ILLNESS AFTER RETURN OR IMMIGRATION
Diagnosis and Management of Illness after Return . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Persistent Diarrhea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Fever without Focal Findings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Treatment of Uncomplicated Malaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Dermatologic Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Eosinophilia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Sexually Transmitted Diseases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Screening of Expatriates after
Prolonged Stay in Tropical Regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
APPENDICES
Appendix A: Abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Appendix B: Selected International and
National Information Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Appendix C: Country-Specific Malaria and
Vaccination Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Appendix D: Medical Emergency Abroad:
Calling an Air Ambulance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Appendix E: International Certificate of Vaccination . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
viii Manual of Travel Medicine and Health
DEDICATION
This edition is dedicated to the individuals who have accompa-

nied and supported us—some for the past 25 years—in our striving
to make travel medicine and travel health a new field:
Aafje, Aaron, Al, Alain, Albie, Alireza, Alison, Alois
Barbara, Benedikt, Benjamin, Bernhard, Blaise, Bob, Brad,
Brenda, Brian
Cameron, Carlo, Cesar, Charles, Charlie, Christian, Christine,
Christoph, Claudine, Cordy
David, Deanna, Dieter, Dominique, Donna
Eduardo, Ekanem, Elaine, Eli, Eric, Ernesto, Eve
Felix, Fida, Fiona, Fons, Francesco, Françoise, Frank, Franz
Gaby, George, Gerd, Gerry, Gil, Guenael
Hannes, Hans, Hans-Dieter, Hanspeter, Harumi, Helen,
Henryk
Ingegerd, Ingrid
Jack, Javier, Jay, Jeff, Jianwei, JoAnn, John, Jonathan, Juan
Pablo, Julia
Karl, Kee Tai, Ken, Kevin, Kim, Klaus, Kurt
Larisa, Len, Liliana, Lindsey, Lise, Louis
Made, Maia, Maja, Martin, Marty, Matius, Max, Maxime,
Michel, Mikio, Miri, Mohamad, Mohammad Alamgir,
Moshaddeque
Nicholas, Niki, Norbert, Norman
Oswald, Otto
Pablo, Peggy, Penny, Peter, Philip, Philipp, Phyllis, Pierre-
Alain
Q
Rainer, Raouf, Ricardo, Ron, Rosa, Rosmarie, Ruedi
Sandy, Santanu, Severin, Steve, Susan, Susanne, Suzy
Teresa, Thomas, Tilman, Tomas, Tony
Ueli
Vernon
Walter, Weilie, Wolfgang
X
Yvonne
Zhi-Dong, Ziad
ix
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
Life is risky, and travel is even more so. The aim of this manu-
al is to offer health professionals all they need to know to keep
travelers in good health. The purpose is therefore to raise the
standard of practice of preventive travel medicine.
Part 1 contains the basics necessary for every newcomer to
the field. The subsequent parts contain epidemiologic data
required for risk assessment, supported by numerous maps.
They not only provide information about various diseases and
risks encountered by travelers but also advice on avoidance of
exposure to risk, immunization, drug prophylaxis, and recom-
mendations for self-assessment and self-treatment while
abroad. Also, the agents used in travel health, vaccines, drugs,
and others, are described here in detail. There are innumerable
information sources available on the diagnosis and therapy for
some illnesses experienced by travelers or imported by
migrants. For such, only the very basic information to be
known by every general practitioner is included in this manual,
with the focus on prevention and self-treatment.
Progress has been made toward a consensus on advice in
travel medicine as this is of utmost importance to avoid confu-
sion and resultant lack of compliance in travelers. However,
there remains variation of opinion in some fields. Wherever
this occurs, we describe the different positions; otherwise, we
adhere to the advice published by the World Health Organiza-
tion (WHO), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC), other international expert groups, or universally accept-
ed individual experts.
Travel medicine is a dynamic field. Any information pro-
vided in this manual will need continuous updating from other
sources as new information becomes available. We plan to
revise the book regularly and therefore invite all users to
inform us about inadequacies or missing data to allow us to
make subsequent editions even more valuable.
Robert Steffen
Herbert L. DuPont
x Manual of Travel Medicine and Health
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION
This manual has become a standard reference among travel health

professionals and others interested in the field. Even after mul-
tiple printings, the first edition is now sold out. Less than four
years after having completed the first edition, the rapid, emerg-
ing field of travel medicine requires that we provide the second
edition.
The fundamental concept remains the same. Our primary aim
is one that provides clear answers to the many questions—fun-
damental and complex—that we face today. Just as the first
edition did, this manual focuses on preventive measures for con-
sideration by travelers. Obviously, the recommendations are
based on recent epidemiologic data. Therapy is included inso-
far as it is relevant for self-treatment abroad and to address
problems and questions that primary care physicians are fre-
quently confronted with by returning travelers. For more complex
therapeutic questions, consult sources on infectious diseases or
on tropical medicine.
Throughout this second edition, we included a short bibliog-
raphy with each chapter. You will find several additional summary
tables and updated maps. In Part 1, Basics, the segments on travel
advice for pregnant women, for infants and children, for patients
with chronic medical conditions and senior travelers, and for per-
sons with HIV infection have been expanded. We have added
new segments on pilgrimage to Saudi Arabia, fundamentals of
migration medicine, screening immigrants and refugees, and
adoption of children from developing countries. In Part 2,
Infectious Health Risks and Their Prevention, an update became
necessary—the epidemiologic situation has evolved, and many
new products have or soon will be marketed. Although we should
not exaggerate the actual threat of biologic weapons on the trav-
eling population, we also added a range of new topics that cover
aspects related to bioterrorism. Part 3, Noninfectious Health Risks
and Their Prevention, has also been expanded, mainly by a new
xi
chapter entitled “Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary

Embolism.” Part 4, Diagnosis and Management of Illness after
Return or Immigration, needed a thorough update. In addition,
we have added one chapter each on the fundamentals of diagno-
sis and treatment of malaria and on diagnosis and treatment of
sexually transmitted diseases.
Most of our readers are health professionals; however, a few
are initiated travelers. Whether this manual is used in daily work
or to prepare a certificate of knowledge, initiated by the
International Society of Travel Medicine, we wish you all good
luck and great satisfaction. May your clients and your own trav-
els be healthy and happy! We plan to continue to revise this manual
regularly, and we continue to invite all users to inform us about
inadequacies or missing data, allowing us to make subsequent
editions even more valuable.
Robert Steffen
Herbert L. DuPont
Annelies Wilder-Smith
April 2003
xii Manual of Travel Medicine and Health
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to acknowledge the excellent advice and support we

received in preparing this manuscript, first from the joint Swiss
team at the Universities of Basel, Geneva, and Zurich: Drs. Lorenz
Amsler, Bernhard Beck, Carla Bonomo, Alfred Eichmann, Maia
Funk, Christoph Hatz, Louis Loutan, and Patricia Schlagenhauf.
Our technician, Hanspeter Jauss, prepared all the figures, and
Claudine Leuthold and her team at ASTRAL/TROPIMED in
Geneva prepared all the endemicity maps. Experts in various firms,
mainly Drs. Hans Bock, Wolfgang Haupt, and Christian Herzog
reviewed the data on the vaccines. Dr. Ziad Memish assisted us
in formulating the chapter on pilgrimage to Mecca. Last, but not
least, Brian Decker and his team, notably Sue Cooper, Peggy
Dalling, and Jamie Gilmour made it possible that the draft became
that handy booklet you are now holding in your hands.
R.S.
H.L.D.
A.W-S.
INTRODUCTION
Basic Concepts
Travel medicine is a new interdisciplinary field (Figure 1). The

primary goal of travel medicine is to protect travelers from dis-
ease and death; the secondary one is to minimize the impact of
illness and accidents through principles of self-treatment.
To achieve these goals, it is initially necessary to quantitate health
risks through epidemiologic research. From such data, it is possi-
ble to rank preventive measures in the order of importance. The art
of travel medicine lies in the careful selection of necessary preventive
strategies, avoiding those measures which may cause unnecessary
fear, adverse events, expense, or inconvenience. One basic precept
is that potential travelers need not be given protective therapy
against rare diseases while simultaneously being exposed to more
frequently occurring diseases of comparable severity. Only in
exceptional circumstances should travel health recommendations
be as restrictive as advice to abandon travel plans.
Travel medicine is not merely a luxury service for individual
travelers; it also benefits public health. Collaboration between
Traditional Disciplines New Field

Tropical Medicine
Infectious Dis., Microbiology Epidemiology
Internal Medicine
Aviation / Maritime Medicine
Public Health
Specific: travel related
Preventive Medicine
Occupational Medicine
Migration Medicine Travel
Prevention
Pediatrics, Geriatrics Medicine
Obstetrics
Dermatology, Venerology
Psychiatry
Ophthalmology, ENT
Traumatology
Self-Therapy
Physiology (altitude, diving)
Pharmacology, etc. Therapy
Figure 1 Travel medicine: an interdisciplinary field

2 Manual of Travel Medicine and Health
tourist-generating and tourist-receiving countries may result in

improved hygienic conditions in resorts, and when health measures
are copied and practiced, they will improve the situation for the
local population, as well. New drugs and vaccines developed for
travelers, although initially costly, later become available on the
market everywhere at lower prices. Surveillance of imported dis-
eases and drug-resistance patterns and data on sentinel cases in
returning travelers are important to not only the developed world
but also to the country where the disease originated, in the con-
text of global concern over emerging or re-emerging infections.
The Travelers
Exposure of travelers to health risks depends on the destination,
travel characteristics, and duration of stay. The importance of
travel medicine is greatest for those venturing into the develop-
ing countries in tropic and subtropic regions where health stan-
dards and the health system are markedly substandard, and there
is minimal regard for public safety. Therefore, travelers must
carry the responsibility for their own health. If they neglect to seek
advice or be noncompliant, they face a considerably higher risk
of disease or even death.
Exposure of travelers also depends on the level of protection.
Moreover, it is an arbitrary decision to what degree a traveler is
willing to accept health risks; few will go as far as to carry their
own blood supply, as some VIPs do. Experience shows that often
those most intensely exposed to risks are on the tightest budget
and believe that they cannot afford travel health measures.
The travel health community must give special attention to eth-
nic groups visiting friends and relatives in their native countries
and also to low-budget travelers who often do not go through a
travel agent and use the cheapest means of travel.
Travel Industry
Travel industry professionals should inform potential travelers
about health measures at the earliest opportunity. This may be done
through brochures or guide books, which must be reviewed by com-
Introduction 3
petent travel health professionals. In some countries, it is now pos-

sible for travelers to receive travel advice when booking an air-
line ticket through a computerized reservation system.
Travel industry professionals (travel agents, tour operators, and
airlines) are the ones who most often have the earliest knowledge
of an individual’s travel plans. It should be travel industry policy
to routinely refer for medical advice travelers who plan to visit areas
with an elevated health risk. This should be done in a timely man-
ner; some preventive measures need a few days or even weeks to
become effective. This does not mean that all travel health con-
sultation is useless and late for last-minute travelers. Travel indus-
try collaborators need to be instructed accordingly. Only travel
health professionals should provide detailed travel advice, not
employees in travel agencies.
Ideally, tour operators’ brochures and tour guides will use the
opportunity to make a significant contribution by going beyond
health issues and encourage travelers to respect the people, the envi-
ronment, and the culture at their destination.
Travel Health Professionals

Specialized travel clinics or vaccination centers in Europe are con-
sulted by more than 50,000 potential travelers to the developing
countries in one year. However, in North America, fewer than 500
travelers yearly visit many travel clinics. There is divided opinion
about the practice of travel medicine, whether it should be limited
to specialized centers or whether any initiated general practitioner
should give travel health advice. To provide travel health advice,
any health professional should have extensive travel experience and
ideally should have visited the continent under discussion.
The family practitioner can issue travel health advice to an indi-
vidual with a low-risk profile and one who is visiting a developed
nation. Often, he only needs to ascertain whether the potential trav-
eler is still up-to-date on immunity against tetanus and diphthe-
ria. Depending upon the frequency of travel to high-risk destinations
from a travel-generating country, practicing physicians should
have the opportunity to develop the expertise to give travel health
advice to most healthy travelers planning to stay on the "usual tourist

trails." Refer persons with a high-risk profile to experienced cen-
ters. Inclusion of the basic concepts of travel medicine in the cur-
riculum of medical schools and continuing medical education is
essential to ensure a high quality of service in travel medicine as
part of general practice.
Even if most recommendations are amended less than once
yearly, travel health professionals must have access to a rapid up-
to-date information system.
The Institutions
Various institutions play a significant role in travel medicine. Inter-
national (World Health Organization), and national public health
(eg, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) institutions carry
the burden of dissemination of data. The International Society of
Travel Medicine (ISTM), various national associations of travel med-
icine, the Wilderness Medical Society, the American Society of Trop-
ical Medicine and Hygiene, the Federation of European Societies
for Tropical Medicine and International Health, and other regional
and national societies of tropical medicine contribute to the advance-
ment of travel medicine, mainly by promoting the exchange of infor-
mation among those working in this field. Academic institutions
and other travel clinics are the driving forces in mainly epidemio-
logical research, while the pharmaceutical industry develops and
distributes—not always in sufficient quantities—various products
to protect travelers’ health. Other private sectors also play a part
by selling, for example, travel health software packages.
Conclusion
All of us in travel medicine depend on the regular receipt of up-
to-date information and recommendations on important destination-
specific risks and disease-prevention strategies for our travelers.
First steps have been taken on international, national, and local lev-
els to urge travel health and travel industry professionals to col-
laborate. These efforts certainly need to be intensified.
PART 1
BASICS
TRAVELERS AND THEIR DESTINATIONS
Travelers
According to data provided by the World Tourism Organization

(WTO) in Madrid, in 2000 there were 697 million recorded inter-
national tourist arrivals, the majority in the developed countries. Each
year, approximately 50 million travelers from a developed coun-
try visit a developing country (Figure 2). The health systems at their
destinations, particularly the hygiene conditions, are of poor stan-
dard in most places, which poses considerable health risks for the
traveler; this manual emphasizes this particular section of the trav-
eling population. Destinations in industrialized nations may be
relevant for travel health (eg, reaching high altitudes, traveling on
long flights that may increase the risk of deep vein thrombosis, and
experiencing motion sickness, which may occur anywhere).
The projections show a substantial annual increase in travel
from the developed to the developing countries (Table 1), although
the current economic crisis in many parts of the world and the fear
of terrorism may cause some reduction in travel rates.
According to the WTO definitions, the word “tourist” includes
a broad variety of travelers including business travelers, expatri-
ates, crew members, etc. (Figure 3), while according to Webster’s
Dictionary most “tourists” travel “especially for pleasure.” We
accept the latter definition and use the term “tourist” only for vaca-
tioners or similar.
Financial Implications of International Travel
The international tourism receipts total $380 billion US yearly. The

world’s top tourism spenders were Germany ($48 billion US),
United States ($46 billion), Japan ($36 billion), United Kingdom,
France, Italy, Austria, and the Netherlands (all >10 billion). The top
tourism earners were the United States (61 billion), France, Italy,
Spain, United Kingdom, Austria, and Germany (all >10 billion).
7
Figure 2 Travelers from industrialized areas to the developing areas 1999 (WTO)
Travelers and Their Destinations 9
Table 1 Increase in Travelers from the Developed to the Developing Countries

until 2010. Database 1995 Arrivals (Thousands) and Growth (% Per Annum)
FROM: USA/Canada Europe Japan
TO Arrivals Growth Arrivals Growth Arrivals Growth
Africa 500 4.5 6200 5.4 60 7.2
Middle East 600 10.0 3700 11.0 100 9.0
South Asia 400 7.7 1800 6.8 160 6.0
East Asia/Pacific 5000 5.5 9300 7.2 11,000 6.0
Americas 75,000 3.2 (16,000) 5.8 5300 6.9
Europe (18,000) 2.0 (275,000) 2.4 5800 5.4
Long haul: 26.4% 11.8% 50.2%
Data from World Tourism Organization.
Destinations
Geography
Those advising potential travelers must have comprehensive
knowledge of world geography time zones (Figure 4), the loca-
tion of various countries and their capital cities (Figures 5A to
K), and the climates and altitudes of at least the most frequently
visited destinations.
Environment
Environment plays an important role in most travels, from the

developed to the developing countries. Travelers may find the cli-
mate of the country that they visit differs greatly from that of the
home country. Temperature, humidity, and rainfall have a direct
impact on a traveler’s health. Heat and humidity often lead to loss
of energy and malaise initially and later to rapid exhaustion.
Electrolyte and fluid depletion may lead to dangerous condi-
tions, particularly in elderly travelers and those with pre-existing
illness. Excessive exposure to the sun rapidly results in sunburns,
particularly at high altitudes. Some destinations in desert areas
may be extremely dry and very cold at night. A traveler who expe-
Not included in
Leisure Recreation TRAVELERS Border Workers
Tourism Statistics
and Holidays
Included in Temporary
Tourism Statistics Immigrants
Visiting Friends
and Relatives Permanent
VISITORS
Immigrants
Business and Nomads

TOURISTS SAME-DAY
Professional (Overnight Visitors) VISITORS
Main Transit
Purpose Passengers
Health of Visit
Treatment Refugees
Members of the
Religion/ Nonnationals Crew-Members Nationals Cruise Day Armed Forces
Crews
Pilgrimages (Foreigners) Nonresidents Residing Abroad Passengers Visitors
Representation
of Consulates
Others
Diplomats
Figure 3 Classification of international visitors

riences extreme differences in temperature and humidity may expe-

rience undesired clinical symptoms.
Heat, humidity, and overcrowding, especially in the poorer sec-
tions of cities, promote the survival, multiplication, and spread of
infectious agents and their vectors. Air pollution is a significant
problem in many large cities in the world (eg, Beijing, Mexico DF,
and Athens). The air may become polluted after bush and forest
fires. Dust from unpaved roads or in arid areas may cause increased
susceptibility to infections of the upper respiratory tract.
Particular meteorological conditions, such as El Niño currents
in the Pacific, sometimes influence global weather causing pro-
longed heavy rains with subsequent floods and epidemics. How-
ever, highly efficient early warning systems with long-term
predictions now enable public health officers to identify at-risk
populations.
Many travel agencies publish information on climatic condi-
tions at frequently visited tourist destinations. Similarly, many air-
lines and other institutions (eg, media) have such information
available in print or on their Web site.
At high altitudes, trekkers and climbers with pre-existing car-
diac or pulmonary disease (Table 2) face a risk. Above 2,400
meters, there is a risk of high altitude illness for any person stay-
ing for several hours. Part 3, “Altitude,” provides detail on this topic.
Time Zones
Time differences can affect travelers’ health. Desynchronization
of various physiologic and psychological rhythms occurs after rapid
passage across several time zones. Figure 4 shows the Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC) zones. Part 3 describes jet lag.
Potential Health Hazards to Travelers by Region
This section intends to provide a general description of the health

risks that travelers may face in various areas of the world and not
Table 2 Altitudes of Important Tourist Destinations

(Most Above 1220 m/4000 ft)
Cities and Countries Meters Feet
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia 926 3038

Albuquerque, USA 1620 5314
Andorra La Vella, Andorra 1080 3543
Antananarivo, Madagascar 1372 4500
Arieiro, Madeira Island, Portugal 1610 5282
Arusha, Tanzania 1387 4550
Asmara, Ethiopia 2325 7628
Aspen, USA 2369 7773
At Ta’if, Saudi Arabia 1471 4826
Banff, Canada 1397 4583
Bioemfontein, South Africa 1422 4665
Bishop, USA 1253 4112
Bogotá, Colombia 2645 8678
Boulder, USA 1611 5288
Bulawayo, Zimbabwe 1342 4405
Butte, USA 1693 5554
Byrd Station (Antarctica), USA 1553 5095
Cajamarca, Peru 2640 8662
Calgary, Canada 1079 3540
Caracas, Venezuela 1042 3418
Carson City, USA 1448 4751
Cherrapunji, India 1313 4309
Cheyenne, USA 1876 6156
Chihuahua, Mexico 1423 4669
Coban, Guatemala 1306 4285
Cochabamba, Bolivia 2550 8367
Colorado Springs, USA 1881 6172
Cuenca, Ecuador 2530 8301
Cuernavaca, Mexico 1560 5118
Cuzco, Peru 3225 10,581
Cyangugu, Rwanda 1529 5015
Darjeeling, India 2265 7431
Davos-Platz, Switzerland 1588 5210
Denver, USA 1625 5331
Durango, Mexico 1889 6198
Table 2 (Continued)
Erzurum, Turkey 1951 6402
Esfahan (Isfahan), Iran 1773 5817
Flagstaff, USA 2137 7012
Fort Portal, Uganda 1539 5049
Gangtok, India 1812 5945
Gilgit, Kashmir 1490 4890
Grand Canyon NP, USA 2015 6611
Grand Junction, USA 1481 4858
Guadalajara, Mexico 1589 5213
Guanajuato, Mexico 2500 8202
Guatemala, Guatemala 1480 4855
Gyumri (Leninakan), Armenia 1529 5016
Harare (Salisbury), Zimbabwe 1472 4831
Ifrane, Morocco 1635 5364
Iringa, Tanzania 1625 5330
Jasper, Canada 1061 3480
Jinja, Uganda 1172 3845
Johannesburg, South Africa 1665 5463
Jungfraujoch, Switzerland 3475 11,467
Kabale, Uganda 1871 6138
Kabul, Afghan 1815 5955
Kampala, Uganda 1312 4304
Kathmandu, Nepal 1337 4388
Kermanshah, Iran 1320 4331
Kerman, Iran 1859 6100
Ketama, Morocco 1520 4987
Kigali, Rwanda 1472 4828
Kisumu, Kenya 1149 3769
Kitale, Kenya 1920 6299
La Paz, Bolivia 3658–4018 12,001
Lake Louise, Canada 1534 5032
Laramie, USA 2217 7272
Leh, India 3506 11,503
Lhasa, Tibet, China 3685 12,090
Lichinga (Vila Cabral), Mozambique 1365 4478
Lubumbashi (Elisabethville), Zaire 1230 4035
Table 2 (Continued)
Lusaka, Zambia 1260 4134
Macchu Picchu, Peru 2380 7854
Marsabit, Kenya 1345 4413
Maseru, Lesotho 1528 5013
Mbabane, Swaziland 1163 3816
Mbala (Abercorn), Zambia 1658 5440
Medellín, Colombia 1498 4916
Merida, Venezuela 1635 5364
Mexico, Mexico 2308 7572
Morella, Mexico 1941 6368
Mt. Kilimanjaro, Tanzania 5890 19,340
Nairobi, Kenya 1820 5971
Nanyuki, Kenya 1947 6389
Ndola, Zambia 1269 4163
Nova Lisboa, Angola 1700 5577
Nuwara Eliya, Sri Lanka 1880 6188
Oaxaca, Mexico 1528 5012
Pachuca, Mexico 2426 7959
Petrified Forest NP, USA 1653 5425
Pretoria, South Africa 1369 4491
Puebla, Mexico 2162 7093
Queretaro, Mexico 1842 6043
Quetta, Pakistan 1673 5490
Quito, Ecuador 2879 9446
Reno, USA 1344 4411
Rock Springs, USA 2058 6752
Sa da Bandeira, Angola 1786 5860
Salt Lake City, USA 1288 4226
San Antonio de los Banos, Cuba 2509 8230
San Jose, Costa Rica 1146 3760
San Luis Potosi, Mexico 1859 6100
San Miguel de Allende, Mexico 1852 6076
San’a, Yemen Arab Republic 2377 7800
Santa Fe, USA 1934 6344
Seefeld, Austria 1204 3950
Shiraz, Iran 1505 4938
Table 2 (Continued)
Simla, India 2202 7224
South Pole Station (Antarctica), USA 2800 9186
Srinagar, India 1586 5205
St. Anton am Arlberg, Austria 1304 4278
St. Moritz, Switzerland 1833–3451 6013
Tabriz, Iran 1366 4483
Tamanrasset, Algeria 1400 4593
Tegucigalpa, Honduras 1004 3294
Tehran, Iran 1220 4002
Toluca, Mexico 2680 8793
Tsavo, Kenya 1462 4798
Tsumeb, Namibia 1311 4301
Ulaanbaatar (Ulan Bator), Mongolia 1325 4347
West Yellowstone, USA 2025 6644
Windhoek, Namibia 1728 5669
Yosemite NP, USA 1210 3970
Zacatecas, Mexico 2446 8025
Zermatt, Switzerland 1616–3900 5310–12,700
encounter in their home countries. It is impractical to try and iden-

tify problem areas accurately and to define the degree of likely
risk in each of them. For example, although viral hepatitis A is
ubiquitous, the risk of infection varies not only according to area
but also according to eating habits. Hence, there may be more risk
from communal eating in an area of low incidence than from eat-
ing in a private home located in an area of high incidence. Gen-
eralizations would therefore be misleading. Current efforts to
eradicate poliomyelitis worldwide are significantly reducing the
risk of infection with wild poliovirus in almost all endemic areas.
Tourism is an important source of income for many countries,
and labeling any country as high risk for a disease may cause seri-
ous economic repercussions. The national health administrations
of these countries, however, have a responsibility to provide trav-

elers with an accurate picture of the risks that may be encoun-
tered from communicable diseases.
Figure 4 Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) zones

Africa (Figures 5A and 5B)
Northern Africa (Algeria, Egypt, Libyan Arab Jamahiriya,

Morocco, and Tunisia) is characterized by a generally fertile
coastal area and a desert hinterland, with oases that are often
the foci of infections.
Arthropodborne diseases are unlikely to be a major problem
to the traveler, although filariasis (focally in the Nile delta), leish-
maniasis, malaria, relapsing fever, Rift Valley fever, sandfly fever,
typhus, and West Nile fever do occur in some areas.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases are endemic, with the
most common being dysenteries and other diarrheal diseases.
Hepatitis A occurs throughout the area, and hepatitis E is endemic
in some regions. Typhoid fevers, alimentary helminthic infec-
tions, brucellosis, and giardiasis are common. Echinococcosis
(hydatid disease) and sporadic cases of cholera are also encoun-
tered occasionally.
Other hazards. Poliomyelitis eradication efforts in northern
Africa have been very successful, and virus transmission in most
of the area has ceased. Egypt is the only country where confirmed
cases of poliomyelitis were still reported in 1997. In addition, tra-
choma, rabies, snakes, and scorpions are hazards in certain areas.
Schistosomiasis (bilharziasis) is prevalent both in the Nile delta
area and in the Nile valley; it occurs focally elsewhere in the area.
Sub-Saharan Africa (Angola, Benin, Burkina Faso, Burundi,
Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad,
Comoros, Congo, Côte d’Ivoire, Democratic Republic of the
Congo, Djibouti, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gabon,
Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Kenya, Liberia,
Madagascar, Malawi, Mali, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mozam-
bique, Niger, Nigeria, Réunion, Rwanda, São Tomé and
Principe, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Somalia, Sudan,
Togo, Uganda, United Republic of Tanzania, Zambia, and
Zimbabwe). In this area, which lies entirely within the tropics,
the vegetation varies from the tropical rain forests of the west
Algiers Tunis
Rabat
TUNISIA
MOROCCO
Tripoli
El Aaiun
ALGERIA
WESTERN LIBYA
SAHARA
MAURITANIA
Nouakchott
MALI
SENEGAL NIGER
Dakar
GAMBIA BURKINA Niamey
CHAD
Banjul Bamako
Bissau
FASO
GUINEA Ouagadougou Ndjamena
BISSAU GUINEA BENIN
Conakry GHANA NIGERIA
Freetown
IVORY TOGO
SIERRA LEONE COAST CENTRAL
Monrovia Lomé Lagos
AFRICAN
LIBERIA Porto CAMEROON REPUBLIC
Abidjan Accra Novo Bangui
Yaoundé
EQUATORIAL GUINEA
Libreville
GABON ZAIRE
CONGO
Brazzaville
Kinshasa
Luanda
ANGOLA
ZAMBIA
NAMIBIA
Windhoek BOTSWANA
Gaborone
SOUTH AFRICA
Cape Town
Figure 5A Western Africa

Cairo
LIBYA SAUDI
EGYPT ARABIA
Riyadh
Khartoum Asmera YEMEN

CHAD
ERITREA Aden
Ndjamena DJIBOUTI
SUDAN ETHIOPIA Djibouti
Addis SOMALIA
CENTRAL Ababa
AFRICAN
Bangui REPUBLIC
UGANDA
ZAIRE Kampala KENYA Mogadishu
Nairobi
RWANDA Kigali
Bujumbura BURUNDI Mombasa
TANZANIA
Dar-es-Salaam
ANGOLA
MALAWI
ZAMBIA Lilongwe
Lusaka
Harare
MOZAMBIQUE
NAMIBIA ZIMBABWE Antananarivo
Windhoek
BOTSWANA MADAGASCAR
Gaborone Pretoria
SWAZILAND Maputo
Mbabane
Maseru
LESOTHO
SOUTH AFRICA
Cape Town
Figure 5B Eastern Africa

and center to the wooded steppes of the east, and from the
desert of the north through the Sahel and Sudan savannas to
the moist orchard savanna and woodlands north and south of
the equator. Many of the diseases that we discuss occur in
localized foci and are confined to rural areas. However, we
include these diseases, so the international traveler and the
medical practitioner concerned become aware of the diseases
that may occur.
Arthropodborne diseases are a major cause of morbidity.
Malaria occurs throughout the area, except in places at above 2600
meters altitude and in the islands of Réunion and the Seychelles.
Various forms of filariasis are widespread in the region, and
endemic foci of onchocerciasis (river blindness) exist in all the
countries listed, except in the greater part of Kenya and in Dji-
bouti, Gambia, Mauritania, Mozambique, Somalia, Zambia,
Zimbabwe, and the island countries of the Atlantic and Indian
Oceans. However, onchocerciasis exists in the island of Bioko
in Equatorial Guinea. Individuals may encounter both cutaneous
and visceral leishmaniasis, particularly in the drier areas. Visceral
leishmaniasis is epidemic in eastern and southern Sudan. Human
trypanosomiasis (sleeping sickness), in discrete foci, is reported
from all countries except Djibouti, Eritrea, Gambia, Mauritania,
Niger, Somalia, and the island countries of the Atlantic and
Indian Oceans. The transmission rate of human trypanosomia-
sis is high in Sudan and Uganda and very high in Angola and the
Democratic Republic of the Congo, and there is a significant risk
of infection for travelers visiting or working in rural areas.
Relapsing fever and louse-, flea-, and tickborne typhus occur.
Angola, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Kenya, Mada-
gascar, Mozambique, Uganda, the United Republic of Tanzania,
and Zimbabwe have reported natural foci of plague. There is wide-
spread incidence of tungiasis. Many viral diseases, some pre-
senting as severe hemorrhagic fevers, are transmitted by
mosquitoes, ticks, sandflies, and other insects that are found
throughout this region. Large outbreaks of yellow fever occur peri-
odically in the unvaccinated population. The natural focus of

plague is a strictly delimited area, where ecological conditions
ensure the persistence of plague in wild rodents (and occasion-
ally other animals) for long periods of time and where epi-
zootics and periods of quiescence may alternate.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases. These are highly endemic
in this region. Alimentary helminthic infections, dysenteries,
diarrheal diseases such as giardiasis, typhoid fevers, and hepati-
tis A and E are widespread. Cholera is actively transmitted in many
countries in this area. Dracunculiasis occurs in isolated foci.
Paragonimiasis (oriental lung fluke) has been reported from
Cameroon, Gabon, Liberia, and most recently from Equatorial
Guinea. Echinococcosis (hydatid disease) is widespread in
animal-breeding areas.
Other diseases. Hepatitis B is hyperendemic. Poliomyelitis
(also a foodborne or waterborne disease) is most likely endemic
in most of these countries, except in Cape Verde, Comoros, Mau-
ritius, Réunion, and the Seychelles. Schistosomiasis (bilharzia-
sis) is present throughout the area, except in Cape Verde, Comoros,
Djibouti, Réunion, and the Seychelles. Trachoma is widespread
throughout the region. Among other diseases, certain arenavirus
hemorrhagic fevers that are often fatal have attained notoriety.
Lassa fever has a virus reservoir in a commonly found multi-
mammate rat. Studies have shown that an appreciable reservoir
exists in some rural areas of West Africa, and people visiting these
areas should take particular care to avoid rat-contaminated food
or food containers, but the extent of the disease should not be exag-
gerated. Ebola and Marburg hemorrhagic fevers are present but
are reported only infrequently. Epidemics of meningococcal
meningitis may occur throughout tropical Africa, particularly in
the savanna areas during the dry season.
Other hazards include rabies and snake bites.
Southern Africa (Botswana, Lesotho, Namibia, Saint Helena,

South Africa, and Swaziland) has varied physical characteris-
tics, ranging from the Namib and Kalahari deserts, to the fer-
tile plateaus and plains, and to the more temperate climate of
the southern coast.
Arthropodborne diseases, such as Crimean-Congo hemor-
rhagic fevers, malaria, plague, relapsing fever, Rift Valley fever,
tick-bite fever, and typhus (mainly tickborne) have been reported
from most of this area, excepting Saint Helena; however, apart
from malaria in certain areas, they are unlikely to be a major health
threat for the traveler. Trypanosomiasis (sleeping sickness) may
occur in Botswana and Namibia.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases, particularly amebiasis
and typhoid, are common in some parts of this region. Hepatitis
A is also prevalent in this area.
Other diseases. The southern African countries are on the verge
of becoming poliomyelitis free; thus making the risk of poliovirus
infection low. Hepatitis B is hyperendemic. Schistosomiasis (bil-
harziasis) is endemic in Botswana, Namibia, South Africa, and
Swaziland. In addition, snakes may be a hazard in some areas.
The Americas
In 1994, an international commission certified the eradication of
endemic wild poliovirus from the Americas. Ongoing surveillance
in formerly endemic Central and South American countries con-
firms that poliovirus transmission remains interrupted.
North America (Bermuda, Canada, Greenland, Saint Pierre
and Miquelon, and the United States [with Hawaii]) extends
from the Arctic to the subtropical cays of southern USA (Fig-
ure 5C).
The incidence of communicable diseases is so low that it is
unlikely to pose any more hazard to international travelers than
that found in their own country. There are, of course, certain
health risks, but in general, only minimal precautions are required.
Certain diseases such as plague, rabies in wildlife including bats,
Rocky Mountain spotted fever, tularemia, and arthropodborne

encephalitis occur on rare occasions. Recently, rodentborne han-
tavirus has been identified, predominantly in the western states
of the USA and the southwestern provinces of Canada. Lyme dis-
ease is endemic in the northeastern, mid-Atlantic, and upper
midwestern United States, with occasional cases being reported
from the Pacific northwest. During recent years, the incidence of
certain foodborne diseases (eg, salmonellosis) has increased in
some regions. Other hazards include poisonous snakes, poison ivy,
and poison oak. In the northernmost parts of the continent, expo-
sure to very low temperatures in the winter can be a hazard.
GREENLAND ICELAND
Reykiavik
ALASKA
(USA) Nuuk
Juneau
CANADA
Edmonton
Vancouver
Montreal
Seattle Ottawa
Boise Toronto Boston
Detroit New York

Salt Lake City Chicago
San Francisco Denver Washington
Las Vegas St. Louis BERMUDA
Nashville
USA
Los Angeles Atlanta
Phoenix
Dallas Jackson
Austin
Houston BAHAMAS
Miami
Figure 5C Map of North America, excluding Mexico

Mainland Middle America (Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador,

Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, and Panama)
ranges from the deserts of the north to the tropical rain forests
of the southeast (Figure 5D).
Of the arthropodborne diseases, malaria and cutaneous and
mucocutaneous leishmaniasis occur in all eight countries of this
region. Visceral leishmaniasis is encountered in El Salvador,
Guatemala, Honduras, and Mexico. Onchocerciasis (river blind-
ness) is found in two small foci in the south of Mexico and four
dispersed foci in Guatemala. American trypanosomiasis (Chagas’
disease) has been reported to occur in localized foci in rural
areas in all eight countries. Bancroftian filariasis is present in Costa
Rica. Dengue fever and Venezuelan equine encephalitis may
occur in all these countries.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases, including amebic and
bacillary dysenteries and other diarrheal diseases, and typhoid are
MEXICO
Habana
Mazatlan
CUBA
Guadalajara Kingston
Mérida
Campeche JAMAICA
Mexico Belmopan
BELIZE
Daxaca
Acapulco HONDURAS
GUATEMALA Tegucigalpa
Guatemala
San Salvador NICARAGUA
EL SALVADOR
Managua
COSTA RICA Panama
San José PANAMA
Figure 5D Map of Central America

very common throughout the area. All countries except Panama

reported cases of cholera in 1996. Hepatitis A occurs throughout
the area, and hepatitis E has been reported in Mexico. Helminthic
infections are common. Paragonimiasis (oriental lung fluke) has
been reported in Costa Rica, Honduras, and Panama. Brucellosis
occurs in the northern part of the area. Many Salmonella typhi
infections from Mexico and Shigella dysenteriae type 1 infections
from mainland Middle America have generally been caused by
drug-resistant enterobacteria.
Other diseases. Rabies in animals (usually dogs and bats) is
widespread throughout the area. Snakes may be a hazard in some
areas.
Caribbean Middle America (Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba,
Bahamas, Barbados, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands,
Cuba, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Guadeloupe,
Haiti, Jamaica, Martinique, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles,
Puerto Rico, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent
and the Grenadines, Trinidad and Tobago, Turks and Caicos
Islands, and the Virgin Islands [US]). The islands, of which
FLORIDA
Nassau
Miami
BAHAMAS
Habana
DOMINICAN San Juan
Trinidad Baracoa REPUBLIC
CUBA PUERTO
HAITI
Santiago Santo RICO
de Cuba Domingo
Port-Au-
Prince
JAMAICA Kingston
HONDURAS Caracas
NICARAGUA VENEZUELA
Figure 5E Map of Carribean

several are mountainous with peaks 1000 to 2500 meters high,

have an equable tropical climate, with heavy rain storms and
high winds at certain times of the year (Figure 5E).
Of the arthropodborne diseases, malaria occurs in endemic
form only in Haiti and in parts of the Dominican Republic. Dif-
fuse cutaneous leishmaniasis was recently discovered in the
Dominican Republic. Bancroftian filariasis is seen in Haiti and
some other islands, and other filariases may occasionally be
found. Human fascioliasis, owing to Fasciola hepatica, is endemic
in Cuba. Outbreaks of dengue fever occur in the area, and dengue
hemorrhagic fever has also been encountered. Tularemia has
been reported from Haiti.
Of the foodborne and waterborne diseases, bacillary and
amebic dysenteries are common, and hepatitis A is reported, par-
ticularly in the northern islands. No cases of cholera have been
reported in the Caribbean.
Other diseases. Schistosomiasis (bilharziasis) is endemic in
the Dominican Republic, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Puerto Rico,
and Saint Lucia; control operations are in progress in these coun-
tries, and it may also occur sporadically in other islands. Other
hazards may occur from spiny seaurchins, coelenterates (corals
and jellyfish), and snakes. Animal rabies, particularly in the mon-
goose, is reported from several islands.
Tropical South America (Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador,
French Guiana, Guyana, Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, and
Venezuela) consists of the narrow coastal strip on the Pacific
Ocean, the high Andean range with numerous peaks 5000 to
7000 meters high, and the tropical rain forests of the Amazon
basin, bordered on the north and south by savanna zones and
dry tropical forest or scrub (Figure 5F).
Arthropodborne diseases are an important cause of ill health
in rural areas. Malaria occurs in all ten countries or areas, as do
American trypanosomiasis (Chagas’ disease) and cutaneous and
mucocutaneous leishmaniasis. There has been an increase of the
latter in Brazil and Paraguay. Visceral leishmaniasis is endemic
in northeast Brazil, with foci in other parts of Brazil; it is less fre-

quent in Colombia and Venezuela, rare in Bolivia and Paraguay,
and unknown in Peru. Endemic onchocerciasis occurs in iso-
Caracas TRINIDAD
&
TOBAGO
VENEZUELA Georgetown
Paramaribo
GUYANA Cayenne
Bogotá
SURINAM FRENCH
COLOMBIA GUIANA
Quito
ECUADOR
Manaus
PERU
Recife
BRAZIL
Lima Salvador
de Bahia
Cuzco BOLIVIA
Brasília
La Paz
Belo Horizonte
PARAGUAY Rio de Janeiro

Asunción
São Paulo
CHILE
ARGENTINA
URUGUAY
Buenos Aires
Santiago Montevideo
FALKLAND/MALVINAS ISLANDS
SOUTH GEORGIA
Figure 5F Map of South America

lated foci in rural areas in Ecuador, Venezuela, and northern

Brazil. The bite of blackflies may cause unpleasant reactions. Ban-
croftian filariasis is endemic in parts of Brazil, Guyana, and Suri-
name. Plague has been reported in natural foci in Bolivia, Brazil,
Ecuador, and Peru. Among the arthropodborne viral diseases, jun-
gle yellow fever may be found in forest areas in all countries of
this region, except Paraguay and areas east of the Andes; in
Brazil, it is confined to the northern and western states. Epi-
demics of viral encephalitis and dengue fever occur in some
countries. Bartonellosis (Oroya fever), a sandflyborne disease,
occurs in arid river valleys on the western slopes of the Andes in
altitudes up to 3000 meters. Louseborne typhus is often found in
the mountainous areas of Colombia and Peru.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases are common and include
amebiasis, diarrheal diseases, helminthic infections, and hepati-
tis A. Paragonimiasis (oriental lung fluke) has been reported
from Ecuador, Peru, and Venezuela. Brucellosis is common, and
echinococcosis (hydatid disease) occurs particularly in Peru.
Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and Venezuela all
reported autochthonous cases of cholera in 1996.
Other diseases include rodentborne arenavirus hemorrhagic
fever in Bolivia and Venezuela, and rodentborne pulmonary syn-
drome in Brazil and Paraguay. Hepatitis B and D (delta hepati-
tis) are highly endemic in the Amazon basin. The intestinal form
of schistosomiasis (bilharziasis) is found in Brazil, Suriname, and
north-central Venezuela.
Rabies has been reported from many of the countries in this
area. Meningococcal meningitis occurs in the form of epidemic
outbreaks in Brazil.
Snakes and leeches may be a hazard in some areas.
Temperate South America (Argentina, Chile, Falkland
Islands [Malvinas], and Uruguay). The mainland ranges from
the Mediterranean climatic area of the western coastal strip
over the Andes divide on to the steppes and desert of Patagonia

in the south and to the prairies of the northeast (see Figure 5F).
Arthropodborne diseases are relatively unimportant, except for
the occurrence of American trypanosomiasis (Chagas’disease). Out-
breaks of malaria occur in northwestern Argentina; cutaneous
leishmaniasis is also reported from this part of the country.
Of the foodborne and waterborne diseases, gastroenteritis
(mainly salmonellosis) is relatively common in Argentina, espe-
cially in the suburban areas and among children below age 5 years.
Some cases of cholera were reported from Argentina in 1996.
Typhoid fever is uncommon in Argentina, but hepatitis A and
intestinal parasitosis are widespread, with the latter occurring espe-
cially in the coastal region. Taeniasis (tapeworm), typhoid fever,
viral hepatitis, and echinococcosis (hydatid disease) are reported
from the other countries of this region.
Other diseases. Anthrax is an industrial or agricultural occu-
pational hazard in the three mainland countries. Meningococcal
meningitis is reported to occur in the form of epidemic outbreaks
in Chile. Rodentborne hantavirus pulmonary syndrome has been
identified in the north-central and southwestern regions of
Argentina and in Chile.
Asia (Figures 5G and 5H)
East Asia (China [including Hong Kong Special Administra-

tive Region], the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea,
Japan, Macao, Mongolia, and the Republic of Korea). This
region includes the high mountain complexes, the desert and
the steppes of the west, and the various forest zones of the east,
down to the subtropical forests of the southeast.
Of the arthropodborne diseases, malaria occurs in China,
and in recent years, cases have also been reported from the
Korean peninsula. Although reduced in distribution and prevalence,
bancroftian and brugian filariasis are still reported in southern
China. There has been a resurgence of visceral leishmaniasis in
China. Cutaneous leishmaniasis has been recently reported from
Moscow
RUSSIA
Ankara
KAZAKHSTAN
TURKEY
ISRAEL SYRIA UZBEKISTAN

JORDAN IRAQ TURKMENISTAN Alma Ata
Ashgabad Tashkent Bishkek
Tehran KYRGYZSTAN
Baghdad
Dushanbe
TAJIKISTAN
SAUDI KUWAIT
ARABIA AFGHANISTAN CHINA
IRAN Kabul
Riyadh Islamabad
QATAR
PAKISTAN
UNITED ARAB NEPAL
EMIRATES Delhi
Muscat
Kathmandu
YEMEN OMAN
INDIA Dhaka
Aden
Mumbai
Colombo
SRI
LANKA
Figure 5G Map of Western Asia

RUSSIA
Ulaanbaatar
NORTH
MONGOLIA KOREA Tokyo
Pyongyan
Seoul JAPAN
Beijing SOUTH
Xian KOREA
Shanghai
CHINA
T’ai-pei
Guilin
BHUTAN TAIWAN
BANGLADESH Hong Kong
Dhaka
Hanoi
BURMA LAOS
Vientiane
Manila
Yangon PHILIPPINES
THAILAND
VIETNAM
Bangkok
CAMBODIA
Phnom
Penh Ho Chi Minh
BRUNEI
Kuala Lumpur
MALAYSIA
SINGAPORE (Sulawesi)
(S (Kalimantan)
um
at
ra
) INDONESIA
Dili
TIMOR-
Jakarta Denpasar LESTE
(Bali)
Figure 5H Map of Eastern Asia

Xinjiang in the Uygur Autonomous Region. Plague may be

encountered in China and Mongolia. Rodentborne hemorrhagic
fever with renal syndrome and Korean hemorrhagic fever is
endemic, except in Mongolia, and epidemics of dengue fever and
Japanese encephalitis may occur in some countries. Miteborne
or scrub typhus may be found in scrub areas in southern China,
certain river valleys in Japan, and in the Republic of Korea.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases such as the diarrheal
diseases and hepatitis A are common in most countries. Hepati-
tis E is prevalent in western China. Clonorchiasis (oriental liver
fluke) and paragonimiasis (oriental lung fluke) are reported in
China, Japan, Macao, and the Republic of Korea. Fasciolopsia-
sis (giant intestinal fluke) and brucellosis occur in China. Cholera
may occur in some countries in this area.
Other diseases. Hepatitis B is highly endemic. The present
endemic area of schistosomiasis (bilharziasis) is in the central
Chang Jiang (Yangtze) river basin in China; active foci no longer
exist in Japan. Poliomyelitis eradication activities have rapidly
reduced poliovirus transmission in east Asia. Reliable surveillance
data indicate that poliovirus transmission has been interrupted in
China since 1994. Likewise, Mongolia no longer reports cases.
Trachoma and leptospirosis occur in China. Rabies is endemic in
some countries. There are reports of outbreaks of meningococ-
cal meningitis in Mongolia.
Eastern South Asia (Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Indone-
sia, Lao People’s Democratic Republic, Malaysia, Myanmar,
the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnam). From the
tropical rain and monsoon forests of the northwest, the area
extends through the savanna and the dry tropical forests of the
Indochina peninsula, and down to the tropical rain and mon-
soon forests of the islands bordering the South China Sea.
The arthropodborne diseases are an important cause of mor-
bidity and mortality throughout the area. Malaria and filariasis
are endemic in many parts of the rural areas of all the countries;
however, in Brunei Darussalam and Singapore, normally only
imported cases of malaria occur. Foci of plague exist in Myan-

mar; cases of plague also occur in Vietnam. Japanese encephali-
tis, dengue, and dengue hemorrhagic fever can occur in epidemics
in both urban and rural areas of this region. Miteborne typhus has
been reported in deforested areas in most countries.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases are common. Cholera and
other watery diarrheas, amebic and bacillary dysentery, typhoid
fever, and hepatitis A and E may occur in all countries in the area.
Among helminthic infections, fasciolopsiasis (giant intestinal
fluke) may be acquired in most countries in the area, clonorchi-
asis (oriental liver fluke) in the Indochina peninsula, opisthorchosis
(cat liver fluke) in the Indochina peninsula, the Philippines, and
Thailand, and paragonimiasis (oriental lung fluke) in most coun-
tries. Melioidosis can transpire sporadically throughout the area.
Other diseases. Hepatitis B is highly endemic in the region.
Schistosomiasis (bilharziasis) is endemic in the southern Philip-
pines and in central Sulawesi (Indonesia) and occurs in small foci
in the Mekong delta in Vietnam. The only known remaining
focus of poliovirus transmission is in the Mekong delta area of
Cambodia and southern Vietnam. Poliovirus transmission most
likely has been interrupted in the Lao People’s Democratic Repub-
lic, Malaysia, and the Philippines and rates are low in Indonesia,
Myanmar, and Thailand. Trachoma exists in Indonesia, Myanmar,
Thailand, and Vietnam.
Other hazards include rabies, snake bites, and leeches.
Middle South Asia (Afghanistan, Armenia, Azerbaijan,
Bangladesh, Bhutan, Georgia, India, Islamic Republic of Iran,
Kazakstan, Kyrgyzstan, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka,
Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan). Bordered for the
most part by high mountain ranges in the north, the area
extends from the steppes and desert in the west to monsoon
and tropical rain forests in the east and south.
Arthropodborne diseases are endemic in all these countries;
however, malaria is not endemic in Georgia, Kazakstan, Kyr-
gyzstan, the Maldives, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan. There are
small foci of malaria in Armenia, Azerbaijan, and Tajikistan. In

some of the other countries, malaria occurs in urban, as well as
rural areas. Filariasis is common in Bangladesh, India, and the
southwestern coastal belt of Sri Lanka. Sandfly fever is on the
increase in the region. A sharp rise in the incidence of visceral
leishmaniasis has been observed in Bangladesh, India, and Nepal.
In Pakistan, it is mainly reported from the north (Baltistan). Cuta-
neous leishmaniasis occurs in Afghanistan, India (Rajasthan), the
Islamic Republic of Iran, and Pakistan. There are small foci of
cutaneous and visceral leishmaniasis in Azerbaijan and Tajikistan.
There is evidence that natural foci of plague exist in India and
Kazakstan. An outbreak of plague occurred in India in 1994.
Afghanistan, India, and the Islamic Republic of Iran report tick-
borne relapsing fever, and typhus occurs in Afghanistan and
India. Outbreaks of dengue fever may occur in Bangladesh, India,
Pakistan, and Sri Lanka, and the hemorrhagic form has been
reported from eastern India and Sri Lanka. Japanese encephali-
tis has been reported from the eastern part of the area and Crimean-
Congo hemorrhagic fever from the western part. Another tickborne
hemorrhagic fever has been reported in forest areas in Karnataka
State in India and in a rural area of Rawalpindi District in Pakistan.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases are common throughout
the area, in particular cholera and other watery diarrheas, dysen-
teries, typhoid fever, hepatitis A and E, and helminthic infections.
Large epidemics of hepatitis E can happen. Giardiasis is common
in the area. Brucellosis and echinococcosis (hydatid disease) are
found in many countries in the area.
Other diseases. Hepatitis B is endemic. A limited focus of uri-
nary schistosomiasis (bilharziasis) persists in the southwest of the
Islamic Republic of Iran. Outbreaks of meningococcal meningi-
tis have been reported in India and Nepal. Poliomyelitis eradication
activities have begun in all countries in the area, rapidly reduc-
ing the risk of infection with wild poliovirus. However, surveil-
lance data are incomplete, and we should still assume poliovirus
transmission to be a risk to travelers in most countries, especially
in the Indian subcontinent. Trachoma is common in Afghanistan

and in parts of India, the Islamic Republic of Iran, Nepal, and Pak-
istan. Snakes and the presence of rabies in animals are hazards
in most of the countries in the area.
Western South Asia (Bahrain, Cyprus, Iraq, Israel, Jordan,
Kuwait, Lebanon, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Syrian Arab
Republic, Turkey, the United Arab Emirates, and Yemen). The
area ranges from the mountains and steppes of the northwest to
the large deserts and dry tropical scrub of the south.
Arthropodborne diseases, except for malaria in certain areas,
are not a major hazard for the traveler. Malaria does not exist in
Kuwait and no longer occurs in Bahrain, Cyprus, Israel, Jordan,
Lebanon, or Qatar. Its incidence in the Syrian Arab Republic and
United Arab Emirates is low, but elsewhere it is endemic in cer-
tain rural areas. Cutaneous leishmaniasis is reported throughout
the area; visceral leishmaniasis, although rare throughout most
of the area, is common in central Iraq, in the southwest of Saudi
Arabia, in the northwest of the Syrian Arab Republic, in Turkey
(southeast Anatolia only), and in the west of Yemen. Murine and
tickborne typhus, as well as tickborne relapsing fever, can occur
in certain countries. Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever has been
reported from Iraq and limited foci of onchocerciasis are reported
from Yemen.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases are, however, a major haz-
ard in most countries in the area. Typhoid fevers and hepatitis A
exist in all countries. Dracunculiasis occurs in isolated foci in
Yemen. Taeniasis (tapeworm) infestation is reported from many
countries in the area. Brucellosis is reported from most countries,
and there are foci of echinococcosis (hydatid disease).
Other diseases. Hepatitis B is endemic in the region. Schis-
tosomiasis (bilharziasis) occurs in Iraq, Saudi Arabia, the Syrian
Arab Republic, and Yemen. The risk of poliovirus infection is low
in most countries in the area, with the exception of Yemen. Tra-
choma and animal rabies are found in many of the countries. The
greatest hazards to pilgrims to Mecca and Medina are heat stroke
and dehydration if the period of the Hajj coincides with the hot
season.
Europe (Figures 5I and 5J)
Northern Europe (Belarus, Belgium, Czech Republic, Den-

mark [including Faroe Islands], Estonia, Finland, Germany,
Iceland, Ireland, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Netherlands,
Norway, Poland, Republic of Moldova, Russian Federation,
Slovakia, Sweden, Ukraine, and the United Kingdom [includ-
ing Channel Islands and the Isle of Man]). The area comprising
these countries extends from the broadleaf forests and the
plains of the west to the boreal and mixed forests, as far east as
the Pacific Ocean. The incidence of communicable diseases in
most parts of the area is such that these diseases are no more
likely to prove a hazard to international travelers than those
found in their own country. There are, of course, some health
risks, but in most of the area, few precautions are required.
Of the arthropodborne diseases, there are very small foci of
tickborne typhus in east and central Siberia. Tickborne encephali-
tis, for which a vaccine exists, and Lyme disease may occur
throughout forested areas where vector ticks are found. Rodent-
borne hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome is now recognized
as occurring at low endemic levels in this area.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases reported, other than the
ubiquitous diarrheal diseases, are taeniasis (tapeworm) and
trichinellosis in parts of northern Europe, and diphyllobothriasis
(fish tapeworm) from the freshwater fish around the Baltic Sea
area. Fasciola hepatica infection can occur. Hepatitis A is encoun-
tered in the eastern European countries. The incidence of certain
foodborne diseases (eg, salmonellosis and campylobacteriosis) is
increasing significantly in some countries.
Other diseases. All countries in the area where poliomyelitis
was endemic are now making intense efforts to eradicate the dis-
ease. Within the Russian Federation, poliovirus transmission
remains a possibility only in the area of Chechenia. Rabies is
endemic in wild animals (particularly foxes) in rural areas of north-

ern Europe. In recent years, Belarus, the Russian Federation,
and Ukraine have experienced extensive epidemics of diphthe-
ria. Diphtheria cases, mostly imported from these three countries,
have also been reported from neighboring Estonia, Finland,
Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, and the Republic of Moldova.
In parts of northern Europe, the extreme cold in the winter can
be a climatic hazard.
Southern Europe (Albania, Andorra, Austria, Bosnia and
Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, France, Gibraltar, Greece,
Hungary, Italy, Liechtenstein, Malta, Monaco, Portugal
[including Azores and Madeira], Romania, San Marino, Slove-
nia, Spain [including the Canary Islands], Switzerland, the
Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, and Yugoslavia). The
area extends from the broadleaf forests in the northwest and
the mountains of the Alps to the prairies and, in the south and
southeast, the scrub vegetation of the Mediterranean.
Among the arthropodborne diseases, sporadic cases of murine
and tickborne typhus and mosquitoborne West Nile fever occur
in some countries bordering the Mediterranean littoral. Both
cutaneous and visceral leishmaniasis and sandfly fever are also
reported from this area. Leishmania and human immunodefi-
ciency virus (HIV) coinfections have been notified from France,
Italy, Portugal, and Spain. Tickborne encephalitis, for which a vac-
cine exists, Lyme disease, and rodentborne hemorrhagic fever with
renal syndrome may occur in the eastern and southern parts of
the area.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases—bacillary dysentery,
diarrhea, and typhoid fever—are more common in the summer
and autumn months, with a high incidence in the southeastern and
southwestern parts of the area. Brucellosis can occur in the
extreme southwest and southeast and echinococcosis (hydatid dis-
ease) in the southeast. Fasciola hepatica infection has been
reported from different countries in this area. Hepatitis A occurs
in the eastern European countries. The incidence of certain food-
Reykjavik
ICELAND
NORWAY
Oslo
SCOTLAND
NORTHERN
IRELAND Edinburgh
Belfast
DENMARK
Dublin
Copenhagen
IRELAND UNITED
KINGDOM
W
ENGLAND Amsterdam Berlin
London
NETHERLANDS
BELGIUM Brussels GERMANY
Bonn
Paris
LUXEMBOURG
FRANCE
SWITZERLAND AUSTRIA
Bern
ITALY
Andorra la Vella
PORTUGAL MONACO
ANDORRA
Lisbon Madrid
Rome
SPAIN
Gibraltar
MOROCCO ALGERIA TUNISIA
Figure 5I Map of Western Europe

FINLAND
SWEDEN
NORWAY
Helsinki
Oslo
Stockholm
Tallinn
ESTONIA RUSSIA
Riga LATVIA Moscow

DENMARK
Copenhagen LITHUANIA
Vilnius
RUSSIA
Minsk
Berlin POLAND BELARUS
GERMANY Warsaw
Kiev
Prague
CZECH UKRAINE
REPUBLIC SLOVAKIA
Vienna Bratislava
Budapest MOLDOVA
AUSTRIA
HUNGARY Chisinau
SLOVENIA
Ljubljana ROMANIA
Zagreb
CROATIA BOSN.-Belgrad Bucharest
HERCEG.
Sarajevo SERBIA
ITALY BULGARIA
MONTE- Sofiya
Rome NEGRO
Skopje
MACEDONIA
Tirane
ALBANIA Ankara
GREECE TURKEY
Athens
Nicosia
MALTA CYPRUS
Limassol
Figure 5J Map of Eastern Europe

borne diseases (eg, salmonellosis and campylobacteriosis) is

increasing significantly in some countries.
Other diseases. All countries in southern Europe, where until
recently poliomyelitis was endemic, are conducting eradication
activities, and the risk of infection in most countries is low. Even
so, a large poliomyelitis outbreak occurred in 1996 in Albania,
also affecting Greece and Yugoslavia; the transmission was, how-
ever, interrupted by the end of 1996. Hepatitis B is endemic in
the southern part of eastern Europe (Albania, Bulgaria, and
Romania). Rabies in animals exists in most countries of south-
ern Europe.
Oceania (Figure 5K)
Australia, New Zealand, and the Antarctic. In Australia, the

mainland has tropical monsoon forests in the north and east;
dry tropical forests, savanna, and deserts in the center; and
Mediterranean-like scrub and subtropical forests in the south.
New Zealand has a temperate climate, with the North Island
characterized by subtropical forests and the South Island by
steppe vegetation and hardwood forests.
International travelers to Australia and New Zealand will, in
general, not be subjected to the hazards of communicable diseases
to any extent greater than those found in their own country.
Arthropodborne disease (mosquitoborne epidemic polyarthritis
and viral encephalitis) may occur in some rural areas of Australia.
Occasional outbreaks of dengue have occurred in northern Aus-
tralia in recent years.
Other hazards. Coelenterates (corals, jellyfish) may prove a
hazard while bathing in the sea, and heat during summer is a haz-
ard in the northern and central parts of Australia.
Melanesia and Micronesia-Polynesia (American Samoa,
Cook Islands, Easter Island, Fiji, French Polynesia, Guam,
Kiribati, Marshall Islands, [Federated States of] Micronesia,
Nauru, New Caledonia, Niue, Palau, Papua New Guinea,
Samoa, Solomon Islands, Tokelau, Tonga, Tuvalu, Vanuatu,
and the Wallis and Futuna Islands). The area covers an enor-
mous expanse of ocean, with the larger, mountainous, tropical,
and monsoon-rain-forest-covered islands of the west giving
way to the smaller, originally volcanic peaks and coral islands
of the east.
Arthropodborne diseases occur in most islands. Malaria is
endemic in Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands, and Vanuatu.
Filariasis is widespread but its prevalence varies. Miteborne
typhus has been reported from Papua New Guinea. Dengue fever,
including its hemorrhagic form, can occur in epidemics in most
islands.
Foodborne and waterborne diseases, such as the diarrheal dis-
eases, typhoid fever, and helminthic infections, are commonly
reported. Biointoxication may occur from raw or cooked fish and
shellfish. Hepatitis A is reported in this area, as well.
Jayapura
Banjar
Ujung PAPUA
INDONESIA NEW GUINEA SOLOMON ISLANDS
Pandang
Mataram Port
Kupang Moresby
Darwin VANUATU
Cairns FIJI
Townsville
AUSTRALIA
Port Headland
NEW CALEDONIA
Alice Springs
Brisbane
Perth Sydney
Adelaide
Canberra
Albany Melbourne
Auckland
NEW ZEALAND
Hobart Wellington
TASMANIA Christchurch
Figure 5K Map of Australasia

Other diseases. Hepatitis B is endemic in the region.

Poliomyelitis cases have not been reported from any of these areas
for more than 5 years. Trachoma occurs in parts of Melanesia. Haz-
ards to sea bathers include the coelenterates, poisonous fish, and
snakes.
Additional Reading
World Health Organization. International travel and health.
Switzerland: Geneva; 2002. p. 43–54.
EPIDEMIOLOGY OF HEALTH RISKS IN TRAVELERS
Mortality
There are limited data on deaths of travelers occurring abroad, and

no information is available on deaths that occur after return as a
consequence of illness (eg, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
[AIDS] many years after human imunodeficiency virus [HIV] infec-
tion) or accident during the stay abroad. On first sight, these mor-
tality data look contradictory. In fact, although some studies claim
that accidents, particularly in young people, are the leading cause
of death, others demonstrate the predominance of cardiovascular
events. These differences are primarily due to differences in exam-
ined populations and destinations. Southern Europe, Florida, and
parts of the Caribbean are favorite destinations of elderly travel-
ers in whom elevated mortality rates, because of various natural
causes are to be expected; age-specific cardiovascular mortality
rates are similar to the population remaining at home. At devel-
oping destinations, the risk of fatal accidents is clearly higher.
The mortality rate of Swiss travelers in developing countries
is 0.8 to 1.5 per 100,000 per month, whereas among those trav-
eling in North America, it is only 0.3 per 100,000. Trekking in
Nepal is associated with a particularly high mortality rate of 15
per 100,000.
Accidents
Deaths abroad owing to injuries are higher by a factor of two to
three in travelers aged 15 to 44 years, compared with rates for non-
travelers.
Fatalities are mostly due to traffic accidents. In 10,000 motor
vehicle accidents, 1.4 deaths yearly are reported in the United King-
dom, compared to 20 to 118 in Africa and 9 to 67 in Asia. Motor-
bikes are frequently implicated, partly because in many countries,
individuals are not obliged to wear a helmet. Alcohol often plays
43
a role and a lack of seatbelts in rental cars, chaotic traffic condi-

tions in the developing countries, particularly at night, are deci-
sive factors (see Part 3). Tourists are reported to be several times
more likely than are local drivers to have accidents. British Air-
port Authority statistics report that air travel is 2200 times safer
than cycling, 165 times safer than traveling by car, and 27 times
safer than rail travel.
Drowning is another major cause of accidental death and
accounts for 16% of all deaths because of injuries among US trav-
elers. Again, alcohol appeared to be a factor in the outcome.
Other factors include the presence of unrecognized currents or
undertow and being swept out to sea.
Assaults and terrorism are statistically less important, although
there is significant concern, mainly among travelers from the
United States. Americans are frequently political targets of ter-
rorism, which causes this feeling of apprehension that many
experience. Among other countries, murder rates exceeding 10
are observed in Russia (20), Botswana (16), and Panama (14). Kid-
napping and killing have recently increased, but this is mainly tar-
geted at employees of international and nongovernmental
organizations. Fatal assaults on tourists and terrorism may occur
anywhere, not only in developing countries.
Being killed by animals is an uncommon cause of death among
travelers. There are now some 60 confirmed shark attacks world-
wide, with the number rising, possibly owing to neoprene wetsuits
that allow the wearer to stay longer in cooler water where the risk
is greater. Among safari tourists in South Africa, wild mammals
killed 3 foreigners; in fact, 2 of whom were killed by lions when
the individuals left their vehicle to approach them. The number
of fatalities owing to snakebites is estimated at 40,000 worldwide
(mainly in Nigeria, India), but few are travelers.
In addition, a broad variety of toxins may be a risk to travel-
ers. Cigatoxin leading to ciguatera syndrome after the con-
sumption of tropical reef fish is probably the most important
one—the case fatality rate is 0.1 to 12%. “Body-packing” of
Epidemiology of Health Risks in Travelers 45
heroin, cocaine, and other illicit drugs in the gastrointestinal tract

or in the vagina may result in the death of travelers when the con-
doms or other packages break. Fatal toxic reactions and life-
threatening neurological symptoms after applying highly
concentrated N,N,diethyl-methyl-toluamide (DEET) in small
children have rarely been observed. Lead-glazed ceramic that is
purchased abroad may result in lead-poisoning, which may remain
undetected for a long time.
Infections
Infections claim a lower toll than many would expect; to a large
extent, they may be effectively prevented. Malaria, certainly the
most frequent cause of infectious death among travelers abroad,
has a mortality rate exceeding 1 of 100,000 in travelers who visit
tropical Africa. In the 1989 to 1995 period, 373 fatalities had been
reported in 9 European countries and 25 reported in the United
States. Obviously, this was almost exclusively due to Plasmod-
ium falciparum, with the case fatality rate ranging from 0 to 3.6%.
Among deaths due to infectious diseases, HIV should have a
prominent place, but it does not appear in usual statistics, because
it is a late consequence of infection abroad. It is estimated that 6
in 100,000 travelers ultimately died of AIDS, owing to HIV
transmission mostly through unprotected, casual sex during a stay
in a developing country before effective therapy was possible. In
Switzerland, 10% of infections are acquired abroad; in the United
Kingdom, the risk of acquiring HIV was considered 300 times
higher while abroad, compared with staying home. All travelers
may be exposed to risk. However, seamen, military personnel, and
those visiting friends and relatives in high endemicity countries
likely are exposed more often than are businessmen or tourists.
HIV patients who are traveling have a higher risk of complica-
tions, which ultimately may be fatal.
There is a multitude of other infections that may result in the
death of a traveler, ranging from the usual harmless traveler’s diar-
rhea and influenza to rabies. The latter is associated with a case
fatality rate of almost 100% unless postexposure prophylaxis is

given promptly. Overall, other than those already mentioned, it
appears that fatal consequences of infections in travelers are
quite effectively avoided by prevention or adequate therapy, but
concise epidemiologic data on mortality in this population are
scarce. Other emerging infections that often make headlines only
rarely affect travelers, but anecdotal cases of fatal Ebola and
West Nile virus have been reported. Fatalities associated with
imported severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) have been
noted already in the first days of that outbreak in 2003. No trav-
eler in the past decade has been a victim of bioterrorism. Equally,
there is no known case of variant Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease
acquired during traveling.
Noninfectious Illness
Senior travelers in particular may experience new or complica-
tions of pre-existing illness. We are mostly concerned about car-
diovascular conditions; in fact, recently, evidence has been
generated that pulmonary embolism associated with long distance
air travel may occur at a rate of 5 in 1 million, and many are fatal.
Risk factors have been clearly identified (see Part 3, page 467–519).
Few data exist on fatal travel health risks in infants, small chil-
dren, and pregnant women.
Additional Readings
Dahl E. Passenger mortalities aboard cruise ships. Int Marit Health
2001;52:19–23.
Hargarten SW, et al. Overseas fatalities of United States citizen travel-
ers: an analysis of deaths related to international travel. Ann Emerg
Med 1991;20:622–6.
Muentener P, et al. Imported malaria (1985–95): trends and perspec-
tives. Bull World Health Organ 1999;77:560–6.
Pollard A, Clarke C. Deaths during mountaineering at extreme altitude.
Lancet 1988;1:1277.
Morbidity
Health problems in travelers are frequent. As many as 75% of

short-term travelers to the tropics or subtropics report some health
impairment or use of self-medication. Short-term transatlantic
travelers report a 50% rate of health impairment, most often con-
stipation. However, even in travelers to the developing countries,
only a few of these self-reported health problems are severe: of these
travelers, 7% need medical attention abroad, 16% upon return, and
4% both abroad and upon return. Of travelers, 14% are incapaci-
tated while abroad, and 2% of their time abroad is lost due to ill-
ness or accidents. Less than 2% of individuals are unable to go back
to work upon return; in all studies, about 1% of travelers require
admission to a hospital but usually for a few days only. In contrast,
less than 1% among visitors to Paris required emergency medical
care. Among 2000 travelers, 1 required emergency aeromedical evac-
uation, either by scheduled or ambulance flight (Figure 6).
Any health problem: used medication or felt ill

Felt subjectively ill
Consulted MD abroad or back home

Stayed in bed
Incapacity to work after return
Air evacuation
Died abroad (any traveler)
Figure 6 Incidence rate/month of health problems during a stay in developing countries

A survey conducted among World Bank employees illustrates

that travel is associated with increased morbidity and that this is
not attributable only to infections. The risk per trip is greatest for
first-time travelers; experienced travelers know how to diminish
risks (Figure 7). It is instructive that the greatest claim ratio
increase in travelers was for psychological reasons.
Infections
Since the initiation of epidemiologic surveys in the 1970s, trans-
mission of infectious diseases has reduced, mainly traveler’s
diarrhea in southern Europe. Conversely, the incidence rates of
major infections affecting travelers in the developing countries
have remained fairly constant. There are some exceptions, such
as in Tunisia, where a joint action by the Ministries of Health and
Tourism resulted in reducing the incidence of traveler’s diarrhea
from 50 to 30%; this finding has been validated by international
teams.
Importantly, be aware of frequent and rare infections in trav-
elers (Figure 8). Traveler’s diarrhea, the most frequent ailment
encountered in those traveling from the developed nations to the
developing countries, is followed by upper respiratory tract infec-
Standardized rate
of claim ratio
Disease / Disorder
Figure 7 International business travel and insurance claims (5,672 male World Bank
employees)
tions either without fever or less frequently with fever. Among

the life-threatening infections in tropical Africa, Papua New
Guinea, and on some islands in the Pacific, malaria occurs most
often. Besides influenza, hepatitis A and hepatitis B are the most
frequent among the vaccine-preventable diseases. Often, there are
concerns about exposure to rabies after animal bites. Regional and
seasonal variations to these worldwide data are listed under the
respective headings.
Sexually transmitted diseases, including HIV infection, con-
tinue to cause great concern, because even in the presence of risk
of possible HIV transmission, not all casual sexual encounters are
protected by condoms.
The media largely promote fears among travelers, one of
which the fear of becoming affected by emerging infections,
such as Ebola and other filoviruses, Lassa, or West Nile virus. Part
2 describes these infections; however, except for Dengue and HIV,
these infections are extremely rare. Similarly, in the past few years,
100% 100,000
Traveler’s diarrhea 30–8 0 %
ETEC diarrhea 10% 10,000
Malaria (no chemoprophylaxis West Africa)

Influenza A or B
1% 1,000
Hepatitis A
PPD conversion
Dengue infection (SE-Asia)
Animal bite with rabies risk
Hepatitis B (expatriates) 0.1% 100
Gonorrhoea
Typhoid (India, N, NW-Africa, Peru)
HIV-infection 0.01% 10
Typhoid (other areas)
0.001% 1
Legionella infection
Cholera
0.0001% 0.1
Meningococcal disease
Figure 8 Incidence rate of health problems per month during a stay in developing countries
not a single traveler has been affected by pathogens spread in

bioterrorist actions.
Additional Readings
Bruni M, Steffen R. Impact of travel-related health impairments. J
Travel Med 1997;4:61–4.
Liese B, et al. Medical insurance claims associated with international
business travel. Occup Environ Med 1997;54:499–503.
Steffen R, Lobel HO. The epidemiological basis for the practice of
travel medicine. J Wilderness Med 1994;5:156–66.
Risk Behavior and Compliance
Travel health professionals must recognize that travelers often will

not follow given recommendations. Travelers also may choose not
to consult travel health professionals prior to departure, owing to
their fear of needles or side effects of medication, to their appre-
hension about high costs, or to their psychological reasons. Many
want to be “free” from rules and regimented behavior during their
stay abroad. A substantial proportion of both high- and low-risk
travelers decide against travel health consultations for various rea-
sons. Some lack the confidence in the conflicting recommenda-
tions. Again, cost can be a major factor in a traveler’s avoidance
of health consultations. Others consider themselves not at risk,
despite their knowledge about some basic epidemiologic fea-
tures. Some travelers prefer to use alternative medical methods
such as herbal medicine or homeopathy, in spite of their lack of
safety or effectiveness. Homeopathic malaria prophylaxis, for
example, has been demonstrated to pose a considerable health risk
that results in fatalities and in prolonged intensive care.
Behavior is hypothesized to originate from two factors: (1) the
value that an individual places on the behavior, and (2) the indi-
vidual’s estimate of the likelihood that a given action will lead
to the desired goal. The following cognitive dimensions play a
role: perceived susceptibility of an illness or accident, its sever-
ity, benefits from prevention, and disadvantages owing to the

preventive action, such as cost, adverse reactions, or discomfort.
More than 90% of travelers from Europe and North America
succumb to gastronomic temptations and forget the old rule “boil
it, cook it, peel it, or forget it.” A multicenter survey reported that
the risky food and beverage items most often ingested are salads,
ice cubes, and ice cream. This leads to gastrointestinal disorders.
With respect to malaria, almost all travelers (> 95%) are
informed about the risk in high transmission areas. Most travel-
ers use medication as prescribed for the chemosuppression of
malaria while abroad; however, only about 50% will use the
medication regularly and continue up to 4 weeks upon return.
(These surveys were conducted before the Atovaquone plus
Proguanil combination was introduced—continuing medication
with this prophylactic option is 7 days only.) Most use some
form of personal protection against mosquito bites, but less than
5% systematically attempt to completely avoid such bites by
using all possible methods that are available. Most travelers,
although aware of the risk of malaria, decide not to consult a doc-
tor within 24 hours of developing a febrile illness as instructed,
and if unable to find a health professional within that time, they
refuse to use the standby medication obtained prior to departure.
This mistake has cost numerous lives.
Approximately 5% of British, German, Swiss, or Canadian
tourists—more often men than women—have casual sex abroad.
According to one survey, when men travel alone, this rate may
be 20%. These travelers are not all “sex tourists,” who travel with
the goal of having sex, but many just stumble into a romantic affair
more often with locals than with fellow travelers. The rate of unpro-
tected contacts has recently decreased from one-half to one-
third, with men above age 40 years being significantly more
careless than are young men, perhaps because of fear of impo-
tence if using a condom. Similarly, women often fail to protect
themselves or have their partners use condoms, even when their
partners are natives of tropical Africa where HIV prevalence is

particularly high.
Noncompliance has been associated with low quality of con-
sultation prior to the journey, long duration of stay, multiple jour-
neys, lower age, and adverse reactions. Businessmen, who are the
least well informed, and those who visit relatives or friends in a
developing country are less compliant than are tourists, particu-
larly when they travel in groups. Noncompliant travelers often for-
get preventive measures or consider them as unnecessary.
Moreover, other travelers or friends often encourage them to dis-
regard travel health advice.
Additional Readings
Lobel HO, et al. Use of malaria prevention measures by North Ameri-
can and European travelers to East Africa. J Travel Med 2001;8:
167–72.
Mulhall BP. Sex and travel: studies of sexual behaviour, disease and
health promotion in international travellers — a global review. Int J
STD AIDS 1996;7:455–65.
von Sonnenburg F, et al. Risk and aetiology of diarrhoea at various
tourist destinations. Lancet 2000;356;133–4.
PRINCIPLES OF PRETRAVEL COUNSELING
Standardized Pretravel Questioning
In pretravel consultations, first and foremost, remember that

potential travelers are not usually patients but healthy persons. Most
often, initially, they will register and indicate name, address, and
birth date. Learning the nationality of the individual may enable
the travel health professional to find out what language the indi-
vidual communicates in and then to obtain background on immune
status. Potential travelers should then indicate their travel plans,
according to a minimum checklist as follows:
• Destination(s): countries, city, resort, or off-the-tourist trail, and

itinerary
• Purpose: tourism, business, or other professional (what type?),
visit (to natives/expatriates), or other (military, airline crew,
adoption)
• Hygiene standard expected: high (eg, multistar hotels and
restaurants) or low-budget travel (street vendors, youth hostels)
• Special activities: high-altitude trekking, diving, hunting, or
camping
• Date of departure
• Duration of stay abroad
Potential travelers should answer the following set of questions

about their health status and medical history:
• Do you currently use any medication?

If yes, which ones?
• Do you currently have a fever?
If yes, what temperature?
• Do you suffer from any chronic illnesses?
If yes, which ones?
53
• Are you allergic to eggs or medication?

If yes, describe.
• Are you pregnant or nursing?
Provide details.
• Have you ever had seizures?
Provide details.
• Have you ever had psychiatric or psychological problems?
Provide details.
• Have you ever had jaundice or hepatitis?
Provide details.
• Are you or anybody in your household infected by HIV? Do
you have any other immunodeficiencies?
Provide details.
With future use of antimalarials, it may become essential to
question travelers about glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase
(G-6-PD) deficiency; however, this has not yet become routine.
Often, travelers are unable to provide accurate information
about their immunization status; this is best discussed while
reviewing the vaccination certificates. In addition, immuniza-
tions may have been performed during armed service duty; for
this reason, discuss the possibility of military documents. Invit-
ing all visitors to a travel health consultation and asking them to
bring these documents is a useful standard procedure.
Whenever medical problems are indicated, discuss and, if
necessary, access. Otherwise, a medical checkup or examinations
are usually not warranted, unless the traveler plans to become a
long-term resident abroad or if extreme exertion is expected,
such as mountaineering at high altitudes. A psychological eval-
uation may be particularly important in both these circumstances.
Additional Readings
Reed JM, et al. Travel illness and the family practitioner: a retrospec-
tive assessment of travel-induced illness in general practice and the
effect of a travel illness clinic. J Travel Med 1994;1:192–8.
Principles of Pretravel Counseling 55
Pretravel Health Advice:

Minimizing Exposure to Risks
Principles in the Practice of Travel Health Advice

To minimize exposure to risks—among others, the German lan-
guage has the useful term “exposure prophylaxis”—the traveler
needs to acquire some knowledge and some discipline. Intelligent
behavior reduces risks. Ideally, the travel health professional
should provide potential travelers with counsel that is tailored to
suit the specific trip planned and to the individual’s health status.
Large travel clinics often elect to use video programs that pro-
vide basic instructions to their customers. Such programs allow
the travel staff to target the interview to specific items. Video pro-
grams should be based on “edutainment,” rather than on rigid and
strict dos and don’ts, and although the health professional must
provide all necessary advice, avoid overloading the customer
with unnecessary or far too theoretical information. Studies have
shown that only a limited amount of information can be absorbed
in such consultations. The counseling medical professional should
ensure that all the important messages have been understood. The
goal is to avoid discouraging customers from travel or to have them
travel full of fears. Counseling families with children, long-term
travelers, and persons with pre-existing medical conditions usu-
ally is time consuming.
To follow the basic rules of thoughtful behavior abroad, the
traveler should be aware of the risks inherent in the 4 F and the
4 S (Table 3). They should become aware about the risks, as well
as obtain knowledge about the preventive measures.
Avoiding Environmental Risks

Travel involves a considerable amount of physical effort. Various
forms of environmental stress may impair a person’s sense of well-
being, may reduce resistance to disease, or may even cause dis-
ease. To a great extent, such stress can be avoided (Table 4).
Table 3 Main Instruction Targets for Travelers

Food Boil it, cook it, peel it, or forget it
Fluids Avoid tap water, drink plenty
Flies Measures against mosquito bites
Flirts No unprotected casual sex
Safe cars Wear safety belt, no night driving

Swimming Check currents, no alcohol
Sun Don’t get burned
Stress Get rest, don’t overload program
To begin with, advise travelers to avoid stress by packing

early, not in the last hour and then having to rush to the airport.
As described in the Air Travel section (pages 100–6), it may be
beneficial to select special seats while booking. At the destination,
one should take necessary precautions to cope with the climate;
specifically, in hot, dry places, it is important to maintain sufficient
fluid balance. In particular, remind senior travelers, whose thirst
reflex is vastly reduced, to consume many fluids. An excellent indi-
cator is the color of the urine, which should be light. Salt tablets
are usually not indicated, but after excessive sweating, travelers
should take care to replenish their electrolytes by salt-containing
food items or soups. Appropriate clothing (eg, cotton that is highly
absorbent), will contribute to well-being. Gradual acclimatization
over the initial days by avoiding exertion also benefits.
It is unrealistic to advise travelers to “avoid the sun.” How-
ever, recommending that they avoid the sun at its highest inten-
sity and to use ultraviolet (UV) blockers is practical. This is
discussed in detail in Part 3 (pages 521–3).
There are many risks associated with large bodies of water.
Swimmers and divers should beware of currents (check warning
signs, flags, and ask the locals!). Sewage or industrial effluents
can cause contamination. The visitor should find out if there is
risk of schistosomiasis infection before swimming in lakes,
ponds, and swamps; fast-flowing rivers pose lower risk of schis-

tosomiasis. Pools are safe only if they are properly chlorinated.
In all beach sports, accident prevention is paramount. Even a small
bruise may become infected and result in a serious infection and
Table 4 How to Minimize Exposure to Risks

Risk Category Type Preventive Action
Psychological environment Stress Allow sufficient time
During travel Claustro- and Seat selection, cognitive therapy:
agoraphobia avoid small boats and planes,
Motion sickness Seat selection, relaxed position of
rest, preventive medication
Jet lag Melatonin or short-acting sleeping
pill?
At destination Climate Clothing, fluids, minerals, frequent
showers, avoid exertion
Sun Sun screen, minimal exposure
Freshwater Do not touch if risk of
schistosomiasis, pools safe (?)
Saltwater Avoid currents, avoid bruises
Soil Do not walk barefoot or lie on soil
Altitude Slow ascent, warn high-risk subjects
Traffic Avoid night travel, motorbikes
Human to human STD Avoid unprotected sex
Assault Avoid risky areas, night strolls
Animal to human Rabies Do not pet unknown animals, do not
touch cadavers
Snakes (rare), scorpions Wear shoes, check clothing
Jellyfish, poisonous fish Ask locals, wear goggles
Vectorborne Malaria, dengue, etc Measures against mosquito bites
Foodborne Traveler’s diarrhea, etc “Boil it, cook it, peel it, or forget
it”—as far as possible
Intoxicating drugs Alcohol, marijuana, etc Abstain before casual sex,
swimming, diving
pain; the traveler may be incapacitated for any physical activity.

Advise individuals to use life jackets in potentially dangerous water
sports.
Part 3 (pages 469–72) details the prevention of accidents
related to the environment.
Avoiding Human Risks

If travelers cannot abstain from casual sex, they should at least
avoid unprotected sex. Travel health professionals (eg, tour
guides), who know the plans of individuals in their group, must
learn to raise the subject, particularly in persons who are likely
lonely or under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Even though
sexual encounters are not always deliberately planned, all trav-
elers should be warned of risks associated with casual, unprotected
sex. Often, women do not convince their partners to wear a con-
dom, and frequently men over age 40 years are afraid of being
rendered impotent while using a condom.
To avoid assaults, it is wise to abstain from walks, particularly
alone and at night, in areas that are considered unsafe. It may help
to hire a taxi even for short distances in such situations and to lock
the doors during the ride. A few people need to be explicitly
reminded not to wear jewelry and not to show money in poor
countries.
Avoiding Animal Risks

Most animals avoid human beings. The danger from animals
often arises following unnecessary intrusion from humans. Local
guides who accompany trekking safaris to watch bears, elephants,
and gorillas usually direct individuals in their group about the best
behavior methods, both under normal circumstances and then
when being charged by an animal. Travelers must obey these
directives. To prevent the risk of rabies, one should not pet, ter-
rify, or tease unknown animals, travelers should keep a safe dis-
tance from dogs and other animals, whenever possible. If bitten,
the individual must assume that the animal may be rabid and take
appropriate measures (unless the country is certified to be rabies-

free) (see Part 2, page 348). Accompanying animals (dogs and for
many countries, cats) must be immunized against rabies before they
are allowed to cross international frontiers.
While walking anywhere, including the beach, one should wear
strong, thick shoes. This will protect against snake bites and
scorpion stings as well as jigger fleas, Tunga penetrans, sandflies
(phlebotomes), and thus Leishmania infection, fungal infections,
and plantar warts.
Before putting on any clothing or shoes, one should first
check for small animals or poisonous insects.
Avoiding Vectorborne Diseases

Female mosquitoes use visual, thermal, and olfactorial (the lat-
ter most important) stimuli to locate a human host required for
their reproduction cycle. Male mosquitoes feed primarily on the
nectar in flowers. During the day, dark clothing and movement
of the host attract most mosquito species, and at night, light col-
ors attract them more. Although dark colors attract the Anophe-
les mosquitoes, light ones attract the Aedes mosquitoes. The
mosquitoes prefer to target male adults usually more than women
and children. Anopheles place 80% of the bites on the ankles. Fra-
grances from perfumes, soaps, or lotions attract mosquitoes.
To avoid arthropods transmitting a wide variety of commu-
nicable diseases, first and foremost, tourists should prevent mos-
quito bites between dusk and dawn to avoid malaria infection by
Anopheles and Japanese encephalitis by Culex. Aedes mosquitoes,
however, transmit dengue fever bite during the daytime. There-
fore, personal protection measures (PPM) are paramount at all
times, especially when increased mosquito activity is noted, such
as after rainy periods.
Staying in air-conditioned rooms or rooms that are protected
by wire meshes may be safe, but few tourists will renounce out-
door activities just to avoid mosquito bites. While outdoors, use
clothing to cover arms, legs, and particularly the ankles. Mosquito
bites may penetrate thin clothes (< 1 mm thick and openings

> 0.02 mm), which obviously are preferred in a tropical climate.
Thus, it is recommended to spray clothing with repellents or, even
better, with insecticides. Individuals should protect the uncovered
skin with a repellent.
Repellents are chemicals that cause insects to turn away. Most
contain DEET, an effective substance that has been used for
more than 40 years. Some others contain ethyl-buthylacetyl-
aminopropionate (EBAAP), picaridin (1-piperidincarboxyl acid,2-
(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-methyl-propylesther, Bayrepel), DMP
(dimethylphtalate, reduced effect when temperature >23°C), eth-
ylexanediol, indalone, or a mixture of these. Synthetic repellents
are effective for several hours (most 3 to 4 hours, never > 4), and
thus requiring reapplication in prolonged exposure. Although
older generation DEET formulations are rapidly lost through
sweating, newer ones containing polymers or other substances last
longer but are frequently considered too sticky. The duration of
protection depends on the following:
• Environment: temperature (each 10°C increase may result in

up to 50% reduction in protection time), humidity, sunlight, wind
• Formulation: concentration, solvent (eg, polymers)
• Host factors: sweating, percutaneous penetration of repellent
in the skin
• Part of the skin exposed: body vs head
• Abrasion by clothing
• Behavior: swimming, washing off repellent
• Targeted insects: blood feeders vs stinging insects
There is risk of DEET toxicity, which usually occurs when the

product is misused. This is due to absorption of 9 to 56% of the
chemical through the skin, with higher rates in alcohol-based solu-
tions. This is especially a concern in infants, in whom three cases
of lethal encephalopathy with high concentrations (up to 100%)
have been observed. The concentration is therefore limited to 35%
in many countries. Any formulation with higher concentrations

is not recommended in anyone; in young children the concentration
for DEET and EBAAP should not exceed 10%. Repellents should
not be inhaled, ingested, applied on open wounds or irritated skin,
or allowed to get into the eyes. For this reason, avoid applying
repellents on children’s hands, because the chemical is likely to
get into their eyes or mouth from the hands. Most repellents
(with the exception of Bayrepel) are solvents of plastic materi-
als; therefore, eyeglasses or lenses, plastic watches, or varnish,
must be protected or removed before the repellent is applied. Wash
off the repellent after returning indoors.
Always apply the repellent sparingly on all exposed areas.
Unprotected skin a few centimeters from a treated area may be
attacked by hungry mosquitoes. Many consider repellents con-
traindicated in the following individuals:
• Infants below age of 1 year (mosquito nets are preferred)

• Long-term residents for fear of accumulated toxicity
• Pregnant women, although no teratogenicity has been
demonstrated
Natural repellents, such as citronella oil or other plant extracts,

are rarely used anymore; their effectiveness is usually limited to
< 1 hour and are likely to cause an allergic reaction. Ethylhexa-
medial (Rutgers 612) apparently is the only agent that is effec-
tive against tse-tse flies.
Insecticides are poisons that target the nerves of insects and
other cold-blooded animals and thus kill them. Synthetic pyrethroid
insecticides (permethrin, deltamethrin, and others) are more pho-
tostable and less volatile than are the natural product pyrethrum
(obtained from the flowers of Chrysanthemum cinerariaefolium).
Pyrethrum acts as an insecticide and as a repellent.
Use pyrethroid-containing sprays to eliminate mosquitoes
from living and sleeping areas during evening and night-time hours.
Such sprays are also used in aircraft for disinsection (ie, to avoid
the importation of mosquitoes to countries nonendemic for

malaria). Most experts consider them nontoxic. Occasionally,
mosquitoes may enter even air-conditioned rooms. Mosquito
coils containing pyrethroids may be used, although these coils last
only a few hours. Many products are of questionable quality and
may cause irritation of the mucous membranes.
Clothing sprayed with permethrin or deltamethrin provides
residual protection for 2 to 4 weeks; the spraying causes no stains
and minimal odor. For adults, this is considered nontoxic, whereas
in infants and children this is questionable. Permethrin, however,
should not be applied directly on the skin.
If an accommodation allows entry of mosquitoes, use sprays,
dispensers, or pyrethroid mosquito coils, in addition to a mosquito
net. Impregnation (soaking) of such nets with insecticide offers
additional protection for 2 to 3 months, even when the net is slightly
damaged. For impregnation of nets (or clothing, used mainly by
the military), use premixed Peripel, or measure 0.5 g/m2 of per-
methrin or 0.05 g/m2 of deltamethrin. Soak and squeeze the
clothing to absorb insecticide solution, wring gently, dry flat on
a plastic sheet, avoiding direct sunlight, and after a while, hang
up the clothing to speed up the drying process.
Oral agents such as vitamin B, ultrasonic devices, and bug zap-
pers that lure and electrocute insects are ineffective measures
against mosquito bites.
Avoiding Contaminated Food and Beverage

Almost all travel counselors recommend avoiding contaminated
food; however, few travelers consistently follow such advice. It
is only rarely that travelers test the food with a thermometer and
refuse it unless the core temperature is at least 60°C. Careful behav-
ior will reduce the size of inoculum of infectious organisms that
are ingested. However, it is not practical and will not completely
protect from all gastrointestinal infections; sometimes, pathogens
are found even in bottled water. Because it is impossible to con-
vince all travelers to avoid cold buffets or other potentially con-
Low risk High risk

Coffee, tea (served hot) Desserts
Food served with > 60°C core Tap water, ice cubes
temperature Precooked seafood
Fruits peeled by consumer Cheese, cold cuts
Freshly pressed fruit juice Hot sauces
Carbonated water Salads, raw vegetables
Bread Milk
Bottled noncarbonated water Street vendor products, not
Butter served piping hot
Figure 9 Food risk scale
taminated food or ensure satisfactorily hygienic kitchens in all parts

of the world, a new strategy is necessary. Travelers should be edu-
cated about the risk scale (Figure 9), and emphasis should be made
on abstaining from highly dangerous items and situations. All trav-
elers are free to decide what risks they want to take, but the deci-
sion should be made on an informed basis.
Additional Readings
Fenton KA, et al. HIV transmission risk among sub-Saharan Africans
in London travelling to their countries of origin. AIDS 2001;15:
1442–5.
Fradin MS, Day JF. Comparative efficacy of insect repellents against
mosquito bites. N Engl J Med 2002;347:13–8.
Gratz NG, et al. Why aircraft disinsection. Bull World Health Organ
2000;78:995–1004.
Matteelli A, Carosi G. Sexually transmitted diseases in travelers. Clin
Infect Dis 2001;32:1063–7.
Potasman I, et al. Infectious outbreaks associated with bivalve shellfish
consumption: a worldwide perspective. Clin Infect Dis 2002;
35:921–8.
Schoepke A, et al. Effectiveness of personal protection measures
against mosquito bites for malaria prophylaxis in travelers. J Travel
Med 1998;5:188–92.
van Netten C. Analysis and implications of aircraft disinsectants. Sci
Total Environ 2002;293:257–62.
Travel Health Insurance
In countries where the usual health insurance does not cover

treatment abroad and air evacuation, it may be recommendable
to obtain special insurance coverage, particularly when a traveler
has a pre-existing illness.
Additional Readings
Colville J, et al. The cost of overseas visitors to an inner city accident
and emergency department. J Accid Emerg Med 1996;13:16–7.
Leggat PA, Leggat FW. Travel insurance claims made by travelers
from Australia. J Travel Med 2002;9:59–65.
BASICS OF IMMUNIZATION
The human immune system protects the body by eliminating or

neutralizing materials recognized as foreign. The goal of immu-
nization is to evoke an immune response in the vaccinee, for
instance, by producing antibodies. This is based on the fact that
the immune system is capable of remembering previous encoun-
ters with immunogenic substances, which results in stronger
responses upon re-challenge. As a public health measure, the goal
is to achieve herd immunity by interrupting transmission by immu-
nizing a sufficient proportion of individuals in the population.
In active immunization (vaccination), an immunogenic sub-
stance (a vaccine) is administered. This is processed and modi-
fied by various cells of the human immune system until ultimately
the B lymphocytes either differentiate into antibody-producing
plasma cells specific for that vaccine or into long memory B lym-
phocytes. In passive immunization, antibodies produced by
another (usually human) organism, mostly called immune glob-
ulins, are occasionally administered to provide immediate but short-
lasting protection.
Live attenuated vaccines contain live, weakened microor-
ganisms that induce active immunity; inactivated vaccines are com-
posed of killed microorganisms or of components that will induce
active immunity.
The individual vaccines are described in detail in Part 2.
Because national standards for licensure differ, not all vaccines
are available in all countries. Similarly, for vaccines against the
same disease and for vaccine schedules, contraindications and other
regulations may differ by product and by country. Recommen-
dations issued by national authorities and manufacturer’s instruc-
tions must therefore be consulted for up-to-date information and
details.
65
Strategy for Application of Immunizations
Appropriate immunizations prior to travel not only reduce the risk

of vaccine-preventable diseases for the recipient, but they also
reduce the risk of international spread of the respective diseases.
Consider several key factors when planning immunizations for
individuals with travel plans as illustrated in this chapter. The essen-
tials are as follows:
Travel related:
• Destination: country/countries, cities or resorts vs rural or off
the beaten track
• Duration of travel—not just for this journey, but also consider
cumulative exposure over the individual’s lifetime or at least
the next years
• Characteristics: chaperoned luxury tour vs backpacker; indi-
vidual risk exposure, possibly depending on reasons for travel,
such as certain professionals, personal hobbies, visiting friends
and relatives (VFR)
• Legal obligations at destination: required immunizations
Host related:
• Personal immune status: previous immunizations, history of
infection with resulting lifelong immunity
• Personal state of health with subsequent special risk (eg, trav-
elers with splenectomy)
• Age (eg, infants, senior travelers with additional needs for
vaccines; that is routine immunizations, influenza)
• Specific contraindications in the vaccine recipient, such as
pregnancy, lactation, altered immune competence, lower age
limit
Vaccine related:
• Protective efficacy
• Safety profile
Basics of Immunization 67
• Cost and financial constraints

• Contraindications
• Time restraints for useful protection
All travel-related vaccines are not necessarily indicated for all

travelers. Ultimately, it is an arbitrary decision to what degree one
wishes to recommend protection to a client. Decisions must be
based on a risk assessment. Some vaccines may be medically con-
traindicated, such as in pregnancy, or there may be time constraints,
described in the paragraph on last-minute travel (page 100). The
travel health professional should be aware of priorities, with
respect to incidence and severity of the various infections (Fig-
ure 10, Table 5). The health professional and the traveler should
also take into account cost and risk of adverse reactions and
decide on what and how much immunization is required. It is illog-
ical to immunize travelers against rare diseases that have a low
case fatality rate with modern therapy and leave the travelers unpro-
tected against more frequent and life-threatening infections for
which no effective treatment is available. But lastly, it is an arbi-
trary decision on how far down the list in Table 5 one wants to
recommend protection to a future traveler.
Additional Readings
Berger A. How does herd immunity work. BMJ 1999;319:1466–7.
Shlim DR, Solomon T. Japanese encephalitis vaccine for travelers:
exploring the limits of risk. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:183–8.
Wilson ME. Travel-related vaccines. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2001;
15:231–51.
General Immunization Rules
Vaccine Administration
Store vaccines as recommended by the manufacturer. In the case
of vaccines in suspension form, verify the shelf life and shake the
suspension well before use. Administer the vaccines as recom-
mended by the manufacturer—intramuscularly (IM), subcuta-
2500
2000
2000
Morbidity per 100,000 travelers
1000
80 (Africa,
300 Latin America)
-240 (Asia) 200
30 3 0.3
0
5 1.6(-4.8)
ASIA
Mortality per 100,000 travelers
4
2
2
AFR/L'AM
1
0.3 0.3
? 0.03 0.006
0
Hepatitis A Hepatitis B Rabies Typhoid fever Cholera
Tramper Hotel- Expatriate (Animal India Other
tourist bites in N/W-Africa destinations
expat´s) Peru
Figure 10 Incidence rate of various vaccine preventable diseases per month of stay for
nonimmune travelers visiting a developing country
neously (SC), or intradermally (ID). Some vaccines come with

several options in the route of administration. Although it is
important to observe the required minimum intervals between
vaccine doses, it is irrelevant if too many months, years, or
decades have elapsed since the last dose, except that there may
be inadequate immunity during the interval before the next
dose. It is unnecessary to restart an interrupted series of vacci-
nation or to add extra doses.
The skin at the injection site (deltoid region in adults and in
children age > 1 year, anterolateral thigh in infants age < 1 year,
quadriceps muscle if intramuscular) should be cleansed with an
Table 5 Rationale for Immunization of Travelers

Infection Incidence Impact Total Immunization
Yes No
Hepatitis A +++ ++ +++++
Hepatitis B ++ +++ +++++
Rational
Rabies ++ ++ ++++
The overcautious physician or traveler, those

Yellow fever (+) +++ +++(+)
Typhoid fever ++ + +++
unconcerned about adverse events

Influenza ++(+)? (+) +++
The hazardous, the cost conscious

Poliomyelitis (+) ++ ++(+)
Diphtheria (+) ++ ++(+)
Tetanus (+) ++ ++(+)
Meningococcal disease (+) ++ ++(+)
Japanese encephalitis (+) ++ ++(+)
Illogical
Cholera + + ++
Measles (+) + +(+)
Rate per 100,000: +++ = >100; ++ = 1–99; + = 0.1–0.9; (+) = < 0.1
Impact: +++ = high case fatality rate, serious residuals; ++ = > 5% case fatality rate or
incapacitation > 4 weeks; + = low case fatality rate, brief incapacitation
antiseptic agent, such as 70% isopropyl alcohol, povidone-iodine,

or simply soap and water. Ideally, one should wait 5 minutes for
optimal germicidal effect before the vaccine is administered.
Use a new needle and a new syringe for each injection. The only
exceptions to this are live vaccine scarifications (smallpox, some
BCG) where antiseptic agents would inactivate the vaccine;
cleansing with a dry pad is sufficient. Some health professionals
find it useful to ask the traveler to take a deep breath just when
the injection is administered; this may reduce the pain by dis-
tracting the patient. For children, Eutetic Mixture of Local Anes-
thetics (EMLA) patches may be applied at the site of injection
about 15 minutes prior to injection to desensitize the skin.
Vaccination Rules and Requirements

The required vaccinations, based on the International Health
Regulations (IHR) adopted by the 22nd World Health Assembly
in 1969, are provided on page 70.
As a condition for entry, various countries require proof of vac-
cination administered at an approved vaccination center; this
must be documented on the International Certificate of Vaccina-
tion (Appendix E). Many countries require such proof only from
travelers arriving from infected or potentially endemic areas,
whereas others require such evidence from all travelers, some-
times even those in transit. For international travel, the only cer-
tificate that is required now is the yellow fever vaccination
certificate. As listed below, additional requirements exist, par-
ticularly for immunizations against cholera, diphtheria, and
meningococcal disease. The latter applies mainly to pilgrims
visiting Saudi Arabia to participate in the Hajj or Umra, where
proof of immunization with the quadrivalent vaccine is now
required. When immunizations are not required as a condition for
entry, it is unnecessary to transfer information on national or
provincial vaccination documents to the International Certifi-
cate of Vaccination.
Travelers who have a contraindication to a required vaccina-
tion should obtain a validated waiver from the proper authorities.
In addition, waivers obtained from embassies or consulates of the
countries to be visited may be useful. In fact, on rare occasions
the health authorities of some countries have refused to accept med-
ical waivers.
Mainly in the United States, proof of immunization against
diphtheria, measles, poliomyelitis, and rubella is now univer-
sally required for entry into educational institutions. Likewise,
school-entry requirements of most states include immunization
against tetanus (49 states), pertussis (44 states), mumps (42
states), and hepatitis B (34 states). Some institutions also need
proof of varicella vaccine. Many colleges in the United States and
the United Kingdom now request, or at least recommend, meningo-
coccal vaccination for students.
Routine and Recommended Vaccination

All developed countries have national plans and programs for rou-
tine childhood immunizations, with minor differences. They are
therefore not described in detail in this manual beyond the scope
of international travel.
Travel brochures often refer only to vaccinations required by
the IHR. It is of utmost importance to know and to convince trav-
elers that generally recommended routine immunizations often
play a more significant role in maintaining a traveler’s health than
those that are legally required.
Schedule, Simultaneous Administration, Combined Vaccines

In the past, travelers have received their immunizations on up to
seven different dates. This certainly was not practical and may
well have had a negative effect on compliance. Because there are
few significant interactions between vaccines, all travel-related
vaccines can be administered in one single session, except in cases
where multiple doses are needed (Figure 11). This is, however,
Figure 11 Routine schedule for travel-related vaccines

only needed in risk groups or in persons who failed to receive their

routine childhood immunizations.
Most widely used antigens can be given on the same day
without impairing antibody response or increasing the rate of
adverse reactions. Use different injection sites in simultaneous vac-
cinations, with a distance of at least 2 cm between each site. Usu-
ally in right-handed adults, all simultaneously given vaccines
are administered into the left deltoideus; the vaccinees will feel
less pain at work and will not be inconvenienced by pain in both
arms while lying in bed. Mixing vaccines in the same syringe or
sequential injection through the same needle is clearly wrong,
unless explicitly allowed by the manufacturer. For some travel-
related vaccines (hepatitis A and hepatitis B, hepatitis A and
typhoid) and mainly in the pediatric field (see Infants and Chil-
dren), vaccine combinations exist, allowing a reduction in the num-
ber of injections.
When simultaneous administration is not performed, one
should consider that the immune response to a live virus vaccine
may theoretically be impaired if the vaccine is administered
within 30 days of administration of another live virus vaccine.
Whenever possible, live virus vaccines should be given simulta-
neously or at least 1 month apart.
If a traveler arrives months, years, or decades after a repeat
or booster dose was due, it is unnecessary to restart a basic immu-
nization schedule; it is sufficient to continue immunization along
with the basic rule “every dose counts.”
Contraindications
Part 2 lists the details on each vaccine. The following provides
the general contraindications for vaccines:
1. Acute illness. Often persons with acute illness will not pre-
sent themselves for immunization. Moderate or severe illnesses
are a good reason to postpone immunization, whereas mild ones
(eg, common cold with low-grade fever) are no reason for delay.
2. Lower age limit. Infants may be unable to produce anti-

bodies to some vaccines; they may, however, be protected by mater-
nal antibodies.
3. Hypersensitivity to vaccine components. Some people
may have experienced hypersensitivity during previous vaccine
administration. Some individuals may be hypersensitive to
thimerosal or trace amounts of antibiotics or proteins. No vaccine
currently used in the developed nations contains penicillin or peni-
cillin derivatives.
Allergy to egg proteins (found in yellow fever, influenza,
measles-mumps-rubella [MMR], measles, and mumps vaccines)
is no contraindication for immunization, but perform vaccination
in a setting where adverse reactions can be dealt with appropri-
ately. Skin tests with a 1:20 to 1:100 saline diluted vaccine,
whereby 0.1 ml is injected ID, or desensitization is obsolete.
4. Pregnancy. Although the risk in use of live vaccines dur-
ing pregnancy is largely theoretical, weigh the risk of infection
against the risk of immunization (this also applies for the 3-month
period before pregnancy); take into consideration the concerns of
the pregnant woman in the decision-making process. (See indi-
vidual vaccines.)
5. Lactation. Although the risk in the use of live vaccines in
lactating women is largely theoretical, weigh the risk of infection
against the risk of immunization, taking into account concerns of
the lactating woman. (See individual vaccines.)
6. Altered immunocompetence. Congenital immunodefi-
ciency, AIDS, leukemia, lymphoma, generalized malignancy,
therapy with antimetabolites or alkylating agents, radiation, and
large doses (2 mg/kg body weight/day or ≥ 20 mg/day) of pred-
nisone or equivalents alter immunocompetence. After systemic
treatment with high-dose corticosteroids for a period of ≥ 2 weeks,
at least 3 months should elapse after stopping treatment before
a live-virus vaccine is administered. In limited immune deficits
such as asplenia or renal failure, higher doses of vaccines or
additional vaccines may be indicated, but these subjects do not

have contraindications for any particular vaccine.
Inactivated vaccines do not represent danger to immuno-
compromised recipients, but the immune response may be sub-
optimal. In contrast, live vaccines may lead to serious
complications and are often contraindicated. Sometimes, for
example, with polio or typhoid vaccines, there are options to
select an inactivated vaccine, rather than a live one.
7. Anticoagulation. See Part 2.
Reactions to Travel-Related Vaccines

Although severe reactions are extremely rare in vaccines required
for travel, anaphylaxis or serious hypersensitivity reactions are
possible. Every clinic must have the necessary therapeutic agents
(epinephrine, antihistamines, corticosteroids) immediately avail-
able, and the personnel administering vaccines must be trained
and be qualified to handle such an emergency.
Local pain and swelling are common problems after a parenteral
dose of vaccine; fever, rash, or other symptoms may rarely occur
(see Part 2 for details). Illness resulting in long-term sequelae or
death may occur after vaccination but the incidence rate for the
routine or travel-related vaccines is below 1 in 1 million.
Cost-Effectiveness of Travel Immunizations

No travel-related vaccination is considered beneficial with respect
to cost; the cost of vaccination is greater than the cost of avoided
infection and death. Nevertheless, immunization before travel
remains vital for health reasons, and many travelers are willing
to invest in safety just as they elect to invest in comfort when
choosing a more expensive hotel.
Recommendations for Immunizations
As Table 6 illustrates, there is a considerable amount of consen-

sus with respect to immunization recommendations issued by the
Table 6 Recommended Immunizations in Nonimmune Travelers to a Developing

Country
Expert Group WHO CATMAT CDC PHLS NHMRC
(World) (Canada) (USA) (UK) (Australia)
REQUIRED
• Yellow fever ** ** ** ** **
ROUTINE
• Diphtheria/tetanus *** *** *** *** ***
• Poliomyelitis ** ** ** ** **
• Measles *** *** *** *** ***
RECOMMENDED
• Hepatitis A *** *** *** ***/* ***/*
• Hepatitis B * * * * *
• Rabies * * * * *
• Typhoid fever * * * * *
• Meningococcal disease * * * * *
• Japanese encephalitis * * * * *
• Tuberculosis * –/* - * *
• Cholera - - –/* – –
• Influenza * * ? * ?
*** = all; ** = all when visiting endemic country; * = risk group only, – = none
World Health Organization (WHO) and other selected major

national expert groups. On the basis of this consensus, the sub-
sequent recommendations for specific vaccines for specific coun-
tries (Appendix C) have been formulated. Details are provided
in Part 2 of this manual, wherein individual vaccines are discussed.
In Table 6, the term “risk group only” relates to different risk
groups for each vaccine, and as described on page 66, mainly
travel- and host-related aspects need to be considered. See “Rec-
ommendations for vaccine use” under each heading of vaccine-
preventable infections in Part 2. As a rule of thumb, in addition
to the short-term travel recommendations, long-term travelers

(pages 96–9) to developing countries should get immunized
against
• Hepatitis B
• Typhoid fever
• Rabies (unless in region with low endemicity, small risk eg, in
some diplomats)
Additional Readings
Ess SM, Szucz TD. Economic evaluation of immunization strategies.
Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:294–7.
Plotkin SA, Orenstein WA, editors. Vaccines. 4th ed. Philadelphia
(PA): WB Saunders; 2003.
BASICS OF MALARIA PROPHYLAXIS
Malaria, a protozoan disease, is caused by four species of the genus

Plasmodium. Plasmodium falciparum is the most important as it
leads to malaria tropica, whereas Plasmodium vivax and the less
frequently occurring Plasmodium ovale and Plasmodium malar-
iae only rarely cause life-threatening disease. Plasmodia are
mainly transmitted through the bite of infected female Anopheles
mosquitoes, feeding almost exclusively between dusk and dawn.
As described in detail in Part 2, the risk of malaria varies accord-
ing to the region, altitude, and season.
Malaria infection results in partial immunity (“semi-immunity”)
that provides protection at least from serious disease. This immu-
nity seems to be directed primarily against the erythrocytic stages
of the parasite and decreases rapidly (within 6 to 12 months) once
the person leaves the endemic area, leaving him or her as sus-
ceptible to the disease as any nonimmune individual.
Prophylaxis for malaria and its complications is based on
four principles:
• Information
• Personal protection measures against mosquito bites (dis-
cussed earlier and in Part 2)
• Chemoprophylaxis (usually, chemosuppression), where appro-
priate
• Prompt assessment and treatment of symptoms suggestive of
malaria, including emergency self-therapy in special circum-
stances.
Information
Travelers visiting countries where malaria is endemic should

obtain essential information on the following:
• Location of endemic regions and of areas free (or with negli-

gable risk) of transmission (Figure 12, Appendix C)
77
Areas where malaria transmission occurs

Areas with limited risk
□ No malaria
Figure 12 Worldwide malaria endemicity, 2002. Reproduced from WHO. Malaria, 2002. In:
International Travel and Health, 2003; [1 screen]. Available at: http://www.who.int/ith/
chapter05_m08_malaria.html (accessed April 11, 2003).
Basics of Malaria Prophalyxis 79
• Mode and period of transmission: infected mosquitoes that bite

almost exclusively at night, particularly around midnight
• Incubation period: minimum 6 days for P. falciparum and may
be up to several months and occasionally even exceeding 1 year,
particularly in other Plasmodium species
• Early symptoms: usually flu-like, with fever, chills, headache,
generalized aches and pains, and malaise. These symptoms may
or may not occur with classic periodicity
• Options for prevention:
1. Preventive measures against mosquito bites are the first
line of defence.
2. When indicated, use chemoprophylaxis, but also caution
travelers
• that this strategy is not 100% effective even when com-
pliance is perfect and
• that the chemoprophylactic agent may cause adverse
reactions.
3. Explain to travelers why their prophylactic regimen should
be continued for 4 weeks after leaving the transmission
area.
• Necessity of medical consultation within 24 hours when symp-
toms are suggestive of malaria, because complications may
develop rapidly thereafter. The best advice is to “think malaria”
when febrile symptoms occur.
Chemoprophylaxis
Chemoprophylaxis is essentially a misnomer; most currently

marketed drugs do not prevent infection. Instead, these agents act
by suppressing the proliferation and development of the malar-
ial parasite and thus are better termed “chemosuppressive agents.”
Mode of Action
Prevention of malaria symptoms requires a disruption of the
plasmodial life cycle. Several agents are available, which act at
one or more points in the parasite’s cycle. Causal prophylactics
(such as atovaquone) act on the hepatic (exoerythrocytic) cycle,

interfering with early hepatic development of the plasmodium and
therefore preventing the next stage, the erythrocytic cycle. Other
drugs (chloroquine and mefloquine) are blood schizontocides,
which act by destroying the asexual intraerythrocytic parasites.
The terminal prophylactic, primaquine, prevents relapses of P. vivax
and P. ovale infection by eliminating the latent hepatic hypnozoites
(Figure 13).
Risk-Benefit Analysis
All antimalarial agents have considerable potential for causing
adverse events. Recommend chemoprophylaxis for travelers to
endemic areas, whenever the benefit of avoided symptomatic
infections exceeds the risk of serious adverse events (ie, events
Figure 13 Site of action of antimalarials

which require hospitalization). This is the case for most stays

(except very short ones) in areas with high or intermediate trans-
mission, such as tropical Africa, some Pacific areas, and certain
provinces in Brazil (Figure 14 and Appendix C). In the most fre-
quently visited destinations in Southeast Asia and Latin Amer-
ica, the risk of acquiring a malaria infection is low. The frequency
of adverse experience with subsequent hospitalization associ-
ated with the use of prophylactic medication with chloroquin,
chloroquin plus proguanil, or mefloquin clearly exceeds any
expected benefit. This is not the case with the atovaquone plus
proguanil combination; so far, no hospitalizations that related to
adverse events have been reported. According to the WHO and
various European expert groups, it is more appropriate to insist
on personal protection measures against mosquito bites and to rec-
ommend consulting a doctor within 24 hours of onset of suggestive
symptoms than it is to prescribe malaria chemoprophylaxis dur-
ing stays in areas of low risk. If the traveler stays in an area
where competent medical infrastructure is not present, standby
or presumptive treatment may constitute an alternative strategy.
This approach is discussed in detail in Part 2 of this manual; it
Figure 14 Risk of malaria infection without chemoprophylaxis versus risk of hospitalization

for adverse events (per 100,000 travelers)
is, however, not endorsed by the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention (CDC), United States, and by various other national
expert groups.
There is near-total consensus that travelers should be cautioned
in advance with respect to possible side effects and how to deal
with them, although few experts believe that overemphasis of this
promotes poor tolerability and is unnecessary, because the man-
ufacturer’s product information is available for those who want
such details.
Schedules for Chemoprophylaxis

Depending on the regimen, malaria chemoprophylaxis is admin-
istered by tablets taken daily or weekly. Duration of prophylac-
tic regimens vary. For chloroquine, chloroquine plus proguanil
and mefloquine, the following schedules are valid:
• Begin 1 (to 2) weeks before travel
• Continue for the duration of stay
• Maintain for 4 weeks after leaving the endemic area
Treatment in the pretravel period allows analysis of tolerabil-
ity prior to departure and ensures protective plasma drug con-
centrations. This is essential when mefloquine, 250 mg weekly,
or chloroquine, 300 mg base/week, is prescribed; a sufficient
plasma concentration would be achieved within 2 days with
chloroquine, 100 mg base/day, or with doxycycline. In last-minute
travelers, a loading dose is recommended (see Part 2). The con-
tinued intake after return ensures that late infections will be dealt
with by effective plasma concentrations when the merozoites
emerge from the liver to invade the erythrocyctes. If an effective
causal prophylactic drug is used, the duration of posttravel chemo-
prophylaxis could theoretically be shorter, because the parasite’s
development will already have been interrupted in the hepatic cycle.
When using doxycycline, it is sufficient to start chemopro-
phylaxis 2 days before arrival in the endemic zone, but continue
for 4 weeks after leaving the endemic country. As for atovaquone
plus proguanil, starting 1 to 2 days before arrival in the endemic

zone is sufficient, and this combination drug (Malarone) may be
discontinued 7 days after leaving the endemic country.
Choice of Agent
Selecting a prophylactic agent is often complex, and although there
are generalized guidelines to minimize confusion, recommen-
dations for travelers need to be tailored on an individual basis.
Efficacy and tolerability are the most important factors to be
considered.
Travel health professionals implementing WHO recommen-
dations or national guidelines should be aware of
• Destination factors, such as the degree of endemicity
• Predominant Plasmodium species
• Extent of drug resistance (Figure 15), as this will define the effi-
cacy of a particular agent
• Availability of drugs in the destination countries
Traveler’s health and other characteristics (such as age and preg-
nancy) may also influence the choice of prophylaxis; certain reg-
imens have clearly defined contraindications and precautions,
which need to be observed to ensure tolerability. The duration and
mode of travel have also been shown to be important, as well as
medication factors, such as compliance and acceptability.
Standby Emergency Treatment
When symptoms suggestive of malaria occur while abroad or after

return, the traveler must obtain competent medical care within 24
hours of the onset of symptoms. Medical assessment must include
blood sample screening, either by microscopic examination or with
an appropriate rapid diagnostic test kit. Most travelers anywhere
in the world have access to competent medical attention within
the specified time frame. Only a minority may find themselves
with symptoms suggestive of malaria in a location remote from
established medical facilities. Advise these travelers to carry
Figure 15 Drug resistance against plasmodia.

antimalarial medication for standby emergency treatment (SBET)

and, if possible, to bring a malaria test kit. These emergency
supplies can be used for self-diagnosis and self-therapy or made
available to the consulted physician.
The disadvantage of this strategy is both over- and underuse
of SBET. For travelers using this approach, it is imperative to pro-
vide the
• Precise instructions on how to recognize malaria symptoms

• Recommendation to seek local medical care, if possible
• Time frame to reach medical attention
• Precise use of the SBET medication
• Warning about the potential for adverse events
• Advice about the necessity to seek medical advice as soon as
possible after initial treatment with SBET, which ensures that
the therapy was successful or to obtain the proper treatment in
case of erroneous self-diagnosis.
Additional Reading
Schlagenhauf P. Traveler’s malaria. Hamilton (ON): BC Decker; 2001
OPTIONS FOR SELF-THERAPY
AND TRAVEL MEDICINE KIT
Benefits of Self-Therapy
Travelers feel at a disadvantage when they fall ill while away from
home and from customary medical care. At the place of visit, the
desired medication may be unavailable or when available may be
obsolete, past the expiry date, stored at the wrong temperatures,
or unknown and explained in a foreign language. Whatever the
reason, travelers are often reluctant to consult a local doctor in a
developing country. Such hesitation may be perfectly justified.
In the poorest countries, for instance, hepatitis B is often trans-
mitted by injections, because there is a lack of disposable mate-
rials. It may be impossible to contact their own physicians back
home, and long-distance consultations have their own problems
and limitations. Therefore, it is advisable to arm travelers to
high-risk areas with medications to treat common health prob-
lems or accidents, such as
• Travelers’ diarrhea
• Common cold
• Malaria (low endemicity areas without access to medical care,
see Part 2)
• Insomnia, owing to jet lag
• Frequent ailments in certain types of travelers (eg, constipa-
tion, bronchitis, low back pain)
• Motion sickness
• Small wounds
• Sprained ankles
There are some basic rules with respect to self-therapy:
• Give proper verbal and written instructions on use and dosage

of drugs.
86
Options for Self-Therapy and Travel Medicine Kit 87
• Set an upper time limit before a doctor is to be consulted.

• Inform about possible adverse effects of the medication.
• Give preference to medications that the traveler has used
previously.
• Avoid recommending self-therapy to the traveler who obviously
cannot understand procedures and limitations.
Additional Readings
Schlagenhauf P, et al. Behavioural aspects of travellers in their use of
malaria presumptive treatment. Bull World Health Organ 1995;73:
215–21.
Simonsen L, et al. Unsafe injections in the developing world and trans-
mission of bloodborne pathogens: a review. Bull World Health
Organ 1999;77:789–800.
Composition of the Travel Medical Kit
The content of the travel medical kit will be influenced by the des-
tination (particularly if remote), the length of stay, the number of
persons depending on the kit, potential health risks (eg, diving),
and the health of the traveler.
The minimum requirements for a travel medical kit are as
follows:
• Medications regularly or occasionally used at home (includ-
ing birth control)
• Malaria chemoprophylaxis, when indicated
• Medication for traveler’s diarrhea, usually
• antimotility agent, preferably loperamide
• antibiotic, preferably quinolone, rifaximin, or azithromycin
for selected destinations
• Medication for common cold, bronchitis (possibly levofloxacin
or gatifloxacin, which may be used for both gastrointestinal and
respiratory tract infections, whereas older quinolones were
limited for use in gastrointestinal infections)
• Analgesic/anti-inflammatory/antipyretic
• Sun block
Traveler’s Health Center

Complete Address
City and Country
Telephone or Fax
Date: _______________, 200___
Mr/Mrs
I, _______________________________, MD, certify
that Mr/Mrs _______________________ carries with
him/her a medical kit that includes prescribed medication,
syringes, and needles to be used by a doctor, during
his/her trip in case of emergency. These are recommended
for personal use only to avoid the risk of accidental
transmission of infectious diseases. They are not to be sold.
___________________________
Medical Director
Traveler’s Clinic
Figure 16 Sample of letter to accompany the travel medical kit

Travelers should also consider taking
• Condoms
• Thermometer
• Material to treat cuts and bruises: disinfectant, dressing, scissors
• Elastic bandage
Some travelers may need or wish to take
• Laxatives (if constipated during previous travels)

• Rehydration powders
• Topical creams, such as steroids, anti-infective, anti-inflam-
matory
• Ear and eye drops
• Motion sickness medication
• Altitude medication
• Jet lag medication, sleeping pills*
• Narcotics for analgesia*
• Syringes and needles*
Additional Readings
A’Court CH. Doctor on a mountaineering expedition. BMJ 1995;310:
1248–52.
Newton PN, et al. Murder by fake drugs. BMJ 2002;324:800–1.
Sakmar TP. The traveler’s medical kit. Infect Dis Clin North Am 1992;
6:355–70.
Welsh TP. Data-based selection of medical supplies for wilderness
travel. Wilderness Environ Med 1997;8:148–51.
*To avoid problems with custom officers, it may be beneficial to have a let-
ter of authorization that explains the reason for carrying these items (Figure
16). Many countries have strict laws with respect to importation of con-
trolled substances; in some countries, benzodiazepines require special per-
mits, although this is rarely enforced.
WATER DISINFECTION
Clean water is a scarce resource. Only 1% of the total water on

earth (including the water in our atmosphere, lakes, rivers, streams,
and the ground) is easily available. The rest is trapped in ice and
glaciers or is saline. In many developing countries, the available
raw water is virtually wastewater, contaminated with human
feces. Tap water is frequently contaminated and transmission of
illness by water occurs often.
Safe beverages in such regions are boiled water, hot beverages,
such as coffee or tea made with boiled water, canned or bottled
carbonated beverages, beer, and wine. Most infectious agents are
resistant to freezing, which means that ice in beverages is not safe
either, even if the ice is in alcoholic drinks.
For consumption, water should first be cleaned from the rough
particles by sedimentation (letting the particles sediment) or fil-
tration, disinfected, and then conserved.
Sedimentation is separating suspended particles large enough
to settle rapidly by gravity (eg, sand and silt). Water must be
allowed to sit for an hour. The clear water should then be decanted
or filtered from the top. This is not a disinfection method but helps
to clarify water and simplifies further steps, such as halogenation.
Vigorous boiling for 1 minute is the quickest and most effec-
tive way to kill the waterborne pathogens. Boiling can kill even
Cryptosporidium, one of the most resistant pathogens. The flat
taste of boiled water can be improved by pouring it back and forth
from one container to another (called aeration), by allowing it to
stand for a few hours, or by adding a small pinch of salt. A dis-
advantage to boiling is that fuel sources may be unavailable and
that the boiling point decreases with increasing altitude, which
is 90° C at 3000 m. In this situation, increase boiling time as a
safety margin.
In a process called coagulation-flocculation, smaller sus-
pended particles that are too small to settle by gravity can be
removed. For coagulation, we use lime (alkaline chemicals, prin-
90
Water Disinfection 91
cipally containing calcium or magnesium and oxygen) and alum

(an aluminum salt) that causes particles to stick together as a result
of electrostatic and ionic forces. Rapid mixing is important to
obtain dispersion of the coagulant. The second stage, floccula-
tion, is a physical process obtained by prolonged gentle mixing.
After settling, separate the water by decantation or filtration.
This method removes 60 to 99% of the bacteria, viruses, Giardia,
helminth ova, heavy metals and dissolved phosphates. Never-
theless, we advise a subsequent disinfecting step such as halo-
genation or filtration. One advantage of this method is that it also
works with cold water, and toxicity is not an issue as long as the
alum is not ingested. In an emergency, use normal baking pow-
der or fine white ash.
Filtration is possible with rough filters and microfilters. Rough
filters retain dirt. Microfilters may be single layered or depth fil-
ters, which retain bacteria, protozoa, and parasites. Crypto-
sporidium cysts often pass through a standard size filter
(1 micrometer pore size is recommended to hold them back), and
viruses are too small to be trapped. Virus may adhere to the walls
of diatomite (ceramic) or charcoal filters by electrostatic chem-
ical attraction. In heavily polluted water, they often aggregate in
large clumps with the dissolved particles and are thus filtered. Gen-
erally, filters should not be considered adequate for complete
removal of viruses, and additional treatment with heat or halo-
gens is essential for effective virus removal.
Filters do not add an unpleasant taste to the water, and, in fact,
often improve taste and odor by special granular activated car-
bon. A silver layer on the filter improves the disinfecting rate but
does not prevent contamination by microorganisms after pro-
longed use. A disadvantage is their weight and tendency to clog.
The increased pressure that is needed can force microorganisms
through the filter. Depth filters (eg, ceramic, fiber, or compressed
granular activated carbon) have a large capacity for holding par-
ticles, so they last longer than single-layer membrane filter. How-
ever, they are more difficult to clean effectively. Surface cleaning
is only partially effective, and for this reason, microorganisms may

grow in the depth. Reverse osmosis filters use high pressure to
force water through a semipermeable membrane that filters out
solids, molecules, and dissolved ions. It is effective in removing
microbiologic contamination, but pressure can cause membrane
breakdown, which renders them inaffective. For ocean travelers,
it is an important survival item.
The germicidal activity of halogens, chiefly chlorine(Cl–) and
iodine(I–), results from oxidation of essential cellular structures
and enzymes. The impact of halogen depends on the concentra-
tion of the contamination and of the halogens, the time, the pH and
the temperature of the water, and the turbidity. The higher the con-
centration of the halogens, the better the disinfectant effect, but
this also leaves “residual” halogen in the water, causing a bad taste
and smell. Therefore, a prolonged contact time reduces the halo-
gen concentration needed. The pH of the water should be neutral.
If it is too acidic (eg, high mountain lakes) or too alkaline (eg, desert
water), increase the contact time and concentration. The colder the
water, the less germicidal activity halogens have. High turbidity
can also shield the microorganisms from the impact of the halo-
gens. To improve the taste of the halogens, the dose can be
decreased and the contact time increased. Cloudy water can be fil-
tered before adding halogen, or dehalogenation like granular-
activated charcoal, zinc brush, chlorination-dechlorination and
ascorbic acid can be used. Organisms, in order of increasing
resistance to halogen disinfection, are bacteria, viruses, protozoan
cysts, bacterial spores, and parasitic ova and larvae. Contact time
varies from 2 hours for Giardia to 10 minutes for bacteria, with
an average dose for average contaminated and dirty water of 1
to 2 mg per liter. Preference between iodine and chlorine varies.
Chlorine has no known toxicity when used for water disinfection.
The question of iodine toxicity remains controversial. Studies show
that use of high levels of iodine (16 to 32 mg/day), as the rec-
ommended doses of iodine tablets, should be limited to a month.
Iodine treatment that produces a low residual concentration of < 1
Water Disinfection 93
to 2 mg/L appears to be safe, even when given for long periods

to individuals with healthy thyroids, but pregnant women, those
with iodine hypersensitivity, and persons with thyroid problems
should avoid iodine.
In addition, miscellaneous disinfectants can be used. Potas-
sium permanganate is a strong oxidizing agent with some disin-
fectant properties but has been largely replaced by chlorine. It can
be easily used for the purpose of washing fruit and vegetables.
Hydrogen peroxide is a strong oxidizing agent but a weak disin-
fectant. Bacteria are inactivated within minutes to hours, depend-
ing on the level of contamination. Viruses require extremely high
doses and longer contact times. Today, it is still popular as a wound
cleanser and for odor control in sewage. Ultraviolet light (UV)
can inactivate bacteria, viruses, and protozoa when administered
at sufficient doses. Cysts should be removed by filtration. UV light
does not require chemicals, does not affect the taste, and works
rapidly. Because it has no residual disinfection power, water can
become recontaminated. Data are insufficient, so use this process
only in emergency situations. Silver ions have a bactericidal
effect when given in low doses, and these products have no
impact on color, taste, and odor. However, available data on their
use for disinfection of viruses and cysts show limited efficacy. The
concentration is highly affected by adsorption onto the surfaces
of the containers. This substance is probably best employed as a
water preservative to prevent bacterial re-growth.
With respect to conservation, halogens are most suitable to pre-
vent water from becoming recontaminated when stored. Main-
tain a residual concentration of 3 to 5 mg/L, and use iodine for
short periods. Silver has also been approved for this purpose. For
long-time storage, a tightly sealed container works best to decrease
the risk of contamination.
Additional Reading
Backer H. Water disinfection for international and wilderness travelers.
General Strategies in
Environment-Related Special Risks
DURATION OF EXPOSURE:
FROM SHORT TRIPS TO EXPATRIATES
In this manual, we have defined “short trips” as stays in the

developing countries lasting 1 to 6 days, and “long-term” stays
as those that exceed 3 months. “Usual” stays abroad are for 7 days
to 12 weeks.
Short Trips Abroad
Usually, individuals visiting the developing countries for just 1

to 6 days are business people, politicians or other VIPs, airline
crews, or, less often, transit passengers, who use the airline of a
developing country to obtain a cheaper fare. Among the short-term
travelers, many are frequent travelers.
Epidemiology
Various studies illustrate that the attack rate (per stay) for illnesses
such as traveler’s diarrhea and the rate of accidents is lower in
short-term travelers, compared with usual or long-term travelers,
but the incidence rate (per specified period of stay) is usually inde-
pendent of the duration of stay. Exceptions with lower rates,
such as for malaria, in short-trip travelers most often are due to
travelers staying in urban centers, which, to some extent, are a
protected environment with limited exposure to pathogenic agents.
The rate of traveler’s diarrhea among international corporate
business travelers staying abroad 1 week or less was < 6%, but
the proportion of travelers who visited high-risk destinations is
unknown. Several anecdotal cases of serious illness (including
poliomyelitis and yellow fever) and accidents during and after short
stays in the developing countries have been reported.
94
Duration of Exposure: From Short Trips to Expatriates 95
In long-haul airline crews, upper respiratory tract infections

are the most common cause of lost work time, followed by gas-
trointestinal illness and trauma. Low back pain, fatigue, and
insomnia, probably related to jet lag, are also frequently reported
by airline crew members. Repeated travel results in mental stress
on travelers and their families.
Some evidence exists that seasoned travelers are less suscep-
tible, both to illness and to accidents abroad; conversely, business
travelers are among the most negligent travelers. They avoid tak-
ing any preventive measures, or they follow outdated advice
obtained during their first trip long ago. Often, business travel-
ers rely on and use travel medical kits.
Pretravel Health Advice

The same basic rules for minimizing exposure and for immu-
nizations apply for persons on short trips and for the usual trav-
elers. Often, the total exposure time, over a year, may be similar
to a more typical vacationer. Recommendations for malaria
chemoprophylaxis for short-term travelers may differ from those
offered to the usual travelers. First, the risk of adverse reactions
from prophylactic medication (1 of 10,000) may be in a similar
order of magnitude or even exceed the benefit of avoiding infec-
tion. In rural areas of tropical Africa where malaria is transmit-
ted, the risk is 1 of 3000 daily and probably no more than 1 in
10,000 daily in urban centers. In other parts of the world, the risk
of malaria is usually much lower. The second factor for consid-
eration is that for many frequent travelers the post-travel period
of medication may overlap with the next trip. This means that the
traveler would be taking chemoprophylaxis continuously, which
often results in noncompliance.
Many short-trip travelers will have returned home within the
incubation period of malaria and thus need a reminder to consult
a physician within a maximum of 24 hours if symptoms that are
clinically compatible with those of malaria occur. Some airlines
offer crews standby emergency medication to be carried every-
where in the event that a crew member, while off duty, stays in
an area without access to medical facilities. This eventually needs
to be considered in other short-term travelers, as well.
Because many short-term travelers, among them the VIPs, usu-
ally are unable to refuse the food and beverages offered by their
hosts, chemoprophylaxis of traveler’s diarrhea may be more
appropriate. This is not the case in airline crews, who often have
organized, hygienically high-quality catering in the hotels, even
in high-risk destinations. Medication to treat traveler’s diarrhea
is a must in travel medical kits.
It may be worthwhile to explicitly warn short-term travelers
to avoid unprotected casual sex.
Additional Readings
Dimberg LA, et al. Mental health insurance claims among spouses of
frequent business travelers. Occup Environ Med 2002;59:175–81.
Gutersohn T, et al. Hepatitis A infection in aircrews. Aviat Space Envi-
ron Med 1996;67:153–6.
Haugli L, et al. Health, sleep and mood perceptions reported by airline
crews flying short and long hauls. Aviat Space Environ Med 1994;
64:27–34.
Long-Term Travelers and Expatriates
This is a heterogeneous group, including students on a very low

budget, missionaries and relief workers, employees of multina-
tional firms, and diplomatic staff—often accompanied by their
families. A few epidemiologic data have been presented earlier
in Part 1 on the morbidity and mortality in this group of travel-
ers. In general, they have risks greater than those of “usual” trav-
elers, both for the duration of exposure and because they often
reside far from the usual “tourist tracks.”
Pretravel Health Advice and Assessment

Travel health professionals need to devote more time to health
advice for long-term than for usual travelers; part of the information
is probably best given as written documentation. After having read

such documentation, give these travelers the opportunity to have
a second consultation to ask questions.
Persons who choose to live in another country must know that
they will need to adjust to the new environment: climate, seasonal
variations, and different kinds of food and beverages. The basic
living conditions, the culture, the language, and the people’s atti-
tudes may all differ, which can be stimulating for some and
stressful and depressing for others. A new job in a developing coun-
try will require new skills, including diplomatic ones; thus, indi-
viduals must prepare to take unusual responsibilities. Other
members of the family may find life rather dull. Expatriates will
often experience a sense of isolation. Cultural adaptation may be
the most difficult, and the potential expatriate must know in
advance that this is normal and to be expected.
Before departure, long-term travelers should ideally undergo
a thorough medical assessment that includes the following:
• Medical history
• Physical examination and psychological evaluation
• Vision test and, if necessary, prescribe new glasses
• Laboratory examination, particularly hematology, liver func-
tion tests, urinanalysis, HIV test (see Appendix C), venereal
disease research laboratory (VDRL), and hepatitis serology
• Tuberculin test
• Chest radiography
• Dental assessment
• For women, pap smear and depending on age, mammography
• For older travelers, electrocardiography
The reports generated from the pretravel examination may be

most useful when problems arise while abroad or upon return. On
the basis of such examination, determine whether the candidate
is fit enough to live in the country where he or she plans to move,
whether to recommend additional tests, or whether to advise the
person against a long stay in that region of the world. The rea-
son for travel health professionals to advise individuals against
prolonged stays abroad are as follows: if the individual suffers
from chronic or recurrent illness that requires frequent and con-
tinuous medical monitoring (see Pre-existing Health Conditions,
page 127), if the person has an immunocompromised state, or if
the individual has a serious handicap. It must be ascertained that
persons posted abroad take adequate supplies of medication;
unfortunately, drugs may be substandard or even placebo at the
destination.
It is essential to consider the physical and psychological apti-
tude of all family members who are making the move to a new
country. All family members will experience some culture shock,
both upon arriving abroad and when returning home. This may
result in substance abuse, risky behavior, and depression.
Further, advise future expatriates about how to set up their
kitchen: boiling water, for instance, does not eliminate all toxins
(rarely a practical issue); charcoal filtration or even water distillers
may be more appropriate in few situations. Water can be tested
for chemicals, including pesticides, with commercially available
test kits in industrialized countries. The samples, however, must
arrive without much delay after collection. Wash fruits and veg-
etables first in water treated with a small amount of dish soap to
eliminate pesticides and pollutants, then rinse with tap water, and
finally soak in iodine solution (4 to 8 parts/million) to kill most
microorganisms. The exceptions are Cryptosporidium and
Cyclospora that are neither killed by iodine nor by chlorine.
Screen the kitchens—and specifically the food—to avoid fecal
contamination by flies. In view of frequent power cuts, a fallback
generator is often a good solution for refrigerators.
Ensure that future expatriates know and are reassured that it
is common for their stools to be overall looser while staying in
the developing country. Investigation is only indicated when they
lose weight or lose energy. The safety of long-term use of malaria
chemoprophylaxis is to some extent documented.
Additional Readings
Jones S. Medical aspects of expatriate health: health threats. Occup
Med (Lond) 2000;50:572–8.
Shaffer MA, Harrison DA. Forgotten partners of international assign-
ments: development and test of a model of spouse adjustment. J
Appl Psychol 2001;86:238–54.
Shakoor O, et al. Assessment of the incidence of substandard drugs in
developing countries. Trop Med Int Health 1997;2:839–45.
Shlim DR, Valk TH. Expatriates and long-term travelers. In: DuPont
HL, Steffen R. Textbook of travel medicine and health. 2nd ed.
Hamilton (ON): BC Decker; 2001. p. 414–21.
Last-Minute Travelers
People who decide to or need to travel within a few days (or who
neglect to get travel health advice until shortly before departure)
should be made aware that it is never too late to obtain pretravel
health advice. Provide the same recommendations for minimiz-
ing exposure to risks as those for the usual travelers.
For immunizations, some special aspects need to be observed.
Booster doses usually grant protection almost immediately, and
the same most likely applies for hepatitis A vaccines. Conversely,
in a person leaving the same day for a 1-week trip to India, avoid
immunizing against typhoid because it will really be effective only
14 to 19 days after application, depending whether a parenteral
or an oral vaccine is used. This last-minute traveler may already
have returned home by then. For malaria chemoprophylaxis, par-
ticularly mefloquine, consider a loading dose for last-minute
travelers (see Part 2). In short-term, last-minute travelers chemo-
prophylaxis with the atovaquone, plus the proguanil combination,
has clear advantages.
ESSENTIALS OF AVIATION MEDICINE
Undoubtedly, for most travelers, the destination itself is more haz-

ardous than the process of getting there. However, there is some
evidence that in international travel, the stress of going through
all the procedures at airports is a greater health risk than the
actual air travel itself. In Germany, for instance, the risk of a fatal
aircraft accident is only 3.1 in 1 billion kilometers, compared with
10.6 in car travel.
Environmental Factors
Unlike the very small or antique aircraft, all modern aircraft now
have pressurized cabins, with pressure equivalent to that at an alti-
tude of < 2500 m/8000 ft (usually 1800 to 2300 m). This com-
pares with being a passenger in a bus on a mountain road, and
healthy persons will experience a drop in hemoglobin saturation
from 98% to 92 to 94%. The reduction in the oxygen partial pres-
sure is almost 30%.
Motion sickness is only rarely a problem in modern aircraft
(see Part 3).
Air humidity within 2 hours of the aircraft reaching cruising
altitude decreases to 5% in first class and to 25% in the economy
class, where the passengers are more closely seated. This may
cause problems primarily for contact lens wearers (irritation,
corneal ulcer), who should therefore use glasses on long-range
flights. Dry skin may be treated with moisturizing creams. There
is a definite need on long flights for extra fluid consumption to
avoid dehydration and to raise plasma viscosity, which may be
detrimental especially to patients with a history of arterial
obstruction.
During and within 48 hours after long flights, there is a risk
of venous stasis, thrombosis, and thromboembolism, sometimes
labeled “economy class syndrome.” At the Heathrow Airport in
London, United Kingdom, pulmonary embolism has been the sec-
100
Essentials of Aviation Medicine 101
ond leading cause of in- or post-flight death in the 1979 to 1983

period, and 81% of the cases were women. Patients with a his-
tory of deep venous thrombosis and recent hospital admission,
smokers, obese passengers, and women on contraceptives are at
greater risk; malignancy, pregnancy, congestive heart failure,
presence of antiphospolipid antibodies, and familial thrombophilia
are also risk factors.
Ozone may be an irritant but most ozone is converted to oxy-
gen as the outside air is compressed before it enters the cabin; addi-
tionally, many aircrafts are equipped with catalytic converters.
Ionizing radiation from cosmic sources, with higher levels
occurring over the poles, have been noted. However, even frequent
flyers, such as diplomatic couriers, hardly ever cross the 2000 hours
yearly (pregnant women 200 hours) limit set by the International
Commission on Radiation Protection.
Disease transmission in aircrafts has been documented for
influenza and tuberculosis. Most likely, this was due to direct
person-to-person transmission as the high-efficiency particle
absorption (HEPA) filters in aircraft are reported to be effective
in retaining bacteria, viruses, and aerosols; thus, recirculated air
should be no risk to passengers. Microbiologic evaluation of air-
line cabin air shows levels of colony-forming units and molds that
are much less than in public areas on the ground.
Fitness to Fly
Traditionally, experienced airline medical directors had a rule of

thumb: those who were able to climb the stairs into a plane were
fit to fly. This rule is still valid when assessing travelers with res-
piratory disorders, anemias, or heart failure.
There are few contraindications for travel by air. Cardiovas-
cular, pulmonary, and other serious conditions do not necessar-
ily preclude air travel; however, it must be kept in mind that
more than 50% of in-flight deaths are attributed to a cardiac
cause. Hypoxia that is most likely due to chronic obstructive air-
way disease is a major cause for concern. In those with this con-
dition, if they are able to walk 100 meters on a flat surface with-
out stopping or if they have an arterial oxygen pressure of 9 kPa
(70 mm Hg), they do not normally require supplementary oxy-
gen for airline travel. Often, it is not so much the cardiopul-
monary condition but stress, fear, and excitement that result in
problems. For this reason, emotional factors need to be seriously
considered.
The following conditions are considered contraindications
for flying:
• Severe congestive heart failure (note: oxygen is available on

request)
• Myocardial infarction within the past 2 to 12 weeks, depend-
ing on severity (assessment by cardiologist)
• Psychosis that is obvious; possibly allowable when accompa-
nied and sedated
• Gas trapped in body cavities (see also air ambulance, page 105),
such as in
• the middle ear because of eustachian tube dysfunction
• recent middle ear surgery (wait for healing of eardrum)
• recent inner ear surgery (wait 2 to 8 weeks)
• pneumothorax: wait until lung has re-expanded + 10 days
• mediastinal tumors
• recent chest surgery (wait 21 days)
• big intestinal hernias
• recent abdominal surgery (wait 10+ days)
• Plaster cast, and if air is trapped in plaster, split plaster
• Acute contagious diseases of relevance
• Repulsive dermatologic diseases
• Incontinence or other disorders causing bad odor
• Recent surgical wounds that are insufficiently healed
• Recent gastrointestinal bleeding (wait 21 days)
• Serious anemia (< 3 million erythrocytes per mm3, no preflight
transfusion)
• Pregnant women < 1 month before delivery for long-range

flights
• Newborns (wait until 48 hours, preferably 2 weeks, as the
lungs may not be fully expanded)
Additional Readings
Aw JJ. Cosmic radiation and commercial air travel. J Travel Med
2003;10:19–28.
Bagshaw M. Aviation medicine. In: Zuckerman JN, editor. Principles
and practice of travel medicine. Chichester: Wiley; 2001. p.
213–36.
Gendreau MA, DeJohn C. Responding to medical events during com-
mercial airline flights. N Engl J Med 2002;346:1067–73.
Passengers with Special Needs
Often it helps when booking to reserve — if necessary with a med-

ical certificate — a specific seat in the aircraft. Those who suf-
fer from claustrophobia or agoraphobia should try and book
convenient seats (“a little cosy corner” or the first row of a sec-
tion) in the aircraft. Mainly senior travelers with an urgency to
urinate are best served on an aisle seat close to the toilets. Those
easily affected by motion sickness will suffer least in the center
of an aircraft, and on boats, they are best to stay outside, if pos-
sible. We discuss this in more detail later.
Patients with colostomies will have increased gas venting
and may require extra bags and dressings. In epilepsy, it may be
necessary to increase the drug dose, because excitement, fear, sleep
deprivation, hypoglycemia, alcohol intake, and hyperventilation
may trigger seizures.
Each airline offers medical services that have varying crite-
ria for acceptance and refusal of patients, depending on internal
regulations and the duration of a flight. It is of utmost importance
to complete and submit the Incapacitated Passengers Handling
Advice form required by the International Air Transport Associ-
ation (IATA) preferably 72 hours before departure. Obtain these

forms from the airline office.
The airline office will relay the necessary information to the
aircraft personnel and will outline the special requirements for pro-
vision to the passengers (PAX):
• Special diets (about 20 different types, depending on the cater-

ing service)
• Special seating (with options for leg rest, adjacent seat for
escort)
• Wheelchairs to bring the patient right up to
• the stairs of the plane (when PAX able to ascend and descend
stairs)
• the ramp (when PAX can walk a few steps, but not up the
stairs)
• the seat in the plane (when PAX completely immobile)
• Stretcher
• Oxygen (usually intermittent 2 to 4 L/min, with option for
humidified oxygen)
• Medical/doctor’s kit on board, some including a defibrillator
• Ambulance at departure or arrival airports
Note that patients flying without escorts must be able to care

for themselves. Some patients may be holders of a Frequent
Travelers’ Medical Card with a specific number and duration of
validity; this is valid on all IATA airlines, and no further formalities
are required.
Additional Reading
Robson AG, et al. Laboratory assessment of fitness to fly in patients
with lung disease: a practical approach. Eur Respir J 2000;16:
214–9.
Ambulance Flights
There are few limitations for an ambulance flight, because resus-

citation and defibrillation are possible even during the flight.
The limitations are as follows:
• Gas trapped in body cavities, such as after

• pneumoencephalography (1 week)
• vitrectomy with gas inflation
• pneumothorax, unless in-flight treatment is possible
• Decompression sickness after a diving accident
• Infectious diseases that may pose a risk to crew members.
The US and British Air Forces have special planes for the
evacuation of few highly contagious patients, whereas other air-
ambulances cannot handle BL4 security level needs. If such
evacuations are considered, requests from abroad most often
require clearance through diplomatic channels.
Additional Reading
Patel D, et al. Medical repatriation of British diplomats resident over-
seas. J Travel Med 2000;7:64–9.
Fear of Flying
According to surveys using different methods, 1 to 15% of the

traveling population experience at least some degree of fear of
flying. Among patients with stress disorders, 82% admitted to some
degree of anxiety while flying. In the United States, some 15%
of adults limit or completely avoid air travel.
Anticipatory anxiety is characterized by unease and somatic
symptoms, tending to increase as the event draws closer. The
dysphoric arousal tends to settle some time after take-off. Pho-
bic anxiety—most frequently agoraphobia, claustrophobia, or
social phobia—is more intense and may lead to panic reactions
and often subsequent avoidance of flying. Typically, the attack
has a rapid onset; patients feel that they have lost personal con-
trol and are preoccupied with anxiety about what others will
think. Fear of heights is not really associated with flight phobia;
one might find the former even in airline pilots.
Contributing factors to flight phobia are recent stress and an
anxious, obsessional, depressive, or immature personality; inac-
tivity and quietness during the flight also may play a part. Lack
of information or knowledge is a major cause for fear in infre-
quent or novice passengers (eg, fear experienced when strange
new noises are heard before landing). There are two basic treat-
ments, which may be combined. Some airlines offer therapeutic
courses to persons suffering from fear of flying. These courses
provide information about aircraft on the ground and all the
noises made by an aircraft during a flight, provide a short demon-
stration flight during which the captain is particularly careful to
explain all his moves, and include discussion about environ-
mental factors. Cognitive and behavioral therapies may also be
useful. Many passengers get relief from anticipatory anxiety or
slight to moderate phobic anxiety by administering alcohol or tran-
quillizers before and during the flight.
Additional Reading
McIntosh IB, et al. Anxiety and health problems related to air travel. J
Travel Med 1998;5:198–204.
THE HAJJ: PILGRIMAGE TO SAUDI ARABIA
The pilgrimage to Mecca and Medina in Saudia Arabia, called Hajj,
is one of the five pillars of Islam. More than 2 million Muslims
from 140 countries all over the world congregate to perform reli-
gious rituals there yearly. This nearly one-month pilgrimage is
scheduled according to the lunar calendar and moves 11 days for-
ward in the Gregorian calendar yearly. There are various health
risks associated with the Hajj.
Overcrowding contributes to the rapid dissemination of airborne
diseases. Upper respiratory symptoms are the most frequently
reported complaints among pilgrims. Influenza vaccination has
recently been documented to reduce influenza-like illness among
pilgrims. In extreme risk, consider neuraminidase inhibitor pro-
phylaxis. Pneumococcal vaccination is mandatory for those above
age 65 years. Close proximity of pilgrims also facilitates person-
to-person transmission of meningococci, and meningococcal out-
breaks have been associated with the Hajj. The largest
meningococcal outbreak occurred in 1987 and was caused by
serogroup A. Subsequently, vaccination against serogroup A became
compulsory for all Hajj pilgrims. In the years 2000 and 2001,
other meningococcal disease outbreaks occurred among pilgrims
and subsequent transmission to household contacts upon return to
their countries of origin has been documented. This generated par-
ticular interest as it was caused by a previously rare serogroup,W135.
In 2002, quadrivalent meningococcal vaccine against A/C/Y/W135
became a Hajj visa requirement. Because many Muslim pilgrims
come from developing countries where tuberculosis is highly
endemic, the health authorities of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia have
implemented prevention measures (such as surgical masks). A
pre- and post-Hajj purified protein derivative (PPD) status may help
to identify latent tuberculosis infection.
Overcrowding has also been associated with stampede. Stam-
pede has most commonly been reported during the ritualistic
stoning of the pillars of Jamarat and during the circambulation
of the Ka’abah, the center of the Holy Mosque. Heatstroke and
107
severe dehydration has been described in Hajj pilgrims. The

health authorities now provide clean water at all holy sites.
Inadequate storage and cooking, lack of refrigeration, and
improper food handling may contribute to food and waterborne
diseases. Diarrhea occurs frequently, and under the circum-
stances, proper rehydration is paramount. Often, this indicates
antibiotic self-treatment, the first choice being a quinolone, and
also include loperamide in the travel kit. Hepatitis A is endemic
in Saudi Arabia; thus, clinicians strongly recommend vaccination.
Most male pilgrims shave their head upon completion of the
rites, which may result in bloodborne diseases and risk of vari-
ous infections. Barbers have a high rate of hepatitis B infection.
For this reason, hepatitis B vaccination may benefit pilgrims.
In summary, immunize Hajj pilgrims with quadrivalent
meningococcal vaccine at least 2 weeks and no longer than 3 years
prior to arrival in the Kingdom (see Part 2). In children below the
age of 2 years, give 2 doses of monovalent A mengigococcal vac-
cine instead, 3 months apart. Likewise, give antimicrobial pro-
phylaxis to pilgrims arriving from high risk areas, such as the Sahel
countries, and recommend that pilgrims use ciprofloxacin before
leaving Mecca to avoid carrying Neisseria meningitidis back to
their families. In addition, recommend hepatitis A and B, influenza,
and pneumococcal vaccination to hajjees. The latter is strongly
recommended for the usual specific risk groups and, in fact, has
become recently mandatory for those aged over 65 years. Advise
pilgrims to stay in groups but to avoid crowds, to wear masks when
crowding occurs, to seek shade as often as possible, and to per-
form rituals during cooler parts of the day, to maintain adequate
hydration, and to protect themselves against the sun.
Additional Readings
Memish ZA, Ahmed QAA. Mecca bound: the challenges ahead. J
Travel Med 2002;9:202–10.
Rosenstein NE, et al. Meningococcal disease. N. Engl J Med 2001;
344:1378–88.
Wilder-Smith A, et al. Acquisition of meningococcal carriage in Hajj
pilgrims and transmission to their household contacts: prospective
study. BMJ 2002;325:365–6.
General Strategies in
Host-Related Special Risks
PRINCIPLES OF MIGRATION MEDICINE
Migrants total 2 to 4 million yearly, compared with the 1 billion

travelers. Immigrants, refugees, asylum seekers, illegal immigrants
are essentially on a one-way ticket. They move mostly from a poor
to a richer or more peaceful country, searching for a better life
or to escape war, human rights violations, and poverty or envi-
ronmental disasters. They often suffer restrictions when access-
ing health care at their destination.
First, the pre-departure phase influences migration health. In
addition to socioeconomic conditions, endemicity of diseases and
nutrition in the country of origin play primary roles. Lack of
hygiene and medical supplies, as well as violence, will hinder future
health. Religion and culture influence future health-seeking behav-
ior. Past experiences with the medical infrastructure at the origin
will guide expectations at the destination.
Migration itself may be short and uneventful or long and full
of deadly risks. The strain suffered may result in posttraumatic
stress disorder and will have an impact on adaptation in the post-
migration environment. This may greatly differ, depending on the
legal status of a person. Access to health services may be restricted
to illegal immigrants. Overcrowding may enhance disease trans-
mission. Infections such as HIV, tuberculosis, and hepatitis B are
not properly assessed and treated and therefore further spread
occurs. Isolation may perpetuate the psychological stress, result-
ing in depression and a multitude of psychosomatic symptoms.
Owing to cross-cultural differences and language barriers, these
problems are often difficult to understand for medical professionals
who lack special training.
Mandatory medical screening at the point of entry with the pri-
mary aim of protecting the host population has been implemented
109
in most countries. This followed the occurrence of mainly a

broad variety of unusual infections that were imported to the des-
tination country. (This will be further described in Part 4). Many
question the epidemiologic rationale of a nonpatient-centered
medical act and suggest that immigrants and refugees have health
needs to be fulfilled by a regular medical interview and exami-
nation. Improved hygiene at the country of destination may often
lead to reduced transmission.
With global mobility, differentiation between travelers and
migrants often becomes arbitrary. We must understand that both
groups leave a specific biological environment to be exposed to
different biological characteristics in the new environment, which
is a stressful process that results in potential health consequences.
This goes far beyond communicable diseases, affecting physical
and mental health. Health care professionals must be able to cope
with this challenge when in charge of a broad palette of cultures.
Additional Readings
Barnett ED, et al. Seroprevalance of measles, rubella and varicella in
refugees. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:403–8.
Gushulak BD, MacPherson D. Population mobility and infectious dis-
eases: the diminishing impact of classical infectious diseases and
new approaches for the 21st century. Clin Infect Dis 2000;31:
776–80.
Loutan L. The health of migrants and refugees. In: Zuckerman J, edi-
tor. Principles and practice of travel mMedicine. John Wiley &
Sons; 2001.
White AC, Atmar RL. Infections in Hispanic immigrants. Clin Infect
Dis 2002;34:1627–32.
FEMALE AND PREGNANT TRAVELERS
Female Travelers
For women who plan to travel alone on a long trip abroad, we rec-
ommend a gynecologic checkup before departure to avoid pos-
sible inconvenient or embarrassing experiences.
They should carry sufficient requirements of tampons, sani-
tary napkins, or pads; remote areas may not carry quality prod-
ucts. Women who prefer not to menstruate while abroad may take
oral contraceptives continuously without interruption between
packs. Such a solution may benefit divers and swimmers to avoid
attracting sharks and for visitors to game parks to avoid attract-
ing animals. Contraception is highly recommended for women
of childbearing age who plan to dive, because of possible com-
plications in pregnancy. In some eastern countries, for menstru-
ating women, entry is prohibited into some temples.
Women must know that the effect of hormonal contraceptives
may be reduced by interaction with antibiotics, laxatives, or char-
coal, and the same may occur in diarrhea. Pharmacokinetic prop-
erties of some contraceptives do not allow intervals exceeding 27
hours; thus, women using low-dose products must be advised
accordingly when they cross more time zones westbound.
If casual sex is a possibility, women should include condoms
(or femidoms) in their travel medical kit.
Emergency contraception may often be difficult to imple-
ment within 72 hours as needed. It consists of Levonorgestrel alone
(0.75 mg twice, 12 hours apart) or the Yuzpe regimen (two tablets
of medium dose contraceptive taken with two 12 hours later).
Pregnant Women
Should pregnancy occur, medical establishments in many devel-

oping countries do not have all the facilities to treat complications.
For travel during pregnancy, consider specific problems. Prefer-
ably, pregnant women should abandon their travel plans when-
111
Table 7 Relative Contraindications to International Travel During Pregnancy
Patients with obstetric risk factors

• History of miscarriage
• Incompetent cervix
• History of ectopic pregnancy (ectopic gestation in present pregnancy should be ruled
out prior to travel)
• History of premature labor or premature rupture of membranes
• History of past or present placental abnormalities
• Threatened abortion or vaginal bleeding during present pregnancy
• Multiple gestation in present pregnancy
• History of toxemia, hypertension, or diabetes with any pregnancy
• History of infertility or difficulty becoming pregnant
• Primigravida age > 35 years or < 15 years
Patients with general medical risk factors

• Valvular heart disease or congestive heart failure
• History of thromboembolic disease
• Severe anemia
• Chronic organ system dysfunction that requires frequent medical interventions
Patients contemplating travel to destinations that may be hazardous

• High altitudes
• Areas endemic for or where there are epidemics of life-threatening food or insect-
borne infections
• Areas where chloroquine-resistant Plasmodium falciparum is endemic
• Areas where live virus vaccines are required and recommended
Adapted from: Lee RV. The pregnant traveler. Travel Med Int 1989;7:51–58.
Female and Pregnant Travelers 113
ever they have obstetric or general medical risk factors. In the pre-
travel assessment of pregnant travelers, the travel medicine advi-
sor should work closely with the obstetrician. Serology for
hepatitis B, HIV, cytomegalovirus, rubella, measles, chickenpox
and toxoplasmosis should be carried out. Pregnant travelers
should carry a copy of their medical records (including blood type
and Rh). Prenatal vitamins, which may be difficult to obtain
overseas, should be prescribed in sufficient quantities. Many
insurance plans do not cover pregnancy and delivery overseas.
Malaria infection during pregnancy carries a bad prognosis and
may be associated with maternal anemia, preterm delivery, low
birth weight, intrauterine growth retardation, and fetal death.
Therefore, there is universal consensus with the WHO statement,
which “advises pregnant women not to travel on vacation to
areas where transmission of chloroquine-resistant P. falciparum
occurs.” Pregnant women should avoid other destinations that are
far from competent medical facilities. If a pregnant woman
decides to travel, the second trimester (weeks 18 to 24) is the safest
period; at this time, there is lower risk of spontaneous abortion
or premature labor. Travel health professionals should strongly
recommend that pregnant women use malaria chemoprophylaxis
if they need or elect to travel to high-risk areas. The use of chloro-
quine, proguanil, and mefloquine (at least during the second and
third trimester) is not contraindicated in pregnancy and thus has
no reason for interrupting a pregnancy.
In the event of traveler’s diarrhea, doxycycline, bismuth sub-
salicylate, and quinolones are contraindicated; however,
azithromycin may be used if necessary, together with loperamide.
No prophylactic medication can be recommended, but the usual
measures to reduce exposure apply. Pregnant women can toler-
ate water purification with iodine tablets for a few weeks, but pro-
longed prevention may result in adverse effects on the fetal
thyroid gland.
Various relative contraindications exist for vaccines (see Part 2
for details). Table 7 provides other contraindications. Inactivated
vaccines, in general, can be safely administered to pregnant

women if their administration is not associated with severe febrile
reactions. The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices
endorses tetanus toxoid administration during pregnancy. The man-
ufacturers recommend that nonimmunized or incompletely immu-
nized pregnant women and those immunized more than 10 years
previously who may deliver a child under unhygienic circum-
stances or surroundings should receive one or two properly spaced
doses of combined tetanus-diphtheria vaccine (Td, adult use
dosage), preferably during the last two trimesters, to prevent
neonatal tetanus. Live vaccines (such as measles, mumps, rubella,
and yellow fever) are contraindicated. Replace oral polio (a live
vaccine) by enhanced potency inactivated poliovirus vaccine
(eIPV). The safety of Japanese encephalitis vaccine in pregnancy
has not been established and therefore should only be offered to
pregnant women after weighing the risks vs benefits. Bacterial
polysaccharide vaccines, meningococcal vaccine, and pneumo-
coccal vaccine are listed as Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
pregnancy category C. Hepatitis A virus (HAV) infection of the
pregnant traveler is not associated with perinatal transmission; how-
ever, placental abruption and premature delivery has been reported
during acute infection. For pregnant women, the risk for acquir-
ing HAV is the same as for other travelers. Inactivated hepatitis
A vaccines belong to FDA pregnancy category C, and according
to the package inserts, the main concern is the possible febrile
response associated with vaccination. Passive immunization with
human immunoglobulin was the mainstay of prophylaxis for
HAV infection for the short-term pregnant traveler, but in view
of problems associated herewith (see Part 2, page 213), the travel
health professional should discuss inactivated Hepatitis A vaccine
and weigh risks and benefits in any nonimmune pregnant women
traveling to a developing country. Hepatitis B virus (HBV) infec-
tion is a risk for travelers exposed to blood or body fluids, espe-
cially in countries with high HBV endemicity. Recombinant
hepatitis B vaccine series can be administered to pregnant women
Female and Pregnant Travelers 115
who are at high risk and are negative by serology for past HBV
infection. Hepatitis E virus infection has a particularly high case
fatality rate (15 to 20%) during pregnancy. Food and water pre-
cautions are currently the mainstay of hepatitis E virus infection
prevention in a traveler, because no vaccine is available yet.
While abroad, fatigue, heartburn, gastrointestinal problems and
discomfort, vaginal discharge, leg cramps, increased urination,
varicose veins, and hemorrhoids may occur in pregnant women
but with similar frequency as they would occur at home.
In road and air travel, seat belts should be fastened low over
the pelvis. Air travel late in pregnancy might precipitate labor;
therefore, most airlines have set (varying) limitations, depending
on the duration of the flight, with the most frequent cut off being
at 35 weeks. The increased level of clotting factors and the prog-
esterone effect of venous dilatation result in an increased risk of
thromboembolic disease. In all prolonged travels, pregnant women
should move around every 1 to 2 hours to reduce the risk of
thrombosis, and they should wear elastic support stockings or
hoses. Heparin prophylaxis may be indicated and should be dis-
cussed with the obstetrician. Because of the low humidity of
flights, hydration is crucial for the pregnant traveler, particularly
for placental flow. The fetus is considered safe from desaturation
during routine commercial airline flights.
We do not advise travel to destinations at altitudes of 2500 m
and above (except for short excursions), diving, horse riding,
safaris, and other expeditions to remote areas during pregnancy.
Diving in pregnancy has been associated with approximately
a 15-fold increase in risk of malformation of the fetus, and con-
sequently contraindicated during pregnancy.
Lactating Women
Nursing mothers serve their infants well in nutritional and anti-

infective aspects. To find a place for nursing may be a challenge;
in fact, in some societies nursing in public is unacceptable. Fluid
intake, eating and sleeping patterns, and stress invariably do

affect lactation.
Breast milk will contain small amounts of antimalarial drugs.
However, there is no indication that this could harm the infant.
The quantity transferred is too small to grant adequate protection
against malaria; thus, nursing infants should receive the chemo-
prophylaxis dosage as recommended (see Part 2, pages 276–98).
In addition, antibiotics are excreted in the breast milk.
Lactating women should keep in mind that nursing does not
grant complete protection against pregnancy, even if menstrua-
tion has not yet resumed.
Additional Readings
Glasier A. Emergency contraception in a travel context. J Travel Med
1999;6:1–2.
Kozarsky PE, van Gompel A. Pregnancy, nursing, contraception, and
travel. In: DuPont HL, Steffen R, editors. Textbook of travel medi-
cine and health. 2nd ed. Hamilton (ON): BC Decker; 2001.
Patton PG. Emergency contraception in a travel context. J Travel Med
1999;6:24–6.
Samuel BU, Barry M. The pregnant traveler. In: Freedman DO, editor.
Infect Dis Clin North Am 1998;12:325–54.
MALE TRAVELERS: CORPORATE TRAVELERS
In pretravel health advice for male travelers, keep in mind three

aspects: (1) a considerable proportion traveling alone will have
casual sex, some unprotected, (2) men abuse alcohol more often,
and (3) they are more accident prone because they take greater
risks. Men above age 40 years who have urinary system problems
should consult with a urologist before long-term travel to assess
the condition of the prostate.
Corporate travelers are usually men, particularly when the des-
tination is in a developing country. They may have extremely short-,
intermediate-, and long-duration travel patterns. Usually, the
standard of hygiene is relatively good, but nevertheless various
problems may occur, similar to those in short duration travelers
(eg, crews) or in tourists. Under all circumstances, employers
should take care that corporate travelers obtain travel health
advice and appropriate measures even when departure is on short
notice, which is often the case. Travel health professionals must
emphasize that many vaccines may benefit within hours and that
it is never too late to start malaria chemoprophylaxis.
In general, the usual travel health rules apply. Again, because
many corporate travelers may be unable to refuse the food and
beverages that their hosts offer, chemoprophylaxis of traveler’s
diarrhea may be more appropriate in short-term missions. Rapidly
effective medication to treat traveler’s diarrhea is a must in travel
medical kits. Further, remind this group to avoid unprotected
casual sex.
Additional Reading
Kemmerer TP, Cetron M, Harper L, Kozarsky PE. Health problems of
corporate travelers: risk factors and management. J Travel Med
1998;5:184–7.
117
INFANTS AND CHILDREN
It is estimated that 4% of overseas travelers are infants and chil-

dren and that children account for 25% of travel-related hospi-
talizations. In the United Kingdom, imported infections have
been reported to account for 2% of pediatric hospitalizations. Acci-
dents are the leading cause of mortality in pediatric travelers.
Infants and small children are more susceptible to infections
than are adults and have more serious complications. Malaria is
associated with higher mortality in children than in adults. Chil-
dren are also at closer contact with stray animals, and therefore
they have the highest incidence of rabies.
Pretravel pediatric counseling should include the same top-
ics as those for adults as well as the following:
• Water safety and food hygiene

• Oral rehydration and additional strategies in case of diarrhea
• Car safety: seats, seat belts
• Personal protection against mosquito bites
• Malaria chemoprophylaxis, particularly dosage, possibly prepa-
ration of capsules by pharmacist, how to ingest
• Sun: hazards and screen
• Avoid petting any animals, even if they appear well
• Procedures in case of animal bites, envenomous bites
• Medical insurance, evacuation coverage
• As appropriate: high altitude illness, for adolescents also con-
sider risks of sexually transmitted diseases
Clearly, there are some infants who must not travel. Ensure
that air travel is avoided with infants under age 2 weeks. Some
extend this recommendation to the age of 6 weeks. Travel health
professionals should advise parents with very young children
against vacationing in countries with high endemicity of tropi-
cal or infectious diseases. The WHO strongly discourages traveling
with children to malarious areas. Even greater contraindications
118
Infants and Children 119
against travel to the developing countries exist for infants and chil-
dren with immune deficiency, cystic fibrosis, diabetes, serious
handicaps, and conditions that require repeated blood transfusions.
Other contraindications to flying are acute middle ear infec-
tions and recent ear nose and throat surgeries (ie, tympanomas-
toidectomy, labyrinthectomy). Air travel should be avoided for
2 weeks after surgery and with a history of spontaneous pneumo-
thoraces as in adult air passengers, see also the section on aviation
medicine on page 100. Complete effusions and pneumonostomy
tubes protect against middle ear barotraumas by minimizing
pressure changes and are not contraindications to flying. Of chil-
dren, about 15% experience ear pain during descent. As the
process of swallowing decompresses the eustachian tubes, encour-
age bottle- or breast-feeding infants during descent, and have older
children suck on something or chew gum. There are indications
that at altitudes exceeding 2500 m, children have a greater risk
of high altitude illness, compared with adults.
To reduce the impact of jet lag it may help to begin to shift
the sleep schedule a few days prior to travel. Advice on jet lag
prevention is similar to that for adults, but children usually get
over it much faster than do adults because of their adherence to
natural circadian rhythms. However, avoid medications such as
benzodiazepines. There are no data on melatonin in the pediatric
age group.
Motion sickness occurs more often in children, compared
with adults. Commonly used therapy for motion sickness in chil-
dren includes diphenhydramine and dimenhydrinate. Avoid using
scopolamine in children under age 12 years, owing to increased
risk of side effects. In the same way, antidopaminergics, such as
metoclopramide, are more frequently associated with side effects
such as extrapyramidal symptoms.
Enhance the safety of children by having parents carry a car
seat for any child under age 4 years. Encourage parents to have
seat belts inspected for integrity before accepting a rental vehi-
cle. Traffic patterns vary from country to country, and children
unfamiliar to these different regulations are at high risk and there-

fore need constant supervision. Survey hotel rooms for potential
hazards; specifically, open electrical wiring and sockets, paint
chips, pest poisons or traps, and low or unstable balcony railings.
A child identification card attached to the child may be a simple
but helpful advice in the event that the child gets lost. Take along
a first aid kit. Brief parents about crisis management in case of
illness acquired abroad.
Drowning is the second leading cause of death in pediatric trav-
elers. At all times, provide supervision during swimming, and pay
special attention to tides, currents, and warnings. Swimming
pools in the developing countries with hot climates bear a higher
risk of ear infections because of bacterial and fungal contamination.
Excessive chlorination of water may cause conjunctivitis. Chil-
dren who stay in the pool for prolonged periods of time should
wear protective goggles and earplugs. Cutaneous larva migrans
is a risk due to frequent contact with sand. Children should wear
protective footwear, as well as place a barrier (ie, towel or sheet)
between them and the ground.
To prevent heat injuries, maintaining hydration, wearing loose-
fitting and light clothing, limiting physically demanding mid-day
activities, and avoiding direct sun are essential. The risk of
melanoma is now more than double in individuals who have had
one or more severe sunburns in childhood. Advise the child to wear
protective clothing and to use sunscreen. To prevent cold injuries,
wearing layered clothing and gloves and woolen socks is impor-
tant. The layers should include an underwear layer that takes away
moisture, an insulating layer (ie, wool or fleece), and an outside
shell (ie, nylon).
If parents still opt to travel to countries with vectorborne dis-
eases, such as malaria, personal protection measures against mos-
quito bites are paramount. This can be achieved, to some extent,
by wearing light-colored clothes, long sleeves and full-length
pants, and by treating uncovered skin with DEET, EBAAP, or
Bayrepel.
Infants and Children 121
It is better to avoid DEET concentrations of > 10%; they may

be neurotoxic for smaller children. To avoid contact with eyes and
mouth, the agent should not be applied on children’s hands.
Many consider DEET contraindicated for children under age 1
year. Repellent cream on skin should be washed off following
return to a protected indoor area. Malaria chemoprophylaxis for
children follows the same basic rules as for adults, with doses deter-
mined according to body weight, as described in Part 2.
Traveler’s diarrhea in children leads to more rapid dehydra-
tion than in adults, often resulting in visits to a physician and occa-
sionally hospitalization. Preventive measures and food hygiene,
as we describe in Part 2, should be strictly adhered to. Children
are more likely to become infected with helminths (ascaris,
trichuris, hookworm, strongyloides, and tungiasis) because of more
intimate contact with the soil and lack of hygiene. Rapid use of
oral rehydration solutions is essential in the event of diarrhea, and
often professional help is necessary.
Appropriate footwear should be worn at all times.
Infants and small children need routine vaccinations. For
under age 1 year, certain travel vaccinations are contraindicated
(see Part 2), mainly because vaccines are inactivated by mater-
nal antibodies. Table 8 shows the minimum ages for the first doses
and the minimum interval between doses.
Except for the lower age limits, essentially the travel-related
vaccinations that are recommended for infants and children are
the same for adults. However, it is wise to be more generous with
hepatitis B and rabies vaccinations for the reasons that we already
described. Rarely, bacille Calmette-Guerin (BCG) immuniza-
tion may be indicated. Part 2 provides details.
Table 8 Minimum Ages for Vaccines in Infants

and Minimum Intervals between Doses
Vaccine Age of Child Minimum Interval Between Doses
Diphtheria/tetanus/polio (OPV) 4 wk 4 wk
Diphtheria-tetanus-polio- 6 wk 4 wk
Haemophilus influenzae B
(DTP-Hib) combined
Polio (poliovirus vaccine live 4 wk 6 wk
oral [OPV])
Polio (poliovirus inactivated [IPV]) 6 wk 4 wk to 6 mo
Measles, mumps, and rubella 6 mo 2nd dose: 12 to 15 mo
Hepatitis B at birth 1 mo to 2 mo
Varicella 12 mo 4 wk
Additional Readings
Albright TA, et al. Side effects of and compliance with malaria pro-
phylaxis in children. J Travel Med 2002;9:289–92.
Balkhy H. Traveling with children — the pretravel health assessment.
Int J Antmicrob Agents 2003;21(2):A3–9.
Pitzinger B, et al . Incidence and clinical features of traveler’s diarrhea
in infants and children. Pediatr Infect Dis J 1991;10:719–23.
Stauffer WM, et al. Traveling with infants and young children. Part I:
Anticipatory guidance: travel preparation and preventive health
advice. J Travel Med 2001;8:254–9.
PARENTS PLANNING INTERNATIONAL ADOPTION
International adoption is becoming more frequent. If children are

adopted from developing countries, parents and health care
providers need to take certain precautions. Although some dis-
ease screening is done at the country of origin, serious deficien-
cies have been identified. Children offered for adoption show
frequent growth and developmental delays, and abnormal thyroid
function tests exist in 10%. For this reason, all children require
complete physical and mental examination and developmental
screening. However, standard developmental screening guidelines
may not be culturally appropriate for some ethnic groups.
Fever of unknown origin can be a symptom of malaria or tuber-
culosis in children arriving from tropical or subtropical areas.
Health care providers need to be informed about the country of
origin of these children to alert them to the possibility of tropi-
cal diseases. Perform a tuberculin skin test, as well as serologic
studies for hepatitis B and sexually transmitted diseases, includ-
ing HIV. Intestinal parasites such as ascaris, trichuris, clonorchis,
and giardia can pose problems in children and be spread to oth-
ers. Routinely take a blood film and stool samples.
Assess the immunization status. Immunization schedules may
vary and vaccines may differ from those available in the indus-
trialized world. Immunization documentation may be in a language
other than English, and always consider self-reported immu-
nization histories as inadequate. If no documentation exists, it is
safest to assume that no vaccinations have been given, and a pri-
mary series as recommended in the country of residence should
be started. International adoption programs cause pediatric pop-
ulations from endemic countries to increase in low endemic
areas, possibly spreading infections to close contacts. Therefore,
parents of adopted children from developing countries should take
precautions themselves by being immunized against hepatitis A
and B, measles, mumps, and rubella.
123
Additional Readings
Estrada E. Immunizations involved with international adoption and
travel. Infect Med 2001;18(8s):FV15–FV21.
Petersen K. Preparing to meet foreign bugs. Travel, immigration, and
international adoptions require special precautions. Postgrad Med
2001;110:67–70, 73–4, 77.
Saiman L, et al. Prevalence of infectious diseases among international-
ly adopted children. Pediatrics 2001;108:608–12.
ATHLETES
The main aim is to help athletes compete at full strength at their

destination. Studies have shown that mood state, anaerobic power
and capacity, and dynamic strength were affected by rapid trans-
meridianal travel, and that even highly trained athletes suffered
from jet lag. Competitive athletes are also exposed to the addi-
tional negative consequences of a shift from the optimal circa-
dian window of performance. Heavy, particularly prolonged,
exertion has acute and chronic adverse influences on systemic
immunity. Changes occur in several compartments of the immune
system and body (eg, the skin, upper respiratory tract mucosal tis-
sue, lung, blood, and muscle). Although still open to interpreta-
tion, most exercise immunologists believe that during this “open
window” of impaired immunity (which may last between 3 and
72 h, depending on the parameters measured) viruses and bacte-
ria may gain a foothold, increasing the risk of subclinical and clin-
ical infection. The infection risk may be amplified when other
factors related to immune function are present, including expo-
sure to novel pathogens during travel, lack of sleep, severe men-
tal stress, and malnutrition or weight loss.
Prior planning is therefore the key to optimal performance. The
goal is primarily to minimize jet lag and the risk of infections.
Strongly advise arrival long before the competition to allow time
for acclimatization and adjustment to the new time zone. Mela-
tonin has no adverse effects on athletic performance and may be
given against jet lag. Complete vaccination of athletes well in
advance of the planned travel, and include hepatitis A, hepatitis
B, possibly influenza, as well as updating routine vaccinations such
as tetanus with diphtheria. The indication of other vaccinations,
such as typhoid fever, yellow fever, Japanese encephalitis etc, will
depend on the destination of the sports events. Chemoprophylaxis
for malaria and even leptospirosis may be indicated. For exam-
ple, during the Eco Challenge in Sabah 2000, multiple participants
of this expedition race were exposed to leptospira containing
125
water and developed leptospirosis. Those on doxycycline malaria

prophylaxis were not affected.
To prevent traveler’s diarrhea, advise individuals to avoid eat-
ing out, and restrict the team to food imported from their home
country and prepared by an experienced cooking team in clean
facilities. Prophylactic antidiarrheal medication is usually not
recommended for fear of side effects, thus reducing strength. Team
medical staff should become familiar with major medical and
injury concerns of athletes, and a comprehensive team medical
kit should be organized. In addition, all team medical staff should
be made aware of the current list of banned substances, and seek
to minimize medication use by their athletes. There should be
enough time offered for appropriate rest and balanced nutrition.
After the event, the team medical staff should hold an appropri-
ate debriefing session with a view to planning improvements for
the future.
Additional Readings
Hill DW, et al. Effects of jet lag on factors related to sport perfor-
mance. Can J Appl Physiol 1993;18:91–103.
Milne C, et al. Medical issues relating to the Sydney Olympic Games.
Sports Med 1999;28:287–98.
Nieman DC. Special feature for the Olympics: effects of exercise on
the immune system: exercise effects on systemic immunity.
Immunol Cell Biol 2000;78:496–501.
Young M, et al. The travelling athlete: issues relating to the Common-
wealth Games, Malaysia 1998. Br J Sports Med 1998;32:77–81.
PRE-EXISTING HEALTH CONDITIONS
AND ELDERLY TRAVELERS
Appendix B (page 548) provides a directory to expert institutions.
General Notes on Pre-existing Health Conditions
Pre-existing illness may be improved or aggravated during stay

in tropical or subtropical climates. The health care provider must
evaluate each patient on the basis of the existing condition and
of the travel characteristics, particularly the planned duration of
stay. Remind such travelers to check whether their insurance
policy covers both hospitalization abroad and repatriation if their
health condition deteriorates while abroad. If a patient has a par-
ticularly complicated medical problem, provide the individual with
the name and telephone number of a specialist at their destina-
tion, if possible.
Travelers on medication should carry enough to last the entire
trip, plus a few days extra supply. Equivalent medications may
not be available in other countries, and dosage and strength are
frequently different, and conversion factors are not readily dis-
cernable. Most medication should be carried on the person or in
the hand luggage to ensure a supply of medication in case of lost
or stolen luggage. Because hand luggage may also be stolen, in
the event of serious medical disorders, it would be wise to have
complete duplicate supplies of medication in both the hand lug-
gage and the checked-in luggage.
Travelers with pre-existing medical conditions should carry
their physician’s office and emergency telephone and fax num-
bers, as well as a copy of all pertinent medical records. When
appropriate, the physician should also provide a copy of the most
recent electrocardiogram and any significant test results. An offi-
cial document detailing the necessary medical supply is advis-
able for patients carrying syringes or medications that are likely
to be questioned by customs officials (see Figure 16).
127
The following is a general discussion of major conditions in

the context of travel; the guidelines for each need to be tailored
on an individual basis.
Cardiovascular Disease
Cardiovascular conditions do not necessarily preclude travel.

Persons who are able to tolerate vigorous exercise at home will
usually manage well during travel and at the destination, unless
this is at an exceptionally high altitude (eg, Altiplano in South
America). However, unstable coronary artery disease and recent
myocardial infarction are often a reason against travel, due to the
stress of travel, exertion of carrying heavy luggage, and abrupt
changes in climate that may aggravate the condition. Pretravel car-
diology consultation, possibly with coronary angiography and 24-
hour electrocardiography, may be considered in doubtful cases,
particularly for prolonged stays abroad. See also the section on
“Fitness to Fly” on page 101. Stable coronary heart disease is no
contraindication for travel.
Advise patients with arrhythmias requiring medication, con-
ditions requiring anticoagulation, or a risk of endocarditis against
prolonged stays in the developing countries. In contrast, those with
stable hypertension can tolerate a prolonged stay abroad or alti-
tude exposure. If necessary, a patient can be instructed to self-check
the blood pressure. Some antihypertensive medications such as
beta-blockers may interfere with a compensatory increase in the
heart rate at high elevations. This may result in shortness of
breath and symptoms that mimic acute mountain sickness.
Low blood pressure may be aggravated in zones with a hot cli-
mate, and antihypertensive or diuretic medication may result in
low blood pressure symptoms in any person.
Mild to moderate congestive heart failure usually causes no
problems during air travel but may result in progressive problems
upon arrival. Patients on diuretics are particularly prone to suf-
fer electrolyte imbalance during bouts of travelers’ diarrhea (or
due to excessive perspiration), and in such cases, prophylactic
Pre-existing Health Conditions and Elderly Travelers 129
antibiotics may be considered. Altitudes above 8,000 ft can also

compromise cardiopulmonary function in travelers with pre-
existing heart or lung disease or severe anemia.
Long flights or bus, car, and train rides may present a risk of
venous (and rarely arterial) thrombosis for patients with varicose
veins and similar risk factors, particularly if they have cramped,
uncomfortable seats and are unable to move their legs for a long
time. Advise these patients to request well in advance (possibly
with a medical certificate) seats next to the aisle or in the first row,
if there is ample space there. They must be reminded to maintain
adequate fluid intake during the flight, to walk around periodi-
cally, and to avoid in-flight sleeping medication. In selected
cases, pressure stockings, low-dose preflight heparin, or low-
molecular-weight heparin may be considered; aspirin probably
gives insufficient protection. Part 3 discusses this in more detail.
Ensure that travelers with cardiovascular conditions have a car-
diology consultation before travel, in the event they have any con-
cerns. They should always take care to minimize stress by allowing
themselves ample time, by getting assistance in carrying heavy
luggage, and, if necessary, asking for a wheelchair, which is
made available at large airports. Patients with pacemakers or
implanted defibrillators should get clearance from security staff
and avoid passing through metal detectors. Theoretically, the
metal detectors should not induce magnetic interference that
results in deprogramming of such instruments; however, this
possibility cannot be ruled out, particularly in the developing coun-
tries where the machines may be faulty.
Additional Reading
Leon MN. Cardiology and travel (Part 1): risk assessment prior to trav-
el. J Travel Med 1996;3:168–71.
Pulmonary Disease
Chronic respiratory insufficiency in patients with low arterial

oxygen saturation and low forced expiratory volume who need
oxygen supplementation for long periods on a daily basis are cer-

tainly unfit for pleasure travel but, if necessary, may be transported
by air. Patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease with
acceptable levels of arterial blood gases on the ground may well
require oxygen during the flight, because oxygen saturation will
drop. Similarly, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease may be
aggravated by high altitude, and these patients often suffer from
increased dyspnea. In contrast, patients with asthma may expe-
rience easier breathing. During a flight, gases in the gastrointestinal
tract will expand, and this may impair respiration to a critical point
in some patients with more severe pulmonary disease.
According to statistics from British Airways, among all in-flight
emergencies due to respiratory disorders, asthma (5.6%), dysp-
nea (3.3%), hyperventilation (1.6%), and hypoxia (1.3%) were
the most frequent ones encountered. Rarely, a pneumothorax
may occur or recur. Dry cabin air has been associated with a flare-
up of bronchial irritation and asthma. The incidence of pul-
monary embolism following venous thrombosis (as already
described) during a flight is probably underreported. Aggravation
of sleep apnea syndrome after long flights has been described
anecdotally.
Bronchopulmonic disease may be exacerbated, particularly in
cities with smog, whereas chronic bronchitis may improve in a
humid, warm climate. Advise patients with chronic obstructive
airway disease to take ample medication to cope with episodes
of aggravation, as required.
Additional Reading
Coker RK. Managing passengers with respiratory disease planning air
travel: British Thoracic Society recommendations. Thorax 2002;
57:289–304.
Metabolic and Endocrinologic Disease
The most frequent problem among this group of disorders is

insulin-dependent diabetes. These patients should avoid travel
unless they are stable, able to assess their blood sugar, and adapt
the insulin dose. All long-term travelers should ensure that they
are free of comorbid complications. There are potential problems
of hypo- and hyperglycemia that may be caused by the disrup-
tion of daily routine and the stresses of travel. The Tropics are asso-
ciated with additional health risks for patients with diabetes.
Diabetic patients should plan for increased monitoring of blood
glucose during travel.
Before travel, patients with diabetes must make sure that they
have in their hand luggage sufficient stock of the following:
• Insulin, as usually used (plus some extra)

• Insulin (regular)
• Injection material
• Blood glucose meters (with extra batteries) and blood glucose
testing strips
• Urine ketone and glucose testing strips
• Sugar and snacks for treating hypoglycemic episodes and in
case of meal delays
• Sugar substitutes
• Glucagon emergency kit for use in case of hypoglycemia
resulting in unconsciousness (Prior to travel, patients should
instruct a travel companion both in the signs of hypoglycemia
and in the use of the kit.)
• First aid kit
• Diabetes log book
• Medical certificate, stating that the patient is diabetic
• Insurance certificate that guarantees coverage for hospitaliza-
tion and/or evacuation
Diabetic travelers should request special diets for the flight at

least 24 to 48 hours in advance. They should take appropriate pre-
ventive measures against motion sickness, which may result in
hypoglycemia caused by decreased caloric intake. Selecting
appropriate seats in the bus (front), plane (over wing), and on a
boat (low, in the center [see Part 3]) may benefit. Patients with
insulin pumps should inform security staff that they should avoid
passing through metal detectors. Although, theoretically, these
should not induce magnetic interference resulting in depro-
gramming of an insulin pump, this cannot be ruled out, particu-
larly in the developing countries where the machines may be faulty.
Flights crossing no more than three time zones represent no
problem to insulin-dependent diabetics, but in further westbound
flights with prolongation of the day, additional doses of regular
insulin may be necessary. In contrast, for eastbound flights with
shorter days, reducing the insulin dose or regular insulin rather
than prolonged action insulin may be indicated. When adminis-
tering insulin during the flight, put one-half as much air in the bot-
tle as normal, owing to the decreased air pressure at high altitude.
Dehydration because of prolonged flights may make glucose
control more difficult; therefore, the individual should consume
plenty of nonalcoholic fluids, and should frequently monitor
blood sugar. Patients should consult their endocrinologist or
another competent medical professional for detailed and per-
sonalized pretravel advice. Oral hypoglycemics for patients with
noninsulin-dependent diabetes (type 2) can be taken as pre-
scribed, without any adjustments for time zone changes.
In hot climates, during travel and at the destination, ideally,
insulin should be refrigerated. However, it will keep for at least
1 month unrefrigerated if protected from freezing or temperatures
above 30°C (86°F). If insulin is likely to be exposed to heat
above 50°C (approximately 120°F), protect with a wide-mouthed
thermos or insulated bottle. For trips exceeding 1 month in dura-
tion, patients with diabetes should check in advance the local avail-
ability and equivalent brand names of their usual form of insulin.
Diabetes increases susceptibility to heat-related problems.
Symptoms of hypo- or hyperglycemia may mimic some of the
symptoms of heat exposure, such as weakness, dizziness, headache,
and confusion. Increased perspiration may result in an increased
risk of cutaneous infection; therefore, measures of hygiene should
be strictly followed. Diabetic patients with autonomic neuropa-

thy, a condition that interferes with sweating, should avoid hot
climates, or ensure air-conditioned environments are available.
Remind patients with diabetes to drink lots of fluids. This is par-
ticularly important in senior travelers with type 2 diabetes to
avoid dehydration and hyperosmolar coma. Before vigorous
exercise, it may be necessary to slightly reduce the dose of
insulin. Traveler’s diarrhea may be prevented with chemopro-
phylaxis in an individual with diabetes.
Diabetic patients must rigorously carry out diabetic foot care
and obey common sense rules. In addition, they must avoid going
barefoot and must frequently change their socks to keep the feet
dry and comfortable. They must inspect their feet carefully each
day and seek immediate medical attention if they detect a foot
infection or nonhealing cut or puncture wound. If staying in
humid climates, an antifungal powder is a useful addition to the
first aid kit.
If vomiting occurs and individuals with type 1 diabetes are
unable to eat, patients should use insulin (preferably regular
insulin) at a reduced dose regularly. During any illness, carefully
monitor blood sugar levels to accurately determine insulin
requirements.
Obtain the names and addresses of local diabetes associations
by consulting appropriate Web sites (Appendix B, page 550). Local
diabetic associations can provide information about physicians
specializing in diabetes in many parts of the world, as well as
restaurants offering special diets, pharmacies open 24 hours, and
other useful information. The American Diabetes Association
provides a wallet-size “Diabetic Alert Card” with emergency
information in 13 languages.
Hyperuricemia may become a problem if recurrent bouts of
gout occur. Hyperlipidemia is of comparatively little relevance
with respect to travel.
Additional Readings
Driessen SO, et al. Travel-related morbidity in travelers with insulin-
dependent diabetes mellitus. J Travel Med 1999;6:12–5.
Sane T, et al. Adjustment of insulin doses of diabetic patients during
long distance flights. BMJ 1990;301:421–2.
Renal and Urinary Tract Disorders
Renal insufficiency may be complicated during long-term travel

by dehydration because of excessive perspiration or diarrhea. In
addition, serious metabolic problems may occur following dietetic
errors or diarrhea, resulting in hyperkalemia, hyponatremia, or
metabolic acidosis. Finally, azotemia may increase the risk of infec-
tion through various mechanisms that decrease immunocompe-
tence. Again, this may result in reduced efficacy of inactivated
vaccines. For long-term travelers, renal insufficiency may be tol-
erated, if slight. However if severe, we advise to avoid extensive
travel or a prolonged stay in a developing country.
Whenever a patient on hemodialysis wishes to travel, it is ini-
tially necessary to organize dialysis at the destination, indicating
the characteristics of the patient and of the dialysis. Various tour
operators specialize in tours and cruises for patients on dialysis
and kidney-transplant patients, with necessary access to medical
resources. The patient may, however, need to be adequately
equipped with all the required materials (eg, erythropoetin), par-
ticularly for prolonged stays. The patient must take particular care
to avoid infections, through immunization or chemoprophylaxis.
Remind patients to drink enough fluids to avoid thrombosis of the
arteriovenous fistula. They must also obtain insurance coverage
for medical expenses.
Patients with urolithiasis may have an increased risk of recur-
rence, especially during the first months of stay in a warm cli-
mate, thus the need for them to drink plenty of fluids. A
pre-departure ultrasonic evaluation may occasionally be indi-
cated. Prostatic hypertrophy and other reasons resulting in urgency
for urination may be a disturbing handicap, particularly in planes

and buses.
Gastrointestinal Disease
Chronic inflammatory bowel disease may predispose travelers to

enteric complications if they are staying in areas with high risk
of gastrointestinal infection. Chronic hepatitis is a serious con-
cern because of the risk of additional liver infections, which may
lead to deterioration of the condition. Patients with chronic hepati-
tis should therefore decide against traveling to those countries
where other types of hepatitis are hyperendemic.
Patients on acetylsalicylic acid (eg, aspirin) or those using non-
steroidal anti-inflammatory products must be aware of the risk
of gastric mucosal injury and the risk of bleeding. Even though
there are theoretic concerns that agents reducing gastric acidity
may increase the risk of traveler’s diarrhea, this has only been
demonstrated in gastrectomy. There is some evidence that the pro-
ton pump inhibitors may be a risk factor for acquiring diarrhea,
whereas antacids and other H2 blockers do not seem to cause an
increased incidence of gastrointestinal infections. Patients with
diverticulosis should carry antibiotics such as a quinolone and
metronidazole to treat a bout of diverticulitis; such patients should
abstain from antimotility agents in the event of diarrhea; subse-
quent constipation may result in aggravation of diverticulosis or
diverticulitis. Hemorrhoids may flare up after prolonged sitting,
alcohol abuse (both risk factors of long flights), and after con-
sumption of spicy food. In these patients, the travel medical kit
must contain the necessary medications.
In expedition participants traveling to remote areas, elective
surgical care to prevent potential problems (eg, of appendicitis)
may be considered.
Dermatologic Disease
Sunlight, heat, moisture, cold dry climate, and positive or nega-

tive emotions may aggravate or alleviate some skin diseases. A
few people have a genetically determined higher susceptibility to
photosensitivity.
Psoriasis is usually improved by ultraviolet light, but sunburn
of the untanned skin may cause Koebner’s phenomenon and lead
to exacerbation. Ultraviolet light induces peeling of the skin and
thus improves acne vulgaris; however, few patients report an
aggravation. Patients with atopic dermatitis usually observe a
reduction of their skin lesions in summer; however, perspiration
may aggravate the disease. Ultraviolet light improves T-cell lym-
phomas of the skin when used therapeutically. Vegetative disor-
ders, such as some forms of urticaria, may improve during a
vacation with greater exposure to sunlight.
Sunlight may provoke symptomatic herpes simplex infec-
tion. This occurs often in people skiing in the sun (herpes solaris).
Sunlight, or more specifically ultraviolet light, may also aggra-
vate seborrheic dermatitis, rosacea, Mallorca acne (acne esti-
valis), and transient acantholytic dermatosis. Photosensitivity
and sunlight can provoke discoid and systemic lupus erythe-
matosus, respectively. Generally, sunlight aggravates other seri-
ous dermatoses such as erythema multiforme, bullous pemphigoid,
and pemphigus vulgaris. Porphyria cutanea tarda is a photosen-
sitive disease with bullae formation on the light-exposed areas.
Psoriasis is only rarely aggravated. The same applies for chronic
venous insufficiency, tinea pedis, pityriasis versicolor, and actinic
porokeratosis. Inform patients who take oral retinoids that they
would easily get a sunburn in the mountains, because of the
higher amount of UV radiation at a higher altitude.
Heat plays a prominent role in intertrigo and hyperhidrosis.
Persons with anhidrotic ectodermal dysplasia have no eccrine sweat
glands and experience heat congestion when they are exposed to
sun and heat. Travel to tropical countries may be life threatening

in such cases.
A dry climate may unfavorably influence ichthyosis vulgaris
and atopic dermatitis. Persons with dry skin should use a body
lotion after a shower, take brief showers, and use soap only on
the intertriginous areas.
Cold will aggravate Raynaud’s disease and syndrome, periph-
eral vascular malperfusion, vasculitis owing to cryoglobulins
and cryofibrinogens, erythrocyanosis crurum, acrocyanosis, and
cold panniculitis.
The recommended vaccinations generally given to potential
travelers are usually well tolerated. In the past, the smallpox and
BCG vaccines (rarely indicated now) had created problems.
In contrast, all agents used for malaria prophylaxis (chloro-
quine, amodiaquine, mefloquine, proguanil, doxycycline, and
sulfadoxine/ pyrimethamine) may be associated with exacerba-
tion of psoriasis or may result in phototoxicity.
Allergies
Travelers prone to allergies may be able to avoid during their travel

the usual allergens they encounter at home, but they face the risk
of being exposed to new ones, and avoidance of allergens is
more difficult in a foreign environment.
House dust mites thrive in tropical conditions and can be par-
ticularly sensitizing. The risk of seasonal reactions to pollens varies
region by region. Food allergies are a constant threat due to
unknown ingredients in exotic dishes. Various insect bites may
result in anaphylaxis. Some medications recommended for use
during travel in tropical areas may trigger hypersensitivity
reactions.
Travelers with allergies should carry identification cards that
include a list of substances they are allergic to and take with them
a travel medical kit containing antihistamines or corticosteroids.
Rheumatologic Diseases
Degenerative rheumatologic disease is often improved during a

stay in a warm climate. Depending on the type of aircraft seat,
low back pain could often be aggravated during and after a long
flight; thus arranging for stopovers during long journeys and
spending a night in bed may help.
Neurologic Diseases
Among neurologic diseases, epilepsy is of particular relevance

to travelers; mefloquine and, to a lesser extent, chloroquine may
lead to a recurrence of seizures and are therefore contraindi-
cated. Headaches may improve while abroad; tension headaches,
in particular, may disappear, because during travel, the person is
removed from the usual factors causing stress.
Psychiatric and Psychological Disease
Psychological and psychiatric diseases play an important role, par-

ticularly in the case of long-term residents in a foreign country.
They are among the most frequent reasons for turning down an
applicant who wishes to move to another country. Patients with
or with a history of substance abuse and persons who cannot eas-
ily adapt to new conditions are not good candidates for a prolonged
stay abroad (Part 3).
Transplantation Patients
Transplantation patients, particularly in an initial phase, are under

immunosuppressive medication. This increases the risk of infec-
tion and results in a contraindication to live vaccines. Inactivated
vaccines are usually not contraindicated, but immunogenicity
may be diminished due to medication. For this reason, when
possible, perform all immunization pretransplantation; however,
this, by far, is not always feasible.
Additional Readings
Kofidis T, et al. Traveling after heart transplantation. Clin Transplant
2002;16:280–4.
Stark K, et al. Immunizations in solid-organ transplant recipients.
Lancet 2002;359:957–65.
Senior Travelers
The past few years have seen a clear increase in the proportion
of senior travelers, even for adventure tours in remote parts of the
world.
With age, various physiological changes occur. There is a
decrease in muscle tone and strength, joint flexibility, and pul-
monary and cardiovascular performance. Elderly travelers are less
tolerant of hot climates, because of the reduced ability of periph-
eral blood vessels to dilate and the skin to perspire. Senior trav-
elers are less sensitive to thirst. Because of decreased kidney
function, they are more susceptible to fluid and electrolyte dis-
turbances from diarrhea. Jet lag and the adverse side effects of
sedatives prescribed to counter jet lag are both seen more frequently
in the older population. With increasing age, there is a decline in
sharpness of vision and hearing, impairment of night vision, dif-
ficulty in turning the head sideways, and longer reaction times.
Impaired hearing and sight may cause failure to detect approach-
ing vehicles, and therefore elderly travelers driving cars are prone
to greater accident risks. Poorer balance and postural instability
results in an increased risk of falling and fractures, especially hip
fractures. The course of many infections bears a higher rate of
complications or death, such as hepatitis A, hepatitis B, or malaria.
On the other hand, senior persons are less likely to get chronic
hepatitis B or to suffer from motion sickness. Psychological reac-
tion times are slower, and possible short-term memory loss may
result in more stress and increased difficulty to adapt to changes.
This may ultimately result in confusion.
A medical checkup before the journey is wise, particularly if
one suffers from a chronic disease. A way to overcome the lim-
itations of age and infirmity is to take advantage of organized tours

that cater to the elderly. A leisurely cruise is another alternative
that allows the traveler to set his own pace. Luggage with wheels
or a collapsible luggage cart is useful for all travelers. Encour-
age travelers with hearing loss to ensure that they have a hearing
aid and to take along extra batteries.
Immunization requirements for the elderly traveler are no
different from other adults, except that they also require pneu-
mococcal vaccination and annual influenza vaccine administra-
tion. Many senior travelers may already be immune against
hepatitis A by infection; serologic prevaccination screening may
be cost-effective in this group. Seroconversion rates may decrease
with age and postvaccination verification may be indicated (see
Part 2). Yellow fever vaccination has been associated with an
increased rate of fatal adverse events in senior travelers.
Malaria prophylaxis is essential also for the older traveler at
risk of exposure. Persons > age 60 years tend to have fewer
adverse events to chemoprophylaxis, despite the frequent use of
comedication. However, use mefloquine cautiously in patients with
bifascicular block.
Denture adhesive is often difficult to find in many countries;
thus, advise travelers to take along enough for the entire trip.
Encourage patients to soak dentures overnight in purified water;
stains are unlikely to occur from water treated with iodine. If a
pure water source is unavailable, use beer, soft drinks, or bottled
mineral water for a period of up to 4 weeks.
While abroad, elderly travelers are less likely to be affected
by travelers’ diarrhea, but are more likely to suffer fluid and
electrolyte imbalances. Prompt therapy that includes oral rehy-
dration solutions is essential. Beware of potential drug interac-
tions (eg, trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole combinations) that
may potentiate oral hypoglycemics, and some quinolones prolong
the half-life of theophyllines.
Additional Readings
Linton C, Warner NJ. Travel-induced psychosis in the elderly. Int J
Geriatr Psychiatry 2000;15:1070–2.
Patterson JE, et al. Assuring safe travel for today’s elderly. Geriatrics
1989;44:44–57.
HIV INFECTION AND OTHER IMMUNODEFICIENCIES
Most immunodeficient travelers now encountered in travel med-

icine are infected by HIV. However, principles important to this
group also pertain to travelers with immunodeficiency of differ-
ent origin.
Overall, the increased risk of infection in the developing
countries results in increased risks of diseases, particularly when
the CD4 count is low. Recommend that persons with a CD4
count of < 200/mm3 cancel their travel plans to destinations with
a high risk of infections. In addition, medical facilities in many
developing countries may not be sufficiently equipped to assess
and treat such patients.
When a known HIV-infected individual travels to a develop-
ing country, include the following in the pretravel evaluation:
(1) perform medical history, (2) find out travel plans (for rec-
ommended restrictions, see above), (3) conduct laboratory eval-
uation of hematologic parameters, including CD4 levels prior to
departure. Consider tuberculin skin testing.
In addition to the advice given to all travelers, instruct the HIV-
infected traveler extensively as follows:
1. Avoid unsafe sexual practices or sharing of needles.
2. Avoid gastrointestinal infection by refusing potentially
contaminated food and beverages and carrying medication
for rapid self-treatment. In AIDS patients, gastric secretory
failure is common. This allows a larger number of viable
pathogens to enter the small bowel. There may also be a
depletion of CD4-positive T-cells in the intestinal tissues,
and impaired mucosal immune function may exist. Thus,
HIV-infected travelers may be more susceptible to dis-
eases transmitted via the oral-fecal route.
3. There is an increased risk for developing respiratory infec-
tions during travel. In HIV-infected patients, there may be
a risk of dissemination of disease or secondary complica-
tions; in those with tuberculosis, there is risk of the disease
142
HIV Infection and Other Immunodeficiencies 143
becoming active. Thus, self-treatment of sinusitis with

decongestants, antihistamines, and antibiotics is important,
especially before air travel.
4. Avoid sunlight, because HIV-infected persons on various
medications are more prone to hypersensitivity reactions.
In these patients, the sun may also reactivate herpes sim-
plex infection.
5. Personal protective measures against mosquito bites are par-
ticularly important in this population to avoid vectorborne
infections such as malaria or dengue fever.
6. To seek immediate evaluation and to receive prompt med-
ical treatment, if illness occurs is vital. If possible before
travel begins, identify a physician at the destination who
is informed about HIV infection.
With respect to immunizations, evaluate the potential bene-
fit and harm with particular care; the benefit of immunization may
be reduced due to an impaired antibody response resulting in
decreased protective efficacy. Those with CD4 counts > 300/mm3
usually develop antibodies, but this does not necessarily mean they
will be clinically protected; those with CD4 counts < 100/mm3
will not form antibodies. The potential harm may be increased
when using live vaccines as dissemination or increased reactions
may occur. With the use of inactivated or toxoid vaccines
(influenza, tetanus, hepatitis B), clinicians have observed a small
increase in the expression of HIV-1, but nevertheless, they are con-
sidered safe. Multiple concomitant immunizations may acceler-
ate the progression of HIV disease.
Generally, HIV-infected persons should be immunized or
have protective antibodies against the following:
• Pneumococcal pneumonia (booster every 5 years until age 65

years)
• Influenza (yearly or at 6-month intervals; if the other hemisphere
is visited, use appropriate vaccine for that hemisphere)
• Haemophilus influenzae B (single dose, no booster)
• Hepatitis B (check serum antibodies to make certain that they

are not already immune)
• Tetanus and diphtheria (booster every 10 years)
• Measles (check antibodies to see if immune)
• Hepatitis A (note impaired immune response, especially in
patients with clinical signs of AIDS; in advanced disease,
immune globulin may be considered)
Depending on the destination and travel characteristics, consider

the following:
• Poliomyelitis (use inactivated vaccine)

• Yellow fever (protective and safe in those with CD4 count
> 500/mm3; seroconversion limited to 85% and safe when
CD4 count is 200 to 500/mm3; contraindicated if CD4 count
< 200/mm3)
• Typhoid (use inactivated vaccine)
• Meningococcal disease
• Rabies (in view of impaired immunogenicity, check antibody
response)
• Japanese encephalitis
Part 2 provides details on vaccines.

With respect to malaria chemoprophylaxis, there are no spe-
cial recommendations, but a few travel medicine experts prefer
to use doxcycline chemoprophylaxis for the additional benefit in
preventing traveler’s diarrhea in HIV patients.
The travel medical kit should contain sufficient antimicrobial
agents (eg, rather than a short course, a 7-day course against
traveler’s diarrhea is preferred in patients with HIV infection).
There should be enough medication for the entire trip, plus at least
an extra week’s supply. Labeling of medications to distinguish
medicines such as cotrimoxazole for diarrhea from that for Pneu-
mocystis carinii pneumonia helps avoid possible problems with
customs officials.
HIV Infection and Other Immunodeficiencies 145
For long-term travelers with HIV infection, many countries

issue restrictions beyond the WHO International Health Regula-
tions (see Appendix C). Because entry requirements keep chang-
ing, it is best to obtain the latest information from the consulate
of the host country at the time of booking travel arrangements.
Asymptomatic patients returning from short trips who report
having had no health problems during travel most likely need no
posttravel screening. Those who report diarrhea, respiratory prob-
lems, or other disease symptoms require appropriate evaluation.
For asymptomatic patients on extended trips, for routine post-
trip testing, include a complete blood count (CBC) with differ-
ential, stool examination for ova and parasites, and tuberculin
testing with controls, if previously a skin test was negative for
tuberculosis.
Additional Readings
Castelli F, Patroni A. The human immunodeficiency virus-infected
traveler. Clin Infect Dis 2000;31:1403–8.
Colebunders R, et al. Antiretroviral treatment and travel to developing
countries. J Travel Med 1999;6:27–31.
Furrer H, et al. Increased risk of wasting syndrome in HIV-infected
travellers: prospective multicentre study. Trans R Soc Trop Med
Hyg 2001;95:484–6.
Simons FMJ, et al. Common health problems in HIV-infected travelers
to the (sub)tropics. J Travel Med 1999;6:71–5.
HANDICAPPED TRAVELERS
The benefits of modern travel are increasingly available to peo-

ple with physical limitations, despite difficulties posed by phys-
ical and sometimes even cultural barriers. In many areas of the
world, there is an increased awareness and support for their
needs. Some agencies and tour operators have developed an
expertise in dealing with handicapped travelers. Tours are avail-
able for people with a wide range of special physical or medical
requirements. Information can be obtained from the following orga-
nizations.
Wheelchair users are usually advised that a lightweight fold-
ing chair or “junior” model is most convenient during travel. It
is useful to carry the necessary tools for repairs as well. Most new
aircraft are designed for wheelchair access, and some older planes
still in service have been retrofitted for wheelchair access. Many
cities throughout the world publish accessibility handbooks, and
their tourist bureaus will provide information.
Depending on the destination, transport of guide dogs for the
blind across international borders can be a major problem. Lengthy
quarantines for the animals may be imposed. Check regulations
with the embassy or consulate of the destination country prior to
travel and obtain all the necessary medical and legal documents
in advance. It is also important to inquire about requirements for
re-entry into the country of origin.
Hearing-impaired travelers need to inform transportation and
hotel staff of their handicap, so they do not miss travel announce-
ments or emergency information and alarms. On airline flights,
they should request preloading privileges and should notify flight
attendants about their hearing problem. Attendants will show the
emergency equipment and exit locations and keep them informed
of announcements.
There are no rules restricting travel of the mentally chal-
lenged or others with mental disabilities as long as they are self-
sufficient. If the need for assistance is anticipated, requests for
146
Handicapped Travelers 147
help en route, at airports, or elsewhere should be made well in

advance. Tours and excursions exist in many countries for those
with special needs. Some people may become disoriented in a
strange town and lose their way. It helps for them to carry a card
with the name, address, and telephone number of their hotel or
other residence, as well as a card showing their destination to obtain
directions or assistance if they get lost.
Appendix B provides the directory to expert institutions.
PETS
Travelers should let the international carrier or national airlines

know well in advance that they want to carry a pet and the
intended destination. Pets should be at least 8 weeks old and fully
weaned for eligibility to travel. There are restrictions on impor-
tation of exotic pets, particularly when they are on the list of endan-
gered animals. The IATA has issued regulations that determine
the type of transport containers for pets.
Formalities for animals may take a long time. Usually, there
are regulations to control specified diseases. If a pet is presented
without the necessary documents, it will be quarantined or
destroyed at the owner’s expense. The most frequent requirement
is proof of immunization against rabies if originating from a
rabies endemic country (see Part 2, page 353). For some coun-
tries (eg, Australia) importation from a rabies endemic country
may also involve a prolonged period of quarantine prior to impor-
tation and quarantine after arrival. Dogs may need other vaccines,
such as against distemper, canine viral hepatitis, parvovirus, and
leptospirosis. In addition, some countries require proof that pets
are free of ectoparasites, resulting in treatment within 48 hours
predeparture. Others require a health certificate issued by a vet-
erinarian after a pretravel checkup.
Pets need an identification with a collar and a name tag that
includes the full address to prove ownership and to assure return
if the pet gets lost. Some now implant a Percutaneous Informa-
tion Transducer (PIT) microchip subcutaneously, which includes
the description, PIT number, and vaccinations.
In some countries, pets must be restrained while traveling in
a car, which may be relevant for car rental.
Additional Reading
Leggat PA, Speare R. Traveling with pets. J Travel Med 2000;7:325–9.
148
PART 2
INFECTIOUS HEALTH RISKS

AND THEIR PREVENTION
ANTHRAX
Beginning with the mail-related anthrax terrorist attack in the

United States in 2001, there has been a heightened concern about
the potential for anthrax dissemination in the general public. The
organism produces two important toxins, edema toxin and lethal
toxin, which explain the clinical expressions of the infection.
Anthrax causes cutaneous, inhalational, and gastrointestinal dis-
ease depending on route of spread. Cutaneous and inhalational
anthrax are the most frequent manifestations. An edematous and
erythematous skin lesion with a necrotic center characterizes
cutaneous anthrax. In the inhalational form, the patient presents
initially with mediastinitis associated with cough, shortness of
breath, and chest pain. Toxemia, the second phase, is generally
fatal. Rhinitis (nasal stuffiness) and sore throat suggest a nonan-
thrax cause of a respiratory disease.
Anthrax outbreaks occur occasionally during the summer in
central Asia (Uzbekistan, Russian Federation) among those who
have consumed the meat from diseased animals. Several cases of
cutaneous anthrax have been documented in travelers returning
from Haiti and in personnel working with materials imported from
Pakistan. In Germany in the 1970s, 4 of 29 individuals diagnosed
with anthrax had traveled abroad. Particularly at risk were those
who had purchased handicrafts made from animal products such
as skin, hair, or wool contaminated with Bacillus anthracis. An
inactivated vaccine, available primarily for armed forces per-
sonnel, is administered subcutaneously (SC) in three doses at 2-
week intervals, with three further doses at 6, 12, and 18 months,
providing a 93% reduction in disease occurrence. Boosters are
required yearly. Mild local reactions to the vaccine occur in 30%
of cases (higher rates in females), and systemic reactions are
rare (< 0.2%). According to US FDA, Biothrax, an anthrax vac-
cine adsorbed that is produced by BioPort Corp, is licensed and
distributed in the United States.
151
Anthrax is not considered a travel-related disease requiring

immunization. Travelers should avoid contact with souvenirs
that may be contaminated.
Additional Readings
Inglesby TV, et al. Anthrax as a biological weapon, 2002: updated rec-
ommendations for management. JAMA 2002;287:2236–52.
Schumm WR, et al. Comments on the Institute of Medicine’s 2002
report on the safety of anthrax vaccine. Psychol Rep 2002;91:
187–91.
ARENAVIRAL HEMORRHAGIC FEVERS
Argentine, Bolivian, Venezuelan, and Brazilian hemorrhagic

fevers are caused by Arenaviruses, as is Lassa fever. Rodents are
the hosts. Infection occurs through inhaling or ingesting conta-
minated excreta or by the etiologic agent entering through the skin
or mucous membranes. Most of these infections take their name
from the areas where they are prevalent. Lassa fever, named after
the town in Nigeria where the fever was first reported, occurs in
West and Central Africa (eg, Liberia, Sierra Leone, and Nigeria).
The incubation period for Lassa fever is 3 to 16 days and 7 to 14
days for the other hemorrhagic fevers. Illness begins with chills
and fevers accompanied by malaise, weakness, headache, myal-
gia, and upper gastrointestinal symptoms including anorexia,
nausea, and vomiting. Purulent pharyngitis and aphthous ulcers
mark Lassa fever. Other early signs of these fevers are conjunc-
tivitis, skin rash, and facial edema. Before the end of the first week,
dehydration, hypotension, bradycardia, and hemorrhage may be
seen. Bleeding from the nose and gums, gastrointestinal tract, and
urinary tract or uterus is particularly common with the hemorrhagic
fevers and less frequent in Lassa fever. Neurologic signs are
commonly found in the Bolivian form of hemorrhagic fever.
Leukopenia and thrombocytopenia are common during the early
phase of these fevers. The acute phase lasts between 1 and 2 weeks.
In fatal cases, uremia and hypovolemic shock usually occur after
the first week of illness.
The clinician diagnose by isolating the virus from the blood,
cerebrospinal fluid, throat washings, or other body fluids. Sero-
logic approaches (eg, immunofluorescence) are generally
employed. Treatment is supportive, involving replacing elec-
trolyte and fluid deficiencies and administering plasma expanders
in the early stages of the disease, taking care to avoid pulmonary
edema. Specific virus-immune human plasma may be adminis-
tered to treat Argentine hemorrhagic fever, and a phase-three
153
trial with a live attenuated vaccine was successful. Ribavirin

given early in the course of Lassa fever benefits.
Additional Readings
Maiztegui JI, et al. Protective efficacy of a live attenuated vaccine
against Argentine hemorrhagic fever. J Infect Dis 1998;177:
277–83.
Tesh RB. Viral hemorrhagic fevers of South America. Biomedica
(Bogota) 2002;22:287–95.
BOTULISM
Botulism, usually a paralytic disease, results from ingestion of a neu-

rotoxin produced by one of a number of Clostridium botulinum types
(A, B, E, F, or G). The toxin is destroyed by boiling liquids for 5 to
10 minutes or by heating food for 30 minutes at 80°C. Travelers usu-
ally contract botulism from eating improperly canned foods in
which heat-resistant spores of C. botulinum have germinated and
multiplied. The customary incubation period for botulism is 1 day
but may range from a few hours to 1 week or slightly longer. The
patient usually experiences nausea, vomiting, and general weakness.
Autonomic dysfunction may occur, causing dryness of the mouth,
ileus, constipation, diarrhea, urinary retention, and hypotension. The
hallmarks of the disease are neurologic impairments, including
double or blurred vision, ptosis, dysphonia, dysarthria, and dysphagia
in the early stages, and weakness of the peripheral and respiratory
muscles as the disease progresses. The patient is usually alert, con-
scious, and without fever. Dilated pupils in an alert patient suggest
botulism, as does generalized muscle weakness without sensory loss.
Treatment includes respiratory support, purging the intestine with
lavage, purgatives, and saline enemas, and administering a trivalent
antitoxin. The latter is an equine-derived material directed against
C. botulinum types A, B, and E, and is available from the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
One-half of each dose of antitoxin may be given intravenously
and one-half intramuscularly or the full dose intravenously.
Hypersensitivity to equine-derived antiserum (urticaria or
angioedema) occurs in up to one-fifth of patients, and anaphy-
laxis may occur in a smaller number, mainly after repeat use. Spe-
cific human immune globulin may be available in small quantities
in some countries. The armed forces of some countries have
access to a vaccine.
Additional Reading
Arnon SS, et al. Botulinum toxin as a biological weapon: medical and
public health management. JAMA 2001;285:1059–70.
155
BRUCELLOSIS
Brucellosis is a worldwide infection that is most commonly

found in the developing regions. The specific microorganism
responsible for human infection depends upon its animal host: cat-
tle host, Brucella abortus; goats and sheep, Brucella melitensis;
pigs, Brucella suis; and dogs, Brucella canis. The organism
passes from its animal host to humans through inhalation of
infected aerosols, through direct contact with infected animals,
or by ingesting unpasteurized milk or cheese. There are three dif-
ferent clinical manifestations of brucellosis due to B. melitensis,
the most frequent cause of brucellosis. The acute form is char-
acterized by acute onset of fever, malaise, weight loss, often
associated with arthralgias and myalgias. The relapsing form
(Malta fever) usually reflects incomplete treatment or failure of
treatment and is characterized by hepatic involvement and arthri-
tis, occasionally uveitis and orchiepidiymitis. Chronic brucellosis
is characterized by either a cyclic course with back pain, arthral-
gias, fatigue and depressive mood, or by a chronic localized form
presenting with spondylitis or uveitis. The disease is character-
ized by fever and systemic signs and symptoms, such as chills,
myalgias, and headache, with an insidious onset. Relapse following
treatment is common. Diagnosis is usually confirmed in a patient
with a compatible illness by demonstrating an elevated titer of spe-
cific antibodies in serum samples. Brucellosis should always be
considered when diagnosing a patient with febrile illness who has
traveled to a developing region (especially South America) or
southern Europe, particularly if there has been contact with ani-
mals or ingestion of unpasteurized milk or cheese. Clinicians can
make a diagnosis by recovering organisms from blood cultures
or by performing a serologic study. Brucellosis is treated with an
antimicrobial agent, including doxycycline (200 mg/d) plus
rifampin (600 to 900 mg/d) (or streptomycin with doxycycline),
trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (160/800 mg bid) or a fluoro-
156
Brucellosis 157
quinolone (eg, ciprofloxacin 500 mg bid or levofloxacin 500 mg

qd PO for 6 weeks).
Additional Reading
Luzzi GA, et al. Brucellosis: imported and laboratory-acquired cases,
and an overview of treatment trials. Trans R Soc Trop Med Hyg
1993;87:138–41.
CHOLERA
Infectious Agent
Vibrio cholerae, a motile, curved, gram-negative bacterium of the

family Vibrionaceae, has a single polar flagellum. Two serogroups,
O1 and O139 (“Bengal”) have been implicated in human cholera
epidemics. Among serogroup O1, there are the classic and El Tor
biotypes and the Inaba and Ogawa serotypes. Strains expressing
both Inaba and Ogawa serotypes are classified as serotype Hiko-
jima. The principal virulent component of V. cholerae is an
enterotoxin composed of a central A subunit and five B subunits
arranged in circular form. Nontoxigenic O1 strains and non-
O1/O139 strains can cause diarrhea and sepsis but not epidemics.
Most laboratories in the developed nations do not routinely
test for V. cholerae in diarrheal stool samples, and such a test must
be explicitly requested if cholera is suspected.
Transmission
Cholera infection is spread through oral contact with fecal mat-

ter. Humans are the only known natural hosts. For a previously
healthy person to become infected, contact with more than 105
cholera bacteria is usually required.
Global Epidemiology
Cholera is linked to poverty. It often occurs when overcrowding

is accompanied by poor sanitation and untreated drinking water.
Cholera is spread mainly through contaminated drinking water,
other beverages, ice, ice cream, locally grown vegetables, raw fish,
and shellfish. Food and beverages sold by street vendors are par-
ticularly suspect.
Cholera occurs throughout the developing world (Figure 17).
In 1994, 384,403 cases of cholera with 10,692 deaths were
reported, a case fatality rate of 2.8%. The World Health Organi-
158
Cholera 159
g p g ( )
Tropimed©
Cholera cases reported, additionally 4 cases in the USA, 1 in Mexico Imported or very few cases only
Figure 17 Countries/areas reporting cholera (WHO 2001)

zation (WHO) Weekly Epidemiological Record regularly iden-

tifies jurisdictions where infections have been documented.
Currently, the El Tor biotype predominates, except in
Bangladesh, where the classic biotype has reappeared. After its
detection in 1992, strain O139 caused major epidemics in both
Bangladesh and Calcutta the following year. Although O139
continues to be detected in Southeast Asia, it has not yet resulted
in an eighth cholera pandemic, as initially feared.
Risk for Travelers
There are about 100 cases of imported cholera reported to the WHO
each year. This figure, however, is deceptive because many trav-
elers are treated and cured while abroad, many are cured with-
out diagnosis, and many are oligosymptomatic or asymptomatic.
Retrospective surveys reviewed cases of cholera imported to
the United States from 1961 to 1980 and 1965 to 1991, and to
Europe and North America from 1975 to 1981. All three surveys
concluded that the rate of importation of cholera from an endemic
to a developed country was usually < 1 case in 100,000 travel-
ers. Many had acquired cholera in North Africa or in Turkey,
despite these countries having, at the time, reported no or few cases
of cholera to the WHO. Recent data identify Mexico as a coun-
try where the infection is frequently acquired. Risk factors for
cholera infection in the endemic areas were consumption of
seafood (particularly raw), unboiled water, and food and bever-
ages from street vendors. The V. cholerae strains are becoming
resistant to antimicrobial treatment.
The CDC recently reviewed the problem of cholera in the
United States. Although there were an average of five cases per
year in the United States between 1965 and 1991, the number of
reported cases jumped to 53 yearly between 1992 and 1994. Of
these, 96% were travel related. This included 86 residents from
the United States traveling to cholera-endemic areas, and 65 for-
eign residents visiting the United States from cholera-endemic
areas. In six cases, cholera was contracted in the United States,
Cholera 161
either from local seafood (two cases) or from exotic food imported
from cholera-endemic areas.
Evidence exists that the incidence rate of cholera is increas-
ing, at least under specific circumstances. A retrospective analy-
sis of all cases of cholera reported to national surveillance centers
in the developed countries in 1991 found an attack rate of 13.1
per 100,000 (mean duration of stay < 2 weeks) in 38 cases of
cholera imported from Bali to Japan. According to Japanese
quarantine officers and other local experts, this is likely a low esti-
mate; despite tight surveillance at Japanese airports, some return-
ing travelers do not report diarrheal illness. Similarly, the only
follow-up study to date observed a rather high incidence rate of
5 cases per 1,000 US government employees in Lima in the first
3 years of the epidemic (1991 to 1993). More than 90% of cases
of cholera imported from Asia were V. cholerae Ogawa El Tor
infections, whereas in most cases, cholera contracted in Latin
America was of the Inaba serotype, El Tor biotype. Importation
of O139 infections to Denmark and the United States have been
reported.
Clinical Picture
Vibrio cholerae infections may lead to a broad spectrum of clin-

ical illnesses. In El Tor infections, for each symptomatic case, up
to 50 asymptomatic or mildly symptomatic cases indistinguish-
able from other diarrheal causes occur. The proportion of a typ-
ical clinical picture in classic biotype infections is one to five.
Severe watery diarrhea is experienced in < 5% of cases, often
accompanied by vomiting, owing to acidosis, without nausea,
abdominal pain, or fever. Up to 1 liter hourly of stool is produced
in the first day, becoming colorless, odorless, and flecked with
mucus; these are often described as “rice-water stools.” Dehy-
dration (cholera gravis) results, leading to a loss of body weight
of > 10% within the first 24 hours. Patients may die within 2 hours
from circulatory collapse, if no treatment is provided. More com-
monly, diarrhea from V. cholerae infections leads to shock accom-
panied by drowsiness or unconsciousness in 4 to 12 hours and to

death in 18 hours to several days. Bicarbonate losses lead to
acidosis, as well as hypovolemia. Hypokalemia produces cardiac
arrhythmia, renal failure, and leg cramps. Hypoglycemia may cause
seizures in children with cholera.
The overall case fatality rate of cholera is currently low. It was
0.9% in the Latin American epidemic of 1991 to 1994. Case
fatality rates of 1 to 2% have been noted among surveyed trav-
elers. Untreated severe cases are often fatal.
Incubation
The incubation period in cholera ranges from several hours to 5

to 7 days.
Communicability
Patients may be infective 3 days prior to the onset of symptoms.

They are usually noninfective after 2 to 3 weeks but occasionally
become persistent carriers. In developed countries, no secondary
outbreaks could be attributed to the several hundred patients with
imported cholera in 1990 to 1993. The secondary infection rate
may reach 17% from household contacts in developing countries.
Susceptibility and Resistance
Adults, particularly those over age 65 years, are more often

affected than are children. Persons with the “O” blood group are
more likely to develop symptoms and to experience severe illness.
Hypochlorhydria apparently also predisposes to developing symp-
tomatic illness whereby an infective dose of 104 organisms causes
diarrhea in 90% of such individuals and a dose of 103 causes diar-
rhea in 50%. Japanese tourists demonstrate an elevated attack rate,
possibly because of the prevalence of atrophic gastritis among the
population. Atrophic gastritis is also common among Peruvians,
particularly young people of the lowest socioeconomic level.
Cholera 163
This may be partly due to infection with Helicobacter pylori. The

role of H2-receptor antagonists in predisposition to cholera remains
unclear.
Infection with V. cholerae results in antibody production to both
subunits of the enterotoxin. Resistance to reinfection is limited
in duration, lasting longest against the homologous biotype.
Infection with the classic biotype confers better protection against
El Tor biotypes than vice versa.
Minimized Exposure in Travelers
Basic sanitation and public health procedures are essential to

fighting cholera. The state of Ceara, Brazil, reduced the number
of cholera cases from 20,000 in 1994 to 35 in 1995 by institut-
ing such measures.
Travelers could virtually avoid cholera by being careful about
what they eat and drink. Most tourists and business people, how-
ever, do not avoid local culinary temptations. Travelers should
avoid raw or undercooked seafood and tap water in areas with
endemic cholera.
Chemoprophylaxis
Antibiotics for prophylaxis of traveler’s diarrhea may provide some

protection against cholera. Antimicrobial prophylaxis for cholera
has been considered only for closed situations wherein a group
may have had common exposure, such as on board a ship.
Immunoprophylaxis by Cholera Vaccines
Three different cholera vaccines are currently available or will

become available in the future. The two oral vaccines are supe-
rior in terms of efficacy and tolerance to the older and soon obso-
lete parenteral vaccine (Table 9).
Table 9 Synopsis of Cholera Vaccines

Characteristics “Traditional” CVD 103 HgR WC/rBS
Application (mode) Parenteral Oral Oral
Number of doses 2 (1 sufficient for legal purpose) 1 2 (1 for booster)
Antigen Whole cell, inactivated Live attenuated, genetically manipulated Whole cell, inactivated V. cholerae 01 plus
V. cholerae 01. Produces only b-subunits recombinant b-subunit cholera toxin
Number of organisms 8 109 5 108 1011WC, 1mg rBS
Buffer None Yes Yes
Efficacy rate 50% Challenge 62 to 100%, field < 20% Field efficacy of 85%
(prevents mainly serious illness)
Beginning of efficacy 6 days after second dose 8 days after single dose 7 days after second dose
Efficacy against ETEC No No Yes (52%)
Duration of protection Less than 3 months 6 months 78% after one year in subjects over 5 years old
Adverse events Frequent pain, swelling, occasional Few, mainly from buffer Few, mainly from buffer
fever, rarely life-threatening
Contraindication Pregnancy Children < 2 years. Pregnancy None known
Special requirements None No food or drink -1h/+1h before/after No food or drink -1h/+1h before/after
ingestion ingestion
Interaction With yellow fever vaccine Antibiotics/Antimalarials None known
Cholera 165
Oral Cholera Vaccine (CVD 103-HgR)
Immunology and Pharmacology

Viability: live attenuated, lyophilized
Dosage and antigenic form: 2 to 10 108 viable colony-
forming units (CFU) of genetically manipulated V. cholerae O1
from the classic Inaba 569B strain, plus 20 to 100 108 non-
viable V. cholerae CVD 103-HgR
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: buffer—sodium bicarbonate 2.4 to 2.9 g, ascorbic
acid
Allergens/Excipiens: sucrose, lactose, aspartame, casein,
ascorbic acid
Mechanism: induction of specific local and circulating vibri-
ocidal, as well as antitoxin antibodies
Administration
Schedule: single dose, one sachet each with buffer and lyophilized
vaccine to be mixed with 1 dL unchlorinated water, stirred, and
ingested immediately. No food and beverages 1 hour before and
after vaccination.
Booster: so far undetermined; manufacturer indicates after
6 months
Route: oral
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F)
Availability: Switzerland (Orochol Berna, Berna Biotech Ltd.,
formerly Swiss Serum and Vaccine Institute), Canada (Mutacol
Berna), various developing countries
Protection
Onset: 8 days after the single dose
Efficacy: according to challenge data, 62 to 100%, but in an
Indonesia field trial, < 20%. Prevents primarily serious illness in
both biotypes Inaba and Ogawa infections but only against cholera
O1-serogroup. No protection against O139 (Bengal) serogroup
Duration: 6 months, possibly more
Contraindications
Absolute: immunodeficient persons
Relative: previous adverse reactions to the vaccine, any acute
illness, diarrhea, or vomiting. Phenylketonuria, as the vaccine is
sweetened with aspartame
Children: children under age 2 years (lack of data)
Pregnant women: contraindicated (lack of data)
Lactating women: according to the manufacturer, not con-
traindicated. It is unknown whether cholera vaccine or corre-
sponding antibodies are excreted into human breast milk. Problems
in humans have not been documented.
Immunodeficient persons: contraindicated
Adverse Reactions
Few, mainly from buffer (eg, belching, nausea, vomiting rarely).
Mild diarrhea in 2% of cases, occasional abdominal cramps. No
serious adverse reactions documented.
Interactions
Antibiotics and some antimalarials (eg, proguanil) may diminish
the vaccine efficacy if taken simultaneously. A delay of 3 days
is recommended. Concomitant administration with oral typhoid
Ty21a vaccine has no impact on the immune response.
Oral Cholera (and enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli [ETEC])

Vaccine: Whole Cell, Recombinant B-Subunit (WC/rBS)

Viability: inactivated
Dosage and antigenic form: 1011 whole cell inactivated V.
cholerae 01 representing the classic Inaba and Ogawa serotypes
and classical and El Tor biotypes, plus 1 mg recombinant B-sub-
unit cholera toxin
Adjuvants: buffer
Preservative: none
Allergens/Excipiens: none
Cholera 167
Mechanism: induction of specific immunoglobulin (Ig)A and

IgG intestinal antibacterial and antitoxin antibodies
Administration
Schedule: two oral doses administered with a 1- to 6-week inter-
val. Recipients should not eat or drink 1 hour before or 1 hour
after ingesting the vaccine.
Booster: so far undetermined, probably indicated after 2 years
Route: oral
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Discard frozen vaccine.
Availability: Sweden, Norway (Dukoral, SBL Vaccin/
Powderject), New Zealand, and several Latin American and Asian
countries
Protection
Onset: 7 days after the second dose
Efficacy: field efficacy of 85% but only against cholera
O1-serogroup, none against O139 (Bengal) serogroup. So far
not assessed in nonimmunes, except for the Peruvian military
shortly after the introduction of cholera on the Latin American
continent.
Also, some (52%) efficacy against enterotoxigenic Escherichia
coli has been documented.
Duration: 78% after 1 year in subjects over 5 years, 60% after
2 years; 6 months protection in children 2 to 5 years.
Contraindications
Absolute: none
Relative: previous adverse reactions to the vaccine, any acute
illness, diarrhea, or vomiting
Children: Safety and immunogenicity has been studied in
children from age 1 year, efficacy from 2 years—thus contra-
indicated at a lower age.
Pregnant women: not contraindicated, based on the nature of
the vaccine and the oral route
Lactating women: according to the manufacturer not con-
traindicated. It is unknown whether cholera vaccine or corre-
sponding antibodies are present in human breast milk. Problems

Immunodeficient persons: not contraindicated. Persons receiv-
ing immunosuppressive therapy or having other immunodefi-
ciencies may experience a diminished antibody response to active
immunization.
Adverse Reactions
Few, mainly from buffer (eg, belching, abdominal discomfort, vom-
iting rarely). No serious adverse reactions have been documented.
Interactions
Food and beverages at 1 hour before and after vaccine ingestion.
Uncertainty about interaction with other oral vaccines. Oral live
typhoid vaccine can be given concomitantly with Dukoral.
Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation therapy may result in an
insufficient response to immunization.
Parenteral Cholera Vaccine

Dosage and antigenic form: 8 109 whole bacteria of O1
serogroup, Ogawa and Inaba serotypes, El Tor biotype
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: 0.4 to 0.5% phenol
Mechanism: induction of specific circulating vibriocidal anti-
bodies primarily of the IgM type
Administration
Schedule: primary immunizing series: 2 doses 1 to 4 or more weeks
apart, followed by a booster dose every 6 months
Persons age 5 years or above may receive 0.2 mL of vaccine
ID per dose. By SC or IM injection, persons age 6 months to
4 years receive 0.2 mL/dose, age 6 to 10 years receive 0.3 mL/dose,
and above age 10 years receive 0.5 mL/dose.
Cholera 169
A single dose of 0.1 mL ID is sufficient in the rare cases when

the destination country requires vaccination. A two-dose series
is suggested only for special high risk groups.
Booster: after 6 months, single dose. Never repeat primary
series.
Route: ID, SC, or IM. The volume varies according to admin-
istration chosen (see above).
Site: IM preferably in deltoid muscle. ID over deltoid
Availability: Withdrawn from the market in most countries,
particularly where oral vaccines are available
Protection
Onset: data not provided. Induction of protective antibody titers
most likely occurs within 2 weeks after the second dose.
Efficacy: about 50% effective in reducing disease incidence
for 3 to 6 months but only against cholera O1-serogroup, none
against O139 (Bengal) serogroup. Protection in humans correlates
to acquisition of circulating vibrocidal antibody. No documentation
is available on efficacy in nonimmunes. Does not prevent inap-
parent infection and excretion of bacteria
Duration: probably < 3 months, maximum 6 months
Adverse Reactions
Local reactions that persist for several days occur in most recip-
ients. They consist of erythema, induration, and pain and swelling
at the injection site. Side effects may occur 3 to 14 days after the
injection. Persistent loss of pigmentation may occur after ID
administration. Recipients frequently develop malaise, headache,
and mild to moderate temperature elevations for several days, occa-
sionally lasting up to 10 days. Anaphylactic and other systemic
reactions occur rarely. Life-threatening complications have been
described after the application of combined cholera-TAB vaccine.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with previous severe systemic or allergic reac-
tions to parenteral cholera vaccine
Relative: any acute illness

Children: not contraindicated, but no studies have been con-
ducted in children under age 6 months; therefore, it is not rec-
ommended for this age group
Pregnant women: category C. Use only if absolutely needed.
It is unknown whether cholera vaccine or corresponding antibodies
cross the placenta. Generally, most IgG passage across the pla-
centa occurs during the third trimester. One case of an abortion
related to parenteral cholera vaccine has been documented in the
literature.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether cholera vaccine or
corresponding antibodies are excreted in human breast milk.
Problems in humans have not been documented.
Immunodeficient persons: not contraindicated. Persons receiv-
ing immunosuppressive therapy or having other immunodefi-
ciencies may experience a diminished antibody response to active
immunization.
Interactions
Administration of cholera and yellow fever vaccines within 3
weeks of each other results in diminished antibody response to
each vaccine, but this is not of practical relevance. Simultaneously
applying parenteral cholera vaccine and poliovirus type 1 vaccine
reduces seroconversion to poliovirus type 1. Separate doses by
1 month, if possible. Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation ther-
apy may result in an insufficient response to immunization. Give
patients receiving anticoagulants the vaccine subcutaneously or
intradermally.
Recommendations for Vaccine Use
Persons following the usual tourist routes are at virtually no risk
of V. cholerae O1 infection, unless they break the most fundamental
rules of food and beverage hygiene.
Vaccination against cholera cannot prevent importation of
the disease. For this reason, the World Health Assembly amended
the International Health Regulations in 1973, so cholera vacci-
nation is no longer required of any traveler. Currently, no coun-
Cholera 171
try requires proof of cholera vaccination from travelers arriving

from nonendemic countries. Several rarely visited countries and
local authorities in some countries, however, still request proof
of vaccination from travelers who have passed through endemic
areas in the past 5 days (Appendix C). In these cases, give cholera
vaccination at least 6 days prior to entry, and record it in the Inter-
national Certificate of Vaccinations.
In view of the minimal risk of cholera to prudent travelers,
immunization is of questionable benefit and, according to the CDC,
“almost never recommended.” Preference is given to either of the
oral vaccines, following the WHO view that “the traditional
parenteral cholera vaccine conveys an incomplete, unreliable
protection of short duration and its use, therefore, is not recom-
mended.” Cholera immunization is suggested only for special high-
risk individuals who live and work in highly endemic areas under
inadequate sanitary conditions, such as refugee camps. A two-
parenteral-dose series may be given in such circumstances when
neither of the more effective and less reactogenic oral vaccines
is available.
Self-Treatment Abroad
Not applicable, as travelers will not know their precise diagnosis.
Principles of Therapy
Cholera patients require immediate therapy. Rapid rehydration is

crucial to prevent death and should never be withheld until lab-
oratory confirmation is obtained. Depending on the degree of dehy-
dration, oral rehydration with WHO oral rehydration solutions may
be sufficient. Treat patients who have lost more than 10% of
their body weight or are experiencing severe vomiting, lethargy,
or an inability to drink with intravenous fluid and electrolyte
replacement until the oral medication can be taken.
Antibiotics will decrease the duration of illness. Tetracycline
and doxycycline are recommended. If the strains are resistant, ery-
171
thromycin, co-trimoxazole, quinolones, etc, may be used. Oral

administration is usually feasible; vomiting subsides soon after
initiation of rehydration.
Community Control Measures
Current International Health Regulations (IHR) (Appendix A)

require reports on any case of cholera. Isolation of patients is
unnecessary, but cleanliness (enteric precautions) should be prac-
ticed around the patient, whether or not they are hospitalized. Feces
can be directly discharged in sewers without preliminary disin-
fection.
Some countries trace contacts of imported cholera. Observ-
ing persons who shared food and beverages with a cholera patient
is recommended for 5 days from last exposure. Give household
members chemoprophylaxis for 3 days with doxycycline or tetra-
cycline if there is likelihood of secondary transmission.
Additional Readings
Ryan ET, Calderwood SB. Cholera vaccines. J Travel Med 2001;8:
82–91.
Wittlinger F, et al. Risk of cholera among Western and Japanese trav-
elers. J Travel Med 1995;2:154–8.
WHO. Cholera 2000. Wkly Epid Rec 2001;76:233–40.
WHO. Cholera vaccines — WHO position paper. Wkly Epid Rec
2001;76:117–24.
DENGUE
Infectious Agent
The causative agents of dengue fever are four serotypes of the

dengue fever virus, belonging to the Flaviviridae family (single-
stranded, nonsegmented RNA viruses). Two genotypes for dengue
virus type 1 have been characterized, five for type 2, four for type
3, and two for type 4.
Transmission
The infection is spread through the bite of the Aedes aegypti

mosquito and others of the same genus. They prefer to feed on
humans during the daylight hours, mainly in the morning and late
afternoon. In areas such as Southeast Asia, there is a jungle cycle
of dengue, with monkeys serving as a reservoir.
Global Epidemiology
Dengue viruses are spread throughout the regions where A.

aegypti are found—tropic and subtropic areas between 30 degrees
north and 20 degrees south latitude. The principal geographic urban
and rural areas include the Caribbean, Latin America including
Mexico, Australia, the South Pacific, Southeast Asia, and Hawaii
(Figure 18). Transmission occurs at altitudes below 2,000 feet dur-
ing the rainy seasons. Sustained cold weather will interrupt trans-
mission by destroying the mosquito vector. Viremic humans
represent the reservoir of infection, aside from the monkeys men-
tioned above, which explains why most cases occur in crowded,
urban areas. Mosquitoes remain infectious for life, and a single
mosquito can infect many humans. Vertical transmission in Aedes
mosquitoes has been documented.
173
gyp ( )
Hawaii
Fiji
Areas infested with Aedes aegypti and at risk for epidemic dengue
Areas with recent dengue activity
Figure 18 Geographic distribution of dengue viruses and their primary mosquito vector,
Aedes aegypti (WHO 2001).
Dengue 175
Risk for Travelers
Attack rates of dengue among travelers visiting endemic areas

depend on the intensity of local prevalence, but well-kept tourist
accommodations away from crowded habitations may result in
below-average risk. In Southeast Asia, an attack rate exceeding
300 per 100,000 has been observed among German travelers, with
the Island of Kopangan in Thailand having a particularly elevated
incidence rate according to anecdotal reports. Risk of acquiring
dengue is highest immediately after sunrise and before sunset.
Clinical Picture
Dengue or “breakbone fever” in previously nonimmune per-

sons typically begins with fever lasting 1 to 5 days. Most cases
are characterized by mild muscle aches, back pain, frontal or retro-
orbital headache, pharyngitis, arthralgia, and cough. Bradycar-
dia may occur. Scleral and pharyngeal redness is commonly
found. Transient generalized macular rash that blanches under
pressure is common early in the illness; petechiae may be seen
later. Thrombocytopenia below 100,000/mm3 is commonly
found. Biphasic febrile illness is common. On resolution, the rash
may desquamate.
Dengue hemorrhagic fever (DHF) is characterized by fever,
platelet count < 100,000/mm3, hemorrhagic manifestations, and
evidence of increased vascular permeability (eg, pleural or abdom-
inal effusions). This occurs mainly in children previously infected
by another genotype but has also been observed in travelers.
Dengue shock syndrome (DSS) is DHF plus narrow pulse pres-
sure, hypotension, and shock. It is often associated with a case
fatality rate exceeding 40%.
Incubation
The incubation period for dengue usually ranges from 4 to 7 (min-

imum 3 to maximum 14) days after being bitten by a mosquito
harboring the virus.
Communicability
The infection is spread from viremic local persons to suscepti-

ble individuals through the bite of an Aedes mosquito. Direct
person-to-person transmission does not occur.
Most travelers visiting endemic areas are susceptible to dengue.

Prior infection with one serotype confers immunity to that serotype
but not cross protectivity to others. There is some evidence that
second infection with a heterologous dengue virus serotype car-
ries a significantly higher risk of developing dengue hemorrhagic
fever, although other factors such as genetic disposition and
degree of viremia may also play a role.
Minimizing Exposure
Avoiding mosquito bites is the best prevention against dengue in

endemic areas. Frequent use of insect repellent during the day is
essential. Other mosquito bite avoidance measures should be
practiced, as well (see Part 1, pages 59–62). There is no complete
effective method that prevents dengue.
Chemoprophylaxis
None available.
Dengue 177
Immunoprophylaxis
Various live, live vector subunit, and attenuated dengue vaccines

are under development. None is currently available.
Self-diagnosis test kits as for malaria are marketed in various coun-

tries. Treatment for dengue, whether self-treatment while in an
endemic area or medical treatment at home, is supportive. Trav-
elers should take fluids and electrolytes to ensure adequate hydra-
tion. Taking antipyretic and analgesic drugs (not aspirin, as it has
anticoagulant properties, or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents)
keeps the body temperature from reaching high levels and pro-
vides symptomatic pain relief.
See “Self-Treatment Abroad” section above. With respect to

diagnosis, the IgM capture enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
(ELISA) detects IgM antibody, which usually appears by day 5
after onset. Other diagnostic tools are dengue polymerase chain
reaction (PCR), isolation of the virus, and other serological meth-
ods on paired samples. It is important to remember that a labo-
ratory diagnosis often cannot be established in the first few days
of symptomatic disease, but the suspicion of dengue should be
high if the traveler presents with an acute febrile illness associ-
ated with thrombocytopenia after visiting a dengue endemic area.
In addition to thrombocytopenia, patients often have leukopenia
and mild elevation of liver transaminases
Most cases of dengue fever resolve spontaneously, and only
symptomatic treatment is indicated. It is important to monitor the
platelet count. Aspirin is contraindicated because of its antico-
agulant properties. Hospitalize patients and treat immediately if
they have any signs of symptoms of shock such as restlessness,
lethargy, cold extremities, hypotension, a sudden rise in hemato-
crit and low platelet count, or if they are hemorrhaging. Early and
effective fluid replacement of lost plasma usually results in a favor-
able outcome. Transfusing concentrated platelets is indicated if
hemorrhagic symptoms exist or if a thrombocytopenia is well
below 20,000/mm3. Some controversy surrounds the use of
steroids, but most likely there is no beneficial effect.
Because there is no treatment and no immunoprophylactic agent

available for dengue infection, community control measures
relate to insect vector control. Ultra-low-volume aerial spray of
organophosphate insecticides, such as malathion, may reduce
the mosquito population and hence the dengue reservoir during
epidemic periods.
Other Arboviral Diseases
Four agents produce illness similar to dengue but without skin rash:
sandfly fever, Rift Valley fever (page 365), Ross River fever, and
Colorado tick fever. Sandfly fever occurs in the Mediterranean
area, in the Middle East, in Russia, and in India. Ross River
fever occurs in eastern Australia and the South Pacific. Colorado
tick fever is seen among campers or hunters in western United
States.
Additional Readings
Cobelens FG, et al. Incidence and risk factors of probable dengue virus
infection among Dutch travellers to Asia. Trop Med Int Health
2002;7:331–8.
Gibbons RV, Vaughn DW. Dengue: an escalating problem. BMJ
2002;324:1563–6.
Halstead SB, Deen J. The future of dengue vaccines. Lancet 2002;360:
1243–5.
Jelinek T, et al. Epidemiology and clinical features of imported dengue
fever in Europe. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:1047–52.
DERMATOLOGIC INFECTIONS
Common dermatologic bacterial infections include impetigo,

furunculosis, erysipelas, ecthymata, cellulitis, tropical ulcer, ery-
thrasma, intertrigo, pitted keratolysis, cat-scratch disease, and bor-
reliosis. Atypical mycobacterioses such as aquarium granuloma
or mycobacterial ulcus (Buruli) can occur. Among the viral infec-
tions, herpes, condylomata acuminata and common warts are
the most important. Fungi and yeasts include tinea of the type cor-
poris, faciei, barbae, cruris, pedis, manuum, nigra, and unguium;
perlèche, Candida intertrigo, Candida paronychia, and pityria-
sis versicolor. Various parasitic diseases are frequently transmit-
ted, including trichomoniasis, cutaneous leishmaniasis, and
creeping eruption. Epizootic infestation is possible through
pediculosis (see also Part 3).
Additional Reading
James WD. Imported skin diseases in dermatology. J Dermatol 2001;
28:663–6.
179
DIPHTHERIA
Infectious Agent
Corynebacterium diphtheriae strains are classified based on

severity of illness produced: gravis (serious), mitis (mild), or
intermedius biotype. All may produce toxins, but it is mostly the
toxigenic strains that produce lesions. Nontoxigenic strains have
been associated with infective endocarditis.
Transmission
Diphtheria is transmitted through contact with a patient, by an

asymptomatic carrier, or occasionally by contaminated materials
or raw milk.
Global Epidemiology
Although it can occur throughout the world, immunization pro-

grams have, to a large extent, eliminated diphtheria. It should be
noted, however, that in many countries more than 40% of adults
lack protective levels of circulating antitoxin. In temperate zones,
the disease most often occurs in the colder months among non-
immunized children but may also appear in adults who have not
received booster doses of vaccine. From 1992 to 1997, there has
been an epidemic of diphtheria throughout the New Independent
States of the former Soviet Union.
Risk for Travelers
Several cases have been reported of travelers importing the infec-

tion from the New Independent States of the former Soviet Union
to Northern and Western Europe, and at least one died in Russia.
Cutaneous diphtheria may be imported after visits to tropical
regions. Of 23 cases diagnosed in Switzerland from 1990 to
1994, 11 were imported, mainly from Southeast Asia, India, and
180
Diphtheria 181
East Africa. Many of these patients were intravenous drug users

with poor personal hygiene.
Clinical Picture
Diphtheria is an acute bacterial disease characterized by

pseudomembranous pharyngitis (patches of gray-white mem-
brane), often accompanied by lymphadenopathy, a bull neck,
and serosanguinous nasal discharge. The infection may involve
the tonsils, pharynx, larynx, nose, and occasionally other mucous
membranes or the skin. Complications after 1 to 6 weeks include
neurologic problems and myocarditis. The case fatality rate is 5
to 10%.
Cutaneous diphtheria with open sores may occur as a primary
or secondary infection in the tropics. There is usually no systemic
toxicity, and postdiphtheric complications, such as myocarditis
or polyneuritis, are rare.
Incubation
The incubation period is 2 to 5 days, occasionally longer.
Communicability
Communicability extends usually no longer than 2 weeks, but

chronic carriers may shed the agent for more than 6 months.
Effective antibiotic therapy promptly terminates organism shed-
ding.
The toxoid can induce prolonged active immunity to classic diph-

theria, but immunized persons may still contract cutaneous diph-
theria. Recovery from a clinical attack does not always result in
lasting immunity. Inapparent infection, however, often results in
immunity.
Only by immunization.
Chemoprophylaxis
Penicillin IM as a single dose or erythromycin for 10 days is rec-

ommended for contacts, regardless of their immune status.
Immunoprophylaxis by Diphtheria Vaccine

Dosage and antigenic form: 6 to 25 international units (IU)
(pediatric doses, depending on product) or 2 IU (adult dose)
toxoid
Adjuvants: aluminium phosphate, hydroxide, or potassium
sulfate
Preservative: 0.01% thimerosal
Allergens/Excipiens: not > 0.02% residual-free formaldehyde
Mechanism: induction of protective antitoxin antibodies
against diphtheria toxin
Administration
Schedule: for primary immunizing series, three 0.5 mL doses are
given 6 to 8 weeks apart at ages 2, 4, and 6 months, a fourth dose
at age 15 to 24 months, and a fifth at age 4 to 7 years. There are
slight differences in the various national immunization schedules.
Combined vaccines are usually used (with tetanus, pertussis). Note
that in older children (age limit 7 to 12 years, depending on the
product) and in adults, a vaccine containing less IU is used.
Booster: after 5 years (but in practice after 10 years, as given
with tetanus vaccine)
Route: deeply IM
Site: deltoid
Diphtheria 183
Storage: store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Discard frozen vaccine.

Availability: worldwide
Protection
Onset: Immunity begins to develop several weeks after second
dose. Total immunity develops after completing the basic series.
Efficacy: >95%
Duration: 5 to 10 years
Protective level: Antidiphtheria antitoxin levels of 0.01 anti-
toxin units per mL are generally considered protective, although
0.1 units per mL are optimal.
Adverse Reactions
Redness, tenderness, and induration surrounding the injection site;
transient fever, malaise, generalized aches and pains; rarely,
flushing, generalized urticaria or pruritus, tachycardia, hypotension
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with a previous hypersensitivity reaction to diph-
theria vaccine doses, particularly thrombocytopenia or neurologic
symptoms, or with known hypersensitivity to any component of
the vaccine
Relative: any serious acute illness
Children: Defer first dose to age 2 months
Pregnant women: category C. Use only if clearly indicated.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether diphtheria toxoid or
corresponding antibodies are excreted in breast milk. Problems
in humans have not been documented. Use if clearly needed.
Immunodeficient persons: Persons receiving immunosup-
pressive therapy or having other immunodeficiencies may expe-
rience diminished antibody response to active immunization.
Defer primary diphtheria immunization until treatment is dis-
continued. An additional dose may be injected at least 1 month
after immunosuppressive treatment has ceased. Nonetheless, rou-
tine immunization of symptomatic and asymptomatic HIV-

infected persons is recommended.
Interactions
insufficient response to immunization. In patients receiving anti-
coagulants, administer SC.

Immunization against diphtheria is routine worldwide. After
completing a primary series, administer a booster dose every 10
years for life, usually in conjunction with tetanus immunization.
Since the occurrence of the diphtheria epidemic in the New
Independent States of the former Soviet Union, pilgrims to Mecca
in Saudi Arabia from these areas have been required to show proof
of diphtheria vaccination.
None. Medical consultation is required.
Patients: Administer the antitoxin as soon as possible if diphtheria

is suspected, even before microbiologic confirmation. Prescribe
erythromycin or penicillin. (In some countries only the equine anti-
toxin is available.)
Carriers: single-dose penicillin IM
In most countries, notifying cases to public health authorities is

mandatory. Strict isolation is indicated for pharyngeal diphthe-
ria and contact isolation for cutaneous diphtheria. Adults in con-
tact with the disease whose occupation involves handling food,
Diphtheria 185
especially milk, should abstain from work until bacteriologic

examination establishes they are not carriers.
Additional Reading
Lumio J, et al. Epidemiology of three cases of severe diphtheria in
Finnish patients with low antitoxin antibody levels. Eur J Clin
Microbiol Infect Dis 2001;20:705–10.
DRACUNCULIASIS
Dracunculiasis, or guinea worm disease, is a tissue nematode infec-

tion caused by Dracunculus medinensis. The disease is widely dis-
tributed in West Africa, from Mauritania to Cameroon, in the Nile
Valley and eastern equatorial Africa, in the Arabian Peninsula, and
in India. The infection is acquired when copepods containing the
larvae in drinking water are ingested. The larvae develop into adult
worms within 12 months; then, the fertilized adult females migrate
to form a superficial cutaneous blister. Symptoms relate to the local
ulcer that forms or to immunologic reactions such as urticaria.
Chronic complications may include contracture of extremities.
Treatment involves manual extraction of the worm by winding
Figure 19 Geographic distribution of guinea worm (WHO 2001)

186
Dracunculiasis 187
it on a stick, using gentle traction. Patients should also receive

tetanus toxoid. Simple prevention measures such as filtering
drinking water through a mesh fiber or boiling it before drinking
should be followed (Figure 19).
Additional Reading
WHO. Dracunculiasis. Wkly Epidemiol Rec 2000;75:146–52.
EBOLA FEVER
Infectious Agents
Filovirus
Transmission
Possibly through bats as natural hosts (?)
Global Epidemiology
Tropical Africa, most likely from the Ivory Coast to Kenya and
Congo (ex-Zaire)
Risk for Travelers
There have been few anecdotal cases imported to industrialized

nations
Clinical Picture
Abrupt onset with fever, malaise, myalgia, conjunctival injection,

sore throat, headache and abdominal pain, diarrhea. The pharynx
is often inflamed with herpetic lesions. A maculopapular rash may
occur, followed by widespread hemorrhagic disease. The case fatal-
ity rate is 50 to 90%.
Incubation
2 to 21 days
Communicability
As long as blood and secretions contain virus (in semen up to 2

months), frequent nosocomial spread.
188
Ebola Fever 189
General susceptibility, postinfectious resistance unknown.
Avoid contacts to Ebola patients in hospitals.
Chemoprophylaxis
Not applicable.
Immunoprophylaxis
None available.
None. A physician should treat the patient.
Consider supportive, experimental therapies.
No sexual intercourse until semen is demonstrated to be free of

virus.
Additional Readings
Freedman DO, Woodall J. Emerging infectious diseases and risk to the
traveler. Med Clin North Am 1999;83:865–83.
Isaacson M. Viral hemorrhagic fever hazards for travelers in Africa.
Various authors. Ebola hemorrhagic fever. J Infect Dis 1999;179:Suppl
1:S1–S289.
Weber DJ, Rutala WA. Risks and prevention of nosocomial transmis-
sion of rare zoonotic diseases. Clin Infect Dis 2001;32:446–56.
FILARIASIS
Eight human filarial parasites are transmitted through arthropod

bites. They include lymphatic filariasis caused by Wuchereria ban-
crofti, Brugia malayi, and Brugia timori; Onchocerca volvulus,
Loa loa, Mansonella perstans, Mansonella streptocerca and
Mansonella ozzardi. We discuss the more important filarial par-
asites further.
Lymphatic Filariae
The lymphatic filarial parasite W. bancrofti is endemic in Haiti,

South America, Africa, the South Pacific, and Southeast Asia
(including India and Indonesia). Brugia malayi occurs in India,
the Philippines, Malaysia, Indonesia, and China. Brugia timori
is found in Indonesia. Fever is the first clinical manifestation of
symptomatic lymphatic filariasis. Asymptomatic infection is
common in local populations. In travelers, expatriates, and mil-
itary personnel, localized inflammatory reactions and lymphan-
gitis of the lower extremities or genitalia more commonly occur,
with or without immediate hypersensitivity reactions such as
urticaria and eosinophilia. Filarial fever is often associated with
localized reactions in episodic fashion. With chronic infection,
refractory edema and elephantiasis may occur. Biopsy of affected
lymph nodes reveals eosinophils surrounding adult worms and sex-
ually immature parasites. Signs and symptoms do not recur if
afflicted individuals leave the endemic area. The presence of
microfilariae in the blood or new rapid tests provide the diagno-
sis. Lymphatic filariasis is treated with drug combinations con-
sisting of ivermectin and diethylcarbamazine (DEC) or
albendazole.
Tropical eosinophilia is seen mainly in persons living in an
area in which lymphatic filariae are endemic. The clinical man-
ifestations of infection relate to pulmonary reactions to microfi-
lariae such as nocturnal coughing and wheezing. Since the
190
Filariasis 191
parasites are nocturnal, obtain the blood between midnight and

4 am to increase the chances of detection. Antifilarial IgE anti-
bodies may be sought in travelers with a compatible illness.
Treatment is with a 2-week course of DEC (Figure 20).
Loiasis
Loa loa infection is seen in Central and West Africa. The insect
vector is the deerfly, which deposits larvae in the skin. Adult worms
later migrate throughout the subcutaneous tissue including the con-
junctivae. Microfilariae can be found in the blood, with a diur-
nal variation peaking at approximately noon. Migratory
angioedema and egg-like swellings over bony prominences (“Cal-
abar swellings”) may be found. Immune reactions to antigens
released by the migrating worms account for the angioedema
accompanying the disease. Swellings resolve over several days
but typically recur. Adult worms may be visible during migration
through the ocular conjunctivae. Demonstrating the presence of
microfilariae in blood obtained at midday results in diagnosis.
Administering DEC for 3 weeks is the appropriate therapy. Cor-
ticosteroids are given for the first 3 days in the presence of neu-
rologic symptoms on initiation of DEC (Figure 21). Initial
treatment with albendazole may be indicated in cases with high
microfilaremia to prevent encephalopathy.
Onchocerciasis
Onchocerciasis or “river blindness” is caused by chronic infec-

tion by the filarial parasite O. volvulus. The infection is transmitted
by bites of blackflies and typically occurs in West and Central
Africa, Guatemala, southern Mexico, Venezuela, northwest Brazil,
Colombia, Ecuador, Yemen, and Saudi Arabia near the Red Sea.
Cutaneous and ocular tissue inflammatory reactions occur in
response to the microfilariae. Infiltrates of lymphocytes, histio-
cytes, eosinophils, and plasma cells are found on biopsy of the
involved tissue. Microfilariae are not prevalent in the blood of per-
Figure 20 Geographic distribution of human lymphatic filariasis (WHO 2002)

Filariasis 193
Figure 21 Geographic distribution of Loa loa (WHO 1989, adapted 1998)
sons with the infection. Scarring of the cornea from inflamma-

tion may lead to blindness. Mobile skin nodules are often found.
Travelers tend to experience less severe infections than do per-
manent residents in endemic areas. Infected travelers character-
istically present with pruritis and an intermittent papular rash,
erythema, and edema or thickened skin. Nodules occur occa-
sionally in travelers with onchocerciasis. Demonstrating micro-
filariae in skin biopsies results in diagnosis. Typically, multiple
skin snips are examined for microfilariae. Ivermectin is given in

a single oral dose (150 µg/kg). The drug has no effect on adult
worms, and further treatment may be required (Figure 22).
Additional Readings
Bean B, Ellman MH, Kagan IG. Acute lymphatic filariasis in an Amer-
ican traveler. Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis 1992;15:345–7.
Encarnacion CF, Giordano MF, Murray HW. Onchocerciasis in New
York City. The Moa-Manhattan connection. Arch Intern Med
1994;154:1749–51.
Klion AD, Ottesen EA, Nutman TB. Effectiveness of diethylcarba-
mazine in treating loiasis acquired by expatriate visitors to endem-
ic regions: long-term follow-up. J Infect Dis 1994;169:604–10.
Filariasis 195
Figure 22 Geographic distribution of onchocerciasis. The Filarial Genome Network.

Adapted 1998
FILOVIRUS INFECTIONS
Marburg and Ebola (see page 193) viruses, members of the fam-
ily Filoviridae, are capable of causing the highly fatal African hem-
orrhagic fever in humans and primates. Marburg virus infection
was first identified in Germany and Yugoslavia among handlers
of tissue from Ugandan monkeys. Marburg virus is endemic in
Africa. Ebola virus infection has been reported in Zaire, Sudan,
Kenya, and the Ivory Coast (Table 10, Figure 23).
Following an incubation period of 3 to 18 days, patients expe-
rience headache, myalgias, back pain, and occasionally abdom-
inal discomfort. Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea, accompanied by
passage of mucus and blood commonly develop, followed by the
appearance of a maculopapular rash on the trunk which then
spreads to the extremities. Mental function is compromised, fol-
lowed by spontaneous bleeding from multiple body sites. Death
occurs from the end of the first week through to the second week
of illness. Clinicians diagnose by identifying the virus in body
tissue or by serologic studies. There is no specific treatment.
Supportive treatment consists of administering fluid and elec-
trolytes, blood, platelets, or fresh, frozen plasma to control the
hemorrhage, and dialysis for renal failure. Heparin has been used
against disseminated intravascular coagulation, although its value
has not been established. Control measures are unavailable,
because the spread mechanism is unconfirmed. Nosocomial
spread may be prevented by standard infection control measures.
Table 10 Travel-Related Filovirus Infections

Infection From/To Travelers Staff*
Ebola Ivory Coast/Switzerland 1 5 (–10)
Marburg Africa/Europe, South Africa 3 32
*Laboratory, hospital, and animal-handling staff.
196
Filovirus Infections 197
EBO-RE 1989/90 MBG 1967
EBO-CI 1994
EBO-RE 1992
EBO-RE 1989/90
EBO-CI 1994 EBO-SU 1976/79

EBO-? 1995/96 MBG 1980/87
EBO-? 2001/02 EBO-? 2000/01
EBO-? 2001/02/03
MBG 1999
EBO-ZA 1976/95
MBG 1975
Figure 23 Outbreaks of hemorrhagic fever caused by filoviruses. All important documented

episodes are shown with the year of emergence and/or re-emergence. EBO-Cl Ebola subtype
(?) Côte d’Ivoire; EBO-RE Ebola subtype Reston; EBO-SU Ebola subtype Sudan; EBO-ZA Ebola
subtype Zaire; EBO-? Ebola subtype unknown; MBG Marburg
Additional Readings
Sanchez A, Kahn A, Zaki SR, et al. Filoviridae: Marburg and Ebola
viruses. In: Fields BN, Knipe DM, Howley PM, editors. Fields
virology. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2001. p.
1279–1304.
Zeller H, Bouloy M. Infections by viruses of the families Bunyaviridae
and Filoviridae. Rev Sci Tech 2000;19:79–91.
HANTAVIRUS
Hantaviruses, belonging to the Bunyaviridae family, chronically

infect various rodents throughout the world. Transmission to
humans results from contact with excretion (eg, urine) from an
infected rodent. Different hantaviruses are found in Asia, eastern
and western Europe, and North America. In the Asian and Euro-
pean forms, hemorrhagic fever with renal disease or nephropathia
epidemica, a milder form of renal disease, are the common man-
ifestations. In North America, hantavirus pulmonary syndrome
is found without a significant renal component. Diagnosis is
made by detecting a virus-specific antibody, particularly IgM, or
by direct virus isolation. The customary procedure for docu-
menting serologic response to infection is by enzyme-linked
immunosorbent assay (ELISA) testing. An elevated IgM titer
with a compatible clinical illness establishes the diagnosis. The
IgG antibodies persist for decades at high titers. Intravenous rib-
avirin administered for 10 days may have some treatment value,
if given early in the disease (up to the 4th day of illness). Sup-
portive treatment is important (Figure 24). In South Korea, an inac-
tivated vaccine (Hantavex) is available.
Additional Readings
Caramelo P, et al. Puumala virus pulmonary syndrome in a Romanian
immigrant. J Travel Med 2002;9:326–9.
Murgue B, et al. First reported case of imported hantavirus pulmonary
syndrome in Europe. Emerg Infect Dis 2002;8:106–7.
Ostroff SM, Kozarsky P. Emerging infectious diseases and travel medi-
cine. Infect Dis Clin North Am 1998;12:231–41.
199
Figure 24 Geographic distribution of hantavirus infections. Strickland. Hunter’s Tropical

Medicine and Emerging Infectious Disease. 8th ed. 2000, adapted.
HEPATITIS
Several distinct hepatic infections are grouped as hepatitides,

owing to their similar clinical presentations and because prior to
the 1970s, it was impossible to differentiate the various etiolo-
gies, most of them viruses. These include the hepatotrophic
viruses hepatitis—A, B, C, D (delta), E, and G—and members
of the herpes virus group, Coxsackie, dengue, yellow fever, and
other agents. Hepatitis can also be a manifestation of Leptospira,
Mycobacterium, Rickettsia, hantavirus, and of bacteremia. Mixed
infection is impossible.
In all infections, there is a similar acute illness; prodromal
symptoms include malaise, fever, headache, and later anorexia,
nausea, vomiting, and right upper quadrant pain. Dark urine,
light-colored stools, and jaundice may follow. Subclinical forms
are common in infants and children, whereas in adults, the prog-
nosis gets worse with increasing age. Jaundice can be prolonged,
and hepatic coma and death may occur. Chronic illness may be
a result of hepatitis B and hepatitis C infections.
201
HEPATITIS A
(FORMERLY INFECTIOUS HEPATITIS, HA)
Infectious Agent
Hepatitis A virus (HAV), a picornavirus.
Transmission
Person-to-person transmission usually occurs as a result of fecal-

oral contact and occasionally by way of contaminated needles.
Outbreaks may be related to contaminated water or ice cubes or
foods such as shellfish, lettuce, and strawberries, or other foods
that become contaminated during handling.
Global Epidemiology
Crowded living conditions and poor sanitation result in HA being

highly endemic throughout the developing world. Most infections
occur at an early age, and almost all children acquire protective
immunity, which probably lasts for life. Outbreaks of clinical HA
are rare; children usually experience asymptomatic or mild infec-
tion. As economic and hygienic conditions improve, exposure grad-
ually shifts to older age groups, in which the proportion of clinical
infection increases. In the developed countries, a large proportion
of the population remains susceptible to HA, because of low
endemicity and, as a result, may acquire it at any age during travel.
Figure 25 illustrates the public health impact on various indus-
trialized communities in the time before hepatitis A vaccines
were introduced on the market. The incidence of hepatitis A in
Southern Europe has drastically decreased: for instance, in Italy
in 1998, a rate of 6 (southern Italy 19) per 100,000 was recorded,
which can be compared to rates of 20 to 48 per 100,000 in eight
states in the western United States.
202
Hepatitis A 203
%
100
90
80
70
60
50
Various, unknown
40 Day care center
30 Food or waterborne
20 Contacts
Drug addicts
10
Travelers
0
City/Country Stockholm Göteborg Sweden Switzerland Padova Singapore U.S.A
Study Weiland Norkrans Widell FOPH Armigliato Ep N Bull CDC
Year 1977-78 1974-76 1970-79 1990 1980-81 1985-91 1992
n 84 107 323 886 100 1785 N/A
Figure 25 Proportions of risk groups for hepatitis A in industrialized countries before

hepatitis A vaccines became available
Risk for Travelers
In nonimmune travelers, the average incidence rate of HA per

month of stay in a high-risk area is 3 per 1,000, increasing to 20
per 1,000 for those facing unfavorable hygienic conditions (eg,
backpackers, aid workers in remote areas, missionaries). There
is no recent data to suggest that tourists have an increased risk
of hepatitis A in intermediate-risk areas such as southern Europe,
whereas evidence exists that risk is increased for workers who orig-
inated in those areas when they return to visit their families.
Clinical Picture
(See the introduction to the hepatitis section, page 207.) Fulmi-

nant, fatal HA rarely occurs but chronic infection has not been
reported. The case fatality rate is < 0.1% in children but exceeds
2% in those more than age 40 years.
Incubation
The incubation period is 15 to 50 days.
Communicability
Excretion of the virus in the stool, hence communicability, is high-

est in the latter one-half of the incubation period, continuing for
several days after the onset of jaundice. Prolonged viral excre-
tion has been documented in infants. Boiling contaminated water
or cooking contaminated food at 85°C for at least 1 minute inac-
tivates the virus. Drinking water is also made safe by chlorina-
tion.
Susceptibility is general for all nonimmune persons. Lifelong

homologous immunity results after infection. Higher propor-
Hepatitis A 205
tions of asymptomatic to symptomatic cases are seen at younger

ages (see the “Global Epidemiology” page 202).
Travelers can avoid hepatitis A by being careful about what they

eat and drink. Most tourists and business people, however, do not
avoid local culinary temptations.
Chemoprophylaxis
None available.
Immunoprophylaxis
Hepatitis A Vaccines
Various hepatitis A vaccines exist in the developed countries:
• Avaxim (PasteurMérieuxConnaught)
• Epaxal (Berna Biotech Ltd, formerly Swiss Serum and Vaccine
Institute)
• Havrix (SmithKline Beecham Biologicals)
• Vaqta (Merck and Co)
All vaccines have a similar profile and are therefore described

under a single heading. There is a live hepatitis A vaccine avail-
able in China, which is not discussed here.
Antigenic form: whole virus, strains GBM (Avaxim), RG-SB
(Epaxal), HM-175 (Havrix), attenuated CR326F (Vaqta), all cul-
tivated on human MRC-5 diploid cells
Adjuvants: aluminum hydroxyde, except in the virosome-
formulated vaccine Epaxal: 5 µg influenza-hemagglutinin,
phospholipids
Preservative: Avaxim and Havrix: 2-phenoxyethanol; Epaxal:

none; Vaqta: none
Allergens: none
Excipiens: various (eg, formalin traces, proteins)
Mechanism: Neutralizing anti-HAV antibodies protect against
infection.
Application
Primary schedules and initial booster:
Pediatric:
Epaxal 0, 6 to 12 months, all ages ≥ 1 year
(some countries ≥ 5 years)
Havrix 720 EL U 0, 6 to 12 months, ages 2 to 18 years
Vaqta 25 µg 0, 6 to 18 months, ages 2 to 17 years
Adult:
Avaxim 0, 6 to 12 months, all ages ≥ 16 years
Epaxal 0, 6 to 12 months, all ages
Havrix 1440 EL U 0, 6 to 12 months, ages ≥ 19 years
Vaqta 50 µg 0, 6 to 18 months, ages ≥ 18 years
Subsequent boosters: undetermined, not needed before 20
years, possibly needed later
Route: IM
Site: deltoid, except in infants, midlateral muscles of the
thigh. No gluteal application to avoid suboptimal immune response
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Discard frozen vac-
cine.
Availability: Worldwide there is at least one vaccine available,
except in some developing countries. Twinrix, a combination of
Havrix 720 EL U and Engerix-B 20 µg, is also widely available.
The application is as with Engerix-B (see page 225).
Protection
Onset: protective antibodies can be demonstrated within 2 weeks
in most recipients (80 to 98%). Almost immediate protection
may result from immunization after a single dose of any hepati-
tis A vaccine, except for Twinrix in adults, because the content
is only 720 EL U.
Hepatitis A 207
Efficacy: close to 100%, very few anecdotal reports on vac-

cine failures
Duration: approximately 3 years after initial dose, 20 years
or more after initial booster according to current extrapolations,
even if the booster is given “late” (note: no need to restart the
series). Possibly no further booster necessary
Protective level: anti-HAV-concentration exceeding 10 to 20
mIU/mL. It is unnecessary to test anti-HAV after immunization,
as vaccine efficacy is close to 100%, and most commercially avail-
able anti-HAV tests do not detect low levels obtained after immu-
nization.
Adverse Reactions
Local reactions occasionally occur, consisting of pain, swelling,
or erythema at the injection site. These reactions may persist for
several days. Epaxal produces fewer local reactions because of
lack of aluminum.
Recipients occasionally develop mild temperature, malaise,
or fatigue. These reactions may persist for a few days.
No life-threatening adverse reaction to hepatitis A vaccines has
been documented.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with previous hypersensitivity reaction to
hepatitis A vaccine doses or with known hypersensitivity to any
component of the vaccine
Relative: any serious acute illness
Children: Safety and efficacy in infants aged under 1 year has
not been established.
Pregnant women: category C. Hepatitis A vaccine and corre-
sponding antibodies cross the placenta. Generally, most IgG pas-
sage across the placenta occurs during the third trimester. Problems
have not been documented and are unlikely. Use if clearly needed.
Lactating women: It is unknown if hepatitis A vaccine or cor-
responding antibodies are excreted in breast milk. Problems in
humans have not been documented and are unlikely. Use if clearly
needed.

rience diminished antibody response.
Interactions
Immune globulins reduce the antibody titer obtained from vac-
cination, compared to vaccine alone. Similarly, maternal antibodies
may interfere, but there is still sufficient priming.
Immune response of hepatitis A vaccine given with other vac-
cines is not compromised and does not compromise the immune
response of the other vaccines.
Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation therapy may com-
promise the effectiveness of the vaccine.
In patients receiving anticoagulants, give SC.
Immune Globulin (IG)

Viability: inactive
Antigenic form: human immune globulin, unmodified, with
varying content of antibodies reflecting the antibody diversity of
the donor population
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: usually none, occasionally thimerosal
Mechanism: induction of passive immunity
Application
Schedule: single dose 1 to 14 days before potential exposure to
hepatitis A
Dosage: for travel < 3 months, 0.02 mL/kg body weight (usu-
ally 2 mL in adults); for travel > 3 months, 0.06 mL/kg
Booster: none. If no active hepatitis A vaccine was adminis-
tered, give same dose every 4 to 6 months
Route: IM, not IV. Use different injection site than for hepati-
tis A vaccine
Hepatitis A 209
Site: preferably in the upper outer quadrant of the gluteus mus-

cle, maximum 5 to 10 mL per site to limit pain and discomfort
Storage: store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F)
Availability: worldwide—however, in industrialized coun-
tries there is concern about low anti-HAV content. Products with
guaranteed titers are sometimes imported from developing coun-
tries. Some products have guaranteed titers of 100 IU/mL.
Protection
Onset: immediate
Efficacy: approximately 85%. At least one case of fulminant,
fatal hepatitis A has been described despite adequate pretravel IG
application.
Duration: 3 to 5 months, depending on dosage
Adverse Reactions
Local pain and tenderness are frequent. Persons having received
IG tend to faint more often afterward than do active vaccine
recipients. Urticaria and angioedema may occur in rare instances.
Contraindications
Absolute: patients with isolated IgA deficiency, because of the risk
of an anaphylactoid reaction. Patients with a history of systemic
allergic reactions following the administration of human IG
Relative: patients with thrombocytopenia and coagulation
disorders, considering the IM route and considerable volume
injected. Patients receiving anticoagulants may have extensive
hematomas after an IG injection.
Children: not contraindicated
Pregnant women: not contraindicated
Lactating women: not contraindicated
Immunodeficient persons: not contraindicated
Interactions
Immunoglobulin may diminish the antibody response to various
live vaccines (except yellow fever and oral poliomyelitis vaccines)
and to hepatitis A vaccine. Live vaccines should therefore be
administered > 14 days before or > 6 weeks after IG application.

In view of the considerable risk of hepatitis infection in the devel-
oping world, WHO and most experts agree that all travelers vis-
iting the following countries should be immunized: Africa; Asia,
except Japan and Singapore; Latin America; the Caribbean; and
remote parts of Eastern Europe (Figure 26 and Table 6). This rec-
ommendation is based on the observation that many cases of
hepatitis A have been contracted in these regions by travelers with
standard tourist itineraries, accommodation, and food-consump-
tion behaviors. The risk is higher for travelers off the beaten
track. Often, it is wise to consider simultaneous immunization
against hepatitis A and hepatitis B with the combined vaccine,
Twinrix, particularly in young travelers and others who potentially
will stay over 1 month (cumulative in their lifetime) in develop-
ing countries. The schedule is the same as the hepatitis B vaccine
Engerix-B (see below); in travelers leaving within less than 7 days,
initially give 1 dose each of Havrix and Engerix-B (Twinrix con-
tains insufficient antigens, see page 212). The second dose should
be Engerix-B (ideally after 1 month or after return), the third dose
is Twinrix 6 to 12 months ideally after the initial dose. Southern
Europe is no longer considered a destination for which immu-
nization is indicated by any expert body.
To eliminate unnecessary immunization, test for antibodies for
hepatitis A virus (anti-HAV IgG) in travelers who may have
developed lifelong immunity previously by natural infection.
This is most likely among those who
• Have a history of undetermined hepatitis

• Were raised in a developing country or who lived there for at
least 1 year
• Were born before 1945 in countries of very low endemicity, such
as northern and western Europe, or before 1960 in countries
of low endemicity (Figure 27)
Hepatitis A 211
High risk areas for hepatits A

Figure 26 Recommendations for hepatitis A prevention in travelers.
80
x US mainland, Hawaii
70 Zürich, all volunteers
Lausanne, all volunteers
60
Germany
% anti-HAV positive
50
40
prevaccine anti-HAV x
cost-beneficial
30
no testing
20
x
x
10
x x x
0
–19 20–29 30–39 40–49 50–59 60–69 70+
Age groups
Figure 27 Seroprevalence of anti-HAV in American, German, and Swiss travelers
Such testing may benefit only if the cost of screening (labo-

ratory and consultation fee) is considerably less than the cost of
immunization and if testing does not interfere with subsequent
receipt of vaccine or immune globulin.
For susceptible persons, hepatitis A vaccine is usually prefer-
able to immune globulin; it grants specific protection for longer
duration. In many countries, there is mounting concern that
decreasing anti-HAV prevalence may result in an insufficient
content of antibodies in immune globulins. There is no indica-
tion that immune globulins may transmit hepatitis B virus, hepati-
tis C virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), or as yet
undetectable infective agents. Consider immune globulin for
travelers who plan only one trip lasting no longer than 5 months,
because of cost benefits—but in most industrialized nations,
none is available. Giving IG alone in a young person who is
likely to travel again is not recommended, because it does not pro-
vide long-term protection and does not guarantee protection
against fatal, fulminant hepatitis A.
There is an ongoing debate about whether hepatitis A vacci-
nation is immediately protective when the vaccine has not been
Hepatitis A 213
previously given. The CDC publication entitled Health Information

for International Travel in 2001–2002 recommends that “because
protection may not be complete until 4 weeks after vaccine
administration, persons traveling to high-risk areas less than 4
weeks after the initial dose should also be given IG....” In Europe,
where Havrix was introduced in 1992, and also in many other
places, doctors decided to strictly give the vaccine because pos-
texposure vaccine doses in primates gave good protection; there
had been no documented case of vaccine failure resulting from
this strategy; the 4-week limit is defined on the basis of measur-
able antibodies, but protection is likely to occur at an earlier
stage; IG diminishes the antibody response to the vaccine; and
many persons disliked the use of blood-derived products for fear
of transmission of unknown pathogens. The immediate efficacy
of the booster vaccine dose is undisputed. Even if given later than
36 months after the initial dose, a rapid rise of antibodies from
the booster grants immediate protection.
None. Medical consultation required.
Supportive.
Notification of authorities in most countries. Enteric precautions

during first 2 weeks of illness, such as sanitary disposal of feces,
urine, and blood. No quarantine, passive immunization of con-
tacts through IG (0.02 mL/kg of body weight), as soon as possi-
ble for all household and sexual contacts. Consider active
immunization of population at risk.
Additional Readings
Iwarson S, et al. Excellent booster response 4–6 yr after a single pri-
mary dose of an inactivated hepatitis A vaccine. Scand J Infect Dis
2002;34:110–1.
Junge U, et al. Acute hepatitis A despite regular vaccination against
hepatitis A and B. Dtsch Med Wochenschr 2002;127:1581–3.
Steffen R, et al. Epidemiology and prevention of hepatitis A in travel-
ers. JAMA 1994;272:885–9.
Steffen R. Immunization against hepatitis A and hepatitis B infections.
J Travel Med 2001;8 Suppl 1:S9–S16.
HEPATITIS B
(FORMERLY SERUM HEPATITIS, HB)
Infectious Agent
Hepatitis B virus (HBV), a hepadnavirus, is the infectious agent

for hepatitis B. It consists of a core antigen (HBcAg), surrounded
by a surface antigen (HBsAg). The HBsAg is antigenetically
heterogenous with four major subtypes: adw, ayw, adr, and ayr.
The third antigen, (HBeAg), is a soluble part of the core and an
indirect marker of infectivity. The respective antibodies are anti-
HBc, anti-HBs, and anti-HBe.
Transmission
Transmission is parenteral. The HBV is transmitted by percuta-

neous and permucosal exposure to infective body fluids, with
minute doses being sufficient for infection. Razors and tooth-
brushes have been implicated as occasional vehicles of trans-
mission. Perinatal transmission occurs mainly in hyperendemic
areas.
Global Epidemiology
Close to 40% of the world’s population has experienced infec-

tion with the HBV, and there are an estimated 20 million new infec-
tions yearly worldwide. The highest HBsAg seroprevalence rates,
reaching 15%, are found in Asia. There are 350 million people
worldwide positive for HBsAg and thus are potentially infectious
(Figure 28).
In areas of high endemicity, infection often occurs in infancy
and childhood, often causing chronic rather than apparent infec-
tion. In low-endemicity countries, exposure to HBV may be
common in groups with high-risk behavior, such as intravenous
drug users, heterosexuals with multiple partners, homosexual
men, and medical personnel.
215
High risk areas for hepatits B

Figure 28 High-risk areas for hepatitis B where vaccine use is recommended. (WHO 2001)
Hepatitis B 217
Risk for Travelers
The risk of HB is low in tourists whose stay in an endemic area

is of short duration. This may not be so if they break fundamen-
tal rules of hygiene (see the section entitled “Minimized Expo-
sure in Travelers”) or receive blood transfusions in countries
where donated blood is not routinely screened for HBsAg. Among
long-term residents of endemic areas, the incidence rate of symp-
tomatic HB ranges from 0.2 per 1,000 per month (Africa, Latin
America) to 0.6 (Asia). The rates of seroconversion, including
asymptomatic infection, are 0.8 and 2.4, respectively.
Clinical Picture
See introduction to hepatitis section (page 201). Fulminant fatal

cases with hepatic necrosis and chronic forms potentially lead-
ing to cirrhosis or primary hepatocellular carcinoma result in a
cumulative case fatality rate of 2%.
Incubation
The incubation period for HB ranges from 45 to 180 days, with

60 to 90 days being most common.
Communicability
All people who are HBsAg positive are potentially infectious.

Communicability may commence many weeks before the onset
of symptoms and persist throughout the acute clinical course. In
patients with chronic infection, infectivity persists, particularly
in HBeAg-positive persons and, to a lesser extent, in anti-HBe
positive patients. The virus may remain stable on environmental
surfaces for more than 7 days.
Susceptibility is general. As described above, the younger the

patient, the milder is the clinical course. Protective immunity
against all subtypes follows infection if anti-HBs develops and
HBsAg is negative. Individuals with Down syndrome, lympho-
proliferative disease, HIV infection, and those on hemodialysis
are more likely to develop chronic infection.
Travelers are advised to abstain from unprotected sex, intra-

venous drug use, tattooing, piercing, acupuncture, and unneces-
sary dental or medical treatment where proper sterilization of
equipment is suspect. Give unscreened whole blood or potentially
hazardous blood products only to patients in dire need.
Chemoprophylaxis
None available.
Immunoprophylaxis by Hepatitis B Vaccines
Various hepatitis B vaccines exist in the developed countries:
• Engerix-B (SmithKline Beecham Biologicals)

• GenHevac B (Pasteur Mérieux Connaught)
• Heprecomb (Berna Biotech Ltd, formerly Swiss Serum and Vac-
cine Institute)
• Recombivax HB (Merck and Co), other brand names locally
The vaccines have a similar profile and are therefore described

under a single heading. Additional vaccines are available partic-
ularly in Southeast Asia.
Hepatitis B 219
Antigenic form: recombinant purified antigen of hepatitis B

virus surface-coat (HBs) protein
Adjuvants: aluminum hydroxide
Preservative: 0.005 to 0.01% thimerosal, increasingly vaccines
are free from thimerosal
Allergens/Excipiens: less than 5% yeast protein or plasmid
DNA
Mechanism: induction of specific antibodies against hepati-
tis B virus
Application
Schedule: three doses, with the second dose after 1 month and
the third after 6 to 12 months. For travelers, an accelerated sched-
ule has been shown to be effective with doses of 20 µg given at
0, 7, and 21 days or 0, 14, and 28 days but a fourth dose is then
required at 12 months.
Dosage: Engerix-B for adults and adolescents age >15 years—
20 µg in 1 mL
Engerix-B junior for newborns and children up to age 15
years—10 µg in 0.5 mL
GenHevac B for all age groups—20 µg in 0.5 mL
Heprecomb for adults and adolescents—10 µg in 0.5 mL
Heprecomb for newborns and children to age 10 years—5 µg
in 0.25 mL
Recombivax HB for adults and adolescents age >15 years—
10 µg in 1 mL
Recombivax HB for newborns and children up to age 15
years—5 µg in 0.5 mL
Recombivax HB for dialysis patients—40 µg in 1 mL
(Note: The age cut-off at 15 years applies to European coun-
tries. In some countries, two-dose regimens with adult doses are
licensed for children for some vaccines. Consult the package
inserts. Other parts of the world may have other cut-offs.)
Control of antibody response: indicated only in high-risk
travelers such as medical personnel. Responders with an anti-HBs
≥ 100 IU/L will have lifelong protection from symptomatic infec-
tion. Those with no or low response will require additional doses

every 6 to 12 months. Some individuals are known to have sero-
converted after more than 10 doses.
Booster: Although in most countries, boosters are now con-
sidered unnecessary (see above), some still recommend a booster
after 5 to 10 years.
Route: IM. Intradermal injections of one-tenth dose results in
suboptimal antibody titers, probably due to inadequate technique
Site: deltoid. Infants, anterolateral thigh
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Discard frozen vaccine
Availability: Worldwide, there is at least one product available.
Plasma-derived vaccines are predominant in the developing coun-
tries and recombinant vaccines in the developed countries. In many
countries, the combined hepatitis A and hepatitis B vaccine
Twinrix is available, see under hepatitis A (page 225) and below
“Protection.”
Protection
Onset: If an accelerated regimen is used, 40 to 60% have sero-
converted by days 21 and 28, respectively (Figure 29); over 95%
are protected with all regimens approximately 7 to 8 months
after starting immunization.
Efficacy: 96 to 99% seroconversion among infants, children,
and adolescents; 94 to 98% seroconversion among adults aged
20 to 39 years; 89% seroconversion in adults aged ≥ 40 years 1
to 2 months after third dose.
Duration: lifelong for symptomatic infection in responders.
Booster vaccinations would be warranted in certain situations, such
as in immunocompromised hosts.
Protective level: Anti-HBs titer of ≥100 IU/L is considered
protective.
Adverse Reactions
Adverse reactions are similar for the various hepatitis B vaccines.
Local reactions (17 to 22%) may involve pain, swelling, tender-
ness, pruritus, induration, ecchymosis, warmth, nodule formation,
or erythema at the injection site.
Hepatitis B 221
100
0-30-180 days
0-28-56 days
80
0-14-28 days
0-7-21 days
Seroprotection (%)
60
40
20
ND
0
0 21 28 60 90 ~220 365 395 days
ND = not done
Figure 29 Seroprotection rates against hepatitis B using standard and various rapid immu-
nization schedules.
Systemic complaints (10 to 15%) include fatigue, weakness,

headache, fever >37.5°C (100°F), malaise, nausea, diarrhea, and
dizziness. Fewer than 1% of recipients may experience sweating,
achiness, chills, tingling, pharyngitis, upper respiratory tract
infection, abnormal liver function, thrombocytopenia, eczema, pur-
pura, tachycardia or palpitations, erythema multiforme by tem-
poral association, hypertension, anorexia, abdominal pain or
cramps, constipation, flushing, vomiting, paresthesia, rash,
angioedema, urticaria, arthralgia, arthritis, myalgia, back pain,
lymphadenopathy, hypotension, anaphylaxis, bronchospasm, or
Guillain-Barré syndrome. Many of these events may simply have
been temporally associated with immunization. A slight, but not
significant, increase in the relative risk of first attacks or relapse
of demyelating diseases, mainly multiple sclerosis, has been
described in France and the United Kingdom after hepatitis B vac-
cination. The illness must, however, have been pre-existing as it
takes years for clinical features to develop.
Transient positive HBsAg reactions have been described
(Abbott’s ELISA and neutralization tests) after administration of
Engerix B.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with a previous hypersensitivity reaction to
hepatitis B vaccine doses
Relative: persons with a history of hypersensitivity to yeast
or other vaccine components, or any serious acute illness
Children: not contraindicated. Hepatitis B vaccine is tolerated
well and highly immunogenic in newborns, infants, and children.
Maternal antibodies do not interfere with pediatric immuno-
genicity.
Pregnant women: category C. It is unknown whether hepati-
tis B vaccine or corresponding antibodies cross the placenta.
Generally, most IgG passage across the placenta occurs during
the third trimester. Use if clearly needed.
Hepatitis B 223
Lactating women: It is unknown whether hepatitis B vaccine

or corresponding antibodies are excreted in breast milk. Problems
rience a diminished antibody response. Response may be impaired
in HIV-positive persons. Dialysis patients and other immuno-
compromized persons should receive 40 µg doses.
Interactions
Immune response of hepatitis B vaccines given with other vac-
cines is not compromised and does not compromise immune
responses of other vaccines. In one study, the concomitant appli-
cation of yellow fever vaccine resulted in a lower antibody titer
than expected for yellow fever. It should not be concluded from
this that the vaccines should be separated by at least 1 month.
Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation therapy may pro-
duce an insufficient response to immunization.
In patients receiving anticoagulants, give subcutaneously.
Hepatitis B immunization has recently become routine in many
countries, so most infants or adolescents are immunized. Planned
travel may offer the opportunity to vaccinate those not vaccinated
previously.
The risk of hepatitis B transmission in the average tourist is
low. Only a minority of travelers are clearly at risk because of their
planned activities, such as those who expose themselves to poten-
tially infected blood and blood-derived fluids (including those from
instruments that have not been properly sterilized) and those
travelers who have unprotected sexual contact. However, any
traveler may be involved in an accident or medical emergency that
requires surgery. According to WHO 2003 the vaccine should be
considered for virtually all travelers to highly endemic areas (see
Figure 28).
Some doctors recommend immunization for those whose
behavior places them at risk (see the section on “Minimized
Exposure in Travelers” see page 218). Although protection against
hepatitis B is indicated in such circumstances, immunization

may give a false sense of security against other infections, includ-
ing HIV.
None. Medical consultation required, consider passive-active

immunization in case of exposure. Give hepatitis B immune
globulin (HBIG, 0.06 mL/kg body weight) as soon as possible,
but at least within 24 hours after exposure.
Usually none. Provide alpha interferon in some patients with

chronic hepatitis B. There are newer antivirals being evaluated
on clinical trials.
Notification is mandatory in many countries. Universal precau-

tions should be taken to prevent exposure to contaminated blood
and body fluids. No quarantine. Contacts should be immunized
with hepatitis B immunoglobulin and/or hepatitis B vaccine.
Additional Readings
He C, et al. Prevalence of vaccine-induced escape mutants of hepatitis
B virus in the adult population in China: a prospective study in 176
restaurant employees. J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2001;16:1373–7.
Nothdurft HD, et al. A new accelerated vaccination schedule for rapid
protection against hepatitis A and B. Vaccine 2002;20:1157–62.
Zuckerman JN, Steffen R. Risks of hepatitis B in travelers as com-
pared to immunization status. J Travel Med 2000;7:170–4.
HEPATITIS C
Hepatitis C (HC) is a parenterally transmitted infection, with

hepacavirus as the infectious agent. It has historically been asso-
ciated with transfusion but may also be transmitted by exposure
to contaminated needles or syringes. It occurs worldwide, with
prevalence rates of 0.5 to >10% (Figure 30). Like hepatitis B, the
infection may progress to chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis, and hepa-
tocellular carcinoma. Transmission from mother to child is uncom-
mon, and spread through sexual or household contact is low.
Immune globulin from unscreened donors may reduce the risk of
sexually transmitted HC infection.
Hepatitis C has not been associated with travel. There is no
vaccine commercially available. Patients with chronic hepatitis
C who acquire hepatitis A infection have a substantial risk of ful-
minant hepatitis (41%) and death (35%). Hepatitis A vaccination
is strongly recommended for chronic HC patients traveling to high-
or intermediate-risk areas; it should, in fact, be considered for all
HC patients.
Additional Readings
Andenaes S, et al. Prevalence of hepatitis A, B, C, and E antibody in
flying airline personnel. Aviat Space Environ Med
2000;71:1178–80.
Coward RA, et al. Hepatitis C and holiday dialysis. Nephrol Dial
Transplant 2000;15:1715.
Miller LC, Hendrie NW. Health of children adopted from China. Pedi-
atrics 2000;105:E76.
225
No data available < 1%–2.4% < 2.5%–10% > 10%

Figure 30 Global prevalence of hepatitis C (WHO 2001)
DELTA HEPATITIS
Delta hepatitis (HD) is caused by a defective RNA virus that can

only replicate in the presence of the HB virus. It occurs most often
in the Mediterranean region and South America and may result
in a more serious clinical course for those with acute or chronic
HB infection. Hepatitis D has not been identified as a pathogen
associated with travel.
Immunization against HB will protect against viral hepati-
tis D.
Additional Reading
Rizzetto M. Hepatitis D. Virology, clinical and epidemiological
aspects. Acta Gastroenterol Belg 2000;63:221–4.
227
HEPATITIS E
Infectious Agent
The hepatitis E virus (HEV) has not been conclusively classified.

It is most likely either a calicivirus or related to a rubellavirus.
Transmission
As with hepatitis A, outbreaks are related to contaminated water.

Transmission through fecal-oral contact is less likely as sec-
ondary household cases are uncommon. Sexual transmission is
possible as young adults have a high incidence rate. Hepatitis E
(HE) may be a zoonosis since it can often be linked to swine HEV.
Global Epidemiology
Hepatitis E has been associated with waterborne epidemics mainly

in Asia, specifically India and Nepal, but has been detected in all
regions with inadequate sanitation. The attack rate is highest
among young adults.
Risk for Travelers
Many cases of HE have been associated with travel, particularly

to Nepal but the mechanism remains to be determined by further
study of HE among travelers and immigrants.
Clinical Picture
The clinical course resembles that of HA, with a large proportion

of anicteric infections and their severity increasing with age.
There is no evidence of a chronic form. Case fatality rate is usu-
ally 3%, but a rate of 20% has been noted in pregnant women.
228
Hepatitis E 229
Incubation
Communicability
The period of communicability is unknown but persists for at least

2 weeks after the onset of jaundice.
Susceptibility is unknown. More icteric cases occur with increas-

ing age.
Travelers should avoid drinking tap water. Like all enterically trans-
mitted infections, travelers can minimize risk by avoiding poten-
tially contaminated food and liquids.
Chemoprophylaxis
None available.
Immunoprophylaxis
None commercially available, although several candidates are

being tested. The IG prepared from plasma collected in non-HE-
endemic areas does not grant protection, whereas IG rich in
hepatitis E antibodies may possibly offer protection.
Supportive.
See “Hepatitis A.”
Additional Readings
Aggarwal R, et al. Role of travel as a risk factor for hepatitis E virus
infection in a disease-endemic area. Indian J Gastroenterol 2002;
21:14-8.
He J, et al. Evidence that rodents are a reservoir of hepatitis E virus for
humans in Nepal. J Clin Microbiol 2002;40:4493–8.
Hyams KC. New perspectives on hepatitis E. Curr Gastroenterol Rep
2002;4:302–7.
Piper-Jenks N, et al. Risk of hepatitis E infection to travelers. J Travel
Med 2000;7:194–9.
Potasman I, et al. Lack of hepatitis E infection among backpackers to
tropical countries. J Travel Med 2000;7:208–10.
HEPATITIS G
The hepatitis G (HG) virus, a flavi-like virus, is transmitted par-

enterally through blood, blood products, and intravenous drug use.
Hepatitis G infection is likely to be associated with progressive
liver disease. Among children who have received multiple trans-
fusions, there are marked variations in seroprevalence. The high-
est rates are reported in Egypt (24%) and Indonesia (32%),
whereas the rate drops to 1 to 3% in the developed nations. This
infection has not been associated with travel.
Additional Reading
Hyams KC. Chronic liver disease among US military patients: the role
of hepatitis C and G virus infection. Mil Med 2000;165:178–9.
231
HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS
Infectious Agent
Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) is a lentivirus among the

retrovirus family. Two types have been identified, HIV-1 and
HIV-2, the latter being less pathogenic.
Transmission
HIV is transmitted in the same way as hepatitis B, through con-

tact with semen and vaginal secretions during sexual activity
and through exposure to contaminated blood on needles, syringes,
etc. Transfusions also carry a risk. Tissue used in transplants
may transmit HIV. Saliva, tears, urine, and bronchial secretions
do not conclusively result in transmission, even with lower doses
of HIV detected in these fluids. Transmission from mother to child
is possible during or shortly after birth and by breastfeeding.
There is no risk of transmission from casual contact at home,
at work, or socially. Insects do not transmit HIV.
Global Epidemiology
HIV infection occurs throughout the world. It is estimated that,

about 40 million men, women (43% of cases), and children are
currently infected with HIV. The seroprevalence per 100,000 in
1994 was high in many countries of Africa (except for the Mediter-
ranean countries), with rates of 500 to over 15,000 in Botswana,
Zambia, and Zimbabwe. In some of the Caribbean islands and sev-
eral Central American countries (Guyana, Surinam), rates of 500
to 4000 were found. Thailand, Cambodia, and Myanmar showed
rates of 1300 to 1900. Extremely low rates (< 1) are observed in
some of the New Independent States, the DPR of Korea, and
Afghanistan.
232
Human Immunodeficiency Virus 233
The highest proportion of HIV infections worldwide is attrib-

utable to heterosexual intercourse rather than the commonly
thought of risk factors—intercourse with homosexual or bisex-
ual men, shared needles or syringes, or blood transfusions.
The HIV epidemic is a global problem of ever-increasing
significance. There are an estimated 8500 new infections daily.
Risk for Travelers
Because travelers, not unlike the rest of the population, also

engage in unprotected casual sex, HIV infection remains a pri-
mary concern for travel health professionals. Estimating the num-
ber of sexual exposures during a given length of stay and the
proportion with condom use, as well as assuming a risk of infec-
tion of 1 per 500 through sexual intercourse with an infected per-
son, it can be extrapolated that of 100,000 male travelers having
sex abroad, 19 will become infected if the HIV prevalence among
female partners is 1%. Further, 193 will become infected at a preva-
lence of 10%, and 576 will become infected at a prevalence of
30%. In various European countries, a previous trip abroad has
been found to be the most important risk factor in new HIV
infections among heterosexuals.
Transmission rates from casual, unprotected sex far outweigh
those from blood transfusions; transfusion abroad is rarely needed,
and many centers now screen blood to be transfused.
Clinical Picture
HIV infection often manifests itself with a flu-like illness that

resolves spontaneously. The infected person then remains with-
out symptoms for up to 15 years or more. The proportion of per-
sons not developing further symptoms is increasing with current
antiviral therapy. Persons who gradually develop symptoms often
experience fever, enlargement of lymph nodes, oropharyngeal or
vulvovaginal candidiasis, oral hairy leukoplakia, herpes zoster,
and peripheral neuropathy. In acquired immunodeficiency
syndrome (AIDS), various serious opportunistic infections such

as Kaposi’s sarcoma and various lymphomas are possible symp-
toms. In addition, symptoms include loss of appetite, loss of
weight, fatigue, and dementia. The CD4+ T-lymphocyte counts
may gradually fall to < 200 cells/µL. The disease is called “slim
disease” in East Africa because of profound wasting. The ultimate
fatal outcome is often due to an opportunistic infection.
Incubation
Variable, usually 1 to 3 months to detection of antibodies.
Communicability
Presumed to start early after infection and persist for life.
Susceptibility is presumed to be general. Presence of other sex-

ually transmitted diseases (STDs), particularly those with ulcer-
ations, increases susceptibility. No postinfective immunity has been
observed.
Provide all travelers with information about HIV risk and pre-
vention, particularly those likely to engage in casual sex—per-
sons traveling alone or in groups of the same sex, persons who
are stressed or lonely, and those who will be away a long time.
The following elements are essential:
• Knowledge of the facts

• Awareness of the implications of the risks and consequences
• Motivation to sustain a certain standard of behavior
• Skill to negotiate the conduct of sexual relations
• Support from family, colleagues, and community
Human Immunodeficiency Virus 235
Although a mutually monogamous sexual relationship with a

noninfected partner is safe, condoms should be used for all other
sexual intercourse. Note that condoms drastically reduce but do
not eliminate the risk of infection. Intravenous drug use involv-
ing shared needles or syringes represents particularly high-risk
behavior.
Transfusions of unscreened blood should be accepted only if
medically essential.
Chemoprophylaxis
None before exposure. Postexposure prophylaxis is possible

under specific circumstances.
Immunoprophylaxis
None available so far. Various candidate vaccines are being tested.
Postexposure prophylaxis ideally should be started within 4

hours; in travel medicine settings, even the longer margin of 48
hours is difficult to achieve in developing countries; in fact, med-
ication may be unavailable and repatriation may not be immedi-
ately possible. Medical consultation required.
Antiviral prophylaxis and if necessary therapy for complications.
Notification is mandatory in many countries. No isolation, but uni-

versal precautions should be taken.
Additional Readings
Apostolopoulos Y, et al. HIV-risk behaviors of American spring break
vacationers: a case of situational disinhibition? Int J STD AIDS
2002;13:733–43.
Chamberland ME. Emerging infectious agents: do they pose a risk to
the safety of transfused blood and blood products? Clin Infect Dis
2002;34:797–805.
Furrer H, et al. Increased risk of wasting syndrome in HIV-infected
travellers: prospective multicentre study. Trans R Soc Trop Med
Hyg 2001;95:484–6.
Kaplan JE, et al. Guidelines for preventing opportunistic infections
among HIV-infected persons—2002. Recommendations of the US
Public Health Service and the Infectious Diseases Society of
America. MMWR Recomm Rep 2002;51(RR-8):1–52.
INFLUENZA
Infectious Agent
Influenza A viruses are classified on the basis of two surface anti-

gens: hemagglutinin (H, with three subtypes pathogenic in
humans, except for the exceptional H5N1 cases [1997] in Hong
Kong) and neuraminidase (N, with two subtypes). There is con-
tinuous and substantial antigenic variation, most frequently orig-
inating in China. Influenza B viruses are more stable. New
variants because of minor antigenic drift result in small or inter-
mediate epidemics. More substantial shifts may lead to major epi-
demics or pandemics when no immunity to distantly related,
previously occurring subtypes exists.
Transmission
Transmission is airborne, particularly in enclosed spaces. Influenza

can also be spread by direct contact, as the virus persists for
hours, particularly in cold and low-humidity environments.
Global Epidemiology
Influenza occurs worldwide in the winter or early spring. In the

northern hemisphere, transmission is highest from November to
March. In the southern hemisphere, most activity occurs from April
to September. Influenza can occur throughout the year in the
tropics.
Risk for Travelers
Consider influenza a travel-associated infection. The risk of ill-

ness exceeds an attack rate of 1% in developing countries, irre-
spective of season and destination. Flu-like symptoms were
reported by 72% of the passengers aboard a plane in 1977 that
237
had a 3-hour ground delay and inoperative ventilation. There are

many reports on influenza outbreaks during or after cruises and
group travel, the potential risk factors have not been formally
evaluated.
Clinical Picture
Influenza is characterized by abrupt onset of fever, myalgia, sore

throat, and nonproductive cough. It should not be confused with
the common cold. Pneumonia is the most frequent serious com-
plication. The case fatality rate is low, except in elderly patients
and in those with pre-existing illness.
Incubation
One to 3 days.
Communicability
Communicability extends 3 to 5 days from clinical onset in adults

and up to 7 days in small children.
There is universal susceptibility of nonimmune persons to new

subtypes. Infection results in resistance to that specific virus.
Immunization may reduce exposure in first-class compared with

economy air travel, and avoid crowds as much as possible.
Chemoprophylaxis
Amantadine hydrochloride, 200 mg/d, effective against influenza

A with rapidly developing resistance, and neuraminidase inhibitors,
effective against influenza A and B.
Influenza 239
Immunoprophylaxis
The antigenic characteristics of new circulating strains are selected

for planning for new vaccines each year. With 6-month intervals,
WHO (and some national) expert groups determine which anti-
gens should be included in the northern and southern hemisphere
vaccines.
In the developed countries, there are a wide variety of triva-
lent influenza vaccines offering protection against type A and B
infections, all based on current WHO recommendations. Although
differing in their antigenic form, they all have a similar profile,
and we describe these under one heading.

Antigenic form: whole virus, split, or subunit. Usually three
antigens, 15 µg each in 0.5 mL
Strains: WHO revises yearly for the northern and southern
hemispheres. Usually three strains named for the location,
sequence number, and year of their isolation are selected in the
spring for the northern hemisphere. That year’s vaccine is then
released in the autumn and vice versa for the southern hemisphere.
Adjuvants: MF59 in Fluad (Chiron Vaccines) and in Inflexal
V, the latter using liposomal technology
Preservative: 0.01% thimerosal in few remaining vaccines,
most will be free by early 2003
Allergens/Excipiens: residual egg proteins/0.05% gelatin, gly-
col p-iso-octylphenyl ether, polysorbate-80, tri(n)butylphosphate,
not > 0.02% residual-free formaldehyde, in some vaccines
polymyxin B, gentamicin, neomycin, propiolactone
Mechanism: induction of specific active immunity against
influenza viruses
Application
Schedule and dosage: There are slight variations among national
and product recommendations. Consult the package insert. The
usual procedure is as follows:
Children age 6 to 12 months (depending on vaccine) to age 3
years (Europe) or age 9 years (United States) — 2 doses of split
or subunit vaccine only (0.25 mL) if unprimed, if primed only sin-
gle dose.
Children age 6 to 12 years—one dose of split or subunit vac-
cine only (0.5 mL)
Children age >12 years and adults—one dose of any vaccine
(0.5 mL)
When two doses are given, they should be at least 1 month
apart. Give the second dose before December 1 (northern hemi-
sphere), if possible.
Booster: Because of changing antigenicity of prevalent viral
strains and waning immunity, give persons at risk of influenza a
booster dose yearly.
Route: IM or jet injection, some vaccines also SC
Site: Use the deltoid muscle for adults and older children. For
infants and young children, the anterolateral thigh is preferred.
Availability: Worldwide. There are a multitude of products
marketed.
Protection
Onset: 2 to 4 weeks after application
Efficacy: Vaccination will reduce influenza incidence by
approximately 70% but is less effective in elderly recipients. The
vaccine is ineffective against common cold viruses. Influenza vac-
cine is more effective at preventing mortality and hospitalization
than at preventing morbidity; it somewhat diminishes viral shed-
ding in vacinees.
Duration: declines gradually from 4 months following the
immunization
Influenza 241
Protective level: Hemagglutination inhibition (HI) antibody

titers ≥ 1:40 correlate with clinical protection.
Adverse Reactions
Side effects of influenza vaccine are generally inconsequential in
adults and occur at a low frequency but may be more common
in pediatric recipients, in whom only subunit or split-virus vac-
cines should be used.
Up to two-thirds of recipients experience soreness around
the vaccination site for 2 days.
Fever, malaise, myalgia, and other systemic symptoms occur
infrequently and usually affect persons with no prior exposure to
the antigens in the vaccine (such as young children). These effects
usually begin 6 to 12 hours after vaccination and persist for 1 to
2 days. Immediate, probably allergic reactions such as hives,
angioedema, allergic asthma, or systemic anaphylaxis occur
extremely rarely following influenza vaccination.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with an anaphylactoid or other immediate
reactions (eg, hives, difficulty breathing, hypotension) to previ-
ous influenza vaccine doses. Do not vaccinate persons with a severe
egg allergy.
Relative: any serious acute illness or unstable neurologic dis-
orders. In multiple sclerosis (MS), uncertainty exists; owing to
an elevated risk of exacerbation 6 months following vaccina-
tion. That risk is very small. In view of a much greater risk by
flu illness, there is consensus to vaccinate MS patients.
Children: not contraindicated. Vaccinate children and teenagers
(age 6 months to 18 years) receiving long-term aspirin therapy;
they are at risk of developing Reye’s syndrome after influenza
infection.
Pregnant women: category C. Vaccinating after the first
trimester can minimize hypothetical risk of teratogenicity. How-
ever, do not delay vaccination of pregnant women with high-risk
conditions who will still be in the first trimester when the influenza
season begins. It is unknown whether influenza vaccine or cor-

responding antibodies cross the placenta. Generally, most IgG pas-
sage across the placenta occurs during the third trimester.
Recommendations grossly vary in different countries; use only
if clearly needed.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether influenza vaccine
or corresponding antibodies are excreted in breast milk. Problems
rience a diminished antibody response to active immunization.
Chemoprophylaxis of influenza A with amantadine or neuro-
minidase inhibitors may be indicated in such persons. Vaccina-
tion of persons infected with HIV is a prudent measure and will
result in protective antibody levels in many recipients. However,
antibody response to vaccine may be low in persons with advanced
HIV-related illnesses. Booster doses have not improved the
immune response in these individuals.
Interactions
Pneumococcal and influenza vaccines may safely and effectively
be administrated simultaneously at separate injection sites. There
is no indication that influenza vaccine should not be given simul-
taneously with any other travel vaccine.
Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation therapy may result
in an insufficient response to immunization.
In patients receiving anticoagulants, give SC. Several patients
treated with warfarin have shown prolonged prothrombin time after
influenza vaccination.
Phenytoin plasma concentrations sometimes rise or fall after
influenza vaccinations, and carbamazepine and phenobarbital
levels sometimes rise.
Influenza vaccination may lead to false-positive HIV serologic
tests when particularly sensitive screening tests (ELISA, PERT for
reverse transcriptase epitopes, etc) are used. The latter is related to
EAV-0, an avian retrovirus remaining in residual egg proteins.
Influenza 243

The risk of exposure to influenza during foreign travel varies,
depending on season and destination.
Influenza immunization is routinely recommended for persons
aged > 65 years and for those with pre-existing medical condi-
tions which may increase complications. This recommendation
is particularly valid for travelers. Travelers may elect immu-
nization against influenza to avoid contracting it abroad.
Supportive. Neuraminidase inhibitors or amantadine if prescribed

before departure, to be used ideally within 36 (to 48) hours after
onset of symptoms.
Supportive. Consider neuraminidase inhibitors or amantadine if

patient consults within 48 hours after onset of symptoms.
None that relate to travel medicine.
Additional Readings
Bridges CB, et al. Prevention and control of influenza. Recommenda-
tions of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices
(ACIP). MMWR Recomm Rep 2002;51(RR-3):1–31.
CDC. Influenza B virus outbreak on a cruise ship—Northern Europe,
2000. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2001;50:137–40.
De Keyser C, et. al. Effects of influenza vaccination and influenza illness on
exacerbations in multiple sclerosis. J Neurol Sci 1998;159:51.
Marx A, et al. Influenza virus infection in travelers to developing coun-
tries (forthcoming).
Miller JM, et al. Cruise ships: high-risk passengers and the global
spread of new influenza viruses. Clin Infect Dis 2000;31:433–8.
JAPANESE ENCEPHALITIS
Infectious Agent
The Japanese encephalitis (JE) virus is a flavivirus, and there are

4 genotypes.
Transmission
Japanese encephalitis is an arboviral infection transmitted by

various Culex mosquitoes. In an endemic area, usually < 1 to 3%
of the mosquitoes are infected. This vector feeds on various ani-
mal hosts (mainly pigs) and humans. The vector becomes infec-
tive by feeding on viremic swine and various wild birds.
Agricultural regions, mainly rice fields, present the highest risk
of transmission.
Global Epidemiology
Japanese encephalitis occurs only in Asia (Figure 31). In temperate

regions, transmission is limited to summer and fall. Transmission
occurs predominantly in rural areas, and children are at greatest
risk of infection. Risk of JE for travelers depends on destination,
season, duration of travel, and activities. About 50,000 cases are
reported yearly, with an incidence rate reaching 10 per 10,000,
but lately the endemicity has been rapidly decreasing almost
everywhere (except in Nepal and Malaysia), a result of replac-
ing continuous irrigation by intermittent irrigation of rice fields.
In addition, in all endemic countries, the many small pig farms
have disappeared, there are now fewer large pig farms, and these
areas are rarely visited, owing to the very distinctive smell.
Risk for Travelers
The risk of JE for short-term travelers and long-term residents

residing in urban centers is extremely low. From 1978 to 1992,
244
Japanese Encephalitis 245
7-9
8-10
6-9
6-1 7-12
5-10 5-10
5-12 4-10
5-10
5-10 4-10 (HKG)
7-12
5-10
5-10
5-10
5-6
Transmission whole year Transmission months X-Y
Figure 31 Japanese encephalitis endemic areas
only 24 cases of JE have been diagnosed worldwide among trav-

elers. Of these, 6 were American soldiers. Rates of JE infection
of 1 to 21 per 100,000 weekly have been observed in military per-
sonnel. The rate of infection seems to be < 0.1 per 100,000 in
tourists and business people.
Clinical Picture
Most infections (99.5%) are asymptomatic. Patients who develop

clinical illness have a case fatality rate of 30%, and survivors expe-
rience neuropsychiatric sequelae in 50% of cases. The clinical
course becomes more serious with age.
Incubation
The incubation period is usually 5 to 15 days.

Communicability
The virus is not transmitted from person to person.
Susceptibility is highest in infancy and old age. Homologous

immunity occurs after infection.
Personal protective measures against mosquito bites in endemic

areas.
Chemoprophylaxis
None available.
Immunoprophylaxis by Japanese Encephalitis Vaccine

Viability: inactive
Antigenic form: mouse-brain-derived inactivated, whole virus,
Nakayama-NIH strain, or Beijing 1 strain
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: 0.007% thimerosal within the lyophilized powder
Allergens/Excipiens: < 50 µg mouse serum protein. No myelin
basic protein can be detected at the lower threshold of the assay
(< 2 ng/mL) per 500 microgram gelatin, < 100 microgram
formaldehyde
Mechanism: induction of protective antibodies
Application
Schedule: reconstitute the contents of single and multidose vials
with 1.3 mL and 11 mL of diluent, respectively. Three doses of
1 mL for adults and children age > 3 years, normally on days 0,
7, and 30 for optimal immunogenicity. For children age < 3 years,
give 0.5 mL each dose. Give the third dose on day 14 in urgent
situations. Optimally, administer the third dose at least 10 days
before arrival in endemic areas to allow protective antibody titers
to develop. Residents of endemic areas may receive a schedule
with only two doses separated by 7 days; pre-existing exposure
to flaviviruses may contribute to the immune response. Short-term
travelers may receive a similar schedule.
Booster: A booster dose appropriate to the age group may be
given 24 to 48 months after the first dose. In the absence of clear
data, a definite recommendation on booster intervals cannot be
made.
Route: SC
Site: over deltoid
Storage: Store powder at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Do not freeze
the reconstituted suspension. Protect from direct sunlight. Con-
tact manufacturer regarding prolonged exposure to room tem-
perature or elevated or freezing temperatures. Shipping data are
not available. Refrigerate and use as soon as possible after recon-
stitution, preferably within 8 hours.
Availability: available in many countries as JE-Vax (Biken)
distributed by Aventis-Pasteur. In Japan, the Japanese Encephali-
tis Vaccine “Seiken” is licensed and imported to a few European
countries from Delta Seiken, Tokyo. Note that dosage differs
from JE-Vax. Japanese Encephalitis Vaccine-GCVC from Rhein
Biotech/Korean GreenCross Vaccine Corp is also imported to sev-
eral European countries. In China, health care providers use a cell-
culture-derived inactivated vaccine from 2002 to be replaced by
a cell-culture-derived live vaccine. In Korea and Nepal, live vac-
cines have been approved.
Protection
Onset: 10 days after two doses, after the third dose in persons age
≥ 60 years
Efficacy: 78% after two doses, 99% after three doses
Duration: uncertain, but a substantial proportion of antibody

is lost 6 months after two doses. Subsequent to a three-dose
schedule, antibodies persist for at least 24 months and possibly
up to 4 years
Protective level: based on challenge experiments in passively
protected mice, neutralizing antibody levels ≥ 1:10 protected a
105 LD50 dose, which is the viral dose thought to be transmitted
by infected mosquitoes
Adverse Reactions
Overall, 20% of vaccine recipients experience mild to moderate
local side effects in the area of the injection, such as tenderness,
redness, or swelling.
Systemic effects such as fever, headache, malaise, rash, chills,
dizziness, muscle pain, nausea, vomiting, or abdominal pain may
occur in 5 to 10% of cases. Hives and facial swelling were
reported in 0.2% and 0.1% of vaccinees, respectively. Although
JE vaccine is reactogenic, rates of serious allergic reactions (eg,
generalized urticaria, angioedema) are moderate (1 to 104 per
10,000). This may have been associated with a specific Biken vac-
cine lot. Two fatal cases of anaphylaxis have been recorded in the
Republic of Korea. Persons with certain allergic histories are
more likely to react adversely to vaccination. Observe vaccine
recipients for 30 minutes and caution about delayed allergic
reactions.
Several cases of encephalitis have been associated with JE vac-
cination, two of them fatal. Anecdotally, sudden death in a patient
who also received plague vaccine and cases of Guillain-Barré syn-
drome have been reported, but association with JE vaccine is ques-
tionable.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with hypersensitivity to any component of the
vaccine or who experienced urticaria or angioedema after a pre-
vious dose of JE vaccine. There is no indication that prophylac-
tic antihistamines or steroids prevent allergic reactions related to

the vaccine.
Relative: any acute illness, history of urticaria, multiple aller-
gies, chronic cardiac, hepatic, or renal disorders, generalized
malignancies, diabetes
Children: Safety and efficacy of JE vaccine in children age <
1 year have not been established.
Pregnant women: category C. It is unknown whether JE vac-
cine or corresponding antibodies cross the placenta. Generally,
most IgG passage across the placenta occurs during the third
trimester. Japanese encephalitis infection acquired during the
first or second trimesters of pregnancy may cause intrauterine infec-
tion and fetal death. Infections during the third trimester have not
been associated with adverse outcomes in newborns. Use only if
the woman must travel and if the risk of infection clearly outweighs
the risk of adverse reaction to vaccine.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether JE vaccine or cor-
humans have not been documented.
rience diminished response to active immunization. They may
remain susceptible to JE despite immunization.
Interactions
Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation therapy may cause an
Simultaneous application of JE vaccine with diphtheria-tetanus
vaccines and with hepatitis A and B vaccines is apparently safe
and immunogenic. No published data exist on concurrent use with
other vaccines.

Risk to short-term tourists and business travelers is very low, even
outside the urban areas. The vaccine has a considerable poten-
tial for adverse effects.
The vaccination is recommended for persons residing for
longer than 1 month in rural areas where JE is endemic or epi-
demic (see Figure 31). Travelers should protect themselves against
mosquito bites, especially during the evening and night in rural
areas.
Advice for Self-Treatment Abroad
No specific treatment.
Notification is mandatory in many countries. No isolation or

quarantine required.
Additional Readings
CDC. Inactivated Japanese encephalitis virus vaccine. Recommenda-
tions of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices
(ACIP). MMWR Recomm Rep 1993;42(RR-1):1–15.
Defraites RF, et al. Japanese encephalitis vaccine in US soldiers. Am J
Trop Med Hyg 1999;61:288–93.
Nothdurft HD, et al. Adverse reactions to Japanese encephalitis vac-
cine in travellers. J Infect 1996;32:119–22.
Monath TP. Japanese encephalitis vaccines: current vaccines and
future prospects. Curr Top Microbiol Immunol 2002;267:105–38.
Shlim DR, Solomon T. Japanese encephalitis vaccine for travelers:
exploring the limits of risk. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:183–8.
Wittesjo B, et al. Japanese encephalitis after a 10-day holiday in Bali.
Lancet 1995;1:856–7.
LASSA FEVER
Infectious Agent
Arenavirus
Transmission
Rodents living in or near human dwellings excrete the virus;
humans inhale it or ingest it with food. Laboratory infections have
occurred.
Global Epidemiology
West Africa, probably from Senegal to Nigeria and Central
African Republic
Risk for Travelers

There have been few anecdotal cases imported to Europe, Japan,
and the United States.
Clinical Picture
Gradual onset with fever, malaise, myalgia, conjunctival injec-
tion, sore throat, cough, chest and abdominal pain, vomiting and
diarrhea. The pharynx is often inflamed with patches or ulcers on
the tonsils. This may resolve within 10 days or progress with facial
and laryngeal edema, cyanosis, a mild bleeding diathesis and shock.
Neurological complications carry a poor prognosis.
Incubation
5 to 21 days, with 7 to 14 days most common.
Communicability
Lassa fever can be transmitted from person to person, and sec-
ondary cases have occurred with nosocomial spread, possibly by
251
aerosol. Tertiary cases are rare. The virus is excreted in the urine
for up to 9 weeks from onset of symptoms.
General susceptibility or immunity following infection is unknown.
Avoid staying in dwellings with rodents.
Chemoprophylaxis
Not applicable.
Immunoprophylaxis
None available.
None. A physician should treat the patient.
Supportive, case fatality rate reduced by ribavirin.
Reduce rodent reservoir.
Additional Readings
Schmitz H, et al. Monitoring of clinical and laboratory data in two
cases of imported Lassa fever. Microbes Infect 2002;4:43–50.
LEGIONELLOSIS
Infectious Agent
Bacteria of the Legionella genus, of which there are 35 species.

The main infectious agent in legionellosis (also known as legion-
naires’ disease) is L. pneumophila, serogroup 1.
Transmission
Transmission is airborne, often attributed to showers. The organ-

ism may survive for months in warm water, air-conditioning
cooling towers, humidifiers, jacuzzi-type baths, and decorative
fountains. Immersion in a river has been associated with legionel-
losis.
Global Epidemiology
Worldwide distribution. Sporadic cases and outbreaks are more

common in summer and autumn.
Risk for Travelers
There have been many anecdotal cases and documented out-

breaks of the disease. An attack rate of < 0.1 per 100,000 has been
found among Europeans visiting France, 0.1 to 1.0 in visits to
Spain, Greece, and Italy, and 0.7 and 2.0 in two separate years
in visits to Turkey.
Clinical Picture
Pneumonia develops after an initial phase of anorexia, malaise,

myalgia, headache, and rapidly rising fever.
Incubation
Two to 10 days, with 5 to 6 days most common.

253
Communicability
Legionellosis is not directly transmitted from person to person.
Attack rates of 0.1 to 5% are seen in the population at risk, but

unrecognized infections are common. Risk factors include age
(most patients age > 50 years), gender (male to female incidence
ratio is 2.5:1), smoking, history of diabetes, chronic illness.
Some experts recommend staying out of the bathroom for the first
minute after turning on the warm water for showers.
Chemoprophylaxis
Not applicable.
Immunoprophylaxis
None available.
None. Patient should be treated by a physician.
Antibiotics (eg, macrolides, possibly quinolones).
Hot water temperatures above 60°C inactivate the bacilli. This is

rarely done in hotels, however, because of cost and risk of burns.
Legionellosis 255
Additional Readings
Benin AL, et al. Trends in Legionnaires Disease, 1980–1998. Clin
Infect Dis 2002;35:1039–45.
Fields BS, et al. Legionella and Legionnaires’ disease: 25 years of
investigation. Clin Microbiol Rev 2002;15:506–26.
Lee JV, Joseph C. Guidelines for investigating single cases of Legion-
naires’ disease. Commun Dis Public Health 2002;5:157–62.
Lever F, Joseph CA. Travel associated legionnaires’ disease in Europe
in 1999. Euro Surveill 2001;6:53–61.
LEISHMANIASIS
Infectious Agent
Leishmania parasites are protozoal pathogens that are found in

many regions of the developing world. There are two morpho-
logically different forms: intracellular amastigotes seen in humans
and animals and extracellular promastigotes found in the intes-
tine of the sandfly.
Transmission
Female sandflies are the vectors of the disease . Sandflies are found
in poorly constructed housing and in forested regions. Insect
saliva increases promastigote infectivity. The reservoir for cuta-
neous or mucosal leishmaniasis is often forest rodents. Humans
become infected when visiting forested areas. Elsewhere, dogs,
other animals, and humans serve as reservoirs.
Global Epidemiology
Visceral leishmaniasis, or kala-azar, is endemic in the Middle East,

Central and South America, India, Bangladesh, and Africa (Fig-
ure 33). Specific Leishmania are categorized depending on geo-
graphic occurrence (eg, L. aethiopica, L. mexicana, L. peruviana,
L. braziliensis). Cutaneous leishmaniasis is more widespread
than is the visceral or mucosal form (Figures 32 and 33).
Risk for Travelers
Visceral leishmaniasis is occasionally contracted by visitors to

endemic areas. In fact, US military personnel participating in Oper-
ation Desert Storm developed classic visceral disease. Cutaneous
and mucosal involvement (“oriental sore”) is the more common
form.
256
Leishmaniasis 257
Leishmania infantum Leishmania donovani Leishmania chagasi
Figure 32 Geographic distribution of visceral leishmaniasis (WHO/CTD 1997, adapted)

Leishmania tropica Leishmania tropica/Leishmania major Leishmania aethiopica

Leishmania major New World species
Figure 33 Geographic distribution of cutaneous leishmaniasis (WHO/CTD 1997, adapted)
Leishmaniasis 259
Clinical Picture
The onset of visceral disease is insidious, leading to a chronic

course with fever, malaise, anorexia, weight loss, and often
abdominal swelling, resulting from hepatosplenomegaly. In the
cutaneous form, a single or multiple lesion develops from the ini-
tial erythematous papule at the site of inoculation by the sand-
fly. The nodule then ulcerates. Satellite lesions may then be seen.
Cutaneous leishmaniasis may last months or years before heal-
ing. Regional adenopathy and systemic symptoms may develop.
Incubation
The incubation period for the visceral disease ranges from 3 to

8 months and several weeks to months for the cutaneous form.
Communicability
The infection is not communicable from person to person.
Leishmanial infection may stimulate a protective T-cell immune

response. Humoral antibodies to the parasite develop following
infection but do not appear to be protective.
Travelers should use an insect repellent containing DEET and wear

permethrin treated clothing to minimize exposure to infected
sandflies. Enclose sleeping areas with a fine mesh netting.
Chemoprophylaxis
Not applicable.
Immunoprophylaxis
Not applicable.
Advice for Self-Treatment Abroad
Not applicable.
Treat with one of the pentavalent antimonials—stibogluconate

sodium (Pentostam) or meglumine antimoniate (Glucantime).
Prescribe the following dose: 20 mg/kg/d of antimony for 28 days
(visceral or mucocutaneous disease) or 10 to 20 days (cutaneous
disease). Amphotericin B also appears to be effective in some cases.
Miltefosine is a promising alternative, which can be given orally.
Not applicable.
Additional Reading
Berman JD. Human leishmaniasis: clinical, diagnostic, and chemother-
apeutic developments in the last 10 years. Clin Infect Dis 1997;24:
684–703.
LEPROSY
Leprosy is a chronic bacterial infection involving the skin and

peripheral nerves. It occurs worldwide. Clinical illness is deter-
mined in part by host immune response to the organism. No
immune response, as determined by a skin test with lepromin, indi-
cates the lepromatous form of the disease. An immune response
suggests the tuberculoid form. There are also intermediate forms.
Prolonged intense exposure is required for transmission, which
makes travelers at a low risk. The organism is particularly com-
mon in Asia, Africa, Central and South America, and the South
Pacific, with tropical areas posing the highest risk. The causative
agent is Mycobacterium leprae, and diagnosis is made by culturing
the organism from infected tissue. The presence of acid-fast
bacilli upon staining provides presumptive diagnosis in an indi-
vidual showing compatible symptoms. Susceptible strains are
treated with dapsone 100 mg/d plus rifampin 600 mg/d for 1 to
2 years. Dapsone is replaced by clofazimine for treating resistant
strains.
Additional Reading
Ooi WW, Moschella SL. Update on leprosy in immigrants in the Unit-
ed States: status in the year 2000. Clin Infect Dis 2001;32:930–7.
261
LEPTOSPIROSIS
Leptospirosis, a spirochetal infection acquired on exposure to con-

taminated urine of wild and domestic mammals, may take an acute
febrile form or a hemorrhagic form associated with jaundice, renal
failure, and aseptic meningitis. Leptospirosis is endemic through-
out the world. Tropical countries show the highest rates of
endemicity, owing to humidity and heat. Infection can occur
throughout the year in endemic areas. These include mainly
Southeast and South Asia, Japan, Australia and Pacific Islands,
specific areas in West and Central Africa, Central America, and
Europe. The organism enters through breaks in mucous membranes
or in the skin. Direct contact with infected animal urine places
the individual at risk, as well as swimming or bathing in conta-
minated water.
The incubation period of the disease ranges from 2 days to
3 weeks, with an average of 7 to 12 days. Infections may be asymp-
tomatic or range to Weil’s syndrome, which is characterized by
fever, jaundice, renal failure, neurologic disorders, and hemorrhage.
Conjunctival suffusion is common in the acute form. Skin rash
may be seen on the trunk and occasionally the extremities. Frank
meningitis is common in the acute form of the disease. Lep-
tospirosis in its classic form is a biphasic disease with a lepto-
spiremic phase followed by a noninfectious immune phase. The
infection is diagnosed by demonstration of a fourfold rise in
antileptospira antibodies in paired serum samples. Antimicrobial
therapy may benefit, if initiated within the first 4 days of clini-
cal illness. Intravenous penicillin is generally considered the
treatment of choice. Short-course corticosteroids may help con-
trol the bleeding and hemorrhaging caused by thrombocytopenia.
Minimize risk by immunizing domestic animals, controlling
their access to human water supply, and eliminating rodent and
other hosts. Travelers should avoid rivers, swamps, and ponds that
may have been contaminated by animal urine. Likewise, they
should wear clothing that prevents contact with surface water. In
262
Leptospirosis 263
contaminated areas, weekly chemoprophylaxis with 200 mg of

doxycycline may prevent the infection. Vaccines against some
serotypes (eg, Leptospira icterohemorrhagica) are available for
human use in many countries. Spirolept, for instance, must be given
SC at days 0, 14, 120 to 180, with boosters necessary every 2 years.
Such vaccines are not indicated for the usual travelers, but play
a role in occupational medicine (eg, sewage workers).
Additional Readings
CDC. Outbreak of acute febrile illness among participants in EcoChal-
lenge Sabah 2000—Malaysia, 2000. JAMA 2000;284:1646.
Haake DA, et al. Leptospirosis, water sports, and chemoprophylaxis.
Vinetz JM. Leptospirosis. Curr Opin Infect Dis 2001;14:527–38.
LYME BORRELIOSIS
Lyme disease is a tickborne disease caused by Borrelia burgdor-

feri. The disease occurs in the summer in endemic areas in the
United States, Europe, and Asia (Figure 34). It is characterized
in the early stages by an expanding skin lesion, often with cen-
tral clearing (erythema migrans), followed weeks to months later
by joint, cardiac, or neurologic manifestations. Early skin man-
ifestations are often associated with nonspecific musculoskele-
tal complaints, such as fever, chills, malaise, myalgias, and
headache. Some patients show clinical evidence of meningeal
involvement. Central nervous system manifestations may occur
within weeks to months after the onset of the illness, including
meningitis and encephalitis. Bell’s palsy may occur in the same
period without other neurologic findings, as well as cardiac
involvement including AV block and myopericarditis. Arthritis may
develop up to 2 years after onset, involving one or two large joints
at a time. This form of the illness may persist to resemble rheuma-
toid arthritis with pannus formation and erosion of bone and car-
tilage in 10% of patients. Lyme disease is diagnosed only when
the characteristic clinical picture presents itself. The organism has
rarely been isolated from the blood early in the disease. Serologic
diagnosis is generally the most effective way to confirm the
infection. Treat with antimicrobials including amoxicillin, peni-
cillin, doxycycline, or ceftriaxone for 14 to 28 days, depending
on the clinical picture.
A vaccine consisting of recombinant B. burgdorferi outer
surface lipoprotein A (LYMErix), introduced in the United States
has been removed from the market because of limited use and con-
cern about side effect profiles.
Additional Reading
Stanek G. Borreliosis and travel medicine. J Travel Med 1995;2:
244–51.
264
Lyme Borreliosis 265
Risk areas
Figure 34 Geographic distribution of lyme borreliosis (CDC 2001, adapted)
MALARIA
Infectious Agent
Malaria, a protozoal infection, is caused by four species of the genus

Plasmodium:P. falciparum, P. vivax, P. ovale, and P. malariae.
Transmission
These plasmodia are transmitted by the bite of an infected female

Anopheles mosquito (Figure 35). Among 400 Anopheles species,
some 80 will transmit malaria in different parts of the world, 45
of which are considered important vectors. Anopheles requires
water for its early development, which can be found in rice fields,
foot prints, and lakes. The water may be fresh or salty, running
or stagnant. The active flight range of an adult female is limited
to about 1 mile, but passive dispersal by strong seasonal winds
may transport Anopheles far from their place of origin. Trans-
mission peaks at midnight for these nocturnal mosquitoes in Asia
and Latin America and about 10 pm in Africa. Younger, uninfected
mosquitoes may commence feeding at sunset. Anopheles will feed
during the day only if unusually hungry. Following a latency
period, the infected mosquito may inject plasmodial sporozoites
from its salivary glands into the bloodstream of a human while
feeding.
anopheles
Anopheles culex mosquitoes
Culex
Figure 35 Anopheles and Culex mosquitoes

266
Malaria 267
Global Epidemiology
Malaria transmission occurs in most tropic and subtropic coun-

tries (Figure 36). About 40% of the world’s population lives in
areas afflicted with endemic malaria. There are more than 400 mil-
lion new cases of malaria yearly, resulting in 1.5 to 3 million deaths,
mainly in infants and children but also often in pregnant women.
Mortality is related to the distribution of P. falciparum, which is
predominant in tropical Africa, eastern Asia, the South Pacific,
and the Amazon Basin. The malaria situation is worsening in many
areas of the world.
Although malaria is also transmitted in most urban centers in
Africa, this is not the case for cities in Latin America and South-
east Asia, or for many tourist destinations in endemic regions (see
Figure 36). Risk of malaria transmission decreases at altitudes over
1,500 meters but may occur at altitudes up to 3,000 meters in hot-
ter areas. Transmission is highest at the end of the rainy season.
Most recently, the United Arab Emirates have succeeded in
wiping out malaria; they were declared malaria-free at end of 2002.
Risk for Travelers
More than 15,000 cases of malaria are imported to nonendemic

countries yearly. This is considered a low estimate, owing to a lack
of reporting and inadequate reporting systems. There are an addi-
tional unknown number of cases treated abroad. The risk of
acquiring malaria depends on the area visited: the degree of
endemicity, the predominant Plasmodium species, distribution of
resistance, season, type of area visited (urban or rural), type of
accommodation (air-conditioned or screened indoor versus out-
door) and, most importantly, on duration of exposure, preventive
measures taken, and individual behavior.
The risk for nonimmune travelers varies enormously among
countries and even within a country. Risk is highest in some
Pacific islands, Papua New Guinea, and tropical Africa. For trav-
elers with no chemoprophylaxis, the risk of symptomatic malaria
Beijing
Hong Kong
Shanghai Macao
Mexico City
Chiangmai
Bangkok
Pattaya
Aden Brunei Phuket
Caracas Cape Verde
Darussalam Manila
Addis
Bogota Ababa Maldives
Quito C Recife
Sao Tomé
& Principe
Nairobi
(center) Colombo C
Comoros
Seychelles Jakarta Bali (resorts) Vanuatu
Lima Brasilia
La Paz Rio de Janeiro Kuala Lumpur
São Paulo Harare Penang
A Iguassu
Singapore
Cities/areas without malaria risk

Areas with limited risk
Areas where malaria transmission occurs
Figure 36 Worldwide malaria endemicity (adapted from WHO 2001)

Malaria 269
infection is estimated to be 2.4% per month of stay in West

Africa and 1.5% in East Africa (Figure 37). The incidence rate
of malaria cases imported from West Africa varies from < 200 cases
per 100,000 travelers in Senegal and Gabon, 200 to 399 from Burk-
ina Faso, Ivory Coast, and Cameroon, and 400 to more than 700
from Togo, Mali, Guinea, Benin, Congo-Zaire, and the Central
African Republic.
Recent seroepidemiologic surveys using P. falciparum cir-
cumsporozoite antibodies indicate a high rate of infection in
travelers returning from sub-Saharan Africa. Antibodies were
detected in the sera of more than 20% of travelers who had vis-
ited Kenya for 2 to 16 weeks, with individual travelers at a 8.7
times greater risk (48.8%), compared with those on package
tours (5.6%). There is intermediate risk on the Indian subconti-
nent. There is low risk of transmission in frequently visited tourist
destinations in Latin America and Southeast Asia (see Figure 36),
but some areas of Brazil, India, and Thailand (see Appendix C)
have a considerable risk. Differing meteorological conditions
may cause annual and seasonal fluctuations.
There have been rare cases of malaria contracted by non-
travelers living near international
p p y ( ) airports (“airport malaria”), by
6000
5500
non- P. falciparum
5000
P. falciparum
4500
4000
Morbidity
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
Solomons West East Indian Far South Central
PNG (b) Africa Africa Subcont. East America America
Mortality (c): 30 43 27 1.4 <1.2 0.14 0.02
(a) Australian, German, Swiss Malaria Registers (b) PNG = Papua New Guinea (c) assuming a case fatality rate of 2%
Figure 37 Morbidity and mortality in 100,000 nonimmune travelers exposed for 1 month
without chemoprophylaxis (a).
passengers aboard a plane touching down at an airport in an

endemic area (“runway malaria”). Further, “harbor,” “taxi,”
“minibus,” and “luggage malaria” have been anecdotally described,
and such unusual transmission cases are now collectively known
as “Odyssean” malaria. Malaria may also be transmitted by
infected blood, placing intravenous drug users, laboratory staff,
and recipients of transfusions and transplants at risk.
Clinical Picture
Initial malaria symptoms may be mild, particularly in travelers
who use chemoprophylaxis. There is usually fever and possibly
headache, myalgias (muscular pain), vomiting, diarrhea, and
cough. Malaria may be subjectively indistinguishable from
influenza. Clinical symptoms such as fever are caused principally
by the rupture of large numbers of erythrocytic schizonts in the
erythrocytic cycle. Symptoms may or may not occur with clas-
sic periodicity. In the most serious forms, such as malaria trop-
ica resulting from P. falciparum infection, complications may occur
24 hours after onset of symptoms or later. These include cerebral
malaria with initial signs of confusion, drowsiness, and disori-
entation, followed by coma, or anemia, pulmonary edema, cir-
culatory failure, renal failure, jaundice, acidosis, and hemorrhages.
Infected red blood cells deform and rosette (become sticky)
before rupturing, resulting in capillary clotting and some of the
complications described. Immunologic responses, changes in
regional blood flow, and biochemical systemic complications
also occur. The case fatality rate for P. falciparum infections in
the developed countries ranges from 0.5 to 7%. It is close to zero
for malaria caused by other Plasmodium species.
Incubation
Sporozoites infect hepatocytes in the human liver and develop and
multiply. After a minimum incubation period of 6 days for P. fal-
ciparum, asexual parasites are released from the liver to invade
red blood cells where they grow and multiply cyclically (see
Figure 14).
Malaria 271
The incubation period usually ranges from 6 to 14 days for

P. falciparum. For P. vivax the incubation period is longer; accord-
ing to experience in Soviet troops in Afghanistan, 60% became
apparent within 20 weeks, and 97% within a year. There may be
an incubation period exceeding 1 year for P. ovale.
Communicability
Untreated, or inadequately treated, patients can be a source of infec-
tion for 1 year or longer.
Susceptibility is general, except for reduced susceptibility in

those with certain genetic traits such as sickle cell trait or the
absence of Duffy factor in the erythrocytes. There is no complete
immunity after infection but a semi-immunity as observed in the
native population or in long-term residents with continuous expo-
sure to parasites, may persist for approximately 1 year. Those leav-
ing endemic areas soon lose their semi-immunity and become
susceptible to malarial infection again. Some immunologic mem-
ory is, however, retained, which can reduce the severity of symp-
toms, if the individual becomes infected. Children born in
nonendemic areas to settled immigrants have no semi-immunity
and constitute a high-risk group for malaria acquisition.
Personal protection measures against mosquito bites as described

in Part 1.
Chemoprophylaxis
Atovaquone and Proguanil (see also proguanil section below)

Pharmacology
Description: Atovaquone is a hydroxynaphthoquinone used in a
fixed-dose combination with the dihydrofolate antagonist
proguanil. Available in tablet form as Malarone, each containing

250 mg atovaquone and 100 mg proguanil hydrochloride. In the
United States and in few European countries, pediatric tablets
(62.5 mg atovaquone and 25 mg proguanil) are available for
children weighing > 11 kg.
Mode of action: Atovaquone affects mitochondrial electron
transport leading to reduced pyrimidine nucleotide pools and
decreased nucleic acid synthesis. Atovaquone is a schizontocide.
Proguanil has a slow erythrocytic action but is highly effective
against the pre-erythrocytic forms and has sporontocidal effects
on P. falciparum. It is less active against P. vivax. Combining ato-
vaquone and proguanil works synergistically against the eryhro-
cytic stages of all Plasmodia parasites and the liver stage of P.
falciparum. The combination is not active against the hypnozoites
of P. vivax and P. ovale.
Pharmacokinetics: Atovaquone is highly lipophilic with rel-
atively poor oral bioavailability. Administer the drug with food
for increased absorption and bioavailability. In the plasma, ato-
vaquone is highly protein bound (> 99%) and has a lengthy elim-
ination half-life of 50 to 70 hours in adults and 24 to 48 hours in
children. Persons with severe renal insufficiency (creatinine clear-
ance < 30 mL/min) should not use atovaquone/proguanil, because
of potentially elevated cycloguanil levels and decreased ato-
vaquone levels. Excretion is almost exclusively (> 90%) through
the feces.
Administration
Dosage: one standard tablet daily for adults, starting 24 or 48 hours
prior to arrival in the endemic area , during exposure in endemic
areas (in some countries this period should not exceed 28 days),
and for 7 days after leaving the malarious area only, owing to the
causal activity of the combination. The individual should take the
dose at the same time each day with food or a milky drink (where
pasteurized products beyond any doubt are available) to ensure
maximum absorption. In the event of vomiting within 1 hour of
dosing, a repeat dose should be taken.
Malaria 273
Availability: The drug is currently approved in several coun-

tries for malaria treatment and prophylaxis.
Protection
Efficacy: The combination is effective against malaria isolates that
are resistant to other drugs, and three randomized, controlled
chemoprophylaxis studies in semi-immune residents in Kenya,
Zambia and Gabon have shown a 98% overall efficacy of ato-
vaquone/proguanil in the prevention of P. falciparum (Pf) malaria.
Atovaquone/proguanil was 100% effective in Pf malaria pre-
vention in studies involving nonimmune travelers. Some iso-
lated cases of therapeutic failures with treatment courses of
atovaquone/proguanil have been reported, and resistance in such
cases was viewed to be associated with the cytochrome b gene
of P. falciparum.
Causal prophylaxis: Yes. Volunteer challenge studies have
confirmed the causal activity of the atovaquone/proguanil
combination.
Adverse Reactions
Adverse reactions occurring can be attributed to the constituents
or their combination. Proguanil has the reputation of being a
very safe drug at standard chemoprophylactic doses. Mouth
ulceration has been reported and mild epigastric discomfort may
occur. To date, atovaquone has been well tolerated. The most
common adverse reactions to atovaquone include headache,
abdominal pain, anorexia, diarrhea, and coughing. In the chemo-
prophylactic studies performed to date, the drug combination
was well tolerated, and in some comparative studies, was as well
tolerated as placebo. Collectively, controlled trials in adults and
children have shown that the tolerability of this new combination
is usually superior to other available regimens, and drug discon-
tinuation rates are low, ranging from 0 to 2%. Serious adverse
events include anaphylactic reaction, seizures in persons with a
history of seizures, and hemolysis in a glucose-6-phosphate dehy-
drogenase (G-6P-D)-deficient individual.
Contraindications and Precautions

Absolute: The combination is contraindicated in persons with
known hypersensitivity to atovaquone, proguanil, or any com-
ponent of the formulation. The combination is also contraindi-
cated in persons with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance
of < 30 mL/min). Safety in children weighing < 11 kg (in coun-
tries where no pediatric formulation is marketed, 40 kg) and in
pregnant or lactating women has not been established.
Interactions
Avoid administering the combination concomitantly with tetra-
cycline, rifabutin, metoclopramide or rifampicin; this leads to sig-
nificantly reduced plasma concentrations of atovaquone.
Atovaquone reductions are also caused by paracetamol, benzo-
diazepines, acyclovir, opiates, cephalosporins, antidiarrhea agents,
and laxatives.
Pregnant women: category B. There is no evidence of ter-
atogenicity in laboratory animals, but there have been no controlled
clinical studies; thus, the potential risk is unknown.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether atovaquone is
excreted in breast milk; proguanil is excreted in small quantities.
Do not recommend the combination for breastfeeding mothers.
Recommendations for Use
The atovaquone and proguanil combination is recommended
increasingly for chemoprophylaxis in areas with chloroquine
resistant P. falciparum malaria. This option is particularly attrac-
tive for short exposure periods in view of superior tolerance and
shorter medication mainly, compared with mefloquine. For longer
exposure periods, this option becomes very expensive. This
combination is one of two prophylactic drugs of choice in areas
with multidrug resistance such as the Thai-Myanmar and Thai-
Cambodian borders, the other being doxycycline.
Malaria 275
Azithromycin
Pharmacology
Description: semi-synthetic derivative of erythromycin with
methyl-substituted nitrogen in the macrolide ring
Mode of action: inhibition of protein synthesis on 70S ribo-
somes. Azithromycin is a blood schizontocide and has been
shown to have partial causal prophylactic activity in the human
challenge model.
Pharmacokinetics: The drug is well absorbed, with 37%
bioavailability after oral administration. Food may reduce the
bioavailability of the suspension or sachet forms, but this is not
clinically significant. Maximum plasma concentration is reached
2 to 3 hours after administration. Azithromycin has 10 to 100 times
greater bioavailabilty in tissue than in serum. Protein binding is
approximately 52%, and the drug is highly concentrated in the
liver. Azithromycin has a half-life of 56 to 70 hours. Excretion
is predominantly in the form of unchanged drug in the feces
(88%) or urine (6 to 12%). Terminal plasma half-life ranges from
2 to 4 days.
Administration
Dosage: The dose for adults is 250 mg/d. Azithromycin can be
administered with food. No data are available on pediatric doses
for malaria chemoprophylaxis. Used as a malaria prophylactic,
azithromycin requires daily dosing, starting the day before expo-
sure, continued during exposure and for 4 weeks after departure
from the malarial region.
Availability: available as Zithromax in capsule form (250
mg), suspension (5 mL containing 200 mg), and in powder sachets
(100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, and 500 mg).
Protection
Efficacy: Azithromycin had a causal prophylactic efficacy supe-
rior to doxycycline in rodents but only partial causal prophylac-
tic efficacy in humans. One study has shown 100% efficacy for
the regimen of 250 mg/d for 28 days after challenge, indicating
that the combined causal and suppressive clinical efficacy of

azithromycin is high. An efficacy trial in western Kenya showed
84% efficacy for azithromycin 250 mg/d versus 92% efficacy for
doxycycline 100 mg/d. Studies conducted in Indonesia and Thai-
land have shown that the drug is particularly effective (98%)
against P. vivax.
Adverse Reactions
The overall incidence of AE with azithromycin is 12%, with
< 1% of patients discontinuing treatment because of adverse
reactions. Diarrhea (2 to 7%), abdominal pain (2 to 5%), nausea
(1 to 5%), vomiting (up to 2%), allergic reactions (< 1%), and
vaginitis (up to 2%). Photosensitivity, dizziness and headache may
also occur.
Absolute: Azithromycin is contraindicated in persons with known
hypersensitivity to the drug, with other macrolide antibiotics, or
with adjuvants in the formulation, Likewise, it is contraindicated
in patients receiving ergot alkaloids. Patients with liver or kid-
ney insufficiency require dosage adjustments. Patients with severe
hepatic disease should not receive the drug. Rare serious aller-
gic reactions have been observed, as with erythromycin and other
macrolides. Superinfection with resistant microorganisms is a pos-
sibility in all antibiotic treatment. Pseudomembranous colitis is
possible in patients with diarrhea.
Interactions
Avoid administering azithromycin concomitantly with ergotamine
or antacids. Monitor serum concentrations of cyclosporin and
digoxin when administered with azithromycin. Like other
macrolide antibiotics, azithromycin can potentially affect the
cytochrome P450 system. No statistically significant interactions
were observed, however, in pharmacokinetic studies with
concomitant administration of theophylline, carbamazepine,
methylprednisolone, terfenadine, or zidovudine.
Malaria 277
Vaccination with live bacterial vaccines, such as oral live

typhoid and cholera vaccines, should be completed at least 3
days before the first prophylactic dose of azithromycin.
Pregnant women: Azithromycin is category B, with no evi-
dence of teratogenicity in laboratory animals but no well-controlled
clinical studies. It may be used during pregnancy if clearly
required and if safer options are contraindicated.
Lactating women: No studies are available regarding excre-
tion of azithromycin in breast milk.
There is insufficient evidence to recommend azithromycin as an
alternative stand alone antimalarial prophylactic agent. Azithro-
mycin presents an alternative option for children traveling to
high-risk areas when chloroquine, mefloquine, or doxycycline are
contraindicated. Pediatric dosage guidelines are required.
Future perspectives: It could be developed as a niche drug for
target groups, such as pregnant women and young children, when
other alternatives are contraindicated. The main disadvantage is
the prohibitive cost of the extended prophylactic regimen.
Chloroquine
Pharmacology
Description: Chloroquine is chemically classified as a 4-amino-
quinoline. Preparations are available as phosphate, sulfate, and
hydrochloride salts.
Mode of action: potent blood schizontocide. Highly active
against the erythrocytic forms of sensitive strains of all four
species of malaria. Gametocidal against P. vivax, P. malariae, and
P. ovale. Activity is most likely due to the inhibition of the poly-
merization of toxic hemin into hemozoin.
Pharmacokinetics: Oral bioavailability is approximately 90%.
Peak plasma levels of chloroquine and the principal active metabo-
lite desethychloroquine are reached within 1 to 6 hours. Food
increases the absorption and bioavailability of the drug. Chloro-
quine has a large volume of distribution and binds 50 to 65% to
plasma proteins. The drug is eliminated in the urine. Elimination

half-life is between 6 hours and 10 days. Terminal elimination half-
lives of up to 2 months for chloroquine and desethylchloroquine
have been reported.
Administration
Calculate dosage in terms of the base. Chloroquine base of
100 mg is approximately equivalent to 161 mg of chloroquine
phosphate or 136 mg of chloroquine sulfate. Administer the rec-
ommended prophylactic regimen either weekly or daily. Pediatric
solutions are available.
Weekly: The adult dose of 300 mg is administered once weekly.
In infants and children, the weekly dosage is 5 mg/kg of body
weight but, regardless of weight, it should not exceed the adult
dose.
Daily: In some countries (mainly France), 100 mg base daily
for adults or 1.5 mg/kg of body weight daily for children is
prescribed.
Availability: Worldwide. There are many well-known brand
names such as Aralen, Avloclor, Bemaphate, Chinamine,
Chlorquim, Cidanchin, Delagil, Gontochin, Imagon, Iroquine,
Klorokin, Luprochin, Malarex, Matalets, Nivaquine, Nivaquine
B, Resochin, Resochine, Resoquine, Sanoquin, Tanakan,
Tresochin, and Trochin.
Protection
Efficacy: Owing to widespread chloroquine-resistant P. falci-
parum (CRPF), chloroquine alone as a malaria prophylactic is lim-
ited to Central America, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, and the
Near East. The effectiveness of the drug exceeds 95% in these
areas. Chloroquine is active against other forms of plasmodia, with
the exception of some resistant P. vivax strains in Oceania, India,
Papua New Guinea, Southeast Asia (Indonesia and Myanmar), and
parts of South America.. In areas with considerable risk of CRPF,
use chloroquine, combined with proguanil or an alternative
chemoprophylaxis such as mefloquine.
Causal prophylaxis: None
Malaria 279
Adverse Reactions
It is usually well tolerated at standard chemoprophylactic doses.
Serious adverse events are rare.
Side effects include transient headache, gastrointestinal dis-
turbances such as nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, abdominal cramps,
pruritus, and macular, urticarial, and purpuric skin lesions. Itch-
ing of the palms, soles, and scalp is common in users with darker
pigmentation.
Less frequent adverse events include loss of hair, bleaching
of hair pigment, pigmentation of mucous membranes, tinnitus,
hearing loss and deafness, photosensitivity, and neuromyopathy.
Rare blood disorders including aplastic anemia, agranulocytosis,
thrombocytopenia, and neutropenia may occur. Hemolysis has
been described in a few patients with G-6-PD deficiency.
Severe reactions include rare psychotic episodes, convul-
sions, hypotension, cardiovascular collapse, electrocardiographic
(ECG) changes, double vision, and difficulty in focusing. Corneal
and retinal damage may occur, usually with prolonged usage or
high dosages as used in rheumatology. Pigmented deposits and
opacities in the cornea are often reversible if the drug is withdrawn
early enough, but retinal damage with macular lesions, defects
of color vision, pigmentation, optic nerve atrophy, scotomas,
field defects, and blindness are usually irreversible.
Those using chloroquine long term should have ophthalmo-
logic checks every 6 months, particularly when the total cumu-
lative dose exceeds 100 g. Changes may occur after the drug is
withdrawn.
Absolute: Use of chloroquine is contraindicated in persons with
known hypersensitivity to 4-aminoquinoline compounds or a
deficiency of G-6-PD (although this is rarely tested prior to pre-
scription). Similarly, it is also contraindicated in persons with pre-
existing retinopathy, diseases of the central nervous system,
myasthenia gravis, or disorders of the blood producing organs.
Persons with a history of epilepsy, psychosis, or retinopathy
should not take chloroquine.
Caution is necessary when administering the drug to patients

with hepatic disease, alcoholism, impaired renal function (dosage
reduction may be required in patients with kidney impairments),
porphyria, or psoriasis.
Chloroquine is toxic if the recommended dose is exceeded.
Immediately induce vomiting if an overdose occurs. Admission
to an intensive care unit may be indicated.
Pregnant women: category C. Although some adverse fetal
effects have been reported, chloroquine can be used freely in preg-
nancy, either alone or in combination with proguanil.
Lactating women: The drug is excreted in breast milk but not
in sufficient quantities to harm the infant or to protect against
malaria.
Interactions
Concomitant use with proguanil increases the incidence of mouth
ulcers.
Cimetidine inhibits the metabolism of chloroquine and may
cause elevated levels of the drug in the plasma.
Administering live bacterial vaccines, such as oral live typhoid
vaccines, should be completed at least 3 days before the first pro-
phylactic dose of chloroquine. Chloroquine can suppress the
antibody response to intradermal primary pre-exposure rabies vac-
cine, which should therefore be administered intramuscularly.
Avoid concurrent administration of chloroquine with drugs capa-
ble of inducing blood disorders, such as gold salts. Other possi-
ble interactions can occur with monoamine oxidase (MAO)
inhibitors, digoxin, and corticosteriods. The activity of methotrex-
ate and other folic acid antagonists is increased by chloroquine use.
Chloroquine, the drug of choice in areas without CRPF, is cheap
and comparatively well tolerated. See proguanil section below for
the recommendation of the combination with proguanil.
Malaria 281
Doxycycline
Pharmacology
Description: base doxycycline monohydrate. A 100-mg base is
approximately equivalent to 115 mg doxycycline hydrochloride.
It is administered in tablets or capsules as the hydrochloride or
in syrup and suspension as calcium chelate or monohydrate. The
gastrointestinal tolerance to doxycycline hyclate is clearly infe-
rior, and thus this agent is not recommended.
Mode of action: slow but effective blood schizontocide of P.
vivax and multidrug-resistant strains of P. falciparum. Weak
activity against the pre-erythrocytic stages of P. falciparum.
Pharmacokinetics: Doxycycline is highly lipophilic. After
oral administration the drug is almost fully absorbed and peak
plasma levels are achieved within 2 hours. Thereafter, the drug
is strongly bound to plasma proteins (90%). The half-life of
doxycycline ranges from 15 hours after a single dose to 22 hours
after repeated doses. Doxycycline is not significantly metabolized
and is eliminated from the body in feces and urine. There is no
significant accumulation of the drug in patients with reduced
kidney function. Unlike other tetracyclines, concomitant admin-
istration of food or milk does not significantly decrease absorp-
tion of doxycycline.
Administration
Dosage: The dosage for malaria chemoprophylaxis in adults and
children over age 12 years is 100 mg base daily. Daily doses of
50 mg doxycycline are probably inadequate against P. falciparum.
The potential for using a combination 50 mg daily doxycy-
cline, combined with a weekly chloroquine dose against P.
vivax, appears limited because of compliance and emergence of
chloroquine-resistant P. vivax malaria. Children aged 8 to 12
years, however, may receive 1.5 mg/kg daily.
Individuals should take doxycycline with plenty of liquid to
avoid esophagitis.
Availability: worldwide under many brand names, including
Vibramycin, Doxyclin, Biociclina, Doxacin, and Nordox
Protection
Efficacy: Limited data are available regarding the efficacy of
doxycycline for malaria chemoprophylaxis. Two trials have eval-
uated the efficacy of doxycycline in semi-immune persons in
Kenya, and three trials examined nonimmune populations in
Oceania. The overall protective efficacy in these trials ranged from
92 to 100%. In areas of multidrug resistance, such as the Thai-
Cambodian border provinces of Tak and Trat, doxycycline is
considered to be one of the most effective chemoprophylactic
agents available. In the US Military Operation in Somalia, most
malaria cases occurred in persons who missed at least one dose
of medication, and parasite resistance to doxycycline does not
appear to be a problem in malaria endemic areas.
Causal prophylaxis: insufficient causal activity. A challenge
has shown that the agent’s causal prophylaxis is inadequate
against P. falciparum malaria.
Other: Although the protective efficacy of doxycycline against
travelers’ diarrhea is small at most destinations, it may offer pro-
tection against less frequent infections, such as leptospirosis.
Adverse Reactions
Overall in randomized controlled trials (RCTs), doxycycline is
well tolerated, compared with comparator regimens, and serious
adverse events are rare. Most commonly reported adverse events
are gastrointestinal symptoms such as nausea, vomiting, and
diarrhea, as well as although rarely, esophageal ulceration. Other
events include dizziness, headache, and skin rash. Overgrowth of
resistant coliform organisms such as Proteus species, Pseudomonas
species, and Campylobacter enteritis may occur and should be
considered in persons with diarrhea who have been taking doxy-
cycline. Reported diarrhea should also be distinguished from
pseudomembranous colitis because of superinfection with Clostrid-
ium difficile.
Using doxycycline may result in overgrowth of nonsuscepti-
ble organisms such as fungi. Oral candidiasis, vulvovaginitis, and
pruritus in the anogenital region may result due to proliferation
Malaria 283
of Candida albicans. Photosensitivity of the skin has frequently

been reported, but the risk may be reduced by using appropriate
sunscreens.
Permanent brown discoloration of teeth in children under age
8 years has been observed. Blood disorders have been reported
occasionally. Hepatotoxicity, nephrotoxicity, erythema multi-
forme, intracranial hypertension, and lupus erythematosus have
been associated with the use of tetracyclines.
Absolute: The drug is contraindicated in persons who have shown
previous hypersensitivity to any of the tetracyclines. The use of
tetracyclines during periods of tooth development may cause
permanent staining of the teeth and should be avoided in preg-
nant women during breastfeeding and children under age 8 years.
Caution: Advise doxycyline users to use an effective sunscreen
(> SPF 15 and protective against both ultraviolet A and ultravi-
olet B) because of increased photosensitivity. The drug should be
discontinued at the first sign of skin erythema. Individuals should
avoid taking doxycycline before lying down; there is a theoreti-
cal danger of esophagitis associated with the drug.
Interactions
Concomitant administration of preparations containing alu-
minium, iron, calcium, or magnesium reduces absorption of
doxycycline.
Complete vaccination with live bacterial vaccines such as
oral live typhoid and cholera vaccines at least 3 days before the
first prophylactic dose of doxycycline.
The mean half-life of doxycycline is reduced by concomitant
use of alcohol, phenobarbitone, phenytoin, or carbamazepine.
Reduced dosages of anticoagulants may be necessary due to
reduced plasma prothrombin activity. There are reports suggest-
ing reduced activity of oral contraceptives during doxycycline
intake. Fatal nephrotoxicity has been reported with concomitant
use of methoxyflurane.
Pregnant women: contraindicated in pregnancy, owing to inter-

ference with fetal bone and teeth formation. Evidence of embry-
otoxicity has been noted in animals treated early in pregnancy.
Lactating women: The drug is readily excreted in breast milk.
Recommended as an alternative priority chemoprophylactic reg-
imen in areas with considerable risk of CRPF, particularly when
mefloquine or atovaquone/proguanil are contraindicated. The
safety of long-term use of doxycycline (> 3 months) at the dosage
of 100 mg daily is unknown; smaller doses have been used in acne
therapy for years. Anecdotal experience from Spain in patients
with Q fever endocarditis shows that doxycycline 100 mg daily
is well tolerated for 5 years or more. Doxycycline is a prophy-
lactic drug of choice in areas of multidrug resistance such as the
Thai-Myanmar and Thai-Cambodian borders (see Figure 15).
The use of doxycycline is currently increasing, and this will pro-
vide more tolerability and efficacy data required for civilian trav-
elers, particularly women.
Mefloquine
Pharmacology
Description: Mefloquine is a 4-quinolone methanol derivative
structurally related to quinine. It is used clinically as a 50:50
racemic mixture of the erythroisomers. The commercial form is
available as mefloquine hydrochloride in oral preparations only.
Mode of action: Mefloquine is a potent, long-acting blood sch-
izontocide that targets trophozoites and schizonts in particular and
is effective against all malarial species. It is ineffective against
mature gametocytes and intrahepatic stages. There is some evi-
dence for sporontocidal activity. The exact mechanism is unclear,
but the most plausible hypothesis points to hemoglobin degra-
dation. Mefloquine is thought to compete with the complexing
protein for heme binding. The resulting drug-heme complex is toxic
to malarial parasites.
Malaria 285
Pharmacokinetics: There is significant variation among indi-

viduals. Bioavailability of the tablet formulation is approximately
89%. Food increases the rate and extent of absorption, causing a
40% increase in bioavailability. The mean peak concentration in
whole blood or plasma is reached in a mean time of 17.6 hours
after a single dose. Mefloquine is distributed in the tissues, with
extensive binding to plasma proteins (98.2%) and high lipid sol-
ubility. The mean volume of distribution is 20 L/kg, and the drug
is cleared slowly from the body, resulting in a long terminal half-
life of about 18 days. Studies in animals have shown that the drug
is excreted primarily in the bile and feces. Carboxylic acid is the
main metabolite, the concentrations of which exceed those of the
parent compound by a factor of three to four. This metabolite is
devoid of antimalarial activity. The pharmacokinetics of meflo-
quine are highly stereospecific, but its potential to cause adverse
events does not appear to depend on the stereochemistry of the
enantiomers or the concentration of the carboxylic acid metabolite.
Administration
Mefloquine has a bitter, slightly burned taste and should be taken
after food to maximize bioavailability and thus optimize pro-
phylactic efficacy. The food-enhanced drug absorption has been
attributed to stimulated gastric acid secretion and delayed gastric
emptying, enhanced intestinal motility, and increased bile flow.
Individuals should swallow the tablets whole, but tablets can be
divided, crushed, and mixed with milk or jam for small children
or for those with difficulties swallowing.
Dosage: The US mefloquine tablet formulation contains
250 mg hydrochloride, which is equivalent to 228 mg base,
whereas elsewhere the tablets contain 250 mg base.
The recommended adult dose for chemoprophylaxis in adults
> 45 kg is 250 mg base weekly as a single dose, translating to
228 mg base in the United States. Some concern exists that heavy
individuals may require more than one 250 mg tablet weekly to
attain the required protective plasma concentration within the
required time frame. This issue needs clarification.
Adults weighing < 45 kg and children weighing > 5 kg should

take a single weekly dose of 5 mg/kg.
Travelers with last-minute bookings who are unable to take
a first dose 5 days or more prior to departure may require a load-
ing dose to attain levels of prophylactic efficacy. This consists of
one 250 mg tablet daily for 3 days, followed thereafter by the usual
weekly dosage.
Mefloquine can be used for long-term travelers, and good tol-
erability has been shown during use over 3 years and more. The
original 3-month restriction for use no longer applies.
Mefloquine intake may begin at 2 to 4 weeks before travel, if
the prescriber feels tolerability is questionable in a patient or if
the compatibility of coadministered medications requires
monitoring.
Availability: available worldwide as Lariam, Mephaquine
Protection
Onset: first day with loading dose (see above). Otherwise after
5 to 7 days
Efficacy: Mefloquine is recognized as a highly effective anti-
malarial against P. falciparum strains resistant to other anti-
malarials. The minimal inhibitory chemosuppressive plasma
concentration of mefloquine is estimated at 600 µg/L. Resis-
tance to mefloquine increases with time and an efficacy of only
30% has been reported in the Thai provinces of Trat and Tak.
Mefloquine resistance is also slowly developing in other areas of
Southeast Asia, the Amazon Basin, and endemic areas of central
and West Africa. There are sporadic pockets of resistance in
endemic regions of East Africa, however, the effectiveness prob-
ably still exceeds 90% at tourist destinations. Failure of meflo-
quine prophylaxis despite proven adequate drug concentrations
has been documented in some African countries.
Mefloquine is fairly effective against other Plasmodium
species, primarily P. vivax, although it does not prevent relapse
infections.
Causal prophylaxis: None
Malaria 287
Adverse Reactions
High rates of perceived adverse reactions (24 to 90%) are reported
by all population groups similar to other malaria chemoprophy-
lactics. There is some controversy with respect to the tolerabil-
ity of this drug. A meta-analysis of 10 RCTs found that rates of
withdrawal and overall incidence of AE with mefloquine were not
significantly higher that those observed with comparator regimens,
but intermittently, media claim that they are much higher. The most
frequent reactions to mefloquine are dizziness, nausea, and vom-
iting. So-called neuropsychiatric adverse events, such as vivid
dreams, mood changes, and depression have often been reported,
particularly in women. Other reported reactions include muscle
weakness and cramps, myalgia, arthralgia, fatigue, asthenia,
malaise, fever, chills, and loss of appetite. Laboratory abnor-
malities including transient elevation of transaminases, leukope-
nia or leukocytosis, and thrombocytopenia have also been reported.
Dermatologic reactions occur in 1 to 11% of recipients, includ-
ing rash, exanthema, urticaria, pruritus, and hair loss. Skin pho-
tosensitivity among American troops in Somalia was significantly
lower for mefloquine users than for doxycycline users. Several
studies including recent RCTs suggest mefloquine causes fewer
dermatologic reactions than do other antimalarials.
Neurologic reactions include vertigo, disturbed balance, headache,
sleep disturbances, nightmares and less frequently, auditory and visual
disturbances. Psychiatric events such as neurosis, affective disorders,
hallucinations, delusions, paranoia, anxiety, agitation, and suicidal
ideation have also been observed. Isolated cases of encephalopathy
have been known to result from taking mefloquine.
The frequency of serious adverse central nervous system
(CNS) reactions to mefloquine was 1 in 607 in a British study, 1
in 10,000 to 13,000 among European travelers, and 1 in 20,000
in Canadians surveyed. Reactions included seizures, disorienta-
tion, and toxic encephalopathy; the risk of attributable suicide is
debated but at most extremely rare. Rare severe cutaneous adverse
reactions have been reported, including erythema multiforme
and Stevens-Johnson syndrome.
Persons with a personal or family history of neurologic or psy-

chiatric disorders appear to be at higher risk for such events.
Women appear to have significantly more CNS events, com-
pared with men, which may reflect higher mg/kg dosing for
women. Persons receiving the standard weekly mefloquine reg-
imen, with or without adverse events, however, show similar lev-
els of mefloquine and its carboxylic acid metabolite. Other reports
suggest that concurrent alcohol and/or drug abuse may play a role
in those events. Reported cardiovascular events include circula-
tory disturbances, tachycardia, bradycardia, irregular pulse,
extrasystoles, and other transient alterations in cardiac conduction.
Owing to the long half-life of the drug, events attributable to
mefloquine may occur up to several weeks after the last dose, but
most adverse events occur early on in prophylaxis, and approx-
imately 75% of these are apparent by the third dose.
Mefloquine is contraindicated in persons with a history of hyper-
sensitivity to mefloquine or related substances such as quinine.
Avoid prescribing this drug to those with epilepsy, psychiatric dis-
orders, or active depression.
The WHO and various national expert groups advise persons
involved in tasks requiring fine coordination and spatial dis-
crimination (eg, pilots) to avoid using mefloquine prophylaxis.
Studies, however, have shown no impact on fine coordination in
healthy subjects experiencing no adverse events.
Users experiencing anxiety, depression, confusion, or uneasi-
ness during mefloquine prophylaxis should discontinue the reg-
imen and seek medical advice and use another chemoprophylaxis.
If mild AE occur, a biweekly dosage of 125 mg may be considered.
Interactions
Mefloquine and related substances (eg, quinine, halofantrine)
should not be used concomitantly or consecutively due to an
increased risk of cardiotoxicity—a life-threatening prolongation
of the corrected QT interval—and convulsions.
Malaria 289
Table 11 Mefloquine and Survival

Risk in 21 Million Users in Africa, according to ROCHE files
No fatality associated with convincing evidence
20 probably / possibly associated cases
Benefit per 1,000,000 Users in Africa (assuming average 2 week duration)
Risk of Malaria (conservative estimate) Infection (P.f.) Death (CFR 1%)
• without chemoprophylaxis 5000 50
∆ 4500 ∆ 45
• with mefloquine (efficacy 90%) 500 5
∆ 750 ∆ 7
• with CQ + PG (efficacy 75%) 1250 12
CQ = chloroquine, PG = proguanil
Concomitant use of mefloquine with antiarrhythmic agents,
beta-adrenergic blocking agents, calcium channel blockers, anti-
histamines including H1-blocking agents, and phenothiazines
could theoretically contribute to the prolongation of the QTc
interval, but this does not constitute a contraindication.
Complete vaccination with oral live typhoid or cholera vac-
cines at least 3 days before the first dose of mefloquine.
Both slight increase and decrease of the effects of anticoag-
ulants have been noted but not to the extent that concomitant use
would be contraindicated.
Pregnant women: category C. Studies of mefloquine prophylaxis
during the second and third trimesters have shown no evidence of
elevated maternal or fetal toxicity. The potential for teratogenicity
in the first trimester requires further clarification, and mefloquine
should only be used during this period if benefits outweigh poten-
tial risks. Women of childbearing age should avoid conception dur-
ing mefloquine prophylaxis and for 3 months thereafter. However,
termination is not indicated if pregnancy occurs in this time frame.
Lactating women: Mefloquine is excreted in breast milk. No
adverse effects have been observed in breast-fed infants.
Mefloquine prophylaxis is recommended by the WHO, CDC
and several European and other North American expert groups
for travelers visiting high-risk areas with CRPF.
Proguanil and Combinations

Pharmacology
Description: available as proguanil hydrochloride. Tablets con-
tain 100 mg hydrochloride, which equals 87 mg base. Dosage is
expressed in terms of the hydrochloride. Chlorproguanil, a long-
acting analogue of proguanil, has also been extensively used.
Mode of action: Both proguanil and chlorproguanil are pro-
drugs. Their activity results from the action of the metabolites
cycloguanil and chlorcycloguanil, respectively. The drug is a
dihydrofolate reductase inhibitor that acts by interfering with
the folic-folinic acid systems. The main effect occurs at the time
of nuclear division. The drug is a slow-acting blood schizonto-
cide which acts on the erythrocytic forms of all malaria parasites.
It is highly effective against the primary exo-erythrocytic (hepatic)
forms and thus makes an effective causal prophylactic. It also inter-
feres with malaria transmission through sporontocidal effects
against P. falciparum. It is less active against P. vivax.
Pharmacokinetics: Proguanil is only available in oral formu-
lations. It is rapidly absorbed, and peak plasma concentrations are
reached in approximately 4 hours. Peak plasma levels of about
140 ng/mL are attained after a single oral dose of 200 mg proguanil
hydrochloride. Proguanil is metabolized to cycloguanil and 4-
chlorophenylbiguanide. The active triazine metabolite cycloguanil
reaches a maximum serum concentration of 75 ng/mL after 5
hours. Plasma protein binding of proguanil is approximately
75%, and high concentrations occur in the erythrocytes. Blood
concentrations decline rapidly, and proguanil is excreted largely
unchanged (60%) in the urine, with about 30% as the metabolite
cycloguanil and 10% as chlorophenylbiguanide. The elimina-
tion half-life of proguanil is 11 to 20 hours, and concentrations
fall to an undetectable level one week after administration.
Proguanil is metabolized in the liver to cycloguanil by the
cytochrome P-450 system. There is considerable variation in
individual ability to convert the prodrug to the active metabolite.
About 3% of Caucasians are considered to be poor metabolizers
Malaria 291
of proguanil, and in some subpopulations in Kenya, the propor-

tion is estimated to be as high as 35%. The prophylactic efficacy
of the drug is therefore limited for certain groups due to inade-
quate circulating concentrations of the active metabolite.
Administration
Dosage: The adult dosage is usually 200 mg daily when combined
with chloroquine (or 100 mg if in combination with atovaquone)
and should be taken with water after meals. Several different
dosage regimens are used for children, but the WHO recom-
mends 3 mg/kg daily in combination with chloroquine. Tablets
can be crushed and mixed with milk, honey, or jam.
Use of proguanil alone, however, is not recommended. The
current British guidelines indicate the only exception to that rule:
proguanil (200 mg/d) can be used alone in areas without chloro-
quine resistance when that drug is contraindicated, as in epilepsy.
In some countries, Savarine, a new combination tablet con-
taining 100 mg chloroquine base and 200 mg proguanil hydrochlo-
ride combined in a single tablet taken daily is available. This should
increase acceptability of and compliance with the combined
chloroquine and proguanil regimen.
Malarone, a fixed combination containing 250 mg atovaquone
and 100 mg proguanil is used for chemoprophylaxis and treat-
ment of malaria, see above.
Availability: Proguanil is available in many countries (except
the United States), usually as Paludrine. Combinations available
as above.
Protection
Efficacy: Proguanil-resistant P. falciparum is widespread, which
limits the drug’s usefulness as monoprophylaxis at most desti-
nations. Cross-resistance occurs with other antimalarials. There
is improved protection with combination proguanil sulfonamide
regimens, although a proguanil and dapsone combination on the
Thai-Cambodian border resulted in unacceptably high infection
rates. There is a high degree of proguanil resistance in Papua New
Guinea and Southeast Asia. In East Africa, poor protective effi-
cacy with 100 mg proguanil daily was experienced in 1984, but

an increase to 200 mg daily resulted in a protective efficacy of
91%, which led the manufacturer to increase the recommended
dosage to that amount. Recent publications estimate a protective
efficacy in West Africa of only 50% for chloroquine alone (300 mg
weekly or 100 mg daily), compared with 66 to 78% for the
chloroquine/proguanil combination regimen. Studies in Kenyan
school children showed varying protective efficacy, ranging from
36 to 77%. Dutch travelers to East, Central, and southern Africa
in a randomized study showed no significant difference in the num-
ber of prophylaxis failures with three different proguanil regimens:
200 mg/d proguanil monoprophylaxis, 300 mg/ week chloro-
quine with 100 mg/d proguanil, and 300 mg/week chloroquine
with 200 mg/d proguanil.
Causal prophylaxis:Yes. Proguanil is effective against pre-ery-
throcytic forms of P. falciparum.
Adverse Reactions
Proguanil is considered a safe antimalarial drug. Mouth ulcers in
up to 25% of cases may occur, and some experts believe the
addition of chloroquine exacerbates this tendency. Abdominal dis-
comfort and nausea are also frequently reported. Other reactions
include hair loss and scaling and a significant drop in neutrophils.
Users of the chloroquine plus proguanil regimen experienced a
30% incidence rate of adverse events in a retrospective study of
returning travelers, compared with an incidence of approximately
17% in users of monochloroquine regimens. Most RCTs have
shown that the chloroquine plus proguanil combination is sig-
nificantly less well tolerated than atovaquone plus proguanil,
doxycycline, or mefloquine. Most of these events were minor.
Serious adverse events with the combination regimen are esti-
mated to occur in 1 of 10,000 users.
There is no known absolute contraindication for proguanil. Dosage
adjustments are necessary in patients with acute kidney failure.
Malaria 293
Pregnant women: category B. Proguanil has been used safely

for over 40 years without any association with teratogenicity. Most
experience has been with the older 100 mg daily regimen.
Lactating women: Both proguanil and its metabolite are
excreted in breast milk.
Interactions
Use with chloroquine may increase the incidence of mouth ulcers.
Complete vaccination with live oral typhoid or cholera vaccines
at least 3 days before commencing chemoprophylaxis with
proguanil combinations.
Use in combination with chloroquine in areas where CRPF is a
risk (other than Southeast Asia) and where more effective regi-
mens are contraindicated. In the future, proguanil will most likely
be used with atovaquone. Use of proguanil monoprophylaxis is
rarely indicated.
Obsolete or Withdrawn Agents
Maloprim (a combination of dapsone and pyrimethamine) is
sometimes used as a chemoprophylactic drug especially among
British and Australian travelers. Potentially fatal agranulocyto-
sis has been associated with this regimen.
Other regimens previously used in malaria chemoprophy-
laxis include amodiaquine, frequently associated with agranulo-
cytosis, mepacrine, and sulfonamide-pyrimethamine combinations
(Metakelfin and Fansidar), which frequently caused serious
adverse cutaneous reactions.
Immunoprophylaxis
Various candidate vaccines are being investigated, but none are

expected to be ready for travel health protection in the near
future.
Most travelers are able to obtain prompt medical attention when

malaria is suspected. Standby emergency treatment (SBET) is an
option when malaria symptoms (fever, chills, headache, malaise)
occur and medical attention cannot be obtained within 24 hours.
Travel health professionals prescribing antimalarials for self-
administration must instruct the traveler on the following:
• Recognition of malaria symptoms

• The importance of first seeking medical attention if symp-
toms occur no earlier than 7 days after reaching the endemic
area
• That SBET is a temporary measure and that medical evalua-
tion is imperative as soon as possible
Provide standby emergency treatment to travelers using agents

of limited prophylactic efficacy such as chloroquine with or with-
out proguanil for travel to areas where plasmodia are resistant to
chloroquine. Travelers with no chemoprophylaxis visiting low-
risk areas can also be provided with SBET, as well as those mak-
ing very short, often repeated visits into malarious areas (eg,
airline crews). Although the travel medicine expert should strongly
recommend chemoprophylaxis for travelers visiting high-risk
areas, the traveler sometimes refuses this option. They may have
had a previous adverse reaction, the cost of the drug may be pro-
hibitive, or their planned stay may be long term. These individ-
uals should be provided with SBET. Choice and dosages of SBET
are given below.
Antifolate and Sulfa Drug Combinations:

Fansidar, Fansimef, Metakelfin
Pharmacology
Description: Each standard Fansidar tablet contains 500 mg sul-
fadoxine and 25 mg pyrimethamine (SDX/PYR). Fansimef, rarely
Malaria 295
used and thus not described in detail, also contains 250 mg meflo-
quine. Metakelfin contains the combination sulfalene plus
pyrimethamine.
Mode of action: The components in SDX/PYR are synergis-
tic, and activity is due to the sequential blockade of two enzymes
involved in the biosynthesis of folinic acid within the parasites.
Sulfadoxine is active against asexual blood forms of P. falci-
parum, and pyrimethamine acts against the erythrocytic stage of
P. falciparum and, to a lesser extent, against P. ovale, P. vivax, and
P. malariae. The compound also inhibits sporogeny in the mos-
quito.
Pharmacokinetics: Both components in SDX/PYR are absorbed
orally and are excreted mainly by the kidney. After oral adminis-
tration, peak plasma levels of sulfadoxine and pyrimethamine are
achieved within 4 to 5 hours. Both drugs are bound to plasma pro-
teins (approximately 90%).The mean plasma elimination half-life
for each agent is 7 to 9 days and 4 days, respectively.
Administration
Dosage: The adult dose (for individuals weighing more than 45
kg) is a single administration of three tablets, which should be
swallowed without chewing and taken with ample fluids after a
meal. Children’s doses are shown in Table 12.
Table 12 Therapeutic Dosage for SDX/PYR (Fansidar) in Children

Weight (kg) No. of Fansidar tablets (single dose)
5 to 6 0.25
7 to 10 0.5
11 to 14 0.75
15 to 18 1
19 to 29 1.5
30 to 39 2
40 to 49 2.5
50+ 3
Availability: Fansidar is the most widely used of the antifo-

late and sulfa drug combinations and available almost worldwide.
Metakelfin and Fansimef are available only in a few countries,
and production may be discontinued.
Protection
There is increasing prevalence of parasites resistant to antifolate
and sulfa drug combinations, particularly in Southeast Asia and in
South America. In Southeast Asia, the cure rate has declined to such
an extent that PYR/SDX is of little practical value. Decreased effi-
cacy has been reported from Rwanda, and failure of emergency self-
treatment with Fansidar has been reported in visitors to East Africa.
In Kenya and Tanzania, the response has diminished to a rate of
approximately 60%. SDX/PYR remains effective in most other parts
of Africa (especially West Africa) and in southern Asia.
Adverse Reactions
The combination therapy is generally well tolerated at prescribed
doses, and few data are available regarding the tolerability of a
single dose therapy. Possible adverse events attributable to either
the sulfonamide or the pyrimethamine component include gas-
trointestinal symptoms such as glossitis, and stomatitis, nausea,
vomiting, liver injury, including hepatic failure, diarrhea, and
pancreatitis. Hematologic reactions have also been reported.
CNS reactions include headache, peripheral neuritis, depression,
convulsions, vertigo, insomnia, and tinnitus. There is limited
information on the frequency of occurrence of such reactions in
a therapy setting. Other miscellaneous reactions include fever,
chills, and hypersensitivity pneumonitis. Among skin reactions,
generalized skin rashes, pruritus, urticaria, photosensitization, and
hair loss have been described. These reactions are normally mild
and resolve spontaneously. The most important associated adverse
events are the severe, life-threatening cutaneous reactions (ery-
thema multiforme, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, Lyell-syndrome
or toxic epidermal necrolysis), which mainly associate with pro-
phylactic dosing. Few data are available on the incidence of
severe cutaneous adverse reactions following a single-therapy dose,
Malaria 297
but the risk is estimated to be 40-fold lower, compared with

weekly dosing where the reported incidence ranges from 1 in 5,000
to 10,000 users with fatality rates of 1 in 11,000 to 50,000,
respectively. A single case of severe cutaneous adverse reaction
has been associated with the drug after SBT.
Absolute: Use of Fansidar is contraindicated in persons allergic
to sulfonamides or with a known hypersensitivity to pyrimethamine
or any components of the formulation. Repeated use of Fansidar
is contraindicated in persons with severe blood, kidney or liver
diseases. Avoid using the agent in infants under age 2 months.
Pregnancy: category C. Extensive use of sulfonamide com-
binations has shown no clear incidence of congenital abnormal-
ities in exposed women, although there have been reports of
minor musculoskeletal congenital abnormalities. A risk-benefit
analysis is recommended as sulfonamides cross the placenta and
may cause kernicterus although there is no evidence in the liter-
ature to support this hypothetical risk.
Lactation: Sulfadoxine is secreted in breast milk.
Interactions
Concomitant use of chloroquine may increase the incidence and
severity of adverse reactions. Fansidar potentiates antifolic drugs
such as sulfonamides and trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole com-
binations and also the action of warfarin and thiopentone.
Indicated as SBET agent only for the treatment of uncomplicated
chloroquine-resistant P. falciparum malaria in areas where there
is no widespread resistance against the agent, such as in West Africa.
Artemisinin (Qinghaosu) and Derivatives: Artemether, Artesunate,

Arteether (see also co-artemether below)
Pharmacology
Description: These compounds are derived from the leaves of the
Chinese traditional herb Artemisia annua, which has been used
as a treatment for fever in China for over 2,000 years. The anti-
malarial properties of the qinghaosu compounds were rediscov-
ered in 1971. Artemisinin is available as capsules or in suppository
form. Artesunate is formulated in tablets or used parenterally for
severe malaria. Artemether and arte-ether are oil soluble ethers
that are suitable for intramuscular injection. Artemether is also
formulated for oral administration.
Mode of action: Chemically, these compounds are sesquiter-
pine lactones which contain an endoperoxide linkage, which is
essential for their antimalarial activity. Artemisinin has been
shown to be a schizontocide, but the exact mechanism of action
of this drug and its more potent derivatives is poorly understood.
Studies have shown that this group of drug compounds give
faster parasite and fever clearance than any other antimalarial drugs.
One property of the artemisinins that is important is their game-
tocidal effect, which could result in reduced transmission.
Pharmacokinetics: The compounds bind strongly to plasma
proteins and red blood cells. In vivo, the derivatives of artemisinin
are converted to the biologically active metabolite, dihy-
droartemisinin which reaches peak plasma levels in about 3 hours.
Current data suggest a short half-life for artesunate (minutes) and
longer half-lives (hours) for the oil soluble derivatives. Metabo-
lites of dihydroartemisinin are excreted in the urine.
Administration
Oral preparations of artemisinin and derivatives are widely avail-
able in Asia and Africa, but their optimal use needs clarification.
A possible combination with a long-acting schizontocide, such
as mefloquine, would provide the initial fast artemisinin response,
coupled with the prolonged action of mefloquine, to clear resid-
ual parasites. The national authorities in Thailand recommend a
first-line treatment of mefloquine plus artesunate or artemether
in areas with highly mefloquine-resistant malaria, and a new
combination Artequin contains artesunate and mefloquine in a
prepacked single blister for simultaneous coadministration once
Malaria 299
Table 13 Dosage for the Treatment of Uncomplicated Malaria in Adults and in

Children Older Than 6 Montths
Artesunate (oral)
Day 1 5 mg/kg as a single dose
Day 2 2.5 mg/kg as a single dose + mefloquine 15 to 25 mg base/kg
Day 3 2.5 mg/kg as a single dose
Artemisinin (oral)
Day 1 25 mg/kg as a single dose
Day2 12.5 mg/kg as a single dose + mefloquine 15 to 25 mg base /kg
Day3 12.5 mg/kg as a single dose
daily for 3 days. Recent studies have shown that this combina-
tion is highly effective and well tolerated (Table 13).
Availability: Artemether solutions for injection are available
as Paluther and Artenam. Oral preparations for uncomplicated
malaria are available in Asia.
Efficacy
Several studies have confirmed the accelerated parasite clearence
and rapid defervescent action of this group of agents against
P. falciparum and have shown a more rapid therapeutic response
with the artemisinin group than with the combination drugs,
which included quinine and mefloquine. A recurring and major
problem with artemisinin and derivatives is the high recrudescence
rate (45 to 100%) which occurs within 1 month after treatment.
This problem can be reduced by combining a short course of
artemisinin with a longer-acting antimalarial such as mefloquine.
Resistance to these drugs can be induced in animal models, and
treatment failures have been reported. Recent in vitro sensitivity
tests indicated that isolates of P. falciparum from the Chinese
Hainan and Yunnan provinces were resistant to this group of
drugs. Use of these agents should be tightly controlled to mini-
mize the potential for the development of resistance.
Adverse Reactions
This is considered to be a very safe group of drugs. Treatment of
several thousand patients has failed to reveal any significant tox-
icity. Mild transient gastrointestinal symptoms, headache, and
dizziness have been reported. Several studies have reported a drug-
induced fever. Cardiotoxicity and dose-related decreases in retic-
ulocyte counts have been observed as have transient reductions
in neutrophil counts. High doses produce neurotoxicity in large
animals, and this is the main reason why regulatory authorities
in the developed countries hesitate to approve these compounds.
There are no known contraindications.
Pregnancy: Qinghaosu compounds can cause rodent fetal
resorption, even at relatively low doses. Experience in humans
is limited.
Lactation: No data available regarding secretion in breast
milk.
Interactions
There are no known interactions.
Use of these valuable compounds must be controlled. They usu-
ally cannot be recommended in the developed countries because
they are not licensed. When used, however, as advised by med-
ical professionals in the developing countries, they appear promis-
ing for safe and rapid treatment of malaria, particularly in
sequential combination with a slower-onset, longer-acting anti-
malarial such as mefloquine. In view of the short half-life,
artemisinin compounds are never recommended for prophylaxis.
Atovaquone and Proguanil

(For “Pharmacology,” “Contraindications and Precautions,”
“Adverse Events,” and “Interactions,” refer to section on “Chemo-
prophylaxis” on pages 271–4.)
Malaria 301
Administration
The combination therapy with 250 mg atovaquone and 100 mg
proguanil (Malarone) has been approved in several countries for
the treatment of acute, uncomplicated P. falciparum infection in
adults and children who weigh more than 10 kg. The therapy dose
of Malarone is divided over 3 days (Table 14). Persons should take
the daily dose at the same time each day with a meal or a glass
of milk. Pediatric tablets are available in some countries.
Efficacy
Several studies have confirmed the efficacy.
Adverse Reactions
Comparatively safe, with certainly less adverse events, com-
pared with mefloquine.
Excellent option worldwide, wherever licenced.
Chloroquine
“Adverse Events,” and “Interactions,” refer to section on “Chemo-
prophylaxis” on pages 277–80.)
Administration
The total dose for the treatment of uncomplicated, chloroquine-
sensitive malaria is 25 mg base/kg over 3 days (Table 15).
Table 14 Therapeutic Dosage of the Atovaquone Plus Proguanil Combination

Weight (kg) Day 1 Day 2 Day 3
11 to 20 1 tablet 1 tablet 1 tablet
21 to 30 2 tablets 2 tablets 2 tablets
31 to 40 3 tablets 3 tablets 3 tablets
> 40 4 tablets 4 tablets 4 tablets
Adult 4 tablets 4 tablets 4 tablets
Table 15 WHO Treatment Schedule for Chloroquine

Number of Tablets Number of Tablets
(100 mg base) ___ (150 mg base)
Weight (kg) Age Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 1 Day 2 Day 3
5 to 6 < 4 mo 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.25
7 to 10 4 to 11mo 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
11 to 14 1 to 2 yr 1.5 1.5 0.5 1 1 0.5
15 to 18 3 to 4 yr 2 2 0.5 1 1 1
19 to 24 5 to 7 yr 2.5 2.5 1 1.5 1.5 1
25 to 35 8 to 10 yr 3.5 3.5 2 2.5 2.5 1
36 to 50 11 to 13 yr 5 5 2.5 3 3 2
50+ 14+ yr 6 6 3 4 4 2
Tablets for children can be crushed and added to jam or yogurt

to disguise the bitter taste.
Efficacy
Chloroquine remains the drug of choice for the treatment of sus-
ceptible malaria; however, only P. malariae and P. ovale remain
fully sensitive to the drug. The use of this drug as an agent for
emergency self-treatment is currently limited due to widespread
CRPF and P. vivax.
Adverse Reactions
The standard treatment dosage is comparatively well tolerated.
Minor events include gastrointestinal symptoms, dizziness, and
visual disturbances. Itching, rash, and psoriasis may occur. Rare
neuropsychiatric reactions have been reported, including epilep-
tic seizures.
Indicated for the treatment of malaria caused by chloroquine-
susceptible plasmodia. Chloroquine can be provided for standby
treatment to travelers with destinations in Hispaniola, in Central
America, Egypt, and the Near East.
Malaria 303
Co-artemether
Pharmacology
Description: Co-artemether (formerly CGP56697) is an orally
administered fixed combination of 20 mg artemether, the methyl
ether of dihydoartemisinin and 120 mg lumefantrine (formerly
benflumetol), a novel aryl amino alcohol. This combination was
developed in the 1970s in China by the Academy of Military Med-
ical Sciences, Beijing, and is now produced by Novartis Pharma,
Switzerland. For travelers self-treatment, the combination
artemether/lumefantrine Riamet is available and registered for
emergency self-treatment indication. This combination is also on
the WHO list of anti-malarial drugs recommended for the treat-
ment of uncomplicated malaria in travelers.
Mode of action: This new treatment agent has effective sch-
izontoicidal and gametocytocidal activity against P. falciparum.
Potentiation between artemether and lumefantrin was detected in
combination experiments, and it is proposed that use of the com-
bination should reduce the speed of development of resistance.
Pharmacokinetics: Artemether is rapidly absorbed, and there
is improved bioavailability after postprandial administration. A
broad inter- and intraindividual variability of the plasma con-
centrations of both components has been observed. Artemether
is rapidly metabolized into the active dehydroartemisinin. Whereas
artemether has a brief half-life of 2 hours, that of lumefantrin is
2 to 3 days in healthy volunteers and 4 to 6 days in patients.
Administration
Dosage: in nonimmune adults, 4 tablets each at 0, 8, 24, 36, 48,
60 hours, 24 tablets total. In semi-immune adults, a course of
16 tablets at 0, 8, 24, 48 hours is sufficient in areas without mul-
tiresistant P. falciparum. In children, the recommended dosage
is as follows:
• 10 to 15 kg: 1 tablet each at 0, 8, 24, 36, 48, 60 hours,

6 tablets total
• 15 to 25 kg: 2 tablets each at 0, 8, 24, 36, 48, 60 hours,

12 tablets total
• 25 to 35 kg: 3 tablets each at 0, 8, 24, 36, 48, 60 hours,
18 tablets total
Availability: Riamet available in a few countries since Janu-

ary 1999. The exact same drug is available in many developing
countries under the name of Co-Artem, but there are only 16 tablets
per package which is sufficient for semi-immunes, whereas non-
immunes need the full 24 tablets course. Note that shelf life is lim-
ited to a maximum of 2 years.
Efficacy
Dose-finding studies indicate usually good efficacy with a four-
dose regimen, except in an area of multidrug resistance in Thai-
land, but six dose regimens were highly effective there. A RCT
of co-artemether versus pyrimethamine and sulfadoxine showed
that co-artemether is safe in African children with acute, uncom-
plicated falciparum malaria, that it clears parasites more rapidly
than the comparator, and that it results in fewer gametocyte car-
riers. In mixed infections with P. vivax, additional therapy with
8-aminoquinoline is indicated to eliminate exoerythrocyte forms
of the parasites.
Adverse Reactions
Frequent adverse events (≥ 10%) include headache, dizziness,
insomnia, abdominal pain, and anorexia. Less frequent (1 to
10%) were palpitations, prolongation of QTc without any clini-
cal symptoms (7%), diarrhea, nausea and vomiting, pruritus,
exanthema, arthralgia and myalgia, and rarely (< 1%) cough. A
slight elevation of alamine transaminase has been observed.
Because of tiredness and asthenia, the ability to drive a car or to
handle machines may be impaired.
Relative contraindications in serious renal or hepatic insuffi-
ciency, known congenital QT-prolongation, or conditions that
Malaria 305
may result in QT prolongation, such as specific cardiac conditions,

hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, for medication see “Interac-
tions.” Contraindicated also in severe malaria, as bioavailability,
mainly of lumefantrin, may be insufficient.
Pregnancy: category C, no data available.
Lactation: contraindicated
Interactions
There are no known interactions, but avoid using Riamet con-
comitantly with halofantrin, quinine, antiarrhythmic agents
(classes IA, III), H1-blockers such as terfenadin or astemizol. In
contrast, no interaction with mefloquine has been noted.
Novel option for treatment of uncomplicated malaria caused by P.
falciparum. This combination treatment will be useful for the
emergency self-treatment indication in travelers and is likely to offer
fastest relief of all SBTs because of the artemisinin component.
Mefloquine
“Adverse Events,” and “Interactions,” refer to the section on
“Chemoprophylaxis” on pages 284–9.)
Administration
The treatment schedule for mefloquine depends on the extent of
mefloquine resistance in a particular area. A single dose of 15 mg
base/kg is recommended in areas with little or no resistance to
the agent. A higher, split dose of 25 mg/kg is recommended in
areas with significant mefloquine resistance, such as the Thai bor-
der provinces of Trat and Tak. The split dose is administered as
a first dose of 15 mg base/kg on day 1, followed by a second dose
of 10 mg base/kg, 6 to 24 hours later. The table that follows shows
the recommended WHO dosages (Table 16). Tablets for children
can be crushed and added to jam or yogurt to disguise the bitter
taste.
Table 16 Recommended Treatment Dosages for Mefloquine

Split dose (25 mg base/kg)
Single dose First dose Second dose
(15 mg (15 mg (10 mg
Weight (kg) Age base/kg) base/kg) base/kg)
<5 < 3 mo NR NR NR
5 to 6 3 mo 0.25 0.25 0.25
7 to 8 4 to 7 mo 0.5 0.5 0.25
9 to 12 8 to 23 mo 0.75 0.75 0.5
13 to 16 2 to 3 mo 1 1 0.5
17 to 24 4 to 7 mo 1.5 1.5 1
25 to 35 8 to 10 yr 2 2 1.5
36 to 50 11 to 13 yr 3 3 2
51 to 59 14 to 15 yr 3.5 3.5 2
60 + 15+ yr 4 4 2
NR = not recommended
Adverse Reactions
The rate of adverse events in higher doses used for treatment are
markedly elevated, compared with the ones in prophylaxis. There
is an incidence of 30 to 50% of severe nausea and dizziness, but
use of the split dosage reduces the incidence of dose-related
adverse events, especially vomiting. Serious adverse events, par-
ticularly neuropsychiatric events, show a higher incidence after
treatment (1 of 216) than after prophylactic use of the drug. The
mechanism for serious neurotoxicity is unknown but may be
dose-related, although serious adverse events have also occurred
at relatively low plasma mefloquine concentrations. Because
mefloquine has a long and variable half-life of up to 33 days, treat-
ment with mefloquine or quinine in persons who are using meflo-
quine prophylaxis should only be performed under close medical
supervision.
Malaria 307

Indicated for the treatment of uncomplicated malaria caused by
CRPF. Mefloquine can be provided for standby treatment to trav-
elers with destinations in South and Southeast Asia or in South
America. When the destination is in tropical Africa, mefloquine
is seldom indicated as an SBET drug, because in the case of a
mefloquine chemoprophylaxis failure, the drug would be of lim-
ited value. Exceptions would include the possibility of travelers
using the less effective chloroquine plus proguanil chemopro-
phylaxis or in travelers using no chemoprophylaxis (eg, short trips
as in airline crews, long-term residents, or refusal of chemopro-
phylaxis).
Quinine
Pharmacology
Description: Quinine is the main cinchona alkaloid and has been
used for more than 300 years in malaria therapy. Quinidine is a
stereoisomer of quinine. It is available as the quinine salts, most
commonly quinine hydrochloride, quinine dihydrochloride, and
quinine sulfate. Each 10 mg salt contains approximately 8 mg qui-
nine base. Quinine is most valuable in the treatment of severe fal-
ciparum malaria, when it must be administered parenterally. This
section is concerned with the treatment of uncomplicated malaria
only.
Mode of action: Quinine is a highly active blood schizonto-
cide and is also gametocyticidal against P. vivax, P. ovale, and P.
malariae.
Pharmacokinetics: Good oral bioavailability and peak plasma
levels are achieved within 1 to 3 hours. Quinine is metabolized
in the liver and excreted as the parent drug (20%) or its metabo-
lites in the urine. The mean elimination half-life varies from
approximately 11 hours (healthy volunteers) to 16 hours (uncom-
plicated malaria patients).
Administration
The WHO recommends the following dosages:
• For areas where parasites are sensitive to quinine: 8 mg base/kg

orally 3 times daily for 7 days
• For areas with a high degree of quinine resistance: 8 mg
base/kg orally 3 times daily for 7 days plus doxycycline 100
mg salt daily for 7 days (contraindicated in children aged
< 8 years and in pregnant women) or tetracycline 250 mg salt
4 times daily for 7 days (contraindicated in children < 8 years
and in pregnant women)
Availability: Worldwide. Numerous preparations containing

quinine salts are marketed.
Efficacy
Resistance to quinine is developing in some parts of the world, espe-
cially in Southeast Asia (mainly Vietnam and Thailand), where qui-
nine is administered in a 7-day course with tetracycline. Despite
the two-pronged approach, increasing recrudescence rates and
decreased in vitro sensitivity have been noted. In a standby treat-
ment setting, the probable success of a complex combination reg-
imen therapy over a prolonged period of 7 days is questionable
due to projected poor compliance. Rather, this treatment option
is for malaria treatment under a physician’s supervision.
Adverse Reactions
The adverse events associated with this agent are collectively
known as “cinchonism,” which consists of high-tone deafness, tin-
nitus, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, malaise, and vision disturbances.
Other potential adverse reactions include hypoglycemia in per-
sons with a high level of P. falciparum parasitemia. CNS and car-
diovascular reactions have been reported especially in cases of
of overdose. Other less frequent adverse events include skin reac-
tions (eg, erythema multiforme), asthma, agranulocytosis, throm-
bocytopenia, hemolysis, and liver damage.
Malaria 309

Absolute: Hypersensitivity to the drug and in the presence of hemo-
globinuria during malaria or in persons with optic neuritis or myas-
thenia gravis.
Relative: Caution in required in patients with atrial fibrilla-
tion or other heart disease. Avoid combining quinine with digoxin,
and give with caution to persons who have been taking mefloquine
prophylaxis or to persons who have received mefloquine therapy
in the preceeding 2 weeks because of possible cardiovascular tox-
icity. Quinine has been associated with hemolysis in persons
with a G-6-PD deficiency. Caution is advised with diabetics and
in persons with impaired liver function.
Pregnancy and Lactation: Quinine can stimulate uterine con-
tractions and may cause abortion at high doses. Quinine is, how-
ever, considered a safe agent for the treatment of malaria in
pregnant women who should, if at all possible, seek prompt med-
ical attention for all febrile episodes. Quinine is secreted in breast
milk.
Interactions
Interactions have been reported for digoxin, cimetidine, and
mefloquine (see above).
Quinine may be used to treat chloroquine-resistant malaria, but
compliance and tolerability are delimiting factors for SBET (see
above).
Obsolete Therapeutic Agents
Halofantrine (Halfan), a phenanthrene methanol antimalarial, is
available in tablet form (250 mg) and as an oral suspension
(20 mg/mL). Clinical trials have repeatedly established the effi-
cacy of this agent against chloroquine-sensitive and chloroquine-
resistant P. falciparum. Originally considered to be a very safe
drug, one disadvantage was the agent’s poor and erratic absorp-
tion. Mainly, however, the cardiotoxic potential of halofantrine
has been established; sudden deaths have been associated with
the therapeutic use of this drug, which led to the issue of the WHO
statement “halofantrine is no longer recommended for standby
treatment following reports that it can result in prolongation of
the QTc intervals and ventricular dysrhythmias in susceptible indi-
viduals. These changes can be accentuated if halofantrine is taken
with other antimalarial drugs that can decrease myocardial con-
duction.” An electrocardiogram (ECG) with normal QTc inter-
val prior to departure apparently does not preclude the risk of a
fatal adverse event with this drug.
Future Prospects
Pyronaridine, a blood schizontocide, is highly effective against
multiresistant strains. Pharmacokinetic data indicate poor bioavail-
ability. This drug has yet to be registered outside China.
Chlorproguanil/dapsone, a synergistic, low-cost combination,
has been shown to be effective against pyrimethamine/ sulfadoxine-
resistant P. falciparum in healthy human volunteers.
Agents in early clinical development include tafenoquine
(formerly etaquine, WR 238605), also desferioxamine (an iron-
chelating agent) and calcium antagonists including verapamil
and promazine.
Agents in preclinical development include inhibitors of phos-
pholipid metabolism and protease inhibitors that have blocked in
vitro parasite development and cured malaria infected mice. Malaria
vaccines are many years away and are unlikely to offer sufficient
efficacy for travelers. However, they will be important-even with
protective efficacy of just 50%. Approximately one million lives
could be saved among mainly Africa infants and children.
The mainstay of malaria therapy is speed. Make the patient aware

aware of symptoms to minimize “patient delay,” and the consulted
medical professional should promptly conduct diagnostic tests (not
confusing malaria with influenza) to minimize “doctor delay.” Pro-
vide therapy according to the circumstances, availability of drugs,
Malaria 311
and instructions in the specific country. Details of management

are not discussed here, which a specialist in tropical medicine or
infectious diseases should conduct handle after a definite species
diagnosis has been established.
Notification to Authorities
Required in most countries.
Isolation or Quarantine
None.
Contacts
Examine travel partners; they are often infected.
Additional Readings
Kain KC, Shanks GD, Keystone JS. Malaria chemoprophylaxis in the
age of drug resistance. I. Currently recommended drug regimens.
Keystone JS. Reemergence of malaria: increasing risks for travelers. J
Travel Med 2001;8 (Suppl 3):S42–S7.
Schlagenhauf P, et al. Tolerability of malaria chemoprophylaxis in non-
immune travelers to sub-Saharan Africa: a randomised, double-
blind, four-arm study Brit Med J 2003. [In press.]
Schlagenhauf P. Travelers’ malaria. Hamilton, London (ON): BC
Decker; 2002.
Shanks GD, et al. Malaria chemoprophylaxis in the age of drug resis-
tance. II. Drugs that may be available in the future. Clin Infect Dis
2001;33:381–5.
MEASLES
Infectious Agent
Measles is caused by the measles virus, a member of the genus

Morbillivirus of the family Paramyxoviridae. It is the most infec-
tious virus known to humans.
Transmission
Measles is transmitted by droplet spread and occasionally by

freshly soiled articles.
Global Epidemiology
Measles occurs throughout the world but has become rare in the
Americas due to vaccination campaigns. It has been possible to
eradicate the American serotype, but imported serotypes still
may result in outbreaks. Only 2,106 cases were confirmed in
Europe in 1996, but there was a resurgence in 1997, with 88,485
cases reported, 27,635 of them confirmed. Overall, 44 million cases
were reported to WHO in 1995. Insufficient vaccination cover-
age was responsible for epidemic outbreaks in several European
countries in 2002.
Risk for Travelers
In the United States, approximately 100 measles cases were

imported annually from 1980 to 1985, accounting for 0.7 to 6.9%
of the annual number of reported measles cases. Of these, sec-
ondary spread of infection occurred in approximately 20%. About
43% of reported cases were epidemiologically linked to exposure
to an imported case. The importation rate varied from one to three
cases in 1 million travelers when the destination had been Europe
or Mexico to >30 in 1 million when travelers had been to India
or the Philippines. Cases in non-US citizens were considered non-
312
Measles 313
preventable. Of the remainder, 44% had not been vaccinated, and

28% had occurred in children younger than the recommended age
for vaccination or in people with a history of adequate vaccina-
tion. There have been reports of suspected transmission of measles
during international and domestic flights.
Clinical Picture
Measles initially causes fever, conjunctivitis, coryza, and Kop-

lik’s spots. These initial symptoms are followed in 3 to 5 days by
a red blotchy rash, beginning in the face. Complications include
otitis media, pneumonia, croup, diarrhea, and encephalitis, more
often observed in infants and adults than in children and more often
in malnourished individuals. The case fatality rate is 0.3% in the
developed nations and usually 3% in the developing countries,
but it may reach 30% in some localities.
Incubation
There is an incubation period of 7 to 18 days before the onset of

fever. The rash develops a few days later.
Communicability
The communicable period extends from slightly before the begin-

ning of prodromal symptoms until 4 days after the appearance of
the rash.
General susceptibility. Permanent immunity occurs after illness.
Immunization.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Immunoprophylaxis by Measles Vaccine

Viability: live, attenuated
Antigenic form: whole virus strains—Edmonston-Enders,
Edmonston-Zagreb EZ19. Schwarz strains usually used, minimum
1000 TCID50
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: none
Allergens/Excipiens: variable, some with residual egg or
human proteins, 25 µg neomycin per dose. Sorbitol and hydrolized
gelatine added as stabilizer
Mechanism: induction of a modified measles infection in sus-
ceptible persons. Antibodies induced by this infection protect
against subsequent wild virus infection.
Application
Schedule: 0.5 mL SC, preferably at age 12 to 15 months. Usu-
ally, a combined measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) vaccine is
used.
Booster: A second dose is recommended in most countries not
earlier than 4 weeks after the first dose or at age 4 to 7 years or
11 to 15 years. Routine revaccination with MMR is recom-
mended.
Route: SC
Site: preferably over deltoid
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Freezing does not harm
the vaccine but may crack the diluent vials. Store the diluent at
room temperature or in the refrigerator. The vaccine should be
transported at 10°C (50°F) or cooler and protected from light. The
Measles 315
vaccine powder can tolerate 7 days at room temperature. Recon-

stitued vaccine can tolerate 8 hours in the refrigerator.
Availability: Many products are available worldwide.
Protection
Onset: 2 to 6 weeks
Efficacy: Induces neutralizing antibodies in at least 97% of sus-
ceptible children. Seroconversion is somewhat less in adults.
Disease incidence is typically reduced by 95% in family and
classroom cohorts.
Possibly, attenuated rubeola vaccine given within 72 hours after
exposure to natural measles virus will prevent illness but, if avail-
able, specific hyperimmune immunoglobulins are more effective
in such situations. There is no contraindication to vaccinating chil-
dren already exposed to natural measles.
Duration: Antibody levels persist 10 years or longer in most
recipients, with possible lifelong protection granted.
Protective level: Specific measles neutralizing antibody titer
of > 1:8 is considered immune.
Adverse Reactions
Burning or stinging of short duration at the injection site is fre-
quently reported. Local pain, induration, and erythema may also
occur at the injection site.
Symptoms similar to those following natural measles infec-
tion may occur, such as mild regional lymphadenopathy, urticaria,
rash, malaise, sore throat, fever, headache, dizziness, nausea,
vomiting, diarrhea, polyneuritis, and arthralgia or arthritis (usu-
ally transient and rarely chronic). Reactions are usually mild and
transient. Moderate fever occurs occasionally, high fever (> 39.4°C
[103°F]) less commonly.
Erythema multiforme has been reported rarely, as well as
optic neuritis. Isolated cases of polyneuropathy, including Guillain-
Barré syndrome, have been reported after immunization with
vaccines containing measles. Encephalitis and other nervous
system reactions have occurred rarely in subjects given this vac-

cine, but no causal relationship has been established.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with known hypersensitivity to the vaccine or
any of its components. Persons with a history of anaphylactoid
or other immediate reactions following egg ingestion for the vac-
cines with traces of egg protein (see below)
Children: safe and effective for children age ≥ 12 months.
Vaccination is not recommended for children age < 12 months,
because remaining maternal measles-neutralizing antibodies may
interfere with the immune response.
Pregnant women: contraindicated. Advise postpubertal women
to avoid pregnancy for 3 months on theoretical grounds.
Lactating women: The vaccine-strain virus is secreted in milk
and may be transmitted to infants who are breast-fed. In the
infants with serologic evidence of measles infection, none exhib-
ited severe symptoms.
Immunodeficient persons: Do not use in immunodeficient
persons, including persons with immune deficiencies, whether
owing to genetic disease, malignant neoplasm, or drug or radia-
tion therapy. Routine immunization of asymptomatic HIV-infected
persons with MMR is recommended.
Interactions
To avoid hypothetical concerns over antigenic competition, admin-
ister measles vaccine simultaneously with other live vaccines or
1 month apart. Routine immunizations may be given concur-
rently.
Measles vaccination may lead to false positive HIV serologic
tests when particularly sensitive assays (eg, product-enhanced
reverse transcriptase assay [PERT]) are used. This is related to
the presence of EAV-0, an avian retrovirus remaining in residual
egg proteins of most measles vaccines.
Measles 317

Children are routinely immunized against measles throughout the
world, usually with the preferred combined MMR vaccine admin-
istered at age 12 to 15 months. In many countries, a second dose
is given at age 4 to 12 years.
In view of the increased risk of infection in the developing coun-
tries resulting from complications in malnourished local popu-
lations, the age limit for children traveling to these areas should
be lowered to 6 months for preferably a single measles antigen
vaccine dose. Children vaccinated before their first birthday must
be revaccinated (standard recommendations), ideally at age 12 to
15 months and upon starting school. Infants under age 6 months
are usually protected by maternal antibodies.
For admission to schools in the United States, it is usually com-
pulsory to provide proof of immunization against measles or of
natural immunity. Recently, the CDC also recommended admin-
istration of MMR to all crew members of cruise ships lacking doc-
umented immunity to rubella. All adults should be immune to
measles as well, but respective recommendations vary from coun-
try to country. In most countries, those born prior to 1956 or 1964
are considered immune. For younger adults, some authorities
recommend 2 vaccines doses, others (eg US), only one. Almost
all expert groups agree that adults with professional risk (work-
ing with children, health professionals) should be immune.
Supportive.
Notification is mandatory in some countries. Isolation is not

practical in the community at large, but if possible, persons
should avoid contact with nonimmunes for 4 days after the
appearance of rash. Quarantine is not practical. Immunization of
contacts may provide protection, if given within 72 hours of
exposure. In addition, specific IG may be used within 3 to 6
days of exposure (plus vaccine 6 months later) in contacts who
have a high risk of complications, such as infants age < 1 year,
pregnant women, or immunocompromised persons.
Additional Readings
Coughlan S, et al. Suboptimal measles-mumps-rubella vaccination
coverage facilitates an imported measles outbreak in Ireland. Clin
Infect Dis 2002;35:84–6.
Rota PA, et al. Molecular epidemiology of measles viruses in the Unit-
ed States, 1997–2001. Emerg Infect Dis 2002;8:902–8.
MENINGOCOCCAL MENINGITIS
(MENINGOCOCCAL DISEASE)
Infectious Agent
Neisseria meningitidis, gram-negative, aerobic diplococci, are clas-

sified into serogroups according to the immunologic reactivity of
their capsular polysaccharides, which are the basis for currently
licensed meningococcal vaccines. Thirteen serogroups are rec-
ognized, but only five—A, B, C, Y and W135—are clinically
important.
Transmission
Humans are the only natural reservoir of Neisseria meningitidis.

The nasopharynx is the site from which meningococci are trans-
mitted by aerosol or secretions to others, from either cases or
asymptomatic carriers. Rates of transmission and carriage are much
higher among populations living in confined areas (military
recruits, dormitories). The ability of rapid acquisition of meningo-
coccal carriage owing to close social mixing has been demonstrated
among British students within as short a period as the first week
at university.
Global Epidemiology
Globally, there are about 500,000 cases yearly, and by far, more
cases occur during epidemics. Serogroups A, B and C are the pre-
dominant cause of meningococcal disease throughout the world,
with serogroups B and C responsible for most cases in Europe
and the Americas and serogroups A and C predominating through-
out Asia and Africa.
Meningococci group A has caused two pandemic waves: The
first pandemic wave affected China, northern Europe, and Brazil
between the 1960s and the 1970s. A second pandemic wave
319
began in China and Nepal in the early 1980s, and hit New Delhi
in 1985, and extended to Mecca, Saudi Arabia during the annual
Hajj pilgrimage of 1987 when almost 2000 Hajj pilgrims devel-
oped meningococcal disease serogroup A. In the mid-1990s, an
outbreak occurred in Mongolia. The most explosive epidemics have
occurred in sub-Saharan Africa, with the highest number ever
reported in 1996 with about 200,000 cases and 20,000 deaths. More
recent epidemics occurred in the year 2000—2,549 cases in
Sudan and 1,000 cases in Ethiopia. In 2001, a large outbreak was
reported in Burkina Faso, with more than 4000 cases.
Serogroups B and C are the main causes of endemic disease
in Europe, Northern America, and New Zealand. Rates of disease
in the United States are about 1 per 100,000; in the United King-
dom, about 4 to 5 per 100,000; and in New Zealand, it has
reached over 20 per 100,000.
Serogroup Y is increasingly reported in the United States,
accounting now for about one-third of cases. Group Y disease
causes pneumonia more frequently than do strains of other groups.
Serogroup W135 was responsible for an outbreak in Hajj pil-
grims in 2000 and 2001. Upon return to their countries of origin,
W135 disease occurred in contacts of returning pilgrims and
also within the wider community. This outbreak generated par-
ticular interest, as W135 is not known to cause major outbreaks.
In the same way, a major outbreak of W135 occurred in Burkina
Faso early in 2002, affecting more than 8,000 individuals.
Risk for Travelers
Data on the risk of meningococcal infection for travelers are

rare. In a questionnaire survey directed to health authorities in
industrialized nations, the estimated risk among travelers to coun-
tries with hyperendemic disease was 0.4 per million travelers
monthly. This reflects an overall relatively small risk for travel-
ers. From 1982–1984, an epidemic affecting over 4,500 local
people occurred in Nepal. During that period, 6 cases of meningo-
coccal disease occurred in tourists, with 2 deaths. All of these indi-
Meningococcal Meningitis 321
viduals had trekked and been in close contact with the local pop-
ulation. The best documented risk of meningococcal disease
among travelers has been in pilgrims for Mecca and Medina in
Saudi Arabia. In 1987, an outbreak affecting more than 1,400 pil-
grims was reported (serogroup A), and in 2000 and 2001, an out-
break affecting more than 400 pilgrims was reported.
Clinical Picture
Neisseria meningitidis cause a broad spectrum of diseases that

range from transient fever and bacteremia to fulminant sep-
ticemia and meningitis. Despite treatment with appropriate antimi-
crobial agents, the overall case fatality rates have remained
relatively stable over the past 20 years, at about 10%, with a rate
of up to 40% among patients with meningococcal sepsis. Of sur-
vivors, 11 to 19% have sequelae, such as hearing loss, neurologic
disability, or loss of a limb. Symptoms of meningitis include
sudden onset of fever, intense headache, vomiting, and frequently
the appearance of a rash. Subsequently, delirium and coma may
occur. Prompt initiation of antibiotic treatment is paramount.
Incubation
The incubation period is 3 to 4 days and rarely 2 to 10 days.
Communicability
Communicability persists until no meningococci are present in the

discharge from the nose and mouth, which is the case within 24
hours following initiation of adequate antimicrobial treatment.
Susceptibility to the clinical disease is low and decreases with age.

Underlying immune defects that may predispose to invasive
meningococcal infection include functional or anatomical asple-
nia, a deficiency of properdin, and a deficiency of terminal com-
plement components. Although persons with these conditions

have a substantially elevated risk of meningococcal infection, infec-
tions in such persons account for only a small proportion of
cases. In household contacts of cases with invasive disease, the
risk of invasive disease is increased by the factor of 400 to 800.
Smoking, as well as concurrent viral infection of the upper res-
piratory tract, increases the risk of transmission. Group-specific
immunity follows even subclinical infections for an unknown
duration.
Immunization and avoidance of crowded situations.
Chemoprophylaxis
Possible with various agents (eg, rifampicin, ceftriaxone,

ciprofloxacin).
Immunoprophylaxis by Meningococcal Vaccines
Polysaccharide meningococcal vaccines such as the currently

available bivalent and quadrivalent vaccines have several short-
comings. First, they induce only a relatively short-life, T-cell
independent antibody response with short-life protection. Second,
they are not effective in children under age 2 years. Third, they
can induce hyporesponsiveness, which means reduced immune
response to a further vaccination. Fourth, they do not prevent
meningococcal carriage.
In contrast, conjugate vaccines induce higher anticapsular
and bactericidal antibodies and induce a T-cell dependent immuno-
logical memory and thus show superior immunogenicity. There-
fore, they can be administered to children under age 2 years and
have a long-lasting protective effect. In addition, they can over-
come hyporesponsiveness.
Meningococcal group C conjugate vaccine has been developed

recently and is already licensed in many European countries and
in Canada. More than 15 million vaccine doses have been applied
during the nationwide vaccination campaign in the United King-
dom in1999. The routine schedule consists of three doses at ages
2, 3, and 4 months without booster. In a catch-up program for chil-
dren age 1 to 18 years, a single dose of meningococcal conjugate
vaccine was used. Short-term efficacy of the meningococcal C con-
jugate vaccine was evaluated at 92% and 97% for toddlers and
teenagers, respectively. The shortcoming in travel medicine with
these vaccines is that they only protect so far against group C.

Antigenic form: capsular polysaccharide fragments, groups A,
C, in some vaccines also Y, and W135—50 µg each. The B-group
vaccine is being tested in various countries. A conjugated poly-
saccharide vaccine group C is available in many countries.
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: 0.01% thimerosal in some vaccines
Allergens/Excipiens: none / 2.5 to 5 mg lactose per 0.5 mL
Mechanism: induction of protective bactericidal antibodies
Application
Schedule: 0.5 mL as a single dose. Some manufacturers recom-
mend a second dose in small children age < 18 months.
Booster: Revaccination may be indicated, particularly in chil-
dren at high risk who were first immunized at age < 4 years. Revac-
cinate such children after 2 or 3 years if they remain at high risk.
Subsequent doses will reinstate the primary immune response but
not evoke an accelerated booster.
Route: SC or jet injection, some IM
Site: over deltoid
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F); discard if frozen. Pow-
der can tolerate 12 weeks at 37°C (98.6°F) and 6 to 8 weeks at
45°C (113°F). Shipping data are not provided. Some vaccines must
be reconstituted . Use the single-dose vial within 24 hours after
reconstitution. Refrigerate the multidose vial after reconstitu-
tion, and discard within 5 days. In many countries, reconstituted
A + C vaccines are marketed.
Availability: Various vaccines are marketed worldwide either
against groups C, A and C, or A, C, Y, and W135. No group B
vaccine is yet commercially available, except in Cuba.
Protection
Onset: 7 to 14 days
Efficacy: Group A vaccine reduces disease incidence by 85 to
95% and group C vaccine by 75 to 90%. Clinical protection from
the Y and W135 strains has not been directly determined. Immuno-
genicity has been demonstrated in adults and children age > 2 years.
Meningococcal vaccine is unlikely to be effective in infants and
very young children because of insufficient immunogenicity at
this age. The vaccine is not effective against serogroup B, the most
common form of meningococcal infection in the developed coun-
tries. Results are inconclusive about whether meningococcal
polysaccharide vaccines show a lasting effect on carriage.
Vaccination does not substitute for chemoprophylaxis in indi-
viduals exposed to meningococcal disease because of the delay
in developing protective antibody titers. However, the meningo-
coccal polysaccharide vaccine has been effective against serogroup
C meningococcal disease in a community outbreak.
Duration: Antibodies against group A and C polysaccharides
decline markedly over the first 3 years following vaccination. The
decline is more rapid in infants and young children than in adults,
particularly with respect to group C. In a group of children age
> 4 years, 3 years after vaccination, efficacy declined from > 90
to 67%. Duration is 3 to 5 years, but most likely, only 2 years in
young children.
Protective level: estimated to be ≥ 1 µg/mL anti-polysaccharide
antibodies; not well established.
Adverse Reactions
Reactions to vaccination are generally mild and infrequent, con-
sisting of localized erythema lasting 1 to 2 days. Up to 2% of young
children develop fever transiently after vaccination.
Contraindications
Absolute: none
Children: except for conjugated groups vaccine (which are less
relevant for travelers) not recommended for children under age
2 years, because they are unlikely to develop an adequate anti-
body response (see above for schedule). Serogroup A polysac-
charide vaccine induces antibody in some children as young as
age 3 months, although a response comparable to that seen in adults
is not achieved until age 4 or 5 years.
Pregnant women: category C. The manufacturer recommends
that this vaccine not be used in pregnant women, especially in the
first trimester, on theoretical grounds. It is unknown whether the
meningococcal vaccine or corresponding antibodies cross the
placenta. Generally, most IgG passage across the placenta occurs
during the third trimester. Use only if clearly needed.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether the meningococcal
vaccine or corresponding antibodies are excreted in breast milk.
Problems in humans have not been documented.
pressive therapy or those with other immunodeficiencies may have
diminished response to active immunization. Nevertheless, this
vaccine is indicated for asplenic patients.
Interactions
Meningococcal vaccine efficacy was slightly suppressed fol-
lowing measles vaccination in one study. If possible, separate these
vaccines by 1 month for optimal response.
in an insufficient response to immunization.

Vaccination with the ACWY quadrivalent vaccine is required
for pilgrims visiting Mecca in Saudi Arabia for the Hajj. Vacci-
nation is indicated for travelers to the African meningitis belt (Fig-
ure 38), especially during the dry season (December through
June). Although bivalent meningococcal vaccine (against A and
C) was recommended to general travelers in the past, in view of
the recent W135 outbreaks, we advise administering quadrivalent
meningococcal vaccine (against A, C, Y and W135) to all trav-
elers visiting the African meningitis belt,. Likewise, meningococcal
vaccine is indicated in countries with recent or current meningo-
coccal disease epidemics caused by a vaccine preventable sub-
group. Offer immunization to all travelers with special risks (ie,
asplenia, properdin deficiency; and to aid workers in refugee
camps).
The American Committee of Immunization Practices recom-
mends meningococcal vaccination against serogroup C for col-
lege students, especially first-year students and those living in
catered-hall accommodation.
None. Medical consultation is urgently required.
Parenteral penicillin (resistances in Africa and Spain), ampi-

cillin, or chloramphenicol are to be given rapidly.
Notification is mandatory in most countries. Place the patient in

respiratory isolation for 24 hours following start of antimicrobial
therapy. No quarantine is required. Intimate contacts should be
actively traced for prophylactic administration of an effective
antimicrobial agent.
1980-81
1994-95
2001
1996 1982-84
1998 1998 1995
1999/2000 1989
2001
1999 2000/1
1995 1989
1983-85 1990-92
1997 1992 1989
1996 2000 1991-93
1999
1998
1993
1998
Tropimed©
Meningitis belt (Lapeyssonnie), main transmission December to June
Figure 38 Major outbreaks of meningococcal meningitis, 1971–2001

Additional Readings
Aguilera JF, et al. Outbreak of serogroup W135 meningococcal disease
after the Hajj pilgrimage, Europe, 2000. Emerg Infect Dis 2002;8:
761–7.
Koch S, Steffen R. Meningococcal disease in travelers. J Travel Med
1994;1:4–7.
Wilder-Smith A, et al. Acquisition of W135 meningococcal carriage in
Hajj pilgrims and transmission to household contacts. BMJ 2002;
325:365–6.
Wilder-Smith A, Paton NI. Crossover vaccination with quadrivalent
meningococcal vaccine (against A/C/Y/W-135) following recent
application of bivalent meningococcal vaccine (against A/C):
assessment of safety and side effect profile. J Travel Med 2002;9:
20–3.
MONKEYPOX
Monkeypox virus infection was identified in central and West

Africa during the smallpox eradication program. The infection is
spread from chimpanzees, other species of monkeys, and squir-
rels. Squirrels are probably the most important reservoir for this
virus. Human infections usually occur sporadically, and children
are most frequently affected, particularly in rural areas where there
is greater contact with animals. With decreasing immunity to small-
pox resulting from decreasing use of vaccine, the incidence of mon-
keypox infection seems to increase as illustrated by an epidemic
in remote parts of Congo-Zaire in 1997. The infection is systemic,
producing a generalized rash. Diagnosis is made based on sero-
logic testing. There is no known therapy for this infection.
Additional Reading
Meyer H, et al. Outbreaks of disease suspected of being due to
human monkeypox virus infection in the Democratic Republic
of Congo in 2001. J Clin Microbiol 2002;40:2919–21.
329
PLAGUE
Infectious Agent
Yersinia pestis is the bacterium that causes plague.
Transmission
Plague is an acute bacterial illness transmitted to humans by the

bites of infected fleas, direct contact with infected animals
(rodents, cats), or transmission of infected droplets between per-
sons.
Global Epidemiology
Plague occurs infrequently on all continents, except Europe,

Australia, and the Antarctic (Figure 39). Worldwide, up to 2,576
cases and up to 621 deaths yearly were reported to WHO between
1980 and 1997; however, there is considerable underreporting. The
WHO Weekly Epidemiological Record regularly reports infected
areas. The main foci currently are in Madagascar, Malawi,
Mozambique, Tanzania, and Peru; a few cases also occur in the
United States each year. The alleged plague epidemic of 1994 in
India was extensively covered by the media which resulted in some
hysteria in the developed countries. However, the epidemic was
due to a large extent not to plague but to various other infections.
Such inadequacies in diagnosis mostly result from limited labo-
ratory facilities.
Risk for Travelers
Plague is extremely rare among international travelers. Since

1970, only a single case has been reported, in an American
researcher who was investigating rats in Bolivia. Plague has
occasionally been associated with recreational activities in
California.
330
Plague 331
Countries reporting plague, 1970–1995

Probable foci
Figure 39 Geographic distribution of natural foci of plague

Clinical Picture
More than 80% of Yersinia pestis infections result in bubonic

plague. Initial signs include unspecific fever, headache, myalgia,
nausea, sore throat, followed by lymphadenitis usually in the
inguinal drainage area of the site of the flea bite. Progress to sep-
ticemic plague is possible, resulting in meningitis, shock, and dis-
seminated intravascular coagulation. Primary septicemic plague
without detectable lymphadenopathy is rare (10% of all cases).
Secondary pneumonic plague may result in the uncommon but
most dangerous primary pneumonic plague (10% of all cases) by
direct person-to-person transfer. The case fatality rate in untreated
bubonic plague exceeds 50%, and reaches 100% in primary pneu-
monic plague. The prognosis is far better with timely antimicro-
bial therapy.
Incubation
The incubation period is 1 to 7 days and possibly slightly longer

in immunized persons.
Communicability
Communicability is most feared in pneumonic plague, but pus from

suppurating buboes may rarely result in person-to-person trans-
mission of bubonic plague.
General susceptibility with limited immunity after recovery.
Travelers should avoid overcrowded areas during outbreaks.

Plague 333
Chemoprophylaxis
Tetracycline, 15 to 30 mg/kg, or chloramphenicol, 30 mg/kg, daily

in four divided doses for 1 week once exposure ceases.
Immunoprophylaxis by Plague Vaccine

Antigenic form: whole bacterium Y. pestis
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: 0.5% phenol
Allergens/Excipiens: peptones and peptides of soy and casein,
beef proteins/yeast extract, agar, formaldehyde
Mechanism: Antibodies against capsular fraction 1 (F1) anti-
gen are thought to be key in protection but other factors may play
a role.
Application
Schedule: three doses in a primary series
Children: not recommended as insufficient data are available
Adults: 1 mL on day 0, 0.2 mL day 30 to 90, 0.2 mL 3 to 6
months after second dose
Booster: at 1- to 2-year intervals if risk persists
Route: IM
Site: deltoid region
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F); discard if frozen. Prod-
uct can tolerate 15 days at room temperature.
Availability: available in the United States (generic, Greer Lab-
oratories) and in several other countries.
Protection
Onset: protective titers 2 weeks following second dose in 90%
of recipients
Efficacy: 90% reduction in the incidence of bubonic plague

after the second dose. Efficacy against pneumonic plague is
unknown. Vaccination will often limit the severity of infection but
not completely prevent it.
Duration: 6 to 12 months
Protective level: PHA titer >1:128
Adverse Reactions
Mild local reactions frequently follow primary immunization, with
increasing incidence and severity following repeated dose. These
include erythema, induration, and edema, which usually subside
after 2 days. Sterile abscess can occasionally occur.
Systemic effects in 10% of cases include malaise, headache,
lymphadenopathy, fever, and exceptionally arthralgia, myalgia,
and vomiting for several days. Anaphylactic shock, tachycardia,
urticaria, asthma, and hypotension occur on rare occasions.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with a previous severe adverse reaction to the
vaccine
Children: relative contraindication because of lack of data.
Early empiric recommendations indicate giving 20% of adult
dose in infants, 40% in children age 1 to 4 years, and 60% in chil-
dren age 5 to 10 years.
Pregnant women: category C. Use only if clearly needed.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether plague vaccine or
pressive therapy or those with other immunodeficiencies may have
diminished antibody response to active immunization.
Plague 335
Interactions
Avoid administering plague vaccine with parenteral typhoid
(TAB) or cholera vaccines, because of the risk of accentuated
adverse reactions.
in an insufficient response to immunization. Give SC to patients
receiving anticoagulants.

Plague is not a health problem in international travel; there has
been only one imported case reported in the past decades, which
occurred in a professional investigating rodents. The vaccine is
rarely to be recommended to travelers, and in most countries, no
vaccine is commercially available. Immunization is not required
by any country as a condition for entry.
The CDC states that “selective vaccination may be considered
for persons who will have direct contact with wild or commen-
sal rodents or other animals in plague-epizootic areas and for per-
sons who will reside or work in plague-endemic rural areas (see
Figure 38) where avoidance of rodents and fleas is difficult.”
Streptomycin or other antimicrobial agents.

Notification is mandatory according to International Health Reg-
ulations. Isolate patients, and give contacts chemoprophylaxis and
place under surveillance.
Additional Readings
Craven RB, et al. Reported cases of human plague infections in the
United States, 1970–1991. J Med Entomol 1993;30:758–61.
Fritz CL, et al. Surveillance for pneumonic plague in the United States
during an international emergency: a model for control of imported
emerging diseases. Emerg Infect Dis 1996;2:30–6.
Williamson ED. Plague vaccine research and development. J Appl
Microbiol 2001;91:606–8.
POLIOMYELITIS (“POLIO”)
Infectious Agent
The infection is caused by types 1, 2, or 3 of the poliovirus, all

of which can cause paralysis. Type 1 has most often been asso-
ciated with epidemics or paralysis.
Transmission
The virus is usually transmitted through oral contact with feces,

but where sanitation is good, pharyngeal spread becomes more
important. Food and beverages contaminated by feces have occa-
sionally been implicated.
Global Epidemiology
Although the goal of polio eradication by the year 2000 was not
achieved, only 480 wild polio virus cases were laboratory con-
firmed in 2001. High transmission areas are India (mainly North),
Pakistan, Afghanistan, Nigeria, Niger; low transmission occurred
in Somalia, Sudan, Ethiopia, Egypt, and Angola. Few cases were
imported to Algeria, Bulgaria, Georgia, Mauritania, and Zambia.
The rest of the world is polio free (Figure 40).
Risk for Travelers
Although it was estimated that, from 1975 to 1984, 1 in 100,000

travelers would be infected by poliovirus and that 1 in 3,000,000
would be paralyzed, the risk currently is minimal. In the devel-
oped nations, poliomyelitis is occasionally diagnosed in immi-
grants. Two travelers imported polio to Germany in 1991, one
returning from Egypt and one from India. Until complete eradi-
cation is achieved, vaccination remains important for travelers vis-
iting endemic countries. Infected travelers may shed the virus while
337
certified free of polio free of polio since 2000 or earlier poliomyelitis not yet eradicated
Figure 40 Global reported incidence of indigenous wild virus poliomyelitis (WHO 2002,
adapted)
Poliomyelitis 339
visiting areas where polio had previously been eradicated, which

may lead to a resurgence of endemicity.
Clinical Picture
Poliovirus infection occurs primarily in the gastrointestinal tract,

spreads to regional lymph nodes and, in a minority of cases, to
the nervous system to cause flaccid paralysis in < 1% of all
infections. Infections may be accompanied by fever and occa-
sionally by headache, vomiting, and muscle pain. Poliomyelitis,
in many languages known as “infantile paralysis,” is not limited
to children. It may cause an even higher rate of paralysis and death
in adults; the oldest patient diagnosed with a travel-acquired
polio infection was over age 80 years.
Incubation
The incubation period for polio is 3 to 35 days, usually 7 to

14 days.
Communicability
Communicability extends from 36 hours to 6 weeks after expo-

sure but rarely beyond that.
Susceptibility is common, but paralysis rarely occurs. Lifelong

type-specific immunity results from clinical and subclinical infec-
tion.
Travelers should be immunized.

Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Immunoprophylaxis by Poliovirus Vaccines
Two fundamentally different vaccines are available, each with its

advantages and disadvantages.
Inactivated Poliomyelitis Vaccine (IPV, Salk)

Antigenic form: whole viruses: serotypes 1 (Mahoney strain),
2 (MEF-1 strain), 3 (Saukett strain). Enhanced inactivated
poliomyelitis vaccine (e-IPV, Salk) is a more potent formulation.
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: 0.5% 2-phenoxyethanol, < 0.02% formalde-
hyde
Allergens/Excipiens: < 5 µg neomycin, 200 µg streptomycin,
or polymyxin B, each per 0.5 mL / none
Mechanism: Induces protective antipoliovirus antibodies,
reducing pharyngeal excretion of poliovirus after exposure to the
wild virus
Application
Schedule: A primary series consists of three 0.5 mL doses.
Children: Most countries have national recommendations to
follow. Essentially, separate the first two doses by at least 4 weeks,
but preferably 8 weeks; they are commonly given at age 2 and
4 months. Give the third dose at least 6 months (but preferably
12 months) after the second dose, commonly at age 15 months.
Give all children who received a primary series of e-IPV or a com-
bination of e-IPV and oral poliomyelitis vaccine (OPV) a booster
dose of OPV or e-IPV before they enter school unless the third
dose of the primary series was administered on or after the fourth
Poliomyelitis 341
birthday. Most industrialized countries have changed to IPV-

only schedules.
Adults: For nonvaccinated adults at increased risk of exposure
to poliovirus, give a primary series of e-IPV—two doses given
at a 1- to 2-month interval with a third dose given 6 to 12 months
later. If < 3 months but > 2 months remain before protection is
needed, give three doses of e-IPV at least 1 month apart. Like-
wise, if only 1 or 2 months remain, give 2 doses of e-IPV 1
month apart.
Give at least one dose of e-IPV to adults at increased risk of
exposure who have had at least one dose of OPV that is equal to
three doses of conventional IPV (available before 1988; in some
countries, still the only available Salk vaccine). Or give a com-
bination of conventional e-IPV and OPV, totaling an equivalent
of three doses. Give any additional doses needed to complete a
primary series if time permits. Adults who have completed a pri-
mary series with any poliovirus vaccine and who are at increased
risk of exposure to poliovirus should be given a single dose of e-
IPV.
To complete a series of primary and booster doses, a total of
four doses is required. Give incompletely immunized children and
adolescents sufficient additional doses to reach this number.
Booster: The need to routinely administer additional doses is
not apparent, except for exposed persons such as travelers to
endemic areas, who should receive booster doses every 10 years.
Route: SC
Site: in the deltoid region. In infants and children the preferred
site is the anterolateral thigh.
Storage: Store at 2° to 8°C (35° to 46°F); do not freeze. Con-
tact manufacturer regarding prolonged exposure to room tem-
perature or elevated or freezing temperatures.
Availability: available in the developed countries and many oth-
ers.
Protection
Onset: Antibodies develop within 1 to 2 weeks following several
doses.
Efficacy: 97.5 to 100% seroconversion to each type after two
doses. This e-IPV formulation is more potent and more consis-
tently immunogenic than previous IPV formulations. Cases of
existing or incubating poliomyelitis cannot be modified or pre-
vented by e-IPV.
Duration: many years, precise duration still uncertain
Protective level: 1:4 serum antibody titer
Adverse Reactions
IPV/e-IPV administration may result in erythema, induration, and
pain at the injection site. Body temperatures at 39°C (102°F) or
higher were reported in up to 38% of e-IPV vaccinees. No par-
alytic reactions to e-IPV are known to have occurred.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with a history of hypersensitivity to any com-
ponent of the vaccine
Children: e-IPV is safe and effective in children as young as
age 6 weeks
Pregnant women: category C. It is unknown whether e-IPV
or corresponding antibodies cross the placenta. Generally, most
IgG passage across the placenta occurs during the third trimester.
Use only if clearly needed.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether e-IPV or corre-
sponding antibodies are excreted in breast milk. Problems in
Immunodeficient persons: e-IPV is the preferred product for
polio immunization of persons who reside with an immunodefi-
cient person. Use of e-IPV in children infected with the HIV virus
outweighs the theoretical risk of adverse immunologic effects. Per-
sons receiving immunosupressive therapy or with other immun-
odeficiencies may experience diminished antibody response to
active immunization with e-IPV.
Poliomyelitis 343
Interactions
Use of routine pediatric vaccines and travel vaccines does not inter-
fere with e-IPV. All immunosuppressant drugs and radiation ther-
apy may cause an insufficient response to immunization.
Oral Poliomyelitis Vaccine (OPV, Sabin)

Antigenic form: whole viruses, Sabin strains 1, 2, 3
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: none
Allergens/Excipiens: < 25 µg neomycin per dose, 25 µg strep-
tomycin per dose, calf serum / Sorbitol, phenol red, polygeline
Mechanism: The OPV administration simulates natural infec-
tion, inducing active mucosal and systemic immunity.
Application
Children: This vaccine is used in most WHO eradication cam-
paigns but has become obsolete in most industrialized countries;
even a minimal risk of vaccine that associates with paralytic
poliomyelitis is unbearable in countries which are polio-free. A
primary series consists of three doses, starting optimally at age
6 to 12 weeks. Separate the first two doses by at least 6 weeks,
but preferably 8 weeks; they are commonly given at age 2 and 4
months. Give the third dose at least 8 months, but preferably 12
months after the second dose, commonly at age 18 months. An
optional additional dose of OPV may be given at age 6 months
in areas where poliomyelitis disease is endemic. Give older chil-
dren (up to age 18 years) two OPV doses, not < 6 weeks and prefer-
ably 8 weeks apart, followed by a third dose 6 to 12 months after
the second dose. Give children entering elementary school who
have completed the primary series a single follow-up dose of OPV.
All others should complete the primary series. This fourth dose
is not required in those who received the third primary dose on
or after their fourth birthday. The multiple doses of OPV in the
primary series are not administered as boosters but to ensure

that immunity to all three types of virus has been achieved.
Adults: The e-IPV or, where unavailable, IPV is preferred for
the primary series, because adults are even more likely to develop
OPV-induced poliomyelitis than are children.
Booster: The need for routine additional doses of poliovirus
vaccine has not been determined, except in exposed persons such
as travelers to endemic areas, in whom booster doses should be
administered every 10 years.
In some countries, e-IPV is preferred if persons older than age
18 years need additional vaccine.
Route: oral
Storage: Store in a freezer. After thawing, use vaccine within
30 days. Vaccine is not stable at room temperature. Do not expose
to more than 10 freeze-thaw cycles, with none exceeding 8°C
(46°F). If the cumulative period of thaw is > 24 hours, use the
vaccine within 30 days. During this time, it must be stored at
between 2°C to 8°C (35° to 46°F). The vaccine is shipped at –18°C
(0°F) or colder in insulated containers with dry ice.
Protection
Onset: Antibodies develop within 1 to 2 weeks following several
doses.
Efficacy: > 95% of children who were studied 5 years after
immunization had protective antibodies against all three types of
poliovirus. Type-specific neutralizing antibodies will be induced
in at least 90% of susceptible persons. The OPV is not effective
in modifying or preventing cases of existing or incubating
poliomyelitis.
Duration: The vaccine is effective for many years; however,
symptomatic poliomyelitis has occurred in travelers who had
completed their primary OPV series and had the last dose at
least 17 years prior to infection.
Protective level: 1:4 serum antibody titer
Poliomyelitis 345
Adverse Reactions
Poliovirus is shed for 6 to 8 weeks in vaccinees’ stools and by the
pharyngeal route.
Some report tiredness or fever.
According to US data, paralysis associated with polio vaccine
occurs with a frequency of 1 case in 2.6 million OPV doses dis-
tributed. Of 105 cases of paralytic poliomyelitis recorded from
1973 to 1984 (in this period, 274.1 million OPV doses were dis-
tributed), 35 cases occurred in vaccine recipients, 50 in house-
hold and nonhousehold contacts of vaccinees, 14 in
immunodeficient recipients or contacts, and 6 in persons with no
history of vaccine exposure.
Contraindications
Absolute: immunosuppressed patients or their household contacts.
Use e-IPV in these cases, except in endemic countries where OPV
is preferable.
Relative: any acute illness, diarrhea, or vomiting
Children: not contraindicated; administer at age 2, 4, and 15
or 18 months, and at age 4 to 6 years. An additional dose at age
6 months is usually recommended.
Pregnant women: category C. Use OPV in pregnancy if expo-
sure is imminent and immediate protection is required.
Lactating women: Breast-feeding does not generally interfere
with successful immunization of infants, despite IgA antibody
secretion in breast milk. In certain tropical endemic areas where
the infant may be vaccinated at birth, the manufacturer suggests
the OPV series be completed when the infant reaches age 2
months.
Immunodeficient persons: Do not use in immunodeficient
persons, including persons with congenital or acquired immune
deficiencies, whether owing to genetic disease, medication, or radi-
ation therapy. Avoid use in HIV-positive persons, whether symp-
tomatic or asymptomatic. Use IPV or e-IPV if available.
Table 17 Advantages and Disadvantages of IPV and OPV

IPV OPV
Administration Injection possibly combined Oral, easy, cheaper
with other pediatric vaccines
Cold chain Less temperature sensitive Cold chain needed
Effectiveness Better in young infants in Serological response less in
tropical areas very young infants
Immunity, onset ≥ 2 doses needed Rapid
Intestinal Low High
resistance
Herd immunity Limited Yes
Vaccine related None Yes, rare—in recipients and
paralysis contacts
Immunocompromised Can be used Contraindicated
Interactions
There is no evidence of interaction between routine or travel-related
vaccines (including oral Ty21a) and OPV, except that the sero-
conversion rate to an experimental oral rotavirus vaccine was
reduced.
Polio immunization is routine worldwide. After completion of a
primary series, administer a booster dose every 10 years to trav-
elers going to countries where transmission of wild polio virus
is still a risk (see Figure 40).
There is no international unanimity about whether oral (OPV)
or inactivated (IPV) vaccine is preferable. Travel health profes-
sionals should follow the recommendations that are valid in their
country. In general, there is a trend toward IPV (or e-IPV where
available) out of concern about paralytic poliomyelitis following
OPV use.
Advantages and disadvantages of both vaccines are shown in
Table 17.
Poliomyelitis 347
Notification is mandatory in most countries. Enteric precautions

should be taken in hospitals. No quarantine. Immunization of con-
tacts, and tracing the source of infection are required.
Additional Readings
CDC. Imported wild poliovirus causing poliomyelitis—Bulgaria,
2001. JAMA 2001;286:2937–8.
CDC. Progress toward poliomyelitis eradication—India, Bangladesh,
and Nepal, January 2001–June 2002. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly
Rep 2002;51:831–3.
Razum O. A farewell to polio vaccination? Not anytime soon. Trop
Med Int Health 2002;7:811–2.
WHO. Progress towards the global eradication of poliomyelitis, 2001.
Bull WHO 2002;77: 98–107.
RABIES
Infectious Agent
The rabies virus belongs to the genus Lyssavirus and occurs pri-
marily in the animals as listed below.
Transmission
Humans contract rabies by being bitten or occasionally by being

scratched by an infected animal. The rabies virus is introduced
into wounds or through mucous membranes. Airborne infection
is rare but has been contracted in caves from infected bats and
also has occurred in laboratory settings. Person-to-person trans-
mission is very rare, and saliva may contain the virus. Rabies has
occurred after corneal transplant from a donor with an undiag-
nosed fatal central nervous system (CNS) disease.
Global Epidemiology
Rabies occurs throughout the world with several exceptions (Fig-

ure 41). There are an estimated 40,000 to 60,000 human deaths
yearly from rabies (15,000 to 35,000 in India), mostly in the
developing countries where transmission by dog bites in urban
areas is common. Fox rabies predominates in Europe, usually trans-
mitted in rural areas. Bat rabies cases have been reported in
Europe (Denmark, Holland, Germany, Spain, Switzerland, and
the United Kingdom), Africa, Asia, and the Americas. Rabies in
North America primarily involves bats, raccoons, skunks, foxes,
coyotes, wolves, and occasionally dogs and cats. It is likely that
several million persons receive postexposure prophylaxis annu-
ally around the world.
348
Rabies 349
Tropimed©
Rabies free (rare bat rabies cases) No information Countries with rabies
Figure 41 Geographic distribution of rabies (WHO 2002, adapted)

Risk for Travelers
The risk of rabies and subsequent death for travelers is unknown,

but many anecdotal cases have been reported, particularly after
exposure in India and Southeast Asia. The annual incidence of
animal bites in expatriates is approximately 2%, according to two
studies, with most of the animals potentially infected. The num-
ber of these individuals receiving postexposure rabies vaccina-
tion is unknown.
Clinical Picture
Initial rabies symptoms include a sense of apprehension, headache,

fever, malaise, and indefinite sensory changes in the area of the
wound. These are followed by excitability, aerophobia, and later
hydrophobia, owing to spasms of the swallowing muscles; delir-
ium, and convulsions. Death occurs after several days because of
respiratory paralysis. Case fatality rate is close to 100% in patients
who develop symptoms; there are less than one dozen anecdotal
reports on survivors worldwide, and apparently all had sequelae.
Incubation
The incubation period is usually 3 to 8 weeks but may be as short

as 4 days or as long as 7 years, depending on the severity of the
wound and its distance from the brain.
Communicability
Dogs and cats are infective 3 to 14 days before the onset of clin-
ical signs and throughout the course of the clinical disease.
Some natural resistance has wrongly been claimed in Iran, where

in spite of not being treated, only 40% among those bitten by rabid
Rabies 351
animals developed the disease. Not all bites from infected ani-
mals transmit the disease.
Travelers should avoid contact with animals that are not known
to be immunized against rabies. Make travelers aware which
animals are most likely to transmit rabies in the host country (usu-
ally dogs) and that no animal bite can be ignored with respect to
the possibility of rabies transmission.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Pre-exposure Immunoprophylaxis by Rabies Vaccine
Various rabies vaccines exist in the developed countries. These

include
• Human diploid cell vaccines (HDCV—Chiron Vaccines, Pas-

teur Mérieux Connaught), strain Pitman-Moore, cultivated on
human cells WI38 or MRC5
• Purified chick embryo cell vaccine (PCECV—Chiron Vac-
cine)
• Purified duck embryo vaccine (PDEV—Berna Biotech Ltd.,
formerly Swiss Serum and Vaccine Institute, will disappear from
market 2004)
• Vero cell rabies vaccine (PVRV—Pasteur Mérieux Connaught)
• Chromatography purified rabies vaccine (CPRV, purified vero
cell—Pasteur Mérieux Connaught) not yet licenced, market-
ing pending in many countries
These vaccines have a similar profile and are described under

separate headings below. Additional vaccines that are more reac-
togenic and less immunogenic are available, particularly in the

developing countries.
Antigenic form: whole virus
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: none
Allergens/Excipiens: Rabies Pasteur Mérieux Connaught—
Neomycin <150 µg, human serum albumin < 100 mg/mL dose;
Rabies Pasteur Mérieux Connaught 3 µg phenol red
Mechanism: induction of neutralizing antibody, cellular immu-
nity, and perhaps interferon
Application
Pre-exposure prophylaxis: three doses (each 1 mL, except PVRV
0.5 mL) IM on days 0, 7, and 21 or 28.
Postexposure prophylaxis: See below.
Booster: Persons at extremely high risk, such as those who
work with live rabies virus in research laboratories or in vaccine
production facilities and those who conduct diagnostic tests for
serum rabies antibody titers should check their titers every 6 to
12 months, as requested. Give booster vaccine doses, as required,
to maintain an adequate titer. A booster dose is a single 1 mL IM
injection after 1 year. This is recommended in travelers who had
three doses at 0, 7, 21 to 28 days. (or 0.1 mL ID, although not
recommended by WHO). Alternatively, serum rabies antibody titers
can be determined every 2 years and a booster dose given if the
titer is insufficient (> 0.5 IU/mL required for protection).
Travelers do not require routine assessment after completion
of primary pre-exposure immunization, but where risk is con-
siderable with prolonged exposure, a single booster is given as
described above.
Route: IM. The ID route that was previously 0.1 or 0.2 mL
ID (not SC) for HDCV only is no longer available or approved.
Site: The deltoid area is the only acceptable site for rabies vac-
cination of adults and older children (IM and ID). In younger chil-
Rabies 353
dren, use the anterolateral thigh. Never administer the rabies

vaccine in the gluteal area.
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Do not freeze.
Availability: High quality, modern tissue culture rabies vac-
cines are now available almost worldwide. In the developing
countries, some embassies (eg, Sweden, Canada) have the vac-
cine. Travelers should contact their embassy first if they require
rabies vaccine while abroad. In some developing countries, parti-
cularly in rural areas, often only suboptimal vaccines are available.
Protection
Onset: Antibodies appear 7 days after IM injection and peak
within 30 to 60 days. Adequate titers usually develop within
2 weeks after the third pre-exposure dose.
Efficacy: essentially 100%. Note that pre-exposure immu-
nization does not eliminate the need for prompt postexposure pro-
phylaxis if bitten by a potentially rabid animal. Pre-exposure
immunization only eliminates the need for rabies immune glob-
ulin (RIG) and reduces the number of vaccine injections required
after such incident.
Duration: Antibodies persist for at least 1 and usually 5 years.
Protective level: Two alternate definitions are used for mini-
mally acceptable antibody titers in vaccinees. The CDC consid-
ers a 1:5 titer by rapid fluorescent focus inhibition test (RFFIT)
to indicate an adequate response to pre-exposure vaccination. The
WHO specifies an antibody titer of 0.5 IU/mL (comparable to a
dilution titer of 1:25) as adequate for postexposure vaccination.
Adverse Reactions
Rabies vaccination can cause transient pain, erythema, swelling,
or itching at the injection site in 25% of cases (up to 70% occa-
sionally). These reactions can be treated with simple analgesics.
Mild systemic reactions including headache, nausea, abdominal
pain, muscle aches, and dizziness are seen in 8 to 20% of cases.
Serum-sickness-like reactions occur 2 to 21 days after injec-
tion in < 1 to 6% of those receiving HDCV booster doses. These
reactions may result from albumin in the vaccine formula rendered

allergenic during manufacturing by beta-propiolactone.
Contraindications
Absolute: previous hypersensitivity reactions to components
of pre-exposure prophylaxis vaccine. None in postexposure
prophylaxis
Relative: any acute illness (pre-exposure prophylaxis)
Children: not contraindicated; pediatric dosage is the same as
for adults. Safety and efficacy for children are established.
Pregnant women: category C. It is unknown whether rabies
vaccine or corresponding antibodies cross the placenta. Gener-
ally, most IgG passage across the placenta occurs during the
third trimester. Use only if clearly needed.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether rabies vaccine or cor-
Immunodeficient persons: Immunosuppression and immun-
odeficiency may interfere with development of active rabies
immunity and may predispose the patient to develop the disease
following exposure. Avoid administering the immunosuppressive
agents during postexposure therapy unless essential for treat-
ment of other conditions.
Interactions
In postexposure prophylaxis, simultaneous administration of RIG
may slightly delay the antibody response to rabies vaccine. Rec-
ommendations for postexposure prophylaxis must be followed
closely.
Chloroquine may suppress the immune response to rabies
vaccines. Complete pre-exposure vaccination should be done 1
to 2 months before chloroquine administration. Other travel-
related vaccines may be administered simultaneously.
Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation therapy may cause
an insufficient response to immunization.
In all IM administration, caution is indicated in patients receiv-
ing anticoagulants.
Rabies 355

Pre-exposure prophylaxis should be considered for prolonged stays
(>1 [WHO] to 3 months depending on the available recommen-
dations) in countries where rabies is endemic. Veterinarians, ani-
mal handlers, field biologists, spelunkers, and certain laboratory
workers are known to be at high risk. Anecdotal reports suggest
that children, teenagers, and young adults riding a bicycle, hik-
ers, walkers and joggers are at greater risk since they more often
come in contact with animals.
Pre-exposure prophylaxis does not eliminate the need for
additional therapy after a rabies exposure. It simplifies postex-
posure treatment, however, as RIG is not required, and the num-
ber of doses of vaccine required is reduced. Vaccines produced
in the developing countries may have an elevated risk of adverse
reactions and of lower efficacy.
Self-Treatment Abroad and Postexposure Prophylaxis
Bites and wounds received from animals must be cleaned and

flushed immediately with soap and water. Apply either ethanol
(70%) or tincture or aqueous solution of iodine or povidone
iodine. A physician must decide the need for postexposure immu-
nization, taking into account the following:
• The animal species involved

• Circumstances of bite (unprovoked?) or other exposure (touch-
ing, licking)
• Immunization status of the animal
• Whether the animal can be kept under observation for 10 days
(start postexposure prophylaxis, and stop if animal does not
develop symptoms) or sacrificed for appropriate laboratory eval-
uation (usually within 24 hours)
• Presence of rabies in the region
• That persons not previously (or incompletely) immunized with
high-risk exposure should be given RIG, (preferably human
20 IU/kg, otherwise equine RIG, 40 IU/kg body weight). As
much as possible should be infiltrated at the bite site and the

remainder IM. Administer a total of five doses of rabies vac-
cine IM (eg, deltoid area) on days 0, 3, 7, 14, and 28. Vacci-
nation should commence as soon as possible
• That persons previously immunized with a complete pre- or
postexposure course (or who had a documented titer of
> 0.5 IU/mL rabies neutralizing antibody previously) should
receive two doses of vaccine, one each on days 0 and 3. No RIG
is required.
Supportive.
Rabies is a notifiable disease in most countries. Danger of trans-

mission from saliva and respiratory secretions requires the patient
to be isolated from contacts. Immunization of contacts is neces-
sary only if they have open wounds or mucous membrane expo-
sure. Check whether other persons may have been exposed.
Additional Readings
CATMAT. Statement on travellers and rabies vaccine. Can Commun
Dis Rep 2002;28:1–12.
Pandey P, et al. Risk of possible exposure to rabies among tourists and
foreign residents in Nepal. J Travel Med 2002;9:127–31.
WHO. Rabies vaccines. Wkly Epidem Rec 2002;77:109–19.
Wilde H. Postexposure treatment of rabies infection. Can it be done
without immunoglobulin? Clin Infect Dis 2002;34:477–80.
RELAPSING FEVER
Relapsing fever, also known as recurrent fever or tick-bite fever,

is caused by Borrelia recurrentis or Borrelia duttonii. It is trans-
mitted by lice or ticks and occurs mainly in tropical Africa but
also in foci in Asia and South America. The incubation period is
5 to 15 days. Characteristically, it includes periods of fever of 2
to 9 days in duration, alternate with free intervals. There may be
more than 10 relapses. Petechial rashes are common. Untreated
by antibiotics, the case fatality rate may be up to 10%. Anecdo-
tal cases in travelers have been reported, but the risk is unknown.
Additional Readings
Colebunders R, et al. Imported relapsing fever in European tourists.
Scand J Infect Dis 1993;25:533–6.
Stanek G. Borreliosis and travel medicine. J Travel Med 1995;1:
244–51.
357
RESPIRATORY TRACT INFECTIONS
Most upper respiratory tract infections are caused by viruses and

are uncomplicated. Recognition of group A streptococcal infec-
tion is important to prevent poststreptococcal complications, par-
ticularly acute rheumatic fever. The presence of enlarged anterior
cervical lymph nodes, inflamed tonsils with exudates, fever, and
pain on swallowing are suggestive of streptococcal pharyngitis.
Infectious Agents
Although there are regional differences in endemic pathogens, the

similarity of pathogens found in all regions of the world is more
impressive than are the differences in distribution. There are
many causes of acute respiratory tract infection. Most of these are
not identified in patients with acute illness. The common pathogens
in acute upper respiratory tract infection include
• Viruses: rhinoviruses, adenoviruses, coronaviruses, entero-
viruses, Epstein-Barr virus, influenza, parainfluenza, respira-
tory syncytial virus
• Bacteria: group A, C, and G streptococci; Mycoplasma and
Chlamydia cause lower rather than upper respiratory tract
infections.
The important causes of lower respiratory tract infection
include adenoviruses, enteroviruses, influenza viruses, parain-
fluenza viruses, respiratory syncytial virus, Chlamydia,
Haemophilus influenzae, Legionella pneumophila, Mycobac-
terium tuberculosis, Mycoplasma, and Streptococcus pneumoniae.
Transmission
Virtually all the infectious agents are spread by the airborne

route in large droplets or droplet nuclei or by direct contact.
Recirculated air in aircrafts may be particularly risky for airborne
spread of these agents.
358
Respiratory Tract Infections 359
Global Epidemiology
Respiratory tract infections occur worldwide. Occurrence rates

are higher during dry winter seasons and in China, northern
Europe, and North America.
Risk for Travelers
Acquisition of an upper respiratory tract infection during inter-

national travel is a common problem. This is especially true for
travel in China and other regions during dry, cool periods. Res-
piratory tract infection is the most common illness among trav-
elers to the developed regions and is second in importance to
diarrhea among travelers to the developing tropical areas.
Group travelers acquire acute respiratory tract infection in a
range between 1 and 88%, depending on the group. The average
incidence for all travelers ranges from 6 to 12%.
Clinical Picture
Patients with acute respiratory tract infection present with runny

nose, nonproductive cough, sore throat, headache, malaise, and
muscle aches and pains. In acute streptococcal pharyngitis,
patients experience abrupt onset of sore throat with pain on swal-
lowing, tender swollen anterior cervical lymph nodes, and pha-
ryngeal and tonsillar inflammation occasionally with patchy
exudates. Laryngitis is common in those with viral respiratory tract
infection. Uncomplicated illness lasts between 3 and 7 days.
Lower respiratory tract infection typically presents with sudden
onset of fever, chills, productive cough, and systemic symptoms
including myalgias. Lower respiratory tract infection may progress
and have a more serious outcome. These cases therefore require
emergency evaluation and therapy.
Incubation
The incubation period for most respiratory tract infections is

short, between 12 and 72 hours.
Communicability
Many of the viral agents causing upper respiratory tract infection

are highly communicable to susceptible (previously unexposed)
persons in close proximity to infected individuals. Recirculated
air in aircrafts may facilitate the spread of respiratory pathogens
including viruses and M. tuberculosis. Bacterial pathogens, includ-
ing Legionella, are not normally highly communicable.
Previous exposure to viral respiratory pathogens with resulting

infection induces protective immunity in most persons. The many
agents present in the environment explain repeated bouts of infec-
tion. Cigarette smokers, particularly those older than age 50
years, are at increased risk for certain pathogens such as Legionella
and S. pneumoniae.
Minimizing Exposure in Travelers
Patients at high risk for health problems, such as those with dia-
betes mellitus and cardiopulmonary disease, should avoid large
groups of people during viral seasons (eg, winter when the dis-
ease is prevalent). Prolonged air travel, particularly in winter
months, and travel to northern China may be inadvisable for
these persons. The only other practical way to prevent exposure
to respiratory tract infections is to practice frequent handwash-
ing when in contact with other persons.
Respiratory Tract Infections 361
Chemoprophylaxis
For the most part, this is not applicable. Antimicrobials (eg,

rifampin) may be used short term for prevention of meningococcal
infection when exposed to an active case.
Immunoprophylaxis
Immunization with diphtheria toxoid is important to prevent

diphtheria in international travelers. Before travel, give pneu-
mococcal and influenza vaccines to those at high risk (see respec-
tive sections).
Travelers with upper respiratory tract infection can usually treat

symptoms themselves. Take acetaminophen, paracetamol, or
acetylsalicylic acid for relief of headache and sore throat; nose
drops can be used short term (< 48 hours) to relieve severe nasal
congestion, (particularly if flying). Antitussives may relieve dry
cough with no fever, and interrupting sleep to consume adequate
fluids will ensure adequate hydration. Watch for complications
of respiratory tract infection, including group A streptococcal
pharyngitis, adenitis, epiglottitis, pneumonia, mastoiditis, otitis
media, periorbital cellulitis, retropharyngeal or peritonsillar
abscess, sinusitis, and bronchitis. If complications occur, the
patient should seek local medical attention for evaluation and con-
sideration for antibacterial or other therapy. Fluoroquinolones,
which a traveler may have for possible diarrheal disease, may not
be appropriate for therapy of bacterial infection of the respiratory
tract, because they may not be active against some of the Strep-
tococcus strains.
Symptomatic treatment and consumption of fluids should be

undertaken for acute upper respiratory tract infection, and antimi-
crobial therapy should be reserved for group A Streptococcus infec-

tion and lower respiratory tract infection.
For the most part, community control measures are not practi-
cal to control the broad array of respiratory pathogens. Decon-
tamination of industrial cooling water and proper disinfection of
spas and hot tubs in recreational areas will minimize Legionella
infection.
Notification of authorities, isolation, quarantine, and contact
study are not applicable, except for Legionella in some countries.
Additional Readings
O’Brien D, et al. Fever in returned travelers: review of hospital admis-
sions for a 3-year period. Clin Infect Dis 2001;33:603–9.
Leder K, et al. Respiratory tract infections in travelers: a review of
the GeoSentinel Surveillance Network. Clin Infect Dis 2003;36:
399–406.
RICKETTSIAL INFECTIONS
Rickettsial infections are transmitted to humans by various insect

vectors, including ticks, mites, lice, and fleas or by aerosol from
animals and animal products. Rickettsiaceae are bacteria, and the
species of the genus Rickettsia is divided into:
• Typhus group
– Rickettsia prowazekii: classical epidemic typhus—trans-
mitted by the human body louse
– Rickettsia typhi (mooseri): endemic murine typhus—trans-
mitted by the rat flea
• Spotted fever group, with Rickettsia rickettsii, Rickettsia
conori—transmitted from rodents and other animals by ticks
• Scrub typhus, caused by Orientia tsutsugamushi—transmitted
by larval thrombiculid mites
The reclassified genus Bartonella (formerly Rochalima) is divided

into:
• Bartonella quintana, the cause of trench fever

• Bartonella henselae, the cause of cat-scratch fever
• South American, classical bartonellosis, also named Oroya fever
Coxiella burneti, the only species of its genus causes Q-fever
Ehrlichia can cause various febrile infections in humans
The relevance of rickettsial infections for travelers is unde-

termined, because many imported cases likely remain undiagnosed.
Serologic surveys among travelers show that this group of dis-
eases is underdiagnosed. Rickettsia africae is the most common
rickettsiosis in Southern Africa, affecting travelers often.
Skin rash is common in rickettsial infection, although it may
be faint or not present in ehrlichiosis and is not present in Q fever.
Epidemic typhus, Brill-Zinsser disease, flying squirrel-associated
typhus, and scrub typhus are more prevalent worldwide than are
363
other rickettsial infections. In Rickettsia and Ehrlichia rickettsial

infections, the illnesses are clinically similar; however, skin rash
is prominent only in the former. Diagnosis is made by serology
and is treated with antirickettsial drugs. Adults are treated primarily
with doxycycline, but chloramphenicol is also used. Typhus vac-
cine was available in the United States from 1941 to 1981. Rocky
Mountain spotted fever vaccine is also no longer available.
Additional Readings
Groen J, et al. Scrub and murine typhus among Dutch travellers. Infec-
tion 1999;27:291–2.
Isaksson HJ, et al. Acute Q fever: a cause of fatal hepatitis in an Ice-
landic traveller. Scand J Infect Dis 2001;33:314–5.
Jelinek T, Loescher T. Clinical features and epidemiology of tick
typhus in travelers. J Travel Med 2001;8:57–9.
Jensenius M, et al. Seroepidemiology of Rickettsia africae infection in
Norwegian travellers to rural Africa. Scand J Infect Dis 2002;34:
93–6.
Raoult D, et al. Rickettsia africae, a tick-borne pathogen in travelers to
sub-Saharan Africa. N Engl J Med 2001;344:1504–10.
RIFT VALLEY FEVER
This arboviral infection is caused by the Rift Valley fever virus,

a phlebovirus belonging to the Bunyaviridae. It is transmitted by
various mosquitoes or through blood or body fluids during slaugh-
ter of animals, most often sheep and goats, and less frequently
horses and camels. Consumption of sick animals or drinking
unpasteurized milk can also lead to the disease. Incubation time
is 2 to 4 days, and infectivity persists for 4 to 6 days. Epidemics
occur mainly after heavy rainfall and flooding, such as what
occurred in Kenya and Somalia in 1997 and 1998. The endemic-
ity areas now include regions in East and West Africa, in Egypt,
and on the Arabian peninsula. Infected mosquito eggs can sur-
vive many years in the soil and, with flooding, new infected
mosquitoes can start a new epizootic cycle. The risk for travel-
ers is minimal; apparently the infection has only been described
in few United Nations soldiers. Symptoms resemble those of flu
or of dengue, and nausea and vomiting may occur. Late mani-
festations of a hemorrhagic fever may occur, mainly in mal-
nourished populations, with a 1- to 3-week delay. Prevention
includes protection against mosquito bites, avoidance of unpas-
teurized milk, and avoidance of sick animals and their products.
Animals may be immunized. Inactivated and live human vaccine
candidates are under study.
Additional Readings
Durand JP, et al. Rift Valley fever: sporadic infection of French mili-
tary personnel outside currently recognized epidemic zones. Med
Trop (Mars) 2002;62:291–4.
Gubler DJ. The global emergence/resurgence of arboviral diseases as
public health problems. Arch Med Res 2002;33:330–42.
365
SCHISTOSOMIASIS
Infectious Agent
Schistosomiasis is caused by a number of species of schisto-

somes differing in infectivity, clinical manifestations, and geo-
graphic location. These include Schistosoma haematobium,
Schistosoma mansoni, Schistosoma japonicum, Schistosoma
intercalatum, Schistosoma mekongi, whereas Schistosoma bovis,
Schistosoma mattheei are rarely the origin of human infections.
Several avian schistosomes exist, but no illness in humans has been
described.
Transmission
Ova of the parasites are introduced into stagnant, slow-flowing

water through the urine and feces of infected persons in endemic
areas. Miracidia are released within a few hours and are picked
up by a snail, which acts as intermediate host. They multiply in
the snail and transform into cercariae, the form that can infect
humans. The cercariae emerge from the snail, attach to the skin
of the host, and penetrate within a few minutes. The worms
emerge in the liver, as well as in the portal venous system. Adult
schistosome worms may live inside a human for decades.
Global Epidemiology
Chronic schistosomiasis is one of the most ubiquitous infectious

diseases. There are more than 200 million infected persons around
the world, resulting in widespread morbidity and mortality. Schis-
tosomiasis is endemic in Africa (with many reports from the
Omo River region in Ethiopia), Asia, South America, and certain
Caribbean islands (Figures 42 and 43). Transmission occurs in
areas where susceptible snails are found, and where urine and feces
are not disposed of in a sanitary manner.
366
Schistosomiasis 367
S. mansoni S. intercalatum
Figure 42 Global distribution of schistosomiasis due to Schistosoma mansoni and

Schistosoma intercalatum, 1985
S. haematobium S. japonicum S. mekongi
Figure 43 Global distribution of schistosomiasis due to Schistosoma haematobium, Schisto-

soma Mekongi, and Schistosoma japonicum, 1985
Schistosomiasis 369
Risk for Travelers
Even a minimal exposure to fresh water in an endemic area poses

a risk for the traveler; therefore, bathing, swimming, boating, or
rafting are risk activities in these areas. Successful penetration of
the skin by cercariae and subsequent infection can take place within
as short a time period as 25 minutes. Risk is highest along lake
margins and in slow-moving bodies of water, such as irrigation
ditches and flooded paddy fields. Individuals may acquire infec-
tion in poorly maintained swimming pools or in brackish water
near salt-water sources. High concentrations of cercariae are
found during the daytime when there is a greater risk of contracting
the disease. Acquisition of infection by drinking water is considered
unlikely; the cercariae would be killed by the low pH of the
stomach.
Clinical Picture
The following three syndromes occur in schistosomiasis:

• Cercarial dermatitis or “swimmer’s itch,” which may follow
cutaneous infection with any of the schistosomes, but most com-
monly with avian and other nonhuman schistosomes
• Acute schistosomiasis (Katayama fever), which is a serum-sick-
ness-like disorder occurring in previously unexposed persons.
Fever, headache, abdominal pain, arthralgias and hepatospleno-
megaly are found, often in association with eosinophilia
• Chronic schistosomiasis, which is associated with deposition
of eggs in tissue and local granuloma formation. Eosinophilia
occurs in approximately one-half these patients. Hematuria (typ-
ically terminal) accompanied by painful micturition, as well
as hematospermia are characteristic of S. haematobium. The
main clinical manifestation of infection with S. intercalatum
is rectal bleeding. The final stage is characterized by compli-
cations of a more serious nature, involving mainly the bladder,
ureters, kidneys, and liver (depending on schistosomes).
Incubation
The incubation period of acute schistosomiasis is 2 to 9 weeks
after exposure. Manifestations occurring after a prolonged incu-
bation will develop slowly.
Communicability
Schistosomiasis is not transmitted from person to person.

In the autochthonous population, children become infected when
they come in contact with local water sources. In endemic areas,
the incidence of infection increases with age, peaking between
age 10 and 20 years. Intensity of infection, rather than incidence,
appears to decrease with age thereafter, suggesting that partial
immunity occurs with repeated exposure.

The only definitive measure is to avoid contact with water that
contains cercariae. If water contact is unavoidable, the use of skin
cleansers containing hexachlorophene have been shown to pre-
vent the penetration of cercariae, if applied some time before expo-
sure to infected water. However, for long term use this is not
recommended. The use of 1% niclosamide lotion to prevent skin
penetration of cercariae was found to give insufficient protection.
N, N-diethyl-M-toluamide (DEET) was recently shown to be
effective as a topical agent for preventing skin penetration by S.
mansoni cercariae, but more data are needed. The use of soap dur-
ing bathing helps to reduce the risk of infection. The risk of
infection can also be reduced by a vigorous rubdown with a
towel straight after exposure to contaminated water. In addition,
applying alcohol to exposed skin benefits. Cercariae can be killed
in bath water by heating to 50°C (122°F). Raw water can only
be considered as free of infective cercariae if stored in drums or
tanks for at least 48 hours.
Schistosomiasis 371
Chemoprophylaxis
Not applicable.
Immunoprophylaxis
Research work on an antischistosome vaccine is underway.
Schistosomiasis should be treated by a physician.
Travel history and water contact details are important clues to the
diagnosis. Eosinophilia and history of swimmer’s itch should
alert the physician. Hematuria is a symptom only of S. haema-
tobium. The main diagnostic feature is the presence of eggs in urine
or stool or in biopsy specimens (eg, bladder, liver and rectal
snips). The latter method is often used when stool specimens are
negative. At the stage of Katayama syndrome, eggs are often not
yet evident in stool or urine specimens but may be seen as lesions
at proctoscopy. For S. haematobium, eggs are found in urine; for
S. mansoni and intercalatum, eggs are found in stools. A new test,
based on enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and
immunoblot, appears to be highly sensitive and specific. Sig-
moidoscopy, cystoscopy, and proctoscopy are used in the search
for lesions of the bowel and bladder. Use ultrasonography to
determine calcification of the bladder, ureters, and kidneys in long-
standing chronic cases.
Praziquantel, the drug of choice, is effective against all the
schistosomes. Malaise, nonspecific gastrointestinal disturbances,
headache, and dizziness are the most frequently encountered
adverse effects, and are usually mild and transient. The use of prazi-
quantel is not recommended during the first trimester of pregnancy,
and use thereafter should occur only if the benefits outweigh the
possible risk to the fetus. Oxamniquine is used specifically against
S. mansoni and can be used to treat cases of S. mansoni refrac-

tory to praziquantel. Antischistosomal treatment (praziquantel)
is effective, if given early in the disease and may prevent further
damage by the parasite, if given later.
Community programs designed to prevent exposure to bodies of

fresh water in endemic areas are of some value. Effective con-
trol programs are often centered around diminishing the reservoir
of the parasite by building of privies, avoiding use of human exc-
reta as a fertilizer, improving sewage disposal, and ensuring
widespread chemotherapy of active cases. Molluscicides aimed
at reducing the population of the intermediary snail are of lim-
ited value.
Additional Reading
Corachan M. Schistosomiasis and international travel. Clin Infect Dis
2002;35:446–50.
SEVERE ACUTE RESPIRATORY SYNDROME (SARS)
The World Health Organization (WHO) declared the severe acute

respiratory syndrome (SARS), an atypical pneumonia of unknown
etiology, “a worldwide health threat.” As of April 4, 2003, we
believe the following information to be valid.
Infectious Agent
Coronavirus (rather than paramyxovirus or metapneumovirus as
previously thought) is highly suspected.
Transmission
Current epidemiologic evidence points toward transmission via
close contact, most likely owing to droplet spread and/or body
fluid contact from touching contaminated objects. Thus the vast
majority of those affected with SARS are healthcare profession-
als, medical students, and household contacts or hospital visitors.
Transmission by sewage is currently being investigated.
Global Epidemiology
An outbreak of atypical pneumonia of unknown etiology started
in the Guangdong Province, Southern China, in November 2002.
In February 2003, the disease was imported to Vietnam and Hong
Kong via an American businessman who had traveled in main-
land China and Hong Kong.
Subsequently, a SARS epidemic spread among health care
workers and their contacts who were linked to the hospitals in
Hanoi and Hong Kong where the businessman had been admit-
ted. New clusters of disease then occurred in Singapore, in
Canada, and in another hospital in Hong Kong, which traced
back to seven index cases who had all stayed at one particular hotel
in Hong Kong. These individuals had been on the same floor as
a man with SARS. Up to now, more than 2,500 suspected and prob-
able cases have been reported from approximately 20 countries
373
on 4 continents. With rapid intercontinental spread via travelers,

this number is likely to increase. As demonstrated in Singapore
and Vietnam, it seems possible to stop outbreaks by implement-
ing drastic public health measures, including quarantine. On the
other hand, a community outbreak in a Hong Kong housing com-
plex currently is being investigated.
Risk for Travelers

Overall, travelers so far seem at little risk, although SARS has been
suspected and occasionally confirmed in fellow passengers sit-
ting close to a SARS patient and in a crew member caring for such
a patient. Currently, passengers originating from countries with
high incidence of SARS are questioned to reduce the risk of
symptomatic patients getting aboard.
Clinical Picture
Symptoms include fever greater than 100.4°F (38°C, measured in
axilla), myalgia, headache, sore throat, dry cough, as well as
shortness of breath later on. In some but not all cases, these symp-
toms are followed by hypoxia, pneumonia, and acute respiratory
disease syndrome (ARDS), requiring assisted ventilation. Diarrhea
rarely occurs. Chest radiograph, in most cases, reveals an atypi-
cal pneumonia. Laboratory findings include leukopenia, throm-
bocytopenia, and mildly elevated transaminases. Specific tests
are being developed. The case fatality rate is approximately 5%.
Incubation
2 to 10 days, usually 3 to 5 days
Communicability
As soon as symptoms occur. Duration of communicability
unknown. Persons in the incubation period apparently have never
transmitted SARS in Singapore.

Yet unknown
Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome 375

Most health authorities, including WHO and those in Europe, now
recommend that persons planning elective or nonessential travel
to affected Far East countries postpone their trips. Additionally,
most recommend that travelers should abstain from visiting any
hospital there and avoid crowded situations (eg, sport events,
movies, public transportation, cramped restaurants) Good personal
hygiene (eg, hand washing) is essential. In contrast, wearing
masks in the streets is of questionable value.
Chemoprophylaxis
None known
Immunoprophylaxis
None available
Ill persons should call ahead to their personal physicians, providing
information about where and when they traveled and indicating
whether there was contact with someone who had such symptoms.
Treatment with ribavirin and steroids may be beneficial.

Carry out barrier nursing practices, including airborne and con-
tact precautions and negative pressure rooms. Provide early iso-
lation of any suspected and probable cases.
Additional Reading
Printed materials are likely to be obsolete at the time this Manual is
read. Suggested Websites are <http://www.who.int/csr/don/en/>
and <http://www.cdc.gov/noidod/sars/>.
SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED DISEASES
Infectious Agents
The list of sexually transmitted disease (STD) pathogens is long,

and the resulting clinical infectious diseases are varied. In this sec-
tion, we will consider the more important STD agents, including
the following:
• Neisseria gonorrhoeae (gonorrhea)

• Chlamydia trachomatis (genital chlamydia infection and lym-
phogranuloma venereum)
• Haemophilus ducreyi (chancroid)
• Calymmatobacterium inguinale (donovanosis)
• Treponema pallidum (syphilis)
• Human papillomavirus (genital warts)
• Herpes simplex virus 1,2 (herpes anogenitalis)
• Hepatitis B and C (see also sections on hepatitis B and C)
• human immunodeficiency virus (HIV 1, 2; see also section on
HIV)
• Scabies
• Pubic lice (“crab lice”)
• Trichomonas vaginalis
Transmission
Transmission occurs when a susceptible person is exposed to an

infected person. Tourists may have sexual contact with local per-
sons or with prostitutes, who are at high risk for STD. The STD
infections transmitted by blood may also be acquired by contact
with nonsterile IV needles, infected lancets, or contaminated
surgical instruments. Risk of HIV infection is higher in travelers
with other STD infections.
376
Sexually Transmitted Diseases 377
Global Epidemiology
Although data are incomplete on the occurrence of STDs in pop-

ulations, up to 200 million STDs occur yearly throughout the
world. About 80% of the infections occur in the developing
world. Up to one-third of the world’s population has an STD or
carry a transmissible STD pathogen. Syphilis, gonorrhea, C. tra-
chomatis, and herpes simplex are worldwide pathogens. Chan-
croid and donovanosis are chancroid, lymphogranuloma venereum
(LGV) and donovanosis are diseases of the tropic and subtropic
regions. Penicillinase producing N. gonorrhoeae (PPNG) are
observed worldwide with an increasing frequency.
Risk for Travelers
Tourists may be the source of STDs or may acquire an infective

organism during travel. Many seek “sun, sand, and sex” during
international travel, having left their inhibitions at home. Alco-
hol consumption often leads to unprotected intercourse with
unfamiliar contacts. Condom use is increasing, but unprotected
sex still occurs frequently among international travelers (see also
Part 1).
Clinical Picture
Sexually transmitted diseases vary in their clinical presentation,

including genital discharge or ulceration, conjunctivitis, uveitis,
proctitis, symptoms of pelvic inflammatory disease, hepatitis, skin
rash, arthritis, and urethritis. The syphilitic chancre is character-
istically nontender and indurated with a clean base. Significant
pain with ulceration is more characteristic of chancroid or her-
pes genitalis. Genital ulceration beginning as vesicles suggests
herpes genitalis. Chancroid ulcers vary in size and have ragged
and necrotic borders. Crusted lesions of the genital tract appear
as healing genital herpes and scabies. Intensely pruritic genital
lesions are seen in scabies. Clinical appearance of specific STDs

vary. Laboratory tests are required to make a diagnosis.
Incubation
The various STDs have different incubation periods as follows:
• N. gonorrhoeae: 2 to 5 (to 10) days

• C. trachomatis: 2 days to 4 weeks
• H. ducreyi: 3 to 6 days
• C. inguinale: 6 weeks to 1 year
• T. pallidum: 3 weeks (10 to 30 days)
• Human papillomavirus: 1 month to 1.5 years
• Herpes simplex: 4 to 10 days
• HIV 1 and 2: 2 weeks to 10 years
Communicability
Most STD pathogens are fragile and incapable of survival for any
significant periods of time outside the infected host, but they are
highly communicable through sexual contact or by transfusion
of blood products.
Virtually all uninfected persons are susceptible to the wide array

of STDs.
Education of travelers in the prevention of STDs is part of stan-

dard pretravel counseling. If abstinence from sexual contact dur-
ing trips is unlikely, condom use must be stressed as an absolute
necessity. Travelers should take a supply of condoms with them
because they may be of poor quality or unavailable in many des-
tinations (see Part 1).
Chemoprophylaxis
Although chemoprophylaxis is feasible for a limited number of

STDs (eg, gonorrhea), it is not practical or advised.
Immunoprophylaxis
There is no vaccine available for STDs, with the exception of

hepatitis B vaccines.
Travelers who develop a symptomatic STD should seek medical

attention when symptoms develop. Self-treatment of STDs is
not advised.
Principles of Therapy (see also Part 4)
Ceftriaxone or azithromycin is recommended for gonorrhea, chan-

croid, and genital chlamydia infections. Doxycycline or azithromycin
may be used for C. trachomatis infection. Benazathin-penicilline
is used to treat early syphilis, and acyclovir and derivates are used
for herpes, and metronidazole and its derivates are used for T. vagi-
nalis. The threat of HIV transmission is reduced by treating STDs,
because STDs (particularly, ulcerative processes) facilitate the
spread of HIV.
Contact tracing and treating active STD cases are important in

reducing the occurrence of STDs, including HIV infection.
Additional Readings
Cabada MM, et al. Sexual behavior of international travelers visiting
Peru. Sex Transm Dis 2002;29:510–3.
CDC. STD treatment guidelines. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35 Suppl 2:
S135–S224.
SMALLPOX
Smallpox has been eradicated, but the virus is stored in an

unknown number of laboratories. Smallpox vaccination may be
dangerous both for vacinees and contacts because of risk of gen-
eralized vaccinia, eczema vaccinatum, and progressive vaccinia
or postvaccinial encephalitis for the vaccinee. Nevertheless, with
the threat of bioterrorism, increased interest in smallpox vaccine
exists. The vaccine is available in short supply currently. This vac-
cine is associated with a potentially fatal generalized infection in
approximately 1 in 1 million immunized persons. Even with
concerns on bioterrorism, this vaccine is currently not recom-
mended for travelers.
Infectious Agent
Variola virus
Transmission
Normally, transmission occurs by close contact with respiratory
discharge and skin lesions of patients or materials that had been
contaminated. Airborne spread occurs infrequently (eg, in the
German hospital of Meschede).
Global Epidemiology
The last known cases occurred in 1977 in Somalia and in 1978
in a laboratory incident in the United Kingdom.
Risk for Travelers

Currently none.
Clinical Picture
It occurs with a sudden onset with fever, malaise, headache and

backache, and occasionally abdominal pain. After 2 to 4 days, the
temperature falls and a rash appears with the following succes-
380
Smallpox 381
sive stages: macules, papules, vesicles, pustules, and finally scabs

that fall off at the end of the third to fourth week. Characteristi-
cally, there is a centrifugal distribution with more lesions on the
extremities than on the trunk. Fever usually recurs during that
period. In the more severe variola major the coronary flow
reserve (CFR) in unvaccinated patients was 20 to 40%, with
death mostly occurring in the second week. In variola minor the
CFR usually did not exceed 1%. Two other less frequent clinical
presentations, flat (malignant) and hemorrhagic smallpox, are usu-
ally fatal.
In differential diagnosis to chickenpox, smallpox has a more
clear-cut prodromal phase, the lesions are more simultaneous in
stage, are more deeply seated, and are round, hard, confluent or
umbilicated. Likewise, the periphery of the extremities, includ-
ing palmar areas, are more severely affected, compared with the
proximal ones.
Incubation
The incubation period can be from 7 to 17 days (10 to 12 days

most commonly to first symptoms).
Communicability
From the prodromal phase to disappearance of all scabs.
There is universal susceptibility. Permanent immunity usually fol-

lows recovery. There is uncertainty about immunity granted by
immunization performed 25 or more years ago.
Currently no risk — in case of an outbreak one should follow rec-

ommendations issued by international and national advisory
groups.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Immunoprophylaxis by Vaccinia Vaccine

Viability: live; various vaccines (different vaccine strains, vary-
ing degree of purification) available in different countries, short
supply in many countries, particularly in the developing world
Application
Schedule: Single dose
Booster: every 3 years was the required routine in international
travel
Postexposure prophylaxis: See below
Route: multiple puncture or scratch
Site: deltoid; particularly women often prefer ventrogluteal
region for aesthetic reasons
Availability: worldwide not marketed, new vaccines under
development
Protection
Onset: 10 days after primary vaccination, 7 days after revaccination
Efficacy: > 95%. CFR of at least primovaccinated persons
clearly reduced to 0 to 12%, compared with unvaccinated people.
Duration: approximately 3 to 5 years, thereafter gradually
decreasing
Protective level: protective antibody levels unknown and no
correlation of antibody titers and protection proven; > 95% of pri-
mary vaccinees show neutralizing antibody titers of > 1:10.
Adverse Reactions
Accidental autoinoculation (satellite pustules on [eg, face, eye-
lid, nose, and mouth]), eczema vaccinatum, generalized vac-
Smallpox 383
cinia, progressive vaccinia, postvaccinial encephalitis. This is >

10 times more frequent among primary vaccinees and more fre-
quent among infants. Approximately one death in 1 million pri-
mary vaccinees.
Vaccinia Immune Globulin (VIG) for the treatment of cuta-
neous, including ocular adverse events is recommended; it is
nowhere marketed. Cidofovir derivatives in evaluation, not mar-
keted.
Contraindications
Absolute: any kind of immunosuppressed persons including HIV
infection, patients with acute or past history of varicella zoster,
eczema, atopic dermatitis or similar skin conditions, pregnancy,
allergic reaction to a vaccine component.
Vaccination also contraindicated in persons who have house-
hold contact with persons with such contraindications.
Relative: any acute illness.
Children: age < 18 years in nonemergency situations.
Pregnant women: contraindicated, but no routine pregnancy
testing recommended
Lactating women: contraindicated
Immunodeficient persons: contraindicated
Interactions
Possibly with varicella vaccine; do not administer simultaneously.

Currently not indicated for any travelers (except some military
and relief workers dispatched to potential risk areas)
No self-treatment possible. Postexposure immunization is effec-

tive if given within 72 hours (and attenuation of disease possible
if given within < 7 days) after exposure.
Strict respiratory and contact isolation. Supportive therapy. Treat-
ment of secondary (bacterial) infections. Topical treatment for
corneal lesions, cidofovir derivatives under investigation.
Notification and further measures as required by national and

international regulations.
Additional Readings
Baxby D. Smallpox vaccination techniques. Vaccine 2002;20:2140–9.
Frey SE, et al. Clinical responses to undiluted and diluted smallpox
vaccine. N Engl J Med 2002;346:1265–74.
Henderson DA, et al. Smallpox as a biological weapon. JAMA
1999;281:2127–37.
TETANUS
Infectious Agent
Clostridium tetani, the tetanus bacillus, is found in the intestines

of animals and humans, where it is harmless.
Transmission
Tetanus spores in soil contaminated with feces may enter the body
through wounds. The wounds may have been unnoticed or
untreated; in 20% of cases, the source of tetanus entry is unknown.
Global Epidemiology
Tetanus occurs worldwide (Figure 44) but is uncommon in the

developed nations. In the developing countries, infants and young
children are most often affected. In the developed countries,
tetanus occurs most often in persons over age 60 years who have
neglected booster vaccine doses and have lost immunity. The dis-
ease is more common in rural areas where contact with animal
(mainly horse) excreta is more likely.
Risk for Travelers
Worldwide, there has been only one single case of tetanus reported
in a traveler, a person from Germany returning from Spain.
Clinical Picture
Initial symptoms include rigidity in the abdomen and in the

region of the injury and painful muscular contractions in the
masseter, neck muscles, and later in the trunk muscles. General-
ized spasms then occur, followed by risus sardonicus (sardonic
smile) and opisthotonos. Death most often results from spasms
of the thoracic muscles, if untreated. Case fatality rates range from
385
Low risk: Intermediate risk: High risk:

< 2 cases/ million population 2–10 cases / million population > 10 cases / million population
Figure 44 Geographic distribution of tetanus (WHO 1999, adapted)

Tetanus 387
10 to 20%, depending on the quality of treatment received in inten-

sive care.
Incubation
The incubation period can last from from 1 day to several months
(3 to 21 days most commonly), depending on the nature, extent,
and location of the wound.
Communicability
There is no direct transmission from person to person.
There is general susceptibility to tetanus. Immunity by tetanus tox-

oid lasts for at least 10 years after full immunization. Recovery
from tetanus does not result in immunity.
Immunization should be kept up to date. If for some reason this

is impossible (perhaps refused), educate the traveler about the
necessity of prophylaxis after injury.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Immunoprophylaxis by Tetanus Toxoid Vaccine

Antigenic form: toxoid. Note that in children polyvalent vac-
cines and in adults diphtheria-tetanus vaccines are preferred to
tetanus toxoid alone.
Adjuvants: aluminum phosphate, potassium sulfate, or hydrox-

ide
Preservative: 0.01% thimerosal
Allergens/Excipiens: none; not > 0.02% residual-free formalde-
hyde
Mechanism: induction of protective antitoxin antibodies
against tetanus toxin
Application
Schedule: The primary immunizing series usually comprises
three doses. For children, the series begins at age 6 to 8 weeks
with two 0.5 mL doses given 4 to 8 weeks apart, and a third 0.5
mL dose given 6 to 12 months later. The same series is followed
for adults. When immunization with tetanus toxoid begins in the
first year of life (usually as combined vaccine DTwP), the primary
series consists of three 0.5 mL doses, 4 to 8 weeks apart, followed
by a fourth reinforcing 0.5 mL dose 6 to 12 months after the third
dose.
Booster: 0.5 mL after 10 years is routine
Postexposure prophylaxis: See below
Route: deeply IM
Site: deltoid; use anterolateral thigh in infants and small chil-
dren.
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Discard frozen vac-
cine.
Protection
Onset: after third dose
Efficacy: > 99%
Duration: approximately 10 years
Protective level: Specific antitoxin levels of > 0.01 units per
mL are generally regarded as protective.
Tetanus 389
Adverse Reactions
Erythema, induration, pain, tenderness, and warmth, and edema
surrounding the injection site occur for several days in 30 to
50% of cases. There may be a palpable nodule at the injection site
for several weeks.
Transient low-grade fever, chills, malaise, generalized aches
and pains, headaches, and flushing may occur. Temperatures
>38°C (> 100°F) following tetanus and diphtheria toxoid (Td)
injection are unusual. Patients occasionally experience general-
ized urticaria or pruritus, tachycardia, anaphylaxis, hypotension,
or neurologic complications.
Interaction between the injected antigen and high levels of pre-
existing tetanus antibody from prior booster doses seems to be
the most likely cause of severe Arthus-type local reactions.
Combined Td vaccine causes slightly higher rates of local and
systemic adverse reactions than tetanus toxoid vaccine, but none
that are incapacitating.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with a history of serious (particularly neuro-
logic) adverse reactions to the vaccine
Relative: any acute illness. Avoid giving persons with previ-
ous severe adverse reactions to the vaccine even emergency doses
of tetanus toxoid more frequently than every 10 years. Many of
these persons will have generated great quantities of antitoxins
during reactions, and levels > 0.01 antitoxin units per mL may
persist for decades. Antitoxin levels can be measured.
If the patient’s tolerance of tetanus toxoid is in doubt and an
emergency booster dose is required, test with a small dose (0.05
to 0.1 mL) SC. The balance of the full 0.5 mL dose can be given
12 hours later if no reaction occurs. If a marked reaction does occur,
further toxoid injections need not be administered at that time,
because reducing the dose of tetanus toxoid does not propor-
tionately reduce its effectiveness.
Children: Tetanus toxoid is effective and safe for children as

young as age 2 months. Nevertheless, trivalent DTwP or DTaP
is the preferred immunizing agent for most children until age 7
to 12, depending on national regulations. The preferred immu-
nizing agent for most adults and older children is Td.
The Td combination is preferred. Recommended in third trimester
in developing countries to prevent neonatal tetanus.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether tetanus toxoid or cor-
rience diminished antibody response to active immunization. For
this reason, defer primary tetanus immunization until treatment
is discontinued, or inject an additional dose 1 month after immuno-
suppressive treatment has ceased. Routine immunization of symp-
tomatic and asymptomatic HIV-infected persons is recommended.
Interactions
Like all inactivated vaccines, administering tetanus toxoid to
persons receiving immunosuppressant drugs, including high-
dose corticosteroids or radiation therapy, may result in an insuf-
ficient response to immunization.
Give SQ to persons receiving anticoagulant therapy.
No interactions with other travel-related vaccines have been
documented.

This is a routine immunization worldwide. After completing a pri-
mary series, administer a booster dose every 10 years for life, usu-
ally together with diphtheria immunization.
Tetanus 391
Clean all wounds, and immediately flush with soap and water.
Apply ethanol (70%) tincture, aqueous solution of iodine, or
povidone iodine.
A physician must determine the need for postexposure immu-
nization, taking into account the risk of contamination and the
immunization status of the patient (Table 18).
Postexposure treatment depends on the nature of the wound.
For clean, minor wounds, patients who have previously received
< 3 doses of absorbed tetanus toxoid or whose vaccine status is
unknown, give a tetanus-diphtheria vaccine dose with no tetanus
immune globulin (TIG). If they have previously received three
doses of absorbed tetanus toxoid, give them a tetanus-diphtheria
booster dose if >10 years have elapsed since the last dose of tetanus
toxoid (no TIG).
Table 18 Summarized Recommendations for the Use of Tetanus Prophylaxis in

Routine Wound Management. Advisory Committee on Immunizations Practices
(ACIP), 1991
Clean, Minor Wounds All Other Wounds*
History of Absorbed Tetanus Toxoid Td† TIG‡ Td TIG
Unknown or < 3 doses Yes No Yes No
≥ 3 doses§ No|| No No# No
*Such as, but not limited to, wounds contaminated with dirt, feces, soil, or saliva; puncture wounds;
avulsions; and wounds resulting from missiles, crushing, burns, or frostbite.
†
For children aged < 7 years the diphtheria and tetanus toxoids and acellular pertussis vaccines (DTaP) or
the diphtheria and tetanus toxoids and whole-cell pertussis vaccines (DTP)—or pediatric diphtheria and
tetanus toxoids (DT), if pertussis vaccine is contraindicated—is preferred to tetanus toxoid (TT) alone. For
persons aged ≥ 7 years, the tetanus and diphtheria toxoids (Td) for adults is preferred to TT alone.
‡
TIG = tetanus immune globulin.
§
If only three doses of fluid toxoid have been received, a fourth dose of toxoid—preferably an absorbed
toxoid—should be administered.
||
Yes, if > 10 years have elapsed since the last dose.
#
Yes, if > 5 years have elapsed since the last dose. More frequent boosters are not needed and can
accentuate side effects.
Wounds possibly contaminated with dirt, feces, soil, and

saliva, puncture wounds, avulsions; and wounds resulting from
crushing, missiles, burns, or frostbite, should be treated as follows:
• If the patient has previously received < 3 doses of absorbed

tetanus toxoid or their vaccine status is unknown, give a tetanus-
diphtheria vaccine dose, along with TIG 250 IU IM
• If the patient has previously received three doses of absorbed
tetanus toxoid, give a tetanus-diphtheria booster dose if > 5 years
have elapsed since the last dose of tetanus toxoid (no TIG).
In general, if emergency tetanus prophylaxis is indicated

some time between the third primary dose and the booster dose,
give a 0.5 mL dose. If given before 6 months have elapsed, count
it as a primary dose. If given after 6 months, regard it as a rein-
forcing dose.
Tetanus immune globulin is used for therapy or, if unavailable,
tetanus antitoxin. Metronidazole and active immunization are
administered. Supportive care should be given.

Notification is required in most countries. No other measures are
necessary.
Additional Readings
Atkinson WL, et al. General recommendations on immunization. Rec-
ommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Prac-
tices (ACIP) and the American Academy of Family Physicians
(AAFP). MMWR Recomm Rep 2002;51(RR–2):1–35.
Editorial. Tetanus toxoid for adults — too much of a good thing.
Lancet 1996;346:1185–6.
TICKBORNE ENCEPHALITIS
(SPRING-SUMMER ENCEPHALITIS)
Infectious Agent
The tickborne encephalitis (TBE) virus is found in rural Europe;

it is closely related to the Russian spring-summer encephalitis virus
(RSSE, also called TBE, Far Eastern subtype) transmitted by other
ticks in vast areas of Asian Russia. The vaccine protects against
both infections.
Transmission
Tickborne encephalitis is spread by ticks (Europe, mainly Ixodes

ricinus; Siberia, mainly Ixodes persulcatus), which are most
active in forests, fields, or pastures. Parks in large cities are also
increasingly affected. The infection is occasionally acquired from
unpasteurized dairy products.
Global Epidemiology
This infection occurs in large parts of rural Europe (Figure 45).

Transmission seems to be highest in parts of the Baltic States
(including islands in the Baltic Sea), Austria, the Czech Repub-
lic, Hungary, and Russia, especially in Siberia. Tickborne
encephalitis rarely occurs at altitudes above 1,300 m or in urban
areas. The main period of transmission is April to October but dur-
ing warm winters patients may be infected in almost any month,
particularly in the southern endemic regions, such as Northern Italy.
Risk of infection is highest in areas favoring the establishment
of a virus cycle, such as forests and areas containing shrubs and
bushes.
Risk for Travelers
There is almost no risk, unless hiking or camping in forested areas

or pastures in endemic areas. Imported cases of TBE have been
393
observed in Australia, Austria, Canada, Denmark, Germany (aver-

age 18 yearly), Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Russia, Sweden,
the United States, and the United Kingdom. United Nations
troops were infected in Bosnia and Kosovo. The risk per week
in Austria is estimated to be 1 in 10,000.
NORWAY FINLAND
SWEDEN
ESTONIA
LATVIA
DENMARK
LITHUANIA
RUSSIA
BELARUS
GERMANY
POLAND
CZECH UKRAINE
REPUBLIC
SLOVAKIA
AUSTRIA HUNGARY
SWITZERLAND
ROMANIA
ITALY CROATIA
BOSNIA-
HERCEGOVINA
YUGOSLAVIA
Figure 45 Distribution of tickborne encephalitis in Europe (Baxler Deutschland 2002/3)
Tickborne Encephalitis 395
Clinical Picture
In endemic areas, 1 to 2% of ticks harbor the TBE virus. Occa-

sionally, up to 10% of ticks may be infected. Infection is symp-
tomatic in 10% of patients, who develop flu-like symptoms, with
a second phase of febrile illness developing in 10% of cases. This
second phase is associated with encephalitis, which may result
in paralysis with subsequent sequelae or death. Prognosis is
worse with increasing age.
Incubation
The incubation period ranges from 2 to 28 days (usually 10), fol-

lowed by an interval with no symptoms for 4 to 10 days.
Communicability
No person-to-person transmission occurs. Theoretical concerns

exist for breast-feeding and blood transfusions.
Inapparent infections are common, particularly in children, among

whom the overt disease is rare. Long-term homologous immu-
nity follows infection.
Travelers should wear clothing that covers as much skin as pos-

sible when walking in endemic areas. The use of repellants sig-
nificantly reduces the risk of tick bites. These measures result only
in partial protection.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Immunoprophylaxis by TBE Vaccine

Antigenic form: purified whole virus
Adjuvants: aluminum hydroxide
Preservative: thimerosal 0.01%
Allergens/Excipiens: none (Encepur) or human albumin
0.5 mg/0.5 mL (FSME-Immun); formaldehyde < 0.01 mg/0.5 mL,
traces of antibiotics
Mechanism: induction of active immunity against the causative
virus
Application
Schedule: three 0.5 mL doses at 0, 1 to 3, and 9 to 12 months.
(conventional schedule). Accelerated schedules are registered
for Encepur adults/children (day 0 to 7 to 21 days and first booster
after 12 to 18 months), and for FSME-Immun where the second
dose can be given as soon as 2 weeks after the first dose. To achieve
immunity before the beginning of tick activity, the first two doses
should be given during winter months. When departure to an
endemic region is imminent, administer a specific immune glob-
ulin in a single dose to offer protection for at least 1 month.
However, currently the use of immune globulin is no longer rec-
ommended by experts, owing to concerns about an enhancement
effect.
Booster: recommended 3 years after the primary series or last
booster
Route: IM
Site: deltoid
Availability: available in many European countries as Encepur
(adult or children; Chiron Vaccine), or FSME-Immun Inject
(Baxter)
Tickborne Encephalitis 397
Protection
Onset: following the second injection
Efficacy: over 90% of vaccine recipients are protected against
TBE for 1 year after the second dose. Efficacy increases to 98%
for the year following the third dose. The TBE vaccine is also effec-
tive against Eastern (Russian/Asian) subtype strains; the deter-
mining protein E is at least 94% congruent with the European
strain.
Duration: 3 years
Protective level: unknown
Adverse Reactions
Erythema and swelling around the injection site may occur, as well
as swelling of regional lymph glands. Systemic reaction such as
fatigue, limb pain, headache, fever > 38°C (100°F), vomiting, or
temporary rash occasionally occur. Rarely, neuritis is seen.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with a history of serious, adverse reactions to
the vaccine
Children: none. Usually unnecessary in first year of life
Lactating women: It is unknown whether the vaccine or cor-
Interactions
Like all inactivated vaccines, TBE vaccine administered to per-
sons receiving immunosuppressant drugs, including high-dose cor-
ticosteroids, or radiation therapy may result in an insufficient
response to immunization.
Administer SQ to persons receiving anticoagulant therapy.

Interactions with other travel-related vaccines have not been
documented.

This vaccine is recommended only for travelers (particularly
adults) who are planning outdoor activities in rural areas of
endemic regions.
Remove the tick as soon as possible by pulling slowly and con-

stantly with forceps, taking care to remove the tick whole. Avoid
using oil, varnish, or other substances to suffocate the tick; this
may prompt ejection of more infectious material into the body.
Postexposure prophylaxis with tickborne immune globulin is
not considered more beneficial, even if given within 48 hours.
Supportive
None
Additional Readings
Dumpis U, et al. Tick-borne encephalitis. Clin Infect Dis 1999;28:
882–90.
Mickiene A, et al. Tickborne encephalitis in an area of high endemicity
in Lithuania: disease severity and long-term prognosis. Clin Infect
Dis 2002;35:650–8
TRAVELERS’ DIARRHEA
Infectious Agents
Travelers’ diarrhea can be caused by a number of bacterial agents.

Enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli (ETEC) is the most important
in the developing world. Between 5 and 50% of diarrhea cases
in high-risk areas are caused by ETEC (Figure 46, Table 19).
Invasive E. coli occasionally causes travelers’ diarrhea, as
does HEp-2 cell adherent E. coli, generally referred to as entero-
aggregative or enteroadherent E. coli. The invasive bacterial
pathogens, Salmonella, Shigella, and Campylobacter jejuni,
account for 5 to 30% of cases contracted in high-risk areas. When
ETEC rates drop in Mexico and Morocco during the drier sea-
sons, C. jejuni becomes more important. In Thailand, C. jejuni
and Aeromonas are major causes of travelers’ diarrhea. Ple-
siomonas shigelloides is an occasional cause, which is often
associated with seafood consumption, as is noncholera Vibrios.
Rarely, Vibrio cholerae 01 causes diarrhea (cholera). Viral agents
are important causes of gastroenteritis in travelers, particularly
children. The parasitic pathogens are not common causes of trav-
elers’ diarrhea, although they are found more often among trav-
elers to Nepal (especially Cyclospora), St. Petersburg (Giardia
and Cryptosporidium), and to mountainous areas of North Amer-
ica (Giardia). Entamoeba histolytica is an occasional cause of trav-
elers’ diarrhea, especially among those who live close to the
local population such as volunteers and missionaries. Parasitic
agents are suspected in returning travelers with persistent diar-
rhea, because most cases of bacterial and viral infection are self-
limiting or respond to antibacterial therapy.
Transmission
Food and, to a lesser degree, water are the principal sources of

enteric infection for travelers in high-risk areas. Food and bev-
399
Morocco Nepal
31% 28%
Philippines
Jamaica 48%
Mexico 12–24%
29–72% Thailand
India 5–37%
Central America Egypt 19–39%
28–44% 33%
Kenya
Saudi Arabia 36–75%
Latin America
66% 21%
Indonesia
19%
Travelers’ diarrhea: Low risk: < 8% Intermediate risk: 8–20% High risk: 20–90%
Figure 46 Proportion of enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli as a cause of travelers’ diarrhea

Travelers’ Diarrhea 401
Table 19 Etiologic Agents Causing Travelers’ Diarrhea among Persons from

Developed Countries Visiting High-Risk Areas
Frequency
Etiologic Agent –Range (%) Comment
Enterotoxigenic 5–50 The most common travelers’ diarrhea pathogen
Escherichia coli (ETEC) worldwide; seasonal pattern in some semitropical
regions
Enteroaggregative 10–20 Common cause of symptomatic and asymptomatic
Escherichia coli (EAEC) infection in travelers
Enteroinvasive 0–6 Variable importance
Escherichia coli (EIEC)
Salmonella spp 2–7 Variable importance
Shigella spp 2–15 Variable importance
Campylobacter jejuni 3–50 Variable importance; seasonal pattern in some
semitropical regions: important in Thailand
Aeromonas and 3–15 Important in some tropical areas such as Thailand
Plesiomonas
Vibrio cholerae 01 .005 Rare cause of potentially life threatening diarrhea
Non-cholera Vibrios 0–3 Occasional cause of seafood associated diarrhea in
coastal areas
Rotavirus and 5–15 Common cause of gastroenteritis with vomiting as
Calcivirus the primary clinical symptom
Giardia lamblia 0–5 Common among travelers to Russia or to
recreational waters in proximity to wildlife
Cryptosporidium 0–5 Common among travelers to Russia
Entomoeba histolytica <1 Amoebiasis occurs in persons who are living close
to a local population living under poor hygienic
conditions
Cyclospora 0–5 Particularly important among travelers to Nepal
erages are categorized based on potential for contamination by

diarrhea-causing microbes (Figure 9). The most dangerous food
items are those containing moisture and those that are served at
room temperature or that have been kept that way for some time.
The safest foods and beverages are those served steaming hot. Most
diarrhea-causing enteropathogens are inactivated at temperatures
above 60°C. Other generally safe foods are those served with no
added liquid, such as breads, syrups, and jellies, and items with
low pH such as citrus fruits. Bottled carbonated beverages are con-
sidered safe. Ice cubes and tap water should always be consid-
ered contaminated, whether in a hotel or elsewhere.
Global Epidemiology
Diarrhea often occurs in international travelers. The frequency of

the resultant illness depends on the countries of origin and des-
tination (Table 20). The world may be divided into three levels
of risk for diarrhea based on degree of hygiene. The low-risk areas
include northwestern Europe, the United States and Canada,
Australia, New Zealand, and Japan. High-risk areas include Latin
America, most of Asia, and North, West, and East Africa. Inter-
mediate or moderate-risk areas include the northern Mediter-
ranean countries and the Middle East (although Turkey is
considered high-risk in some studies), China, and Russia, the other
countries of the former Soviet Union, and South Africa.
Table 20 Risk of Acquiring Diarrhea among Travelers According

to Host Country and Country Visited
Country to be Visited
Country of Origin Low Intermediate High
Low 2–4% 10–20% 20–90%
Intermediate 2–4% Uncertain 8–18%
High 2–4% N/A 8–18%
Risk for Travelers
Enteric infection and diarrheal diseases are the most commonly

reported medical complaint among travelers from the developed
countries to tropical and semitropical areas. The incidence of diar-
rhea among persons from low-risk areas visiting other low-risk
areas is approximately 2 to 4%, 5 to 19 for travel to intermediate-
risk areas, and 20 to 40% for travel to high-risk areas. In select
groups (eg, Nile cruises), the rate may be as high as 90% weekly.
The 2 to 4% rate above for persons visiting low-risk areas also
applies to travelers from high or intermediate-risk areas.
These background rates of illness probably relate to dependence
on public eating establishments for most travelers, stress, and dif-
ferences in behavior (eg, increased consumption of alcohol).
These rates are based on published studies, which are few in num-
ber except for travel from low-risk to high- and intermediate-risk
regions.
Clinical Picture
Enteric infections vary widely in severity, from subclinical or self-

limiting and mild diarrhea to cholera-like potentially fatal diar-
rhea accompanied by dehydration, febrile dysentery, or enteric
(typhoid-like) fever. Travelers’ diarrhea typically develops dur-
ing the first week after arrival. The illness may be divided into
three groups based on severity, each with different recommen-
dations for treatment. In mild diarrhea, normal activities can be
carried out. In moderate diarrhea, activities are limited, but the
person is able to function. In severe diarrhea, the person is inca-
pacited and usually confined to bed.
The specific clinical enteric syndromes and etiology of
enteric infection in international travelers vary widely as shown
in Table 21.
The symptoms, to some extent, suggest the etiology. When
vomiting is the primary symptom, the patient has gastroenteri-
tis, generally due to preformed toxins in foods or to viral agents.
Table 21 Clinical Syndromes Caused by Enteric Pathogens

Clinical Enteric Syndrome Etiologic Agent to Consider
Gastroenteritis with vomiting Rotavirus or small round structured viruses (eg, Norwalk
as the predominant symptom or astrovirus)
Watery diarrhea with or Any bacterial, viral or protozoal pathogen
without vomiting
Febrile dysentery Shigella spp or Campylobacter jejuni likely; other
possibilities invasive Escherichia coli, Salmonella spp,
Aeromonas spp, noncholera Vibrios, Entamoeba
histolytica
Persistent diarrhea Bacterial enteropathogens, Giardia, Cryptosporidium,
(duration ≥ 14 days) Cyclospora, small bowel bacterial overgrowth syndrome,
lactase deficiency, Brainerd diarrhea
Typhoid (enteric) fever Salmonella typhi, Salmonella paratyphi, other
Salmonella spp
The preformed toxins are produced by Staphylococcus aureus or

Bacillus cereus. The viral pathogens that produce gastroenteri-
tis include rotavirus, or the small, round, structured viruses such
as Norwalk virus or astrovirus. When the upper intestinal process
leads to watery diarrhea with or without vomiting, any of the known
bacterial, viral, or parasitic enteropathogens may be responsible.
Fever and passage of bloody stools, frequently containing mucus,
indicate dysenteric illness due to one of various pathogens. The
most common enteric pathogens are Shigella and Campylobac-
ter. Other enteric pathogens that less frequently cause dysenteric
disease in the traveler include invasive E. coli, Salmonella,
Aeromonas, noncholera Vibrios, and Entamoeba histolytica.
Approximately 2% of travelers’ diarrhea lasts longer than
2 weeks. This persistent diarrhea may be caused by a bacterial
enteropathogen, by a parasitic pathogen such as Giardia, Cryp-
tosporidium, Cyclospora, or Microsporidium, by small bowel
bacterial overgrowth, by lactase deficiency, or by an idiopathic
form of chronic diarrhea classified as Brainerd diarrhea. Typhoid

fever is unusual in travelers.
Incubation
One to several days depending on the pathogenic agent.
Communicability
Person-to-person spread is possible with poor hygienic practices.
Persons from low-risk areas are particularly susceptible to enteric

infection in moderate- and high-risk areas. Persons from inter-
mediate- and high-risk areas visiting other high-risk areas expe-
rience lower rates of illness, compared with persons from low-risk
areas. This suggests that they have had prior exposure to the
prevalent microbes.
Risk factors for acquiring travelers’ diarrhea are multiple
(Table 22). Young children who eat at the table and young adults
appear to be at higher risk than adults. Young infants who eat only
carefully prepared formula or who are breastfed should be at
reduced risk. However, high rates of illness were found in this
group in one study, which were attributed to the infants crawling
in a contaminated environment and frequently putting their hands
in their mouths. Adventure travelers or those living close to the
local population, such as volunteers and missionaries, have higher
rates of illness, compared with those staying in the better hotels.
Certain persons appear to have reduced rates of enteric infection
based on genetic factors. Studies have shown that some animal
populations have an absence of receptors for attachment of ETEC,
the principal cause of travelers’ diarrhea. Similar differences
probably exist in human populations on a genetic basis. Persons
with blood type O are predisposed to cholera and experience a
Table 22 Established Risk Factors Predisposing to Travelers’ Diarrhea

Risk Factor Comment
Age Rates are highest for infants exposed to contaminated environment
and young children eating from the table and among young adults
Type of travel Adventure travelers and persons living close to the local population
are at greater risk
Beverage and Persons who do not exercise care in the food and beverages they
food restrictions consume have higher rates
Genetics Although a poorly studied area, certain people seem more susceptible
to illness based on genetic factors
Prior travel to high Previous travel to high risk areas within the past 6 months is
risk regions associated with a reduced rate of travelers’ diarrhea
Hypochlorhydria Low gastric acidity whether induced by prior surgery or proton pump
and Achlorhydria inhibitor predisposes to travelers’ diarrhea
more severe case. They also appear to have an increased sus-

ceptibility to Shigella infection.
Stomach acidity is an important defense against enteric infec-
tious disease agents, particularly bacterial enteropathogens. Per-
sons with hypochlorhydria or achlorhydria based on genetic or
nutritional factors, those who have had prior gastric surgery, or
those taking proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole are at
greater risk of acquiring travelers’ diarrhea. Nocturnal users of
H2 receptor antagonists do not appear to be at increased risk. Travel
to high-risk areas within 6 months after traveling to the same or
another high-risk area seems to afford some protection against the
illness. This suggests that prior exposure to prevalent agents
results in protective immunity.
Travelers consuming low-risk foods and beverages reduce their

risk of contracting travelers’ diarrhea (see Figure 9).
Chemoprophylaxis
Although effective in reducing the frequency of diarrhea during

visits to high-risk areas, chemoprophylaxis should not be rec-
ommended for most travelers. The pros and cons of chemopro-
phylaxis are outlined in Table 23. Bismuth subsalicylate (BSS)
is 65% effective in eliminating travelers’ diarrhea, probably
through the antimicrobial effects of bismuth. The BSS causes minor
side effects including blackening of the tongue and stools and mild
tinnitus in a small percentage of users. There are no major side
effects of BSS when used as a prophylactic agent, although it is
not recommended for use in patients with abnormal intestinal tracts,
such as AIDS patients or those with inflammatory bowel disease;
bismuth absorption may lead to bismuth encephalopathy.
Antibacterial agents, particularly one of the newer fluoro-
quinolones, are more effective prophylactics than BSS, prevent-
ing diarrhea in roughly 90% of cases. These drugs occasionally
produce minimal but objectionable side effects, including insom-
nia, irritability, headache, skin rash, or fungal vaginitis. In rare
instances, travelers taking a fluoroquinolone as a prophylactic
Table 23 Protection, Minor and Major Side Effects of Conventional Therapy

for Resultant Diarrhea in Patients Using or Not Using Chemoprophylaxis to
Prevent Travelers’ Diarrhea
Use of Protection Number Minor Major Treatment
Chemoprophylaxis Rate Ill per 100 Side Effects Side Effects of Diarrhea
None 0% 40 0% 0% Conventional*
Bismuth subsalicylate 65% 14 Common† 0% Conventional*
Quinolone 90% 4 3%‡ .01§ Uncertain
(for adults)
*Antibacterial agent plus loperamide (see Table 27)
†
Black tongues, black stools, tinnitus
‡
Skin rash, vaginal yeast infection, insomnia, irritability, headache
§
Anaphylaxis, antibiotic-associated colitis, aplastic anemia, superinfection
(< 0.01%) may experience a major side effect that could be life
threatening, such as anaphylaxis, aplastic anemia, antibiotic-
associated (Clostridium difficile) colitis. Antibacterial chemo-
prophylaxis makes therapy difficult when diarrhea does develop.
For example, if diarrhea develops under quinolone prophylaxis,
the illness is unlikely to respond to treatment with that class of
drugs. Use symptomatic drugs (BSS or loperamide) for this ill-
ness. It is unknown whether those rare cases of diarrhea, likely
stemming from quinolone-resistant causes, would occur without
prophylaxis or if they are caused by the chemoprophylactic drug,
either directly or by selecting out that enteropathogen.
Many authorities recommend against routine chemoprophy-
laxis for travelers’ diarrhea prevention, because self-treatment is
so successful. However, preventive medication may be consid-
ered if the traveler strongly requests it or if they have a predis-
posing condition such as immunodeficiency (AIDS), advanced
malignancy, organ transplantation, inflammatory bowel disease,
regular use of proton pump inhibitors of gastric acid, or insulin-
dependent diabetes mellitus. Prophylaxis may also be an option
if the nature of the trip does not allow for an illness that may be
rendered short term (6 to 10 hours) by self-treatment. Table 24
outlines the recommended approach for prophylaxis for travel-
ers according to category.
Chemoprophylaxis dosage is shown in Table 25. For BSS, two
tablets are taken with meals and at bedtime (8 tablets daily). For
adults opting for quinolone treatment, norfloxacin 400 mg,
ciprofloxacin 500 mg, or levofloxacin 300 mg, these are taken once
a day. In each case, travelers begin the drug the first day they are
in the high-risk area and continues the drug for approximately
2 days after return. Chemoprophylaxis is not advised for trips to
high-risk areas that are longer than 14 days in duration, owing to
the cost of the drug in prolonged prophylaxis, increased risk of
adverse reactions, and interference with natural immunity.
Table 24 Recommended Approach to Chemoprophylaxis for Travelers’

According to Indication for Disease Prevention
Patient Category Prophylaxis Recommended
Most travelers to high risk areas No prophylaxis
Traveler requests prophylaxis Bismuth subsalicylate prophylaxis
Travelers with underlying medical problem (see text)
Travelers’ itinery will not allow a 6–10 hour illness Quinolone prophylaxis
Prophylaxis is used for trips less than or equal to 14 days
Immunoprophylaxis
Vaccines are being developed to help prevent travelers’ diarrhea.

We will need some cocktail vaccine to cover all or at least most
pathogens. Poor hygienic standards in high-risk destinations
remain a constant problem. That natural immunity tends to
develop as persons remain in these areas makes prospects for vac-
cines promising. The organisms being targeted include ETEC,
V. cholerae 01, C. jejuni, Salmonella typhi, Shigella species, and
rotavirus (Table 26).
In a few countries Dukoral, primarily a cholera vaccine (see
that section) is marketed as “travelers’ diarrhea vaccine,” because
it has been demonstrated to have some effectiveness against
Table 25 Prophylactic Regimens Preventing Travelers’ Diarrhea for Trips

of 14 Days or Less
Drug Used in Prophylaxis Dosing Regimen
Bismuth subsalicylate Two 265 mg tablets chewed well with meals and at bedtime
(eight tablets/d) during stay in high risk area and for
2 days after leaving area
Norfloxacin (NF), NF 400 mg, CF 500 mg, or LF 500 mg once a day during stay
ciprofloxacin (CF), in high risk area and for 2 days after leaving area
levofloxacin (LF)
LT-ETEC. If we assume that a destination has a 60% incidence

rate of diarrhea and that ETEC may cause a third of the cases,
this corresponds to an overall 20% ETEC diarrhea incidence. If
we continue to assume that 50% have an ST-only toxin, whereby
the vaccine is ineffective, we have a remaining 10% incidence in
pathogens wherein the vaccine may be effective. Dukoral showed
only a protective efficacy of 60% against the LT-producing ETEC;
thus, this vaccine would prevent approximately 5% of all travel-
Table 26 Available Enteric Vaccines and Those in the Planning Stages

Enteric Vaccine Status
Enterotoxigenic Eschichia coli The rBS-CFA ETEC vaccine is in advanced
rBS-CFA ETEC field testing. The other vaccine candidates
LT/ST Toxoids are in early development.
Attenuated E. coli
CFSs/Attenuated S. typhi or Shigellas
Vibrio cholerae 01 and 0139 These vaccine candidates are in advanced
rBS-WC (01) field testing. CVD 103 HgR and rBS/WC
BS-WC 01/0139 vaccines are both marketed in some
CVD 103 HgR (01, Classical) European countries.
CVD 111 (01, EI Tor)
CVD 112 (0139)
Campylobacter jejuni These vaccine candidates are in early
development
Salmonella typhi The two vaccines are commercially available
Oral Live Ty21a Vaccine, Vi Antigen Vaccine
Shigella spp These vaccine candidates are in early
Shigella antigens in an avirulent carrier development
bacterium or attenuated Shigella mutants,
O-polysaccharide-carrier protein conjugate
or ribosomal vaccine
Rotavirus Introduced in 1999 and subsequently
Attenuated animal or reassortant withdrawn from the market because of
animal-human or reassortant human vaccine-related infantile intussception
vaccine strain
ers’ diarrhea. However, it would benefit 6% of all travelers, which

is more than any other vaccine.
Several more recent approaches have been taken to develop
an immunizing agent against ETEC, which is considered the
most important target because of ETEC’s prominent role in caus-
ing travelers’ diarrhea and the immunity that results from long-
term exposure. Developed immunity has been linked to the
colonization factor antigen (CFA) fimbriae produced by the
organism, one or more of the toxins produced, and the lipopolysac-
charide of the organism. Vaccines being developed for ETEC
include both inactivated antigens and live-administered attenu-
ated strains given orally. The first and currently most promising
vaccine against ETEC was a mixture of killed E. coli expressing
CFAs and CS fimbrial components given with recombinant
cholera B (binding) subunit (rBS). This vaccine prepared by SBL
Vaccine, Stockholm, has been shown to be safe and immunogenic.
Field trials in travelers, however, failed to show significant ben-
eficial results. Other laboratories are working on developing tox-
oids with or without CFAs, attenuated nontoxigenic E. coli
expressing colonization fimbriae, or attenuated Salmonella,
Shigella, or V. cholerae live vectors expressing ETEC antigens.
If an ETEC vaccine is 80% effective in preventing ETEC diar-
rhea in travelers to high-risk areas and if ETEC explains 30% of
the diarrhea in the area, the vaccine would be expected to prevent
24% of cases occurring without immunization.
There is also great interest in developing safe and effective vac-
cines against V. cholerae 01 and S. typhi because of the danger
of contracting cholera and typhoid fever, respectively, in endemic
areas (see details in respective sections).
Immunity against C. jejuni occurs with age. Potential vaccine
candidates against the organism are currently being investigated
by several laboratories.
Efforts are also underway to develop an effective vaccine
against prevalent serotypes of Shigella. Orally administered atten-
uated bacteria containing Shigella antigens or attenuated Shigella
chromosomal genes and attenuated Shigella strains (eg, aux-

otrophic strains and others with altered chromosomal regions
that control virulence and other plasmid mutations) have been or
are being evaluated, as well as ribosomal vaccines and O-specific
LPS linked to a carrier protein.
Vaccines against rotavirus gastroenteritis have been licensed
and then withdrawn for adverse reactions. This would be an
important initiative, considering the role of rotavirus in causing
fatal disease among infants in the developing countries; second
generation rotavirus vaccines are on the horizon. Animal strains
of rotavirus showing reduced pathogenicity for humans have
been employed with some success. The leading vaccine candi-
dates are derived from calves and rhesus monkeys. Reassortant
animal-human or reassortant human strains are currently licensed
for use. The role of the newly introduced rotavirus vaccine in travel
health has not yet been defined but the vaccine is recommended
for unimmunized infants and young children who will be resid-
ing in countries with high rates of rotavirus gastroenteritis.
Give travelers to high-risk areas antidiarrheal medication to treat

the illness if it occurs (Table 27). The two types of therapy for
adults are
• symptomatic treatment with either bismuth subsalicylate or lop-

eramide;
• antibacterial treatment.
Designating the severity of illness determines self-therapy

(Table 28). Provide symptomatic therapy for mild to moderate ill-
ness and give antibacterial therapy for moderate to severe diarrhea,
or any cases showing signs of bacterial invasion of the mucosa (fever
or blood in stool). With the emergence of fluoroquinolone-resis-
tant Campylobacter in many parts of the world, new drugs have
been evaluated to treat this illness. Azithromycin and rifaximin are
Table 27 Self-Therapy of Travelers’ Diarrhea

Therapeutic Agent Dosage
Bismuth subsalicylate Two 262 mg tablets chewed well or if liquid 2 tablespoons
taken every 1/2 hour for 8 doses. May be repeated on day 2
Loperamide 4 mg (2 tablets) initially followed by 2 mg (1 tablet) after
each unformed stool passed.
Not to exceed 8 mg (4 tablets) per day for over-the-counter
dosage or 16 mg (8 tablets) per day for prescription dose
Quinolone: norfloxacin (NF), NF 400 mg bid, CF 500 mg bid, or LF 500 mg qd for
ciprofloxacin (CF), or 1 to 3 days, depending on response
levofloxacin (LF)
Azithromycin 500 mg qd for 1 to 3 days
Rifaximin 400 mg bid or 200 mg tid for 3 days
effective in treating the various forms of bacterial diarrhea of

travelers. For travelers to Thailand where fluoroquinolone-resis-
tant Campylobacter is so common, consider one of these agents
as the drug of choice. When rifaximin becomes widely available,
it should become a standard form of therapy, given the safety pro-
Table 28 Management of Travelers’ Diarrhea Based on Clinical Symptoms*

Mild diarrhea (ie, normal Moderate to severe diarrhea
activities can be continued) (ie, activities limited to patient disabled)
Number of unformed stools
passed per 24 hours Fever (38.5°C body temperature)
1 or 2 ≥3 or passage of bloody stools Other cases
No other Symptomatic Antimicrobial therapy Antimicrobial plus
therapy therapy (see Table 22) loperamide therapy
(see Table 22) (see Table 22)
*All patients should receive oral fluids and electrolytes such as diluted fruit juice, soft drinks, or soups and
broth with saltine crackers.
Table 29 Oral Rehydration Solutions and Alternative Solutions

CHO Na CHO/Na K Base
Product G/L mEq/L ratio mEq/L HCO3 mOSM/L*
Oral Rehydration Solutions — recommended
ORS (WHO) 25 90 1:2 20 30 310
Pedalyte 25 45 3:1 20 30 270
Other Fluids — not recommended for patients with high risk of dehydration†
Cola‡ 50–150 2 350 0.1 13 550
Juice 100–150 3 250 20 0 700
Broth 0 250 — 5 0 250
Gatorade 45 20 13 3 3 330
Tea 0 0 — 0 0 5
*more than 310 mOSM/L may cause osmotic diarrhea
†
combination thereof may be adequate for adult travelers without high risk
‡
contains caffeine which increases intestinal motility
file with the poorly absorbed drug. These drugs should be safe and
effective in children and in pregnant women with severe travel-
ers’ diarrhea.
Particularly in infants, children, and senior travelers, it is
paramount to avoid dehydration by administering oral rehydra-
tion therapy (ORT) with oral rehydration solutions (ORS) (Table
29). This is effective because glucose-coupled sodium results in
absorption of water by the small intestine during the course of
infection. Although ORT is highly effective for combating dehy-
dration and its consequences, it does not diminish the amount or
duration of diarrhea, which leads to a lack of confidence in the
treatment, particularly in mothers and in rushed travelers. A more
recently developed cereal-based generation of ORS has advan-
tages over glucose-based brands in speeding recovery, at least in
cholera. In contrast, administering solutions that contain too
much sugar creates an osmotic density in the intestine that draws

fluid into the intestinal lumen.
The amount of ORT administered within 4 to 6 hours is 5%
of body weight in mild dehydration, 6 to 9% in moderate dehy-
dration, and 10% in severe dehydration. Administer oral rehy-
dration in small quantities at regular intervals. Also, give plain
water and food to minimize the monotony and the nausea or
vomiting induced by ORS. After rehydration, the ongoing losses
through stool or vomiting are corrected, and maintenance solu-
tions with smaller amounts of sodium (40 to 50 mEq per liter)
can be used (eg, Infalyte, Lytren, Pedialyte, or Resol). Replace
oral rehydration therapy with intravenous therapy only in rare cases
of incessant vomiting, with signs of dehydration either reap-
pearing or worsening, or in unconsciousness.
Although normal aciduric bacteria in the human intestine
inhibit the growth of certain bacterial pathogens, Lactobacillus,
Bifidobacterium, Saccharomyces boulardii, and Streptococcus fae-
cium have shown limited or no beneficial effect in the treatment
of acute diarrhea. Charcoal, kaolin, and other agents can bind and
inactivate bacterial toxins, but results of clinical use have been
disappointing. Moreover, some of these agents interfered with the
beneficial effect of tetracycline.
Reducing food consumption is frequently observed due to
anorexia. However, except for milk and dairy products in the ini-
tial 24 to 48 hours, food should not be deliberately withheld dur-
ing the diarrheal episode, because at least some macronutrients
are still absorbed. Moreover, children who ate some food showed
better results and sustained weight gain better than those children
who did not eat. After recovery, encourage extra nourishment.
See “Self-Treatment” section on page 412.

Additional Readings
DuPont HL, Ericsson CD. Prevention and treatment of travelers’ diar-
rhea. N Engl J Med 1993;328:1821–7.
Jiang ZD, et al. Prevalence of enteric pathogens among international
travelers with diarrhea acquired in Kenya (Mombasa), India (Goa),
or Jamaica (Montego Bay). J Infect Dis 2002;185:497–502.
von Sonnenburg F, et al. Risk and aetiology of diarrhoea at various
tourist destinations. Lancet 2000;356:133–4.
TRYPANOSOMIASIS
American Trypanosomiasis (Chagas’ Disease)
The American form of trypanosomiasis is caused by the protozoan

parasite, Trypanosoma cruzi. Bloodsucking reduviid insects, hav-
ing fed on infected humans or animals, spread the infection to a
susceptible host. The organism and associated insect vector are
widely distributed, from Mexico and Central America as far south
as central Argentina and Chile (Figure 47). The vector is charac-
teristically found in cracks and holes in poorly constructed hous-
ing. For this reason, the disease is a public health problem among
the rural poor living in substandard conditions. International vis-
itors may become infected when they live under similar conditions,
as may be the case for medical volunteers or missionaries. Infec-
tion may be acquired from a chronically infected blood donor dur-
ing a blood transfusion. The typical traveler to endemic areas
does not become exposed to the insect vector and parasite.
In acute disease, a local inflammatory lesion (chagoma) may
be seen at the site of entry of the parasite < 1 week following the
insect bite. Periorbital swelling may be seen if the infection
occurs by the conjunctival route. Further symptoms include fever,
generalized adenopathy, skin rash, and hepatosplenomegaly.
Myocarditis and meningoencephalitis may also occur in the acute
phase. Symptoms subside within several weeks in most cases.
Chronic infection may cause arrhythmias, cardiomegaly, or right-
sided congestive heart failure. Megadisease of the esophagus or
colon is a secondary manifestation of chronic infection.
Diagnosis is made by identifying motile trypanosomes upon direct
microsopic examination of anticoagulated blood or from a buffy coat
preparation. Serologic techniques and zenodiagnosis techniques
may be used for acute infection. Chronic Chagas’ disease is diag-
nosed by serologic procedures. Treatment is with nifurtimox or
benznidazole. Chronic heart disease is treated with conventional sup-
portive and antiarrhythmic drugs. Adequate housing, public education
417
about the disease, home use of insecticides, and serologic testing

of blood in endemic areas will help prevent spread of the infection.
African Trypanosomiasis
African trypanosomiasis, commonly known as African sleeping

sickness, is an acute and chronic infection caused by Trypanosoma
Figure 47 Distribution of vectors of Typanosoma cruzi. Goddard J. et al. Kissing Bugs and
Chagas Disease. Infect Med 1999, adapted
Trypanosomiasis 419
brucei rhodesiense (seen in East Africa from Ethiopia to eastern

Uganda and south to Botswana) or T. brucei gambiense (seen in
West and Central Africa) (Figure 48). The organism is spread to
humans by the bite of the tsetse fly. Although the usual repellants
are ineffective against this fly, ethylhexamedial (Rutgers 612) is
effective. Travelers to East Africa on safari or on hunting or fish-
ing trips are at low risk, but several cases have been imported,
mainly to Europe. The Gambian or West African form is a chronic
illness involving the central nervous system. Several days after
receiving a tsetse fly bite, a nodule or chancre appears with ery-
thema and swelling. Clinical symptoms present in 1 to 2 weeks
and consist of fever, headache, weakness, and adenopathy. After
months to years, meningoencephalitis may develop. The East
African form is a more rapidly progressive disease with acute neu-
rologic symptoms and occasionally cardiac failure. Early onset of
fever, headache, and malaise without adenopathy is followed by
altered mental status. Without treatment the East African form may
lead to death. Diagnosis is made based on clinical suspicion, like-
lihood of exposure to insect vector, and demonstration of try-
panosomes in blood, bone marrow, centrifuged cerebrospinal
fluid, or other biologic tissue. Central nervous system disease is
confirmed by lumbar puncture. The customary treatment for the
disease, suramin, does not penetrate the blood-brain barrier and
is inadequate treatment for neurologic disease. Pleocytosis and
increased cerebrospinal fluid protein, as well as the presence of
trypanosomes in spinal fluid, indicate central nervous system
involvement. Serologic tests are available. Suramin administered
early before neurologic involvement is an effective treatment.
Melarsoprol is required once the central nervous system is involved.
Additional Reading
Jelinek T, et al. Cluster of African trypanosomiasis in travelers to Tan-
zanian national parks. Emerg Infect Dis 2002;8:634–5.
Trypansoma brucei gambinese Trypansoma brucei rhodesiense
Figure 48 Distribution of trypanosomiasis foci in Africa (WHO, 1989)

TUBERCULOSIS
Infectious Agent
Mycobacterium tuberculosis, and occasionally Mycobacterium

africanum, Mycobacterium bovis, and other mycobacteria are the
infectious agents responsible for tuberculosis (TB).
Transmission
Bacteria are spread primarily by inhalation of aerosolized infec-

tious droplet nuclei from patients with active pulmonary or laryn-
geal TB.
Global Epidemiology
Tuberculosis is a major global health problem (Figure 49). WHO

currently estimates that one-third of the world’s population has
been infected with M. tuberculosis. More than 7.5 million cases
of active TB occurred globally in 1990, with most of the burden
in developing countries. In Africa there is currently a co-epidemic
between HIV and TB. In developed countries, the resurgence of
TB is mainly due to the HIV epidemic and immigrants. TB is also
increasingly an urban problem where many live in crowded, sub-
standard housing.
Risk for Travelers
The risk for the general traveler is low. Recent evidence

shows, however, that TB may be transmitted during a flight or dur-
ing extended train and bus travel. The risk of TB may increase
with extended exposure in endemic countries; specifically, in
aid workers or refugee workers. Data on incidence of latent tuber-
culosis infection are scarce, but one Dutch study showed that the
incidence among Dutch travelers to TB endemic countries for more
than 3 months was 1.9%. During the annual Hajj pilgrimage to
421
Tropimed'
Rates per 100,000 0–49 50–99 ≥ 100

Figure 49 Estimated incidence rates of tuberculosis in 2000 (WHO 2001)
Tuberculosis 423
Saudi Arabia, more than 2 million pilgrims from all over the world
congregate over an extended period of time, often from developing
countries endemic for TB. Data show that, during this pilgrim-
age, the most common cause of hospitalized pilgrims with pneu-
monia is TB.
Clinical Picture
There are many clinical forms of TB. The initial infection usu-
ally remains unnoticed but, with a tuberculin test, purified pro-
tein derivative (PPD) sensitivity appears within a few weeks.
After a latency lasting months, years, or even decades (less in those
infected by HIV), there is a risk of reactivation to pulmonary or
extrapulmonary tuberculosis, and nearly every organ is potentially
involved in the latter. With early and adequate treatment, the
prognosis is good.
Incubation
The incubation period, from exposure to the infective agent until

development of a significant tuberculin reaction or primary infec-
tion, is 4 to 12 weeks.
Communicability
Communicability persists for as long as tubercle bacilli are being

discharged in the sputum, up to several weeks following initia-
tion of effective chemotherapy. In the past, 12 months was the mean
exposure time to become infected, whereas now a few hours in
an airplane seems sufficient, most likely owing to restricted ven-
tilation and a dry environment, which result in a negligible set-
tling tendency of droplet nuclei.
Risk of infection is related to degree of exposure and previous con-

tact with M. tuberculosis. Genetic and other host factors do not
appear to influence susceptibility. Risk of developing the disease

varies with age, with highest risk in children age < 3 years and
lowest risk in later childhood, and increasing risk again in the
elderly population. There is a marked increase in tuberculosis
among those with HIV infection and other types of cellular
immunosuppression. Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection
induces a degree of resistance but re-infection may occur, par-
ticularly with changes in host immunity. Reactivation of long-latent
infection may occur.
Avoid infectious contacts.
Chemoprophylaxis
None before exposure.
Immunoprophylaxis
Tuberculosis vaccine is made from the bacille Calmette-Guérin

(BCG) strain of M. bovis.

Antigenic form: whole bacterium
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: none
Allergens/Excipiens: lactose/none
Mechanism: induction of cell-mediated immunity
Application
Schedule/Dosage: different recommendations for different
countries
• 0.1 mL intradermally, or
Tuberculosis 425
• percutaneous in infants and children, using BCG with 10 times

higher strength. Drop 0.2 to 0.3 mL (children age < 1 year, one-
half dose) onto cleansed surface of skin, tense skin, and admin-
ister percutaneously with instrument provided (eg, multiple
puncture disc). No dressing is required, but keep the site dry
for 24 hours. In countries with high endemicity, the repeat vac-
cination is administered after >3 months if the person remains
negative to a 5-TU tuberculin skin test. In other countries, no
control test is recommended.
Booster: no routine boosters recommended in persons who had
a positive PPD
Route: percutaneous, ID for some products in some countries
Storage: Store powder at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Protect from
light. Lyophilized material can be frozen.
Protection
Onset: PPD conversion within 8 to 14 weeks
Efficacy: 0 to 80% with lower rates closer to the equator. The
BCG vaccine probably confers protection against serious forms
of tuberculosis, such as meningeal or miliary forms. It probably
does not prevent infection.
Duration: long-lasting, although tuberculin reactivity gradu-
ally diminishes
Normal and Adverse Reactions

Normal reactions consist of a small, red papule appearing at the
vaccination site within 2 to 6 weeks. It may reach a diameter of
3 mm within 4 to 6 weeks, after which it will scale and slowly
disappear, leaving a small scar. In persons prone to keloid for-
mation, a larger scar may persist. Note that in > 90% of vacci-
nees, tuberculin reactivity is induced.
Severe or prolonged ulceration occurs in 1 to 10% of cases.

Self-inoculation at other body sites may occur.
Mild systemic reactions may include flu-like symptoms, fever,
fatigue, anorexia, myalgia, or neuralgia, usually lasting a few days.
Lymphadenitis may persist for several weeks. Abdominal pain,
diarrhea, anemia, leukopenia, coagulopathy, and pneumonitis
have been reported following TB vaccination.
Anaphylaxis, osteomyelitis (1 per million), disseminated BCG
(0.1 to 1 per million), and death have also followed vaccination.
Contraindications
Absolute: immunodeficiency, history of hypersensitivity or other
serious adverse reactions, positive PPD skin test
Children: safely used
Pregnant women: It is unknown whether BCG vaccine or
corresponding antibodies cross the placenta. Avoid use.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether BCG vaccine or cor-
Immunodeficient persons: Avoid use. Do not immunize HIV-
positive, asymptomatic persons.
Interactions
insufficient response to immunization or in disseminated BCG
infection. Simultaneous application of BCG vaccine with oral polio
vaccine is safe and immunogenic. No published data exist on con-
current use with other vaccines.
Recommendations for Vaccine Use and Tuberculin Testing

There is no agreement on the indication of BCG. The WHO rec-
ommends it “for children and young adults expected to make an
extended stay in an area of high tuberculosis endemicity.” The CDC
does not recommend vaccination; rather, it suggests tuberculin skin
Tuberculosis 427
testing (preferably with a two-step approach, with two tuber-

culin tests performed 1 to 3 weeks apart to minimize the likeli-
hood of interpreting a boosted reaction as a true conversion
because of recent infection) before departure, if there will be pro-
longed exposure to potentially infective patients. Those who test
tuberculin negative should have a repeat test 3 months after
return, whereas those who test positive are unlikely to become
infected. If necessary (eg, tuberculin test conversion), tuberculosis
can be successfully treated.
Live virus vaccines may interfere with tuberculin testing
results; perform both on the same day or 4 to 6 weeks apart. An
HIV-positive person may have an impaired response to this test;
thus, the travel health professional should inquire about possible
HIV infection.
None. Medical consultation is required for assessment, followed

by treatment, if necessary.
Antimicrobial therapy. Those who are diagnosed to have devel-

oped recent latent TB infection benefit from a course of preven-
tive therapy (ie, isoniazid alone for 6 months or rifampicin and
pyrazinamide for 2 months).
Notification is mandatory in many countries. Treating active

cases of tuberculosis decreases the reservoir of M. tuberculosis.
Conduct active case finding among contacts, and isolate patients
with sputum-positive pulmonary tuberculosis. Quarantine is not
required. Consider preventive treatment of close contacts.
Additional Readings
Cobelens FG, et al. Association of tuberculin sensitivity in Dutch
adults with history of travel to areas of high incidence of tuberculo-
sis. Clin Infect Dis 2001;33:300–4.
Cobelens FG, et al. Risk of infection with Mycobacterium tuberculosis
in travellers to areas of high tuberculosis endemicity. Lancet 2000;
356:461–5.
Larsen NM, et al. Risk of tuberculin skin test conversion among health
care workers: occupational versus community exposure and infec-
tion. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:796–801.
Rieder HL. Risk of travel-associated tuberculosis. Clin Infect Dis
2001;33:1393–6.
von Reyn CF, Vuola JM. New vaccines for the prevention of tuberculo-
sis. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:465–74.
TULAREMIA
Francisella tularensis can infect humans through the skin, mucous

membranes, gastrointestinal tract, and lungs. Inoculated organisms
spread to the regional lymph nodes, multiply further, and may then
disseminate to organs throughout the body. Through inhalation of
the bacteria, as few as 10 organisms can lead to hemorrhagic
inflammation of the respiratory tract, progressing to bronchop-
neumonia. Pleural involvement occurs commonly. Clinical pre-
sentation may be ulceroglandular, oculoglandular, glandular,
oropharnygeal pneumonic, or septic depending on the portal of
entry. A pulse-temperature dissociation is common. Bioterrorism
leading to a cluster of cases should be considered when multiple
persons develop a severe respiratory illness with unusual epi-
demiologic and clinical features (eg, atypical or unresponsive
pneumonia, pleuritis, hilar adenopathy, or lymphatic disease).
Tularemia would be an unusual cause of illness in an inter-
national traveler. However, it should be considered in any person
who has undefined and atypical pneumonia, particularly if it
occurs in a hunter or trapper who handles infected animal carcasses.
It occasionally occurs in a cluster of exposed individuals.
The diagnosis is not easily made. The organism may be iden-
tified by direct examination of secretions, exudates, or in biop-
sied tissue by fluorescence studies or immunochemical strains.
F. tularensis may be grown from body tissues and blood cultures.
Treat adults with gentamicin 5 mg/kg/ IM or IV once daily for
10 to 14 days. Doxycycline 100 mg IV or PO twice daily, or
ciprofloxacin 400 mg IV or 500 mg PO given twice daily are effec-
tive alternatives. For children, gentamicin is given in a dose of
2.5 mg/kg IM or IV three times daily for 14 days.
Additional Reading
Ellis J, et al. Tularemia. Clin Microbiol Rev 2002;15:631–46.
429
TYPHOID FEVER
The Greek word “typhos” means fog or mist. When bacteriologic

assessment was not yet available, various acute diseases characterized
by fever and confusion were named “typhus,” including enteric fever
(applied not only to typhoid but also to paratyphoid fevers), relaps-
ing fever, epidemic or classic typhus, and brucellosis.
Infectious Agent
Typhoid fever is caused by Salmonella typhi, whereas the clini-

cally similar paratyphoid fevers and enteric fevers, including
paratyphoid A, B, and C, Salmonella cholerae suis, and Salmo-
nella dublin, are caused occasionally by other Salmonella species.
These often take a milder course. Part of the Enterobacteriaceae
family, the genus Salmonella includes flagellated, nonspore-
bearing gram-negative bacilli, which usually can ferment glucose,
but not urea, lactose, or saccharose. There are various subspecies
within a species, differentiated by DNA structure and biochem-
ical properties. These are divided into serotypes (serovars), based
on their somatic (O) and flagellar (H) antigens. A cell wall
lipopolysaccharide virulence (Vi) antigen, often associated with
virulence, is found in Salmonella typhi, Salmonella paratyphi C,
and occasionally in other enterobacterial organisms. On the basis
of antigen characteristics, Kauffmann and White have classified
more than 2000 serotypes of nontyphoid S. enteritidis. Salmonella
typhi belongs to group D, having O-antigens 9, 12, Vi, and H-anti-
gen d. At present, more than 100 types can be distinguished by
phage typing.
Boiling immediately destroys S. typhi by removing the
thermolabile Vi antigen.
Transmission
Salmonella typhi is unique among the Salmonella species in hav-

ing humans as its only natural hosts and reservoir. Characteris-
430
Typhoid Fever 431
tically, food or beverages contaminated with feces from an S. typhi

carrier are ingested. Direct fecal-oral contact may result in infec-
tion, although less commonly. The risk increases when sewage
seeps into wells, or river water is used without appropriate treat-
ment. Fruit watered with contaminated river water, vegetables fer-
tilized by night-soil, milk and milk products contaminated by
workers’ hands, and, in some countries, shellfish harvested from
contaminated coastal waters, have all been associated with typhoid.
Canned food and bottled water are usually safe but have been con-
taminated through faulty processes. Typhoid fever occasionally
results from laboratory contamination when workers are not suf-
ficiently careful.
Epidemics originating from water contamination are partic-
ularly explosive, partly because a water source may serve a
large population and partly because water dilutes gastric acid
which inactivates pathogenic agents. Additionally, water and
beverages remain in the stomach only very briefly. Transmission
by food, however, is associated with larger inocula and higher
attack rates. It should be noted that typhoid fever often has a high
incidence in high socioeconomic neighbourhoods, where salads
or other uncooked dishes are eaten more often, either at home
or in restaurants.
Global Epidemiology
The incidence of typhoid fever increased with urbanization before

the advent of modern sanitation. Epidemics have often occurred
because of war (eg, Berlin from 1945 to 1946) but have rarely bro-
ken out after natural catastrophes.
It is estimated that the worldwide annual incidence of typhoid
is 16.6 million cases, with 580,000 deaths. Typhoid fever is
endemic in all the developing countries, where children age 5 to
19 years are the most affected. Typhoid incidence rates have
dropped markedly during the 1990s in parts of South America,
where sanitary facilities were developed and sewage was prop-
erly restored after the cholera epidemic.
Some low endemicity remains in southern and eastern Europe.

Elsewhere in Europe and in North America, Australia, and New
Zealand, typhoid fever is now almost exclusively an imported
infection. Figure 50 lists the annual incidence rates of selected
regions.
Typhoid rates are related to the quality of sewage disposal and
water treatment in a given area and the number of typhoid carri-
ers in that area. Water quality improvements reduce typhoid inci-
dence but not dysentery; the latter is a low inoculum disease
more frequently a result of person-to-person contact than conta-
mination of water supply. Secondary spread of S. typhi is unusual,
but sporadic infections occur in the developed countries as a
result of unrecognized chronic excretors of S. typhi contaminat-
ing the food they prepare. This most often happens in households
but may also occur in public restaurants. “Typhoid Mary,” an immi-
grant cook from Europe who was a carrier, spread typhoid fever
among upper-class families in New York, causing illness in 54 peo-
ple and resulting in 3 deaths.
Risk for Travelers
Table 30 summarizes the studies that assess the risk of typhoid

for travelers to various destinations, although some of the data are
over 20 years old. The summary is still valid, however, as the attack
rate per trip to most destinations varies little over time.
Most studies show particularly high attack rates among visi-
tors to the Indian subcontinent (India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh),
some parts of South America (mainly Peru), and West Africa (Sene-
gal). The rate in these areas exceeds 10 cases per 100,000 visi-
tors, compared with 4 to 10 per 100,000 in North Africa (Egypt,
Morocco) and Haiti. Lower rates were observed at other desti-
nations. In southern Europe, mainly persons visiting their fami-
lies in their native villages in Italy were affected, but other tourists
were seldom affected.
Only two of the studies also include data on incidence rate per
period of time. India and Pakistan had the highest rates at 10 cases
Typhoid Fever 433
Annual incidence < 10/100,000 10–100/100,000 100–1,000/100,000

per 100,000 population
Figure 50 Annual incidence of typhoid fever in various parts of the world (CDC 1999)
Table 30 Attack Rate of Typhoid Fever per 100,000 International Journeys

Study Mathieu Schottenhaml Ryan Taylor Steffen
Period 1980–90 1984–87 1982–84 1977–79 1974–81
Origin New York Switzerland USA USA Switzerland
Typhoid Cases 315 183 NA 561 227
Destination
Asia
Near East NA NA 0.9 1.4 4.0
Turkey NA 2.0 NA NA 8.0
Pakistan NA 0.0 10.1 48.1 NA
India 8.0 43.1 11.8 31.8 30.0*
Far East NA NA 0.5 0.6 0.5*
China NA 3.4 NA NA NA
Thailand NA 0.7 0.5 NA NA
Philippines NA 0.0 3.7 NA NA
Indonesia NA 3.7 NA NA NA
Africa
North Africa NA 4.0* 0.5 9.4 4.0
Egypt NA 5.8 1.3 NA NA
Tropical Africa NA NA 0.7 1.2 NA
West Africa NA 26.4 NA NA 8.0
East Africa NA 0.0 NA NA 2.0
Americas
Mexico 1.1 0.0 2.0 2.9 1.6
Caribbean NA 0.0 NA NA 1.0
Haiti 3.5 0.0 4.2 2.9 NA
Domin. Rep. 1.3 0.0 NA NA NA
other NA 0.0 0.3 0.6 NA
Central America NA 4.0 0.8 1.3 NA
South Amercia NA NA NA 2.5 2.2
Peru 50.7 0.0 17.4 NA NA
Ecuador 7.9 0.0 NA NA NA
Brazil NA 3.8 NA NA NA
other NA 0.0 3.6 NA NA
Europe
S. Europe NA 0.2 0.1 0.7 0.7
E. Europe NA 0.0 0.3 NA NA
N./W. Europe NA 0.0 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1
NA, no data available.
*unpublished data
Typhoid Fever 435
per 100,000 per week of stay. Rates in one study ranged from 2
to 10 per 100,000 per week of stay in Iran, North and West
Africa, Mexico, and Haiti. These rates are all underestimates,
because a number of infections are not reported or diagnosed as
being successfully treated with antibiotics or treated abroad. The
latter appears, from anecdotes, to be particularly true for young
people traveling on a limited budget for several months on the
Indian subcontinent.
Outbreaks have occasionally been documented, such as in 1991,
among a group of 15 students and teachers visiting Haiti, wherein
6 became symptomatic, although no asymptomatic infection
could be detected. Outbreaks have been reported among tour
groups staying at one or several hotels in the Mediterranean (eg,
on the Greek island of Kos, 1983). To our knowledge, no typhoid
outbreaks owing to airline catering have been documented since
the 1970s.
Clinical Picture
Clinical features range from not apparent to fatal, depending on

the number of ingested organisms. In healthy volunteers, 109
viable bacteria induced disease in 95%, whereas 103 only rarely
did so. That single cases typically occur in families suggests
exposure to low doses in nature. The Vi-antigen-positive strains
cause illness more frequently than do non-Vi variants. The Vi enve-
lope antigen protects the organism from antibodies directed at the
complex cell wall O antigen, allowing the organism to escape
opsonization and phagocytosis. According to seroepidemiologic
studies, at least seven subclinical infections occur for every clin-
ical case.
Typhoid fever shows an insidious onset with rising intermit-
tent fever, headache, nonproductive cough, malaise, lassitude,
insomnia, nightmares, and anorexia. Constipation occurs more
often than diarrhea in adults and older children.
In the second week of untreated illness, the patient has a sus-
tained fever and looks toxic. Often, a relative bradycardia, dicrotic
pulse, and hepatosplenomegaly in a distended abdomen are found.

Hepatomegaly can be documented in one-third of cases, and
jaundice will be found in one-third of these. Respiratory symp-
toms may predominate early in typhoid fever, and patchy pneu-
monia may occasionally be documented. In some patients, the
illness resembles a primary pulmonary process. Patients fre-
quently have abdominal complaints, including constipation, diar-
rhea, pain, and ileus or abdominal tenderness. Segmental ileus is
frequently found in acute typhoid. Dilated loops of small bowel
filled with air and fluid may be felt by deep palpation of the
abdomen.
Rose spots that are 2 to 4 mm in diameter (pink papules
which fade on pressure) may be observed on the trunk of Cau-
casian patients in 25 to 50% of cases.
The third week of untreated typhoid is characterized by fur-
ther aggravation with persisting high fever, a toxic clinical pic-
ture, and a delirious, confused state. The patient becomes weak
and has rapid breathing and a feeble pulse. The abdomen is dis-
tended and the bowel sounds are decreased or absent. Diarrhea
resembling “pea soup” is common.
Ulceration of Peyer’s patches resulting in intestinal hemorrhage
or perforation with peritonitis will begin in the second week of
illness, particularly in untreated cases. Gut perforation is the
most serious complication of typhoid fever and occurs in approx-
imately 2% of cases. It is unrelated to clinical severity of the ill-
ness. Intestinal hemorrhage occurs in approximately 4% of
patients, accompanied by edema of Peyer’s patches with subse-
quent necrosis. The bleeding may be massive and include hema-
tochezia or melena. Corticosteroids do not predispose the patient
to hemorrhage. Provided that medical evaluation and, on rare occa-
sions, blood transfusions are available, hemorrhage does not
worsen the overall prognosis for typhoid fever.
Toxemia, myocarditis, and pneumonia resulting from typhoid
fever may also lead to death. Other complications include hepati-
tis, cholecystitis, meningitis, polyneuritis, osteomyelitis, dis-
Typhoid Fever 437
seminated intravascular coagulation, hemolytic-uremic syndrome,

glomerulitis, acute pancreatitis, thrombocytopenia, Reiter’s syn-
drome, and polymyositis.
If left untreated, the usual duration for a case of average
severity is 4 weeks, with the fourth week showing general improve-
ment. Gastrointestinal complications may still occur. Relapses
occur in 5 to 12% of untreated cases, which were slightly more
common (10 to 20%) following antibiotic treatment in the pre-
quinolone era. Relapse usually takes place about 1 week after ther-
apy is discontinued but has been observed as late as 70 days
thereafter. The severity of relapses is inversely related to the
severity of primary illness but is usually milder and of shorter dura-
tion than the initial illness. Rarely, second and third relapses
occur.
The case fatality rate in the preantibiotic era was 10 to 20%
but has been reduced to less than 1% with appropriate therapy,
particularly in a well-nourished population. The case fatality rate
is higher in older patients; their symptoms are often less charac-
teristic, and diagnosis may be delayed.
Incubation
The usual incubation period for typhoid fever is 1 to 2 weeks, with

a range of 3 days to 3 months following ingestion of contaminated
food or liquids. The incubation period is inversely related to the
ingested bacterial dose.
Communicability
Bacilli appear in the excreta usually from the first week until con-
valescence. About 10% of untreated typhoid fever patients dis-
charge bacilli for 3 months after the onset of symptoms, and 2 to
5% become chronic carriers. Carriers are typically women with
gall bladder disease, who excrete up to 1011 organisms/gram in
their stool. Organisms are found in gall bladder stones or scarred
foci in the intrahepatic biliary system. Persisting urinary car-
riage is rare except in patients with coexistent urinary tract pathol-

ogy, such as schistosomiasis. Nontyphoid Salmonella carriers
rarely carry the disease as long as 1 year.
Children are at higher risk for typhoid fever than are adults,
because they are prone to fecal-oral infections and have a less effec-
tive gastric acid barrier. Like other salmonellae, S. typhi is rela-
tively sensitive to the action of gastric acid. Hypochlorhydria
resulting from age, disease, gastric surgery, or medication may
mean that a lower dose of pathogenic agents is necessary to
cause symptomatic infection. Normal bacterial flora of the intes-
tine have a protective effect, and antibiotics depleting them may
have an effect on the inoculum necessary to cause symptoms.
Relative immunity following recovery from typhoid fever is
inadequate to protect against subsequent ingestion of large num-
bers of S.typhi.
Helicobacter pylori infection is associated with increased
risk of typhoid fever.
Diagnosis
Typhoid fever should be considered a possible diagnosis in any

case of fever of unknown origin accompanied by bradycardia and
leukopenia. Nonspecific laboratory findings may include initial
leukocytosis, followed by leukopenia with neutropenia eosinope-
nia, normocytic anemia, thrombocytopenia, slightly elevated
hepatic transaminases, and mild proteinuria.
According to the CDC, a confirmed case of typhoid shows “a
clinically compatible illness that is laboratory confirmed,” whereas
a probable case shows a “clinically compatible illness that is
epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case in an outbreak.” The
laboratory criterion referred to for establishment of a diagnosis
is “isolation of S.typhi from blood, stool, or other clinical
specimen.”
Typhoid Fever 439
Diagnosis therefore depends on isolation of the typhoid organ-

ism. Blood cultures are usually performed and are positive in 80%
of untreated patients during the first week. This rate declines rapidly
over the course of the illness. Culture of bone marrow aspirate
has been shown to give a recovery rate of 90 to 95%, because it
is less influenced by antecedant antimicrobial therapy than are
blood cultures. Salmonella typhi may also be isolated from rose
spots (60% positive) and much less frequently from stools and
urine. Isolation from stool and urine provides strong evidence of
typhoid fever only when there is a characteristic clinical picture,
because the individual being tested may be a chronic carrier.
The traditional Widal agglutination test measures antibodies
against H and O antigens of S.typhi. It provides some support for
the diagnosis of typhoid if there is a fourfold rise in the titer of
antibody to the O antigen. H antibodies appear shortly after O anti-
bodies but persist longer than just a few months. Thus, rising or
high O antibody titers generally indicate acute infection, whereas
a raised H antibody helps identify the type of enteric fever. The
Widal test, however, can be misleading. Raised antibodies may
result from typhoid immunization, or earlier infection with sal-
monellae or other gram-negative bacteria sharing common anti-
gens. High Vi capsular antibody suggests a carrier state, but high
rates of false positives and false negatives can exist. According
to the CDC, serologic evidence alone is insufficient for diagnosis.
Safe drinking water and sanitary disposal of human feces and urine
are essential for prevention of typhoid fever. Adequate hand-
washing facilities are required, particularly for handlers of food.
Sufficient toilet paper supplies, insect screens, and use of insec-
ticides will all help minimize risk. Sanitary improvements in
many parts of the developing world have been hampered, how-
ever, by economic conditions and civil unrest.
When travelers are uncertain about sanitary practices—and they
should be almost anywhere in the developing world—they should
select only freshly cooked food that is served at temperatures of

at least 60°C. Fruit that can be peeled by the traveler, bread, and
cookies are safe, as well as hot tea and coffee, freshly pressed fruit
juice, and carbonated bottled water. Otherwise, water can be
boiled or chemically treated. Many travelers, unfortunately, often
do not take such precautions.
Chemoprophylaxis
Although no chemoprophylaxis is specifically recommended for

typhoid fever, those using quinolones for preventing travelers’ diar-
rhea will often be protected from S.typhi infection. Chemopro-
phylaxis of travelers’ diarrhea is, however, recommended only for
special-risk groups (see Table 19).
Immunoprophylaxis by Typhoid Vaccines
Three different typhoid vaccines are now widely available. The

oral and the parenteral Vi-vaccines are clearly superior to the old,
soon obsolete, parenteral TAB vaccine with respect to tolerance
(Table 31), although according to a recent meta-analysis, the
TAB vaccine may be more effective if two doses are given.
Oral Typhoid Vaccine (Ty21a)

Viability: live, attenuated bacteria
Antigenic form: whole bacterium, 2 to 6 109 colony form-
ing units (CFU) Ty21a gal E mutant strain
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: none
Allergens/Excipiens: 100 to 180 mg lactose per capsule; each
capsule contains 26 to 130 mg sucrose, 1.4 to 7 mg amino acid
mixture, 3.6 to 4.4 ng magnesium stearate, and ascorbic acid
Buffer: only in Vivotif L (liquid form)
Mechanism: induction of specific protective antibodies directed
against S. typhi lipopolysaccharide. This bacterial strain is restricted
Typhoid Fever 441
in its ability to produce complete lipopolysaccharide, which

impairs its ability to cause disease but not to induce an immune
response.
Application
Schedule: one capsule orally on days 1, 3, 5, and in the US and
Canada, additionally on day 7
Booster: same as primary vaccination described above, rec-
ommended every year in Europe (unless continuously exposed
to S. typhi), every 5 years in the US and Canada, based on field
trials in endemic countries
Route: oral
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F) prior to use and
between doses. If frozen, thaw the capsules before administering.
Product can tolerate 48 hours at 25°C (77°F). Advise travelers to
store the vaccine in refrigerator until use.
Availability: Available in many countries as Vivotif (Berna)
and Typhoral L (Behring).
Protection
Onset: 2 weeks after third dose (Europe), 1 week after fourth dose
(US and Canada)
Efficacy: 70% with a range of 33 to 94% in populations con-
tinuously exposed to S. typhi. Unknown in nonimmunes.
Duration: 1 year in European travelers, 5 years in US and Cana-
dian travelers (see schedule and booster). Every 3 to 7 years for
residents of endemic countries
Adverse Reactions
Diarrhea in 0.1 to 20% of vaccinees, usually mild. Fever in 1 to
5%
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with immunodeficiency and children
age < 2 years
Table 31 Synopsis of Typhoid Vaccines

Characteristics TAB Ty21a Vi
Usage
Mode of application Parenteral (SC, IM) Oral, enteric-coated capsule Parenteral (IM)
Volume 0.5 mL Capsule 0.5 mL
Number of doses 2 3–4 1
Primary vaccination regimen: day(s) 0/28–42 0/2/4 (in US, Canada: ±6) 0 only
Booster dose 0.1 mL intradermal Same as primary Same as primary
Immunologic correlation to protection Anti-H antigen antibodies Anti-O-antigen antibodies and T cell Anti-Vi antibodies in serum
in serum response in serum and intestine
Efficacy
Reported protective efficacy (range) 70 (51–88)% 70 (33–94)% 70 (61–75)%
Onset of protection Optimal seroconversion: Optimal seroconversion:
14 days after third dose (Europe) 14 days after injection
7 days after fourth dose (N. America)
Duration of protection 2–3 years ≥1 yr in European travelers 2–3 years
5 yr in US/Canadian travelers
3–7 yr in endemic country residents
Typhoid Fever 443
Table 31 (continued)
Characteristics TAB Ty21a Vi
Adverse events
Local Frequent pain (60%) Diarrhea, (0.1 (–20) %) Usually mild
Systemic Fever (7–40%) Fever (<1–5%) Fever (< 1–5%)
Contraindication
Children (varies by country) < 6–12 months, half dose Absolute < 3months < 2 years
when < 10 years old Usually < 6 years
Pregnancy Only when needed Insufficient data No data available
Nursing Insufficient data Insufficient data No data available
Other Allergy, past reaction Users of antimicrobials, antimycotics Past reaction
diarrhea, gastroenteritis
Simultaneous application with No restriction No restriction No restriction
other vaccines
Antimalarials No restriction Proguanil, PYR/SDX, mefloquine No restriction
Manufacturers Many Swiss Serum and Vaccine Institute Berna Biotech Pasteur-Merieux (Typhim Vi)
(Vivotif), Chiron Behring (Typhoral L etc.) SB (Typherix)
Relative: persons with acute illness, diarrhea, vomiting, and

users of antimicrobial agents and antimalarials (see “Interac-
tions”)
Children: The lower age limit for use of Ty21a capsules
varies, but they are generally not recommended for children age
< 6 years; there are insufficient safety or efficacy data for that age
group. Use the liquid form, where available.
Pregnant women: category C. Use typhoid vaccine only if
clearly needed (ie, if disease risks exceed vaccination risks). It
is unknown whether typhoid vaccine or corresponding antibod-
ies cross the placenta. Generally, most IgG passage across the pla-
centa occurs during the third trimester.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether typhoid vaccine or
Immunodeficient persons: Do not give typhoid vaccine cap-
sules to immunocompromised persons, including persons with con-
genital or acquired immune deficiencies, whether because of
genetics, disease, or drug or radiation therapy, regardless of pos-
sible benefits from vaccination. This product contains live bac-
teria. Avoid use in HIV-positive persons. Rather, use the parenteral,
inactivated typhoid vaccine in these patients.
Interactions
Concomitant application of antimicrobials, antimalarials (meflo-
quine, pyrimethamine/sulfadoxine) results in reduced antibody
response. Simultaneous application of Ty21a vaccine with oral
polio vaccine is probably safe and immunogenic, although vari-
ous sources advise against simultaneous use. There is no indica-
tion of interactions with other travel vaccines.
Parenteral Typhoid Vaccine (TAB)

Typhoid Fever 445
Antigenic form: whole bacterium strain Ty2, acetone killed and

dried or heat and phenol-inactivated. The latter probably contains
less Vi antigen.
Adjuvants: none
Allergens/Excipiens: veal proteins / agar, bactopeptone
Application
Schedule/dosage: two doses 28 to 42 days apart. Adults and chil-
dren aged 10 years should receive two 0.5 mL doses, children age
< 10 years, two 0.25 mL doses. If the two doses cannot be sepa-
rated by 4 weeks, common practice has been to administer three
doses at weekly intervals. However, no data show this is effective.
Booster: every 3 years
Route: SC or IM
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Do not freeze. Can
tolerate 10 days at room temperature.
Availability: available in some countries but often withdrawn
from market where less reactogenic vaccines such as Ty21a or Vi
exist
Protection
Onset: presumably within 1 to 2 weeks after second dose
tinuously exposed to S. typhi. Unknown in nonimmunes. Effec-
tiveness of protective immunity appears to be dependent on the
size of the bacterial inoculum with which the patient is challenged.
Adverse Reactions
Frequent considerable local pain in 60% of vaccinees, erythema,
and induration persisting 1 to 2 days. Systemic reactions include
fever in 7 to 40% of vaccinees, myalgia, malaise, headache in 9
to 30%, and hypotension occasionally. There has been one death
reported anecdotally following combined TAB-cholera vaccine
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with previous severe systemic or allergic reac-
tion to the vaccine
Relative: persons with any acute illness or those involved in
intense physical activity
Children: age < 6 months. Reduce dosage volume for children
age < 10 years
Pregnant women: category C. Vaccination is not specifically
contraindicated. Use only if clearly indicated.
Interactions
Avoid administering TAB vaccine with reactogenic vaccines to
evade the risk of accentuated adverse reactions.
Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation therapy may cause
an insufficient response to immunization.
Administer SC to patients receiving anticoagulants.
Parenteral Vi Polysaccharide Typhoid Vaccine

Antigenic form: Vi polysaccharide
Adjuvants: none
Allergens/Excipiens: veal / agar, bactopeptone
Storage: Store at 2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Do not freeze. Can
tolerate 10 days at room temperature
Mechanism: induction of specific protective antibodies
Availability: available in most countries as Typhim Vi (Pas-
teur Mérieux Connaught). Typherix (Glaxo SmithKline Biolog-
icals) has just been introduced in several countries. Conjugate
Typhoid Fever 447
typhoid vaccines have been successfully tested; however, they have

not been marketed yet.
Application
Schedule: single 0.5 mL dose
Booster: after 2 years in the United States and 3 years in
Europe
Route: IM
Protection
Onset: optimal after 2 weeks
tinuously exposed to S. typhi. Unknown in nonimmunes. Vi resis-
tant strains have been documented in India.
Adverse Reactions
Local reactions are usually mild and transient. Erythema occurs
in 4 to 11% of vaccinees, induration in 5 to 18%. Systemic reac-
tions include fever in < 1 to 5% of vaccinees, malaise, myalgia,
nausea, headache, and lymphadenopathy. Occasionally, hypoten-
sion and urticaria have been reported.
Contraindications
Absolute: persons with a previous serious reaction to the vaccine
Children: age < 2 years
Pregnant women: category C. It is unknown whether typhoid
vaccine or corresponding antibodies cross the placenta. Gener-
ally, most IgG passage across the placenta occurs during the
third trimester. Use typhoid vaccine only if clearly indicated.

Interactions
Immunosuppressant drugs and radiation therapy may cause an
Administer SC to patients receiving anticoagulants.
Typhoid vaccination is only recommended for those traveling to
the developing countries and those who may be at risk. Activi-
ties placing travelers at risk include the following:
• Exposure of at least 1 month

• Travel to remote areas and consumption of local food
• Consumption of food and beverages purchased from street
vendors
• Travel to anywhere on the Indian subcontinent or to North or
West Africa, except Tunisia
None. Medical assessment and therapy are required.
To prevent secondary spread, take strict enteric precautions with

respect to hospitalized patients. Chloramphenicol (the standard
treatment in the developing world), amoxicillin or, for children,
trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole, have all shown similar efficacy,
each given for 2 weeks. More recently, quinolones and, to a
lesser extent, third-generation cephalosporins, the latter particu-
larly for children, have been used as first-line strategies wherever
multiresistant typhoid fever repeatedly occurs, such as on the Indian
subcontinent and in the Arabian peninsula. In view of increasing
resistance and the potential fatality of typhoid fever treated with
Typhoid Fever 449
ineffective drugs, test all isolates for antimicrobial susceptibility.

Oral medication is preferred if the patient can swallow. Standard
therapy for adults consists of ciprofloxacin 750 mg or ofloxacin
300 to 400 mg, given twice daily for 7 to 10 days. Short-course
quinolone therapy has been effective but is currently not recom-
mended.
Short-term, high-dose corticosteroid (usually dexamethasone)
treatment reduces mortality and is routinely given to severely ill
patients, particularly when there is CNS involvement. Support-
ive care should be provided according to the clinical picture.
Carriers often suffer from chronic cholecystitis, frequently with
cholelithiasis. Cholecystectomy is usually indicated in these
cases, although the procedure does not always eradicate infection,
owing to the intrahepatic location of the organisms. Oral quinolones
have successfully eliminated carriage in over 75% of cases. Nor-
floxacin 400 mg bid or ciprofloxacin 750 mg for 28 days is the
standard therapy for typhoid carriers.
Notification is mandatory in many countries. Quarantine is not

required. Follow enteric precautions, and immunize contacts
exposed to carriers. The source of infection and contacts (eg, travel
groups) should be actively sought out.
Additional Readings
Caumes E, et al. Typhoid and paratyphoid fever: a 10-year retrospec-
tive study of 41 cases in a Parisian hospital. J Travel Med 2001;8:
293–7.
Cobelens FG, et al. Typhoid fever in group travelers: opportunity for
studying vaccine efficacy. J Travel Med 2000;7:19–24.
Jelinek T, et al. Risk factors for typhoid fever in travelers. J Travel
Med 1996;1:200–3.
VARIANT CREUTZFELDT-JAKOB DISEASE
The Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD) is a rare, but always fatal

neurological disorder. The presumed cause are prions (proteina-
ceous infectious particles). Other than the classical forms of the
disease, the variant form (vCJD) most likely reflects a transmis-
sion from bovine spongiform encephalopahy (BSE) to humans.
Worldwide, the total cumulative number of diagnosed vCJD
cases was 138 by September 2002. The disease occurred in eight
countries (United Kingdom 127 cases, France 6, Ireland 1, Italy
1, China [Hong Kong] 1, Canada 1, and United States 1). Some
of the individuals who were diagnosed outside the United King-
dom might have been infected during their residency in the
United Kingdom.
The vCJD illness starts mostly with psychiatric features, fol-
lowed by other neurological symptoms. Disease duration is usu-
ally between 9 and 18 months. The mean age of vCJD patients
is 27 years, and the incubation time is considered to be years or
decades. There is no known case of human-to-human transmis-
sion of vCJD, but transmission via surgical instruments or via blood
transfusion is theoretically conceivable. Neither chemo-, nor
immunoprophylaxis, or treatment is available.
The risk of becoming infected cannot be excluded in coun-
tries where indigenous or imported BSE-risk material may be
included in consumer products. The CDC has estimated 1 case
per 10 billion servings in the United Kingdom. To further reduce
this risk, the European Commonwealth (EC) countries and
Switzerland have been implementing a range of protective mea-
sures to prevent transmission.
Additional individual measures such as avoiding beef and
beef products are not recommended by EC experts. In contrast,
the CDC advises in Europe “to consider either 1) avoiding beef
and beef products altogether or 2) selecting beef or beef products,
such as solid pieces of muscle meat (vs brain or beef products,
such as burgers and sausages), that might have a reduced oppor-
450
Variant Creutzfeld-Jakob Disease 451
tunity for contamination with tissues that might harbor the BSE
agent.” Milk and dairy products are not considered risky food and
beverage items.
Additional Reading
McKnight C. Clinical implications of bovine spongiform encephalopa-
thy. Clin Infect Dis 2001;32:1726–31.
VIRAL HEMORRHAGIC FEVERS, OTHER
Hemorrhagic fever, the syndrome of fever and bleeding diathe-

sis, is caused by a virus from one of four families of hemorrhagic
fever viruses (HFVs): Flaviviridae (dengue, yellow fever, Omsk
hemorrhagic fever, Kyasanur Forest disease); Bunyaviridae
(Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever, Rift Valley fever, hantavirus
and other viruses that cause hemorrhagic fever with renal syn-
drome); Arenaviridae (lassa and new world Arenaviridae); or
Filoviridae (Ebola or Marburg viruses). It typically occurs fol-
lowing contact from an infected animal or arthropod vector.
HFVs are small ribonucleic acid (RNA) viruses with lipid
envelopes that reside in animal hosts or arthropod vectors. The
reservoir in nature for filoviruses is unknown. Persons in endemic
areas are infected incidentally by a biting arthropod that is infected
or from an aerosol from contaminated rodent urine or animal car-
cass. Clinical illness caused by HFVs are nonspecific, including
a severe illness with fever (> 38.3°C) and at least two hemorrhagic
manifestations: hemorrhagic rash, epistaxis, hematemesis, or
melena, or bright red blood in stools and hemoptysis. Patients char-
acteristically have myalgias, skin rash, and encephalitis. The
common laboratory findings are thrombocytopenia and reduced
levels of coagulation factors. The various HFVs do not look clin-
ically unique. The incubation period ranges from 2 to 21 days.
When HFV infection is suspected, the patient is provided sup-
portive treatment (fluids and electrolytes, mechanical ventila-
tion, dialysis and antiseizure medication), and ribavirin may be
initiated and HFV-specific precautions observed.
To prevent HFVs among travelers to areas where these viral
infections are endemic, the following measures should routinely
be employed: yellow fever vaccine; mosquito-avoidance measures;
and tick-avoidance measures (protective clothing, pants tucked
into socks and shoes or boots, tick repellent, and body searches
for ticks) for backpackers and hikers. Fortunately, the nondengue
hemorrhagic fevers are rarely acquired by travelers. Expatriates
452
Viral Hemorrhagic Fevers, Other 453
living in endemic areas remain at greater risk, particularly following

contact with body fluids of a person or an animal potentially
infected with a HFV.
Additional Readings
Ryan ET, et al. Illness after international travel. N Engl J Med
2002;347:505–16.
WEST NILE VIRUS
West Nile Virus (WNV) infection was first reported in Uganda

in 1937, with subsequent spread to Europe, Asia, Africa, and the
Middle East. It first appeared in the United States in 1999 and has
become widespread in 2002. The culex, or night-biting mos-
quito, is the main vector but the day and night biting, Asian tiger
mosquito, has been shown in the United States to be an impor-
tant vector.
During a known epidemic of WNV infection, travelers to the
region should exert optimal antimosquito measures to prevent
exposure. This includes multidaily application of insect repellent
on skin surfaces, use of permethrin on clothing, staying indoors
at night, and using mosquito avoidance methods in the places where
persons are staying (eg, screens and bed nets).
Most WNV infections are mild or clinically inapparent, with
about 20% of those infected developing a mild illness (West Nile
fever). Approximately 1 in 150 infections result in severe neu-
rological disease. The most significant risk factor for severe dis-
ease is advanced age. Encephalitis is more common than is
meningitis. The incubation period is 3 to 14 days, and symptoms
generally last 3 to 6 days. The diagnosis is made on strong index
of suspicion, in the face of a known outbreak and by specific lab-
oratory tests. Suspect adults age > 50 years who develop unex-
plained encephalitis or meningitis in the summer or early fall as
having WNV infection. The death rate of the disease is about 10%
of those with clinical illness.
The diagnosis is confirmed by detecting IgM antibody (ELISA)
to WNV in serum or cerebral spinal fluid collected within 8 days
of the illness (cross reacts with flaviviruses: yellow fever, Japan-
ese encephalitis, dengue). Treatment is supportive, often involv-
ing hospitalization. Ribavirin in high doses and interferon alpha
have activity against the virus in vitro, yet they haven’t been
shown to be as effective as steroids.
454
West Nile Virus 455
Additional Readings
Meeuse JJ, et al. Patient with West Nile fever in the Netherlands. Ned
Tijdschr Geneeskd 2001;145:2084–6.
Monath TP, et al. West Nile virus vaccine. Curr Drug Targets Infect
Disord 2001;1:37–50.
Petersen LR, Marfin AA. West Nile virus: a primer for the clinician.
Ann Intern Med 2002;137:173–9.
YELLOW FEVER
Infectious Agent
Yellow fever (YF) is an arboviral infection of the Flaviviridae fam-

ily, genus Flavivirus.
Transmission
YF is transmitted primarily by the bite of the infected Aedes
aegypti mosquito and in the forests of South America, mainly by
mosquitoes of genus Haemagogus and Sabethes. Bites may occur
throughout the day, with risk highest at sunrise and in late after-
noon. These mosquitoes may be found at altitudes as high as
2,500 m.
Global Epidemiology
There is both a sylvatic, jungle cycle involving mosquitoes and
nonhuman primates and an urban cycle involving Aedes aegypti
mosquitoes and humans. Urban and jungle YF occur only in
parts of Africa and South America (Figures 51 and 52). There is
no YF in Asia, but the presence of Aedes causes concern that it
may some day be imported. Jungle YF is an enzootic infection
among nonhuman primates in South American forests, occa-
sionally transmitted to humans between January and March. In
Africa, transmission occurs during the late rainy and early dry sea-
son in savannah habitats. Epidemics may flare up after long inter-
vals. Kenya, for example, was free of reported YF from 1942 to
1992 (see Figure 51). It is true, however, that there is much
underreporting, particularly of oligosymptomatic cases. The
WHO estimates that 300,000 YF infections cause 20,000 deaths
yearly; however, only 1,439 cases with 89 to 491 deaths were noti-
fied yearly to WHO in 1993 to 1997. The WHO Weekly Epi-
demiological Record regularly reports about the infected provinces
and districts, although virus activity may extend beyond officially
reported infective zones.
456
Yellow Fever 457
Risk for Travelers
Compulsory or recommended vaccination makes cases of YF

rare in travelers. There has been only one case of YF, despite vac-
cination, in the past 20 years reported in a Spanish traveler. From
1979 to 1981, four unimmunized hunters and travelers, includ-
ing one long-term resident, acquired YF in West Africa; three of
them died. From 1996 to 2001, several unimmunized tourists from
the United States and Europe acquired YF, most likely during an
excursion in the Manaus region of Brazil or during stays in
Venezuela, on the Ivory Coast, and in The Gambia. The absence
of reported cases among the local population in an endemic area
Figure 51 Yellow fever endemic zone in America

provides no assurance that YF will not be acquired by unimmu-

nized travelers.
Clinical Picture
Severity varies from inapparent or flu-like symptoms to severe

hepatitis and hemorrhagic fever. Onset is sudden with fever,
headache, muscle pain, and vomiting, followed in 10 to 20% of
cases by worsening jaundice. Patients often show hemorrhagic
symptoms and liver and renal failure after a very brief remission.
The case fatality rate in jaundiced patients is 30 to 50%.
Figure 52 Yellow fever endemic zone in Africa

Yellow Fever 459
Incubation
Communicability
YF can be communicated from patients to mosquitoes for 5 days

from shortly before the onset of fever. There is no communica-
bility from person to person or through soiled articles.
Recovery from YF results in lasting immunity. Transient passive

immunity occurs for up to 6 months in infants born to immune
mothers.
Personal protection measures against mosquito bites should be

employed throughout the day.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Immunoprophylaxis with Yellow Fever Vaccine

Viability: live, attenuated 17D (also known as Rockefeller, Asibi)
strain, free of avian leukosis, 17DD is used in Brazil (99.9%
homologous).
Antigenic form: whole virus, 1000 LD50 (mouse units)
Adjuvants: none
Preservative: none
Allergens/Excipiens: residual egg protein, neomycin, and
polymyxin. YF vaccine has more egg protein per dose than do other
egg-cultured vaccines. US Pharmocopeia (USP) requirement—

must not contain human serum
Mechanism: induction of protective neutralizing antibodies
Application
Schedule: single injection (0.5 mL) at least 10 days before depar-
ture, in accordance with current IHR
Booster: every 10 years in accordance with current IHR.
Every 15 years is sufficient for protection.
Route: SC
Site: arm preferably
Storage: depends on the vaccine. For some, –30 to 5°C (–22
to 41°F), preferably < 0°C (32°F). For others such as Stamaril,
2 to 8°C (35 to 46°F). Check with manufacturer’s instructions.
Use the vaccine within 1 to 2 hours when reconstituted, depend-
ing on the product.
Availability: available worldwide as Arilvax (Evans, Medeva),
Stamaril, Amaril, YF-Vax (Pasteur Mérieux Connaught)
Protection
Onset: 7 days, with an upper limit of 10 days set by current IHR
Efficacy: essentially 100%. There has been one case of YF in
an allegedly immunized traveler from Spain.
Duration: 10 years according to IHR, >15 years effectively
Adverse Reactions
About 10% of recipients may experience fever or malaise following
immunization, usually appearing 7 to 14 days after administra-
tion, with 0.2% being incapacitated. Anaphylaxis may occur.
Rare reports exist of encephalitis developing in very young infants
and multisystem organ failure resulting in fatalities in seniors who
were recipients. Yellow fever associated neurotropic disease (pre-
viously “postvaccinal encephalitis”) has been estimated to occur
in 0.5 to 4 in 1,000 very young infants and in fewer than 1 in 8
Yellow Fever 461
million vaccinees over age 9 months. The recently described vis-

cerotropic disease (previously “febrile multiple organ system
failure”) yields a reported incidence of 2.5 in 1million doses
distributed.
Contraindications
Absolute: history of hypersensitivity to vaccine, allergy to egg
proteins
Relative: any acute illness, and below
Children: Do not administer to infants age < 6 (preferably < 12)
months, unless travel to a high-risk area is unavoidable and the
child is at risk of encephalitis.
Pregnant women: Avoid unless travel to a high-risk area is
unavoidable. It is unknown whether YF virus or corresponding
antibodies cross the placenta. Generally, most IgG passage across
the placenta occurs during the third trimester.
Lactating women: It is unknown whether YF virus or corre-
sponding antibodies are excreted in breast milk. Problems in
Immunodeficient persons: Avoid using in immunodeficient per-
sons, including persons with congenital or acquired immune
deficiencies, whether these are due to genetics, disease, or drug
or radiation therapy. The vaccine contains live viruses. Avoid use
in asymptomatic HIV-positive persons unless the CD4 count is
> 400 and travel will take place in a current endemic area. Note
that poor antibody response has been documented in children
infected with HIV. It is unknown whether this increases risk of
contracting YF.
Interactions
As with all live viral vaccines, administration to patients receiv-
ing immunosuppressant drugs, including steroids, or radiation may
predispose patients to disseminated infections or provide insuf-
ficient response to immunization.
Concurrent parenteral cholera and YF vaccination impairs

the immune response to each vaccine, but this most likely has lit-
tle clinical significance. Separate these vaccinations ≥ 3 weeks,
or administer on the same day if separation is not feasible (not
required with other cholera vaccines). Concurrent vaccination
against hepatitis B and YF reduced the antibody titer expected from
YF vaccine in one study. Separate these vaccinations by 1 month,
if possible.
YF vaccination may lead to false positive HIV serologic tests
when particularly sensitive assays (eg, PERT) are used. This is
related to EAV-0, an avian retrovirus in residual egg proteins.
Vaccination Recommendations
Various countries require proof of YF vaccination administered
at an approved vaccination center and documented in the Inter-
national Certificate of Vaccination (see Figure 11) as a condition
of entry. Although many countries require such proof only from
travelers arriving from infected or potentially endemic areas,
others require it from all travelers, sometimes from even those in
transit. Documented YF vaccination is valid for 10 years starting
10 days after vaccination.
Travelers with contraindications to YF vaccination should
obtain a waiver to the above requirements. Additional waivers of
requirements obtained from embassies or consulates of the coun-
tries in which the traveler will visit may be useful, because health
authorities have occasionally refused medical waivers.
Whether required or not, this vaccination is recommended for
all travel outside urban areas in YF endemic zones (see Figure 51).
None.
Yellow Fever 463
Case reporting is universally required by IHR. Isolate the patient,

and follow adequate blood and body fluid precautions. Contacts
should receive immunization promptly, wherever there is mos-
quito activity.
Additional Readings
CDC. Fatal yellow fever in a traveler returning from Amazonas, Brazil,
2002. JAMA 2002;287:2499–500.
Cetron MS, et al. Yellow fever vaccine. Recommendations of the Advi-
sory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), 2002. MMWR
Recomm Rep 2002;51(RR–17):1–11.
Colebunders R, et al. A Belgian traveler who acquired yellow fever in
the Gambia. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:113–6.
PART 3
NONINFECTIOUS HEALTH RISKS

AND THEIR PREVENTION
ACCIDENTS
Risk Assessment for Travelers
Accident rates among World Bank consultants (see Figure 7)

with varying degrees of experience in international travel demon-
strate that inexperienced travelers are more at risk. Compared with
their nontraveling counterparts, those with 1 trip had 1.8 more acci-
dents, those with 2 to 3 had 1.76 more accidents, and those with
4 had 1.68 more accidents. Inexperienced travelers are unaware
of differences in infrastructure and customs, particularly in the
developing countries, and are therefore more likely to encounter
problems.
Motor Vehicle Injuries

Motor vehicle accidents are the leading cause of death from injury
among travelers. In particular, high rates of traffic accidents are
reported in many developing countries, as much as 20 times higher
than in the developed nations, where the annual mortality rate per
1 million cars varies. These include most northern European coun-
tries, Germany, Switzerland, Canada, Israel, and Japan with rates
< 200, most other western European countries, Italy, and the
United States with rates of 200 to 400, and most southern and east-
ern European countries with rates > 400 to as high as 700 deaths
yearly per 1 million cars. Differences are attributable to the extent
that rules are observed, that equipment is maintained, that roads
are under construction, and that drivers avoid driving while intox-
icated. The consequences of accidents stemming from the above
causes are particularly serious in the developing countries. The lack
of seat belts results in more serious injuries, poor infrastructure
results in inadequate and delayed medical evacuation, and the lim-
ited capabilities of regional emergency medical services reduce
the chances of survival and quick recovery.
467
Travelers who rent motorcycles or mopeds are particularly at

risk. Among Peace Corps volunteers, 33% of all motor vehicle
crash deaths resulted from this mode of transportation. Typical
resort destinations such as Bermuda show an accident rate two
to five times higher for this mode of transport among tourists older
than age 40 years, compared with locals of the same age group.
At many destinations, helmets are not mandatory, which greatly
increases the risk of serious head injury.
Surface Sport and Incidental Injuries

Travelers are frequently injured in sporting activities such as
hiking or mountaineering. Senior travelers are prone to falling on
hotel premises during the evening or at night because of impaired
night vision and because they are in an unfamiliar environment.
Balcony falls resulting in spinal cord injury repeatedly occur in
countries where the minimum height for balcony guards is lower
than at home. These accidents usually occur within the first few
days of a vacation, and alcohol plays a part.
Water Sport Injuries

Water sports accidents are very common among travelers. Drown-
ing is a frequent cause of death among travelers of all ages.
Unknown currents are often responsible, for example, at Kuta
Beach in Bali. Many adult drowning victims are under the influ-
ence of alcohol. Increased confidence, impaired risk awareness
of hypothermia, hypoglycemia, nausea, and vomiting are asso-
ciated with swimming while intoxicated. In the Dead Sea, serum
electrolyte elevation has been associated with repeated near-
drowning incidents, possibly owing to the large solute load vic-
tims are exposed to.
Surfing has an injury rate of 3.5 per 1000 surfing days, mainly
lacerations and soft-tissue injuries and occasionally back, shoul-
der, and head injuries. Lacerations from rocks, coral, glass, and
metal are common in beach sports.
Accidents 469
Criminal Injuries
Terrorism and assaults are epidemiologically of less concern
than are traffic and water sport accidents, although they gener-
ate more media attention. The terrorist attack against tourists in
1997 in Luxor, Egypt, with over 50 victims, reduced tourism in
that country to virtually nil. Cheap packages may gradually bring
tourists back after such incidents; however, the threat may still
be there. Many countries now have warning systems in place
against terrorist attacks.
To avoid traffic accidents, the traveler should avoid the following:
• Moped or motorcycle rental. Wear helmet when activity

undertaken
• Nighttime off-road driving
• Excessive alcohol consumption
• Renting unsafe cars—worn tires, no seat belts
• Careless driving
• Unsafe equipment
Prevention of surface sport and incidental injuries varies with

the sport. Senior travelers should familiarize themselves with
the layout of their hotel or residence during the day, if possible.
Swimmers must respect yellow or red flags on the beach that
indicates swimming is dangerous or not allowed. They should ask
the local people about river or sea currents.
To avoid assaults, it is wise to avoid walks or travel in unsafe
areas alone at night. Avoid traps such as offers to change money
at attractive rates. One should not wear expensive jewelry or
show large amounts of money, and expatriates should not drive
expensive cars or have a predictable routine.
Additional Readings
McInnes RJ, et al. Unintentional injury during foreign travel. J Travel
Med 2002;9:297–307.
Odero W, et al. Road traffic injuries in developing countries. Trop Med
Int Health 1997; 2: 445–60.
Wilks J. International tourists, motor vehicles and road safety. J Travel
Med 1999;6:115–21.
Wilks J, Coory M. Overseas visitors admitted to Queensland hospitals
for water-related injuries. Med J Aust 2000;173:244–6.
ALTITUDE
The partial pressure of oxygen decreases as a function of baro-

metric pressure at high altitude, which can lead to hypoxia. The
following conditions may be expected with increased altitude:
• High altitude, 1500 to 3500 m (4900 to 11,500 ft)—decreased

exercise performance, increased ventilation
• Very high altitude, 3500 to 5500 m (11,500 to 18,000 ft)—
hypoxia, altitude sickness
• Extreme altitude, > 5500 m (18,000 ft)—severe hypoxia,
hypocapnia, progressive deterioration
High and especially very high altitude may lead to acute

mountain sickness or its complications (Figure 53).
There are individual differences in susceptibility. Individuals
without acclimatization, younger people, and those living at low
Figure 53 Incidence of acute mountain sickness

471
altitudes are at greatest risk. Respiratory infection, strenuous

exertion, and group trekking are additional risk factors, the lat-
ter because of in-group competition and the fear of being left
behind.
Clinical Picture
Acute hypoxia sets in after a rapid ascent or accidental decom-

pression in an aircraft. Victims become dizzy, faint, and may
become unconscious unless oxygen is given.
Acute mountain sickness (AMS) may develop within 1 to 6
hours of being at high altitudes. It is characterized by bifrontal
headache followed by anorexia, nausea and vomiting, and insom-
nia, accompanied by fatigue and lassitude. Patients are often irri-
table and wish to be left alone. Acute mountain sickness closely
resembles an alcohol hangover.
Periodic sleep breathing with apneic phases sometimes exceed-
ing 10 seconds may occur, but this is not associated with the sever-
ity of AMS.
Life-threatening complications of AMS include high altitude
pulmonary edema, cerebral, peripheral, and retinal edema, and
thromboembolic problems. Stupor, coma, and death may occur
within 8 to 24 hours after the onset of ataxia and changes in men-
tal status.
Make travelers aware of the problems that may be associated with

ascent to high altitudes. They should know that AMS may occur
and that this may cause complications requiring immediate mea-
sures, particularly rapid descent.
Acclimatization for two to three nights at 2500 to 3000 m (8000
to 10,000 ft) helps prevent AMS. One should avoid flying or dri-
ving directly to higher altitudes. If this is impossible (eg, flight
to La Paz), avoid overexertion, large meals, and alcohol. The ideal
rate of ascent varies with the individual.
Altitude 473
Vacationers often claim a lack of time for acclimatization. It

may be better to limit one’s ambitions in such circumstances.
Chemoprophylaxis
The usual drug of choice is acetazolamide. The usual adult dosage

is 250 mg per 24 hours, divided in two doses, commencing
24 hours before the ascent and continuing up to and including the
first 2 days at maximum altitude. Prophylaxis can then be dis-
continued, but therapy with the same agent may be undertaken
if symptoms develop. Many agree that higher doses (500 mg daily)
are not useful, but this is in contrast to a recent review. The effec-
tiveness of such prophylaxis in reducing the symptoms of AMS
is 75%. Side effects include tingling in the fingertips, increased
urination, and the sensation that carbonated beverages taste flat.
Vomiting, drowsiness, and itching occasionally occur. Acetazo-
lamide is a sulfa drug; allergic reactions, however, are rare.
Alternate chemoprophylaxis regimens are dexamethasone,
4 mg every 12 hours starting the first day of ascent and continu-
ing for the first 2 days at altitude. However, this results in more
adverse events than with azetazolamide; specifically, stomach upset
may result. Nifedipin is usually reserved for therapy, but like sal-
meterol, it may be considered for persons with a previous history
of AMS who have not responded to other agents. The role of
Gingko biloba needs to be confirmed.
Chemoprophylaxis of AMS and its complications is indicated
for those with a past history of AMS, unavoidable rapid ascent
to > 3000 m (10,000 ft), or a request for such medication.
Management on Site
The fundamental principle of management of mild AMS is rest

and azetazolamide, and in severe AMS, it is descent, walking or
by helicopter. Treat headache, the most frequent symptom of
mild AMS, with mild analgesics (aspirin, 320 mg every 4 hours,
acetaminophen with or without codeine) but these may be inef-
Table 32 Management of Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) and its Complications

Mild AMS (headache, nausea, some vomiting, slight breatlessness, insomnia)
Analgesics: Aspirin 650 mg or acetaminophen 500–1000 mg, possibly with codein
Antiemetic: Perchlorperazin 5–10 mg IM (augments also hypoxic ventilatory response)
Against frequent wakening: Triazolam 0.25 mg or temazepam 15 mg or other short
acting benzodiazepine; not to be used in more severe AMS because of respiratory
depression
Acclimatization can be improved by acetazolamide 125–250 mg twice daily
Stop ascent, or descend if easily possible
Moderate AMS (headache resistent to analgesics as above, vomiting, dyspnea, lassitude to
the extent of the patient requiring assistance)
Immediate descent
Low flow oxygen if available
Acetazolamide 125–250 mg twice daily
Dexamethasone 4 mg every 6 hours PO, IM, or IV
Hyperbaric therapy
Severe AMS with cerebral or pulmonary edema: early recognition is paramount!
Evacuation or at least immediate descent
Minimize exertion, keep warm
Oxygen 2–4 L/min
Dexamethasone 8 mg, then 4 mg every 6 hours PO, IM, or IV
Nifedipine 10 mg PO in pulmonary edema, or 30 mg every 6 hours if no oxygen or
descent possible
Furosemide 20–40 mg every 12 hours (potential hypovolemia, incapacitation!)
Hyperbaric therapy if descent is impossible
fective in moderate AMS. Nausea and vomiting are best treated

with prochlorperazine, 5 to 10 mg IM, because this also augments
the hypoxic ventilatory response. Use short-acting benzodi-
azepines to prevent frequent wakening but only in healthy sub-
jects; they may cause respiratory depression and decrease
oxygenation.
Altitude 475
The therapeutic steps indicated in the various stages of AMS

and its complications are shown in Table 32. The crucial princi-
ples to avoid death are
• Learn to recognize and admit symptoms

• Avoid ascending with symptoms
• Descend if symptoms worsen
• Avoid leaving someone alone, even if the person requests oth-
ers to do so
Additional Readings
Dumont L, et al. Efficacy and harm of pharmacological prevention of
acute mountain sickness: quantitative systematic review. BMJ
2000;321:267–72.
Hackett PH, Roach RC. High-altitude illness. N Engl J Med 2001;345:
107–14.
Sartori C, et al. Salmeterol for the prevention of high-altitude pul-
monary edema. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:1631–6.
ANIMAL BITES AND STINGS
The incidence of animal bites in human travelers is unknown. Sev-

eral thousand people are killed yearly by mammalian bites and
roughly 60,000 by snakebites. Up to 70 shark attacks occur yearly
in coastal areas. Destination and activity determine the nature of
the bite or sting. In addition to mainly soft tissue injuries, bites
and stings may transmit infectious diseases, including vectorborne
diseases. The bites from venomous animals can be life threaten-
ing, and such species are found in most climates and natural set-
tings.
Although the risk of being seriously injured by native wildlife
is low, the probability of a vacation being ruined by mosquitoes,
fleas, ticks, bees, or wasps is high. Awareness, protective cloth-
ing, and insect repellents should always be used (see Part 1), and
those with a history of allergic reactions should carry their emer-
gency kit. Local information and advice concerning wildlife in
the area should always be taken seriously.
Snakes
Venomous snakebite occurrence is highest where dense human
and venomous snake populations coexist. This is the case in
Southeast Asia, sub-Saharan Africa, and the tropical parts of the
Americas. In the state of Maharashtra, India, alone, more than
1,000 people die each year from snakebites; in the United States,
there are 45,000 bites yearly, with approximately 10 deaths. Con-
centration of human and snake populations may result from
flooding with subsequent snakebite epidemics. Snakebites are a
negligible hazard for tourists engaged in sightseeing or recreation.
The risk for those involved in agriculture, engineering projects,
or scientific or humanitarian fieldwork is higher but still small.
Venomous snakes are widely distributed worldwide up to altitudes
of 2,500 m, except Iceland, Ireland, most islands of the western
476
Animal Bites and Stings 477
Mediterranean, most Pacific islands including Hawaii, New Cale-

donia and New Zealand, Chile and Madagascar. Most snakebites
occur after provocation, usually when the snake is trodden on,
mainly at night. Some species enter dwellings at night and bite
people while at sleep.
Scorpions and Spiders

Scorpions are widespread and found in tropic, subtropic, and
desert areas. Scorpion bites are a public health concern; mortal-
ity is caused mainly by lack of available intensive care support
and antivenom.
Spider species have a fairly well-defined geographic distrib-
ution, although some, such as the black widow, are cosmopoli-
tan. Spiders such as the brown recluse or black widow are not
naturally aggressive toward humans and bite only when threat-
ened or trapped. In contrast, the funnel-web spiders of Australia
are aggressive and armed with potent venom, making them the
most dangerous spiders in the world.
Aquatic Animals
Marine creatures hazardous to humans are found predominantly
in tropical oceans. They may envenomate, bite, or puncture.
The coelenterates are a diverse group of invertebrates, includ-
ing fire corals, jellyfish, and sea anemones, which are venomous
and potentially dangerous to humans. Severity of envenomation
is related to species and season, amount of venom released, and
size and age of the victim. Seabather’s eruption, a papulous, itchy
dermatitis on the skin area covered by the swim- or wetsuit, is
attributed to the nematocysts of Cnidaria (jelly-fish, Portuguese
man-o’war, sea-anemones). Swimmer’s itch is a painful der-
matitis caused by algae (Lyngbia majuscola) present in rivers,
lakes, pools, and oceans. The box jellyfish, found in the shallow
waters off Australia’s northern coast, is reputed to be the most ven-
omous sea creature, with death occurring within 2 minutes of the
sting.
The risk of shark attack is unlikely, provided that travelers keep

a discreet distance, and avoid waters that are known to be fre-
quented by sharks.
Clinical Picture
Mammalian Bites
Tearing, cutting, and crushing injuries may occur in animal bites.
Considering the power and weight of many animals, internal
organ damage, deep arterial and nerve damage, or multiple frac-
tures are possible, if attacked. For this reason, we advise a com-
plete evaluation in all but the most trivial and isolated of bite
injuries.
Snake Bites
Many snakes are not venomous, and even venomous snakes often
do not inject venom when they bite. The complexity and diver-
sity of snake venoms are reflected in the wide range of signs and
symptoms. The venom’s multiple protein and peptide biotoxins
produce diverse pathophysiologic effects in humans, such as
local tissue and microvascular damage leading to tissue necrosis
and hemorrhage. The components best understood are the neu-
rotoxins, found in most elapid and sea snake venoms. These may
induce paresthesias, weakness, and paralysis, including that of the
respiratory muscles. Venom contacting the eyes from any of the
spitting cobras does not produce systemic symptoms but does cause
severe eye damage, possibly followed by blindness, if untreated.
Almost all snake venoms affect blood coagulation that can result
in hemorrhage with hemodynamic consequences, including
hypotension and shock. Coagulopathy is a characteristic finding
after snake envenomation. Myotoxins cause muscle damage with
outpouring of potassium and myoglobin, followed by severe
renal and cardiac problems.

Scorpion venom is most often a neurotoxin, causing local pain
and paresthesia and occasionally somatic skeletal neuromuscu-
lar dysfunction and seizures. Other complications include nau-
sea, vomiting, hypertension, tachycardia, and respiratory distress.
Spider venom often serves as a digestive juice, containing var-
ious proteolytic substances and often a neurotoxic component to
immobilize the victim. In humans, the latter causes severe pain, mus-
cle spasm with nerve dysfunction or hemolysis, and cell necrosis,
depending on the species. Spiders such as tarantulas may cause
severe irritation of the human skin by hair containing toxins.
Aquatic Animals
Jellyfish envenomation results primarily in skin irritations. There
is an immediate stinging sensation, accompanied by pain, pruri-
tus, and paresthesia with visible “tentacle prints.” These symp-
toms may progress over several days to local necrosis, ulceration,
and secondary infection compounded in severe cases by sys-
temic reactions, including neurologic, cardiovascular, respira-
tory, and anaphylactic disorders. These may be life threatening
for the victim.
Sea urchins or star fish cause immediate pain with edema and
possible systemic reactions because of their venom. The embed-
ded spines are difficult to extract and frequently cause secondary
infection. Stings by poisonous fish, such as lion fish, scorpion fish,
stone fish, or sting rays may cause various, severe systemic dis-
orders and even death.
Make travelers aware of the dangers posed by the local fauna.
Mammalian Bites
Animals rarely attack people without provocation, with the excep-
tion of some large carnivores and animals infected by rabies. Trav-
elers should consider restrained or captured animals high risk. Most

wild animals have a strong sense of territoriality, and intrusion
can trigger an attack, particularly when the nest or the young are
being protected.
Avoid eye contact with dogs; it will be interpreted as a threat
or challenge. Running away often provokes a chase. When a dog
is about to attack, the best reaction is to freeze and turn sideways,
leaning away from the dog.
Animal attack is often best avoided by avoiding contact. Upon
entering bear country, one should make enough noise to let the
bear know a person is present; constant conversation along the
trail is usually sufficient. If fresh signs are seen, the bear may be
in the vicinity. Advise hikers to take an alternative route.
Snake Bites
Snakes are generally afraid of humans, and if given the oppor-
tunity, they will quickly retreat. Unless confronted at very close
range, snakes are unlikely to strike. However, one should avoid
known snake habitats, which are generally areas where they seek
protection. Hands or feet should not be placed where snakes may
be hiding (cracks in rock), and it is better not to sit on logs or rock
piles that may be harboring a snake. Hikers should stay on paths
and, if entering an overgrown area, should check questionable
obstacles with a stick before proceeding. Adequate protective cloth-
ing, especially leather boots and long trousers, should be worn.
Extra caution is necessary at night, when most venomous snakes
are active.

Scorpions and spiders are usually nocturnal and are more active
during the warmer season. Scorpion stings always occur under
accidental circumstances, more often at night, and particularly
when the weather is stormy. Stings occur in houses, tents, palm,
cane, or banana plantations or gardens during agricultural work,
or on trips. The parts of the body most frequently stung are the
limbs or occasionally the head and neck of sleeping persons. The

latter case is more frequent in infants and young children. Scor-
pions have their “domiciles” in infested areas under stones, rocks,
logs, loose bark of trees and around human habitations in gardens,
old lumber, boxes, garages, washhouses, sacks, porches, chicken
houses, under wash clothes, and in old shoes, mattresses, clothes
or piles of newspapers stored in dark places. In infested areas, scor-
pions may be eradicated or their numbers much reduced by the
use of insecticides. The following precautions may be of value
for travelers or residents in areas harboring dangerous scorpions:
• Do not walk with bare feet during the night. Always wear a shoe
or better a half-boot covering your ankle.
• Don’t keep old clothes, mattresses, newspapers and other “rub-
bish” in your house, because they provide a good domicile for
scorpions.
• When camping outdoors, keep your garbage in closed bags;
garbage attracts cockroaches and other insects, which in turn
attract scorpions preying on them.
• Always check your shoes before putting your feet in.
• Houses in infested areas should have a step of at least 20 cm
high that is made of glazed bricks or paint all around to pre-
vent scorpions climbing from outside.
• Use insecticides in suspected areas when a scorpion is seen or
caught.
Aquatic Animals
Aside from wearing protective clothing such as a “stinger suit”
and using a mask or goggles, there is little that the swimmers can
do to protect themselves from jellyfish stings. If jellyfish are
sighted, the swimmer should stay at a distance as the tentacles
trail. Even dead jellyfish on the beach can inflict serious stings.
Follow advice from local authorities. Partial prophylaxis of
seabather’s eruption may be provided by washing with soap and
water after swimming. Footgear should be worn when walking
in shallow waters, especially near tropical reefs. When walking

in sandy areas known to be frequented by stingrays, to frighten
them off, it is wise to shuffle. Divers should educate themselves
on appropriate behavior toward dangerous or unknown sea crea-
tures. Fingers should not be placed in holes or cracks where sea
animals may reside.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Management Abroad
The local health professionals are usually experienced with

regional animal bites and wounds and should be consulted imme-
diately. It should be noted that some therapies, for instance against
jellyfish, may be successful in one place but not in another.
Mammalian Bites
Initiate local treatment of wounds immediately (see “Rabies,” Part
2). Early cleansing reduces the risk of bacterial infection and effec-
tively kills rabies and other pathogenic agents. Move the patient
to a hospital as soon as possible where further treatment, includ-
ing tetanus prophylaxis, can be administered.
Snake Bites
Although snake venom poisoning is a medical emergency, the trav-
eler should avoid panic with its additional stress reaction. The vic-
tim should retreat from the snake’s range, which is approximately
the length of the snake. Killing the snake can be dangerous and
may produce another victim. Even the decapitated head of a
snake can bite with envenomation for up to 60 minutes.
Immobilize the bitten extremity to diminish local tissue necro-
sis and to delay systemic absorption of the venom. Reduce phys-
ical activity to a minimum for the same reason. Evacuate the patient
to the nearest hospital as quickly, as comfortably, and as passively
as possible. This may require transporting the victim on an impro-

vised stretcher. The solitary victim should walk slowly with peri-
odic resting. If prolonged evacuation time is expected, a pressure
bandage may be applied to the bitten extremity to occlude lym-
phatic and venous but not arterial circulation. A tight arterial
tourniquet above the elbow or knee is justified only in bites by
dangerous neurotoxic elapids, sea snakes, and Australian snakes
to delay the development of respiratory paralysis. Release the
tourniquet for 15 seconds every 30 minutes, and do not apply it
for more than 2 hours. To maintain renal flow and control intravas-
cular volume, frequent drinking of at least 2 liters of water per
24 hours is recommended. Incisions in the wound are not effec-
tive and may result in various complications with no proven ben-
efit. Suction devices to extract venom from the wound cause
additional trauma and are not recommended. Avoid the use of
antivenom in the field, owing to the potential risk of anaphylac-
tic reactions. In fact, administer antivenom treatment only in a pro-
fessional setting.

Treatment in the field is supportive. Local pain can be controlled
with ice applied for 30 minutes every hour with cloth between
the ice and skin. Oral analgesics are useful. The victim should be
taken to a medical facility as soon as possible for treatment,
especially if symptoms worsen. Antivenom administration is
controversial as it is incomplete and can cause allergic reactions.
In the case of a venomous spider bite, the affected limb may
be immobilized and pressure wrapped to minimize lymphatic
return before adequate medical treatment is received. Within
intensive care facilities, victims often can be treated sympto-
matically. Antivenom may be applied, depending on the spider
species and the severity of clinical signs.
Table 33 Treatment after Injuries due to Marine Hazards

Hazard Measures (sequential)
Sponges Gently dry skin / remove spicules with adhesive tape / vinegar
Coelenterates Remove cysts by rinsing with sea water (early fresh water would
increase envenomation!) / forceful stream of fresh water to
dislodge tentacles / remove tentacles with foreceps / vinegar or
baking soda if unavailable / close observation of children and elderly
Seabather’s Soap and water scrub / papain, powdered or dissolved / for pruritus
eruption eruption calamine lotion with 1% menthol
Sea urchins Nonscalding hot water / remove pedicellariae by applying shaving
foam, gentle razor scraping / remove spines if possible, they often brake
Starfish Nonscalding hot water / remove foreign material /irrigate wound
Bristleworms Remove spines: dry skin / adhesive tape or facial peel
Cone shells Pressure immobilization
Octopus Pressure immobilization
Stingrays Irrigate with sea water / remove foreign material / nonscalding hot
water / anesthetics, surgery often needed / prophylactic antibiotics
Scorpionfish, Nonscalding hot water / debridement / anesthetic / antibiotics
Lionfish and
Stonefish
Sea Snakes Similar to terrestrial snakes: immobilization, etc.
DETAILS:
• vinegar/5% acetic acid: apply for 10–30 minutes four times per day
• nonscalding hot water: up to 45°C or 113°F for 30–90 minutes
• antibiotics: third generation cephalosporins, ciprofloxacin, aminoglycoside, co-trimoxazole
(adapted from Klein JR, Auerbach PS. Textbook of travel medicine and health, 2nd edition. Hamilton, ON:
Decker, in press)
Aquatic Animals
Persons stung by jellyfish should leave the water, and they should
immediately rinse the affected skin with sea water, not freshwa-
ter. A vinegar solution or alcohol (40 to 70%) should then be con-
tinuously applied for 30 minutes to inactivate the toxin, which will

in most cases relieve the pain. Remaining tentacles should then
be scraped from the skin. Local anesthetics may be used but sys-
temic signs are best managed by the nearest medical facility.
Administer antivenom as soon as possible following envenoma-
tion by the box jellyfish.
The wound from a sea urchin, stingray, or stone fish sting
should be soaked in nonscalding hot water (45°C or 113°F) as soon
as possible for 30 to 90 minutes to attenuate the thermolabile com-
ponents of the venom. Surgical exploration is required to remove
remaining spines, and systemic symptoms must be treated appro-
priately. Stonefish antivenom is recommended for serious stings
from stone fish or other species of scorpion fish.
Treatment of sea snakebites is similar to that for terrestrial
snakebites. Polyvalent or specific sea snake antivenom is available.
Table 33 summarizes the treatments for injuries caused by a
selection of aquatic animals.
Additional Readings
Durrheim DN, Leggat PA. Risk to tourists posed by wild mammals in
South Africa. J Travel Med 1999;6:172–9.
Fenner PJ. Dangers in the ocean: the traveler and marine envenoma-
tion. J Travel Med 1998;5:135–41,213–6.
Ismail M, Memish ZA. Venomous snakes of Saudi Arabia and the
Middle East: a keynote for travellers. Intern J Antimicrob Agents
2003;21:164–9.
Woolgar JD, et al. Shark attack: review of 86 consecutive cases. J
Trauma 2001;50: 887–91.
ANTARCTIC AND ARCTIC TRAVEL
Increasing numbers of seaborne tourists are visiting Antarctica,

and Arctic Expeditions are increasingly en vogue. Long-term
assignment in the Antarctic poses specific occupational health prob-
lems. Health risks and requirements for transient visitors differ
from those of over-winter expeditioners.
Dehydration on a heated, air-conditioned ship in a dry, windy,
and cold climate is a real risk, and high water intake is paramount.
Although hypothermia may be a concern, the reality of hyper-
thermia from overdressing and physical exertion is more a daily
reality. Upper respiratory tract infections were the most frequent
problems during the cruise. Accidents from slipping on ice or loose
rocks, sustaining sprains and bruises, were another problem on
land visits.
Arctic and Antarctic tourists should be fit. Further, influenza
immunization may benefit for this costly voyage. For personnel
stationed in these regions, this is even more relevant, and psy-
chological fitness is paramount.
Additional Readings
Cooke FJ, et al. A study of the incidence of accidents occurring during
an arctic expedition. J Travel Med 2000;7:205–7.
Lugg DJ. Telemedicine: have technological advances improved health
care to remote Antarctic populations? Int J Circumpolar Health
1998;57 Suppl 1:682–5.
Provic P. Health aspects of Antarctic tourism. J Travel Med 1998;5:
210–2.
486
DEEP VEIN THROMBOSIS
AND PULMONARY EMBOLISM
The “economy class syndrome” is a misnomer; in fact, the prob-

lem may occur in air passengers traveling in classes where more
space is offered, and it has been reported in bus (“coach syn-
drome”), train, and car travel. Deep vein thrombosis (DVT) is due
to venous stasis. There is general agreement that additional stud-
ies are needed to quantify the risk and to determine specific rec-
ommendations for prevention.
The estimates on the risk of developing DVT after a long-distance

flight usually vary between 0.01 and 0.4 per 1000 in the general
population, but in up to 10% of long-haul travelers, symptomless
DVT may be demonstrated. Most case control studies result in
significant odds rations of 2.3 to 4.0. The frequency among those
who travel more than 5000 km is 150 times as high as the fre-
quency in those who traveled less.
The seven cabin-related risk factors are
• Immobilized sitting
• Compression of the popliteal vein on the edge of the seat
(“coach position”)
• Duration of flight
• Low humidity
• Diuretic effect of alcohol
• Insufficient fluid intake
• Hypoxia, resulting in two to eightfold activated coagulation
Some 70 to 90% of DVT in travelers has been associated with at

least one of eight patient-related risk factors:
• History of previous DVT
487
• Presence of chronic disease or malignancy

• History of smoking
• Obesity
• Thrombophilic disorders such as familial thrombophilia, fac-
tor V Leiden mutation, and deficiencies of natural anticoagu-
lants, such as antithrombin, protein C, and protein S
• Female gender, particularly when on hormone therapy or
pregnant
• Recent injury or surgery, particularly of the lower limb
• Age over 60 years
Clinical Picture
DVT: Usually painful swelling, mostly of lower limb, often

cyanotic
Pulmonary embolism: Various symptoms from shortness of breath
to sudden death
For details, see internal medicine textbooks.
Provide the following general advice to all passengers: to occa-

sionally walk around and to exercise their calf muscles while seated
by flexing and rotating the ankles, to drink plenty of fluids,
avoiding alcohol and coffee.
Recommend that passengers with one or few risk factors wear
compression stockings.
Advise high risk travelers (eg, those with previous travel asso-
ciated DVT, recent orthopedic surgery, pregnancy) to get low-mol-
ecular-weight-heparin (LMWH) for each long-range flight
(> 4 hours) as close to boarding the plane as possible.
Chemoprophylaxis
Use LMWH for high-risk groups. In view of the short half-life,

apply this briefly before the flight; instruct intelligent travelers
Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism 489
to administer this themselves prior to boarding. Some may choose

to inject themselves in an airport toilet or in large airports; med-
ical facilities may give the SC injection. Those visiting develop-
ing countries may often need a special certificate for carrying
injections. The usual dose is approximately 2,850 U/L nadroparine
calcium (eg, Fraxiparin 0.3 mL) or 40 mg enoxaparine (eg, Clex-
ane 0.4 mL), if necessary, to be repeated after 12 to 24 hours. It
must be kept in mind that LMWH is not free of adverse events:
rarely (probably < 0.1%) thrombocytopenia type II may occur,
particularly when repeat doses are needed, a weekly thrombocyte
count may be indicated. Allergic reactions to heparin have also
been described.
Oral thrombin inhibitors may be marketed in 2003; they are
pentasaccharides. Aspirin is most likely not to be recommended;
it has little effect on veins and results in more than 10% of mild
gastrointestinal effects.
Management Abroad
State-of-the-art procedures.
Additional Readings
Cesorone MR, et al. Venous thrombosis from air travel: the LON-
FLIT3 study—prevention with aspirin vs low-molecular-weight
heparin (LMWH) in high-risk subjects: a randomized trial. Angiol-
ogy 2002;53:1–6.
Eklof B. Air travel related venous thromboembolism—an existing
problem that can be prevented? Cardiovasc Surg 2002;10:95–7.
Scurr JH, et al. Frequency and prevention of symptomless deep-vein
thrombosis in long-haul flights: a randomized trial. Lancet 2001;
357:1485–9.
DERMATOLOGIC PROBLEMS
Risk Assessment for Travelers and Clinical Picture
Exposure to light may induce photoallergic and phototoxic reac-

tions, polymorphous light eruption, hydroa vacciniforme, solar
urticaria, or phytophotodermatitis.
Phototoxic Reactions
Phototoxic dermatitis occurs when drug use and sun exposure are
combined. The drug molecules absorb energy, which is transmitted
to tissue and alters the skin. Phototoxic dermatitis occurs on skin
exposed to the sun. Unlike photoallergic dermatitis prior sensi-
tation is not required. Phototoxic dermatitis can occur in any
individual, depending on exposure to sunlight and the dose of med-
ication taken. Symptoms are a sunburn type of reaction with ery-
thema in the areas exposed to the sun. Erythema occurs in 5 to
20 hours and worsens within 48 to 96 hours. Sunburn may per-
sist in a netted pattern; that is, erythematous and tinged with
blue. Nails may also be involved (photo-onycholysis). Drugs
most frequently causing phototoxic reactions include tetracy-
cline, sulfonamides, phenothiazines, non-steroidal anti-rheumatic
drugs (NSAR), amiodarone, captopril, furosemide, and psoralens.
Phototoxic contact reactions are primarily due to topical
agents found in plants such as lime, orange, celery, parsnip, fig,
and anise, and in fragrances containing bergamot oil. Furo-
coumarins in plants may cause erythema, blistering, or bullae on
exposed areas (phytophotodermatitits or dermatitis bullosa stri-
ata pratensis). Coal tar may cause phototoxic dermatitis with
residual hyperpigmentation. Some drugs can provoke both pho-
totoxic and photoallergic reaction, which raises confusion in the
use of these terms; “photosensitive” is a more appropriate generic
term.
490
Dermatologic Problems 491
Photoallergic Dermatitis
Photoallergic dermatitis is an eczematous skin reaction that is
caused by concurrent use of a photosensitizing substance and expo-
sure to sunlight. Drugs inducing photoallergy include chloroquine,
chlorthiazides, carbamazepine, tolbutamide, chlorpromazine,
promazine, amitriptyline, chlorthalidone, indomethacin, piroxi-
cam, and many others. Topical inducers of photoallergy are
bithionol, sulfathiazole, salicylanilides, carbanilides, and hexa-
chlorophene.
Clinical symptoms are similar to those of contact dermatitis.
Papulovesicular eczematous or exudative dermatitis occurs within
24 to 48 hours, mostly on areas exposed to the sun but also else-
where on the body.
Polymorphous Light Eruption

Polymorphous light eruption (PLE), or “sun allergy,” occurs
mainly when unadapted skin is exposed to strong sunlight. The
term PLE describes a group of heterogenous, idiopathic, acquired
photodermatoses. They are characterized by delayed abnormal
reaction to ultraviolet radiation. Skin lesions, which may appear,
include erythematous macules, papules, plaques, and vesicles, each
of which is monomorphous.
See below for sunburn and tumors following chronic ultravi-
olet (UV) B exposure.
Dermatologic Side Effects of Prophylactic Medication

Malaria chemoprophylaxis may result in cutaneous adverse reac-
tions, the most severe being erythma multiforme, Stevens-John-
son syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis reported mainly after
use of the sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine combination drug Fansi-
dar. The incidence rate ranges from 1 in 5000 to 1 in 80,000.
Chloroquine and mefloquine are also associated with severe
cutaneous adverse reactions.
The antibiotics recommended for prophylaxis of traveler’s diar-

rhea, such as sulfamethoxazole, trimethoprim, doxycycline, or
quinolones, may also cause adverse dermatologic reactions.
Agents used in malaria chemoprophylaxis initiated 1 week prior

to departure may be altered, if adverse events occur. Travelers
should be instructed to contact a doctor abroad, if moderate to
severe skin reactions occur.
Travelers to the tropics should avoid excessive exposure to the
sun. Persons prone to phototoxic or photoallergic reactions should
avoid any type of ultraviolet light irradiation and agents that
have previously caused phototoxic or photoallergic reactions.
Travelers can evade frostbite by wearing warm, dry clothing.
Further, they should avoid smoking and consumption of alcohol;
this may result in vasoconstriction and vasodilatation.
Frequent showers and wearing cotton clothing will help to elude
skin infection in tropical climates . Persons with hyperhydrosis
should use baby powder.
Applying sunscreens with a high sun protection factor (SPF)
of at least 20 will prevent herpes infection. In addition, kissing
people with herpes labialis should be avoided.
Wearing sandals, which helps keep feet dry and clean, may
help avoid fungus infection of the feet.
Chemoprophylaxis
Several reports indicate chloroquine, 200 mg base daily, may be

partially effective in preventing polymorphous light eruption.
However, travelers should try sunblocks first. PUVA (pho-
tochemotherapy) is highly effective, but it has to be performed
before the sunny season or before taking a trip to a sunny region.
Canthaxanthine, a betacarotene, may be of value for patients
with abnormal reaction to UVA and visible light (PLE, erythro-
poietic protoporphyria); however, this agent may cause retinal
Dermatologic Problems 493
deposits. Antimalarials and carotenes do not protect against sun-

burn, because their spectrum of absorption is not within the UVB
zone.
Management Abroad
Phototoxic reactions are treated by stopping the drug, by avoid-

ing sunlight, and by applying therapy similar to that used in sun-
burn. Topical or systemic corticosteroids can help.
Make travelers aware that wounds tend to become severely
infected in a warm and humid climate. Disinfection and regular
wound dressing are essential.
Additional Readings
Caumes E, et al. Dermatoses associated with travel to tropical coun-
tries. Clin Infect Dis 1995;20:542–8.
James WD. Imported skin diseases in dermatology. J Dermatol 2001;
28:663–6.
DIVING
Scuba diving requires physical and emotional aptitude. Usually,

divers need to present a certificate stating that they are fit to
dive, at least for the training course. Such medical evaluation should
contain examinations for factors listed in Table 34.
Scuba diving accidents are described in the specialized literature.

The main risks involved are decompression sickness, air embolism,
panic, and disorientation (eg, in caves). Despite the large num-
ber of scuba divers, fatal incidents are comparatively rare due to
the rigorous training courses and regulations implemented world-
wide by various international organizations.
Divers frequently experience sinus problems and external oti-
tis following repeated dives. Diving without equipment may be
risky, because previous hyperventilation can reduce blood carbon
dioxide levels, causing diminished breathing stimulus, hypoxia,
and unconsciousness. The low partial pressure of the diver’s
remaining oxygen may fall below a critical point upon surfacing,
which may lead to unconsciousness and drowning.
Snorkeling poses few risks except for lacerations and serious
sunburn. Snorkeling at depths greater than 50 cm may lead to pul-
monary edema.
Clinical Picture
Decompression sickness occurs when a diver surfaces too quickly,

causing gases in the blood that would normally be excreted
through the lungs to effervesce. This may lead to a wide range
of clinical conditions. Decompression problems must be considered
in any presenting symptoms after a dive.
Barotrauma may occur when the compression on gases in the
middle ear, paranasal sinuses, and teeth, cannot be properly
494
Diving 495
Table 34 Evaluation of the Aptitude for Diving: The Most Frequent Problems*
Evaluation Risks Contraindications
Ear / Nose / Throat
Ear wax, other Rupture of tympanic (Treatment before aptitude
obstruction of ear canal membrane is granted)
Ear canal with exostosis, Barotrauma of middle ear Occlusion
– atresia
External otitis Barotrauma in case of If tympanic membrane not
occlusion visualized
Perforation of tympanic Disorientation, vomiting Perforation
membrane
Scarring of tympanic Rupture of tympanic Large, thin scars
membrane membrane
Hearing loss Aggravation, deafness Unilateral deafness
Septal deviation Barotrauma of middle ear Negative Valsalva’s maneuver
and sinuses
Rhinitis, sinusitis Barotrauma of middle ear Negative Valsalva’s maneuver
and sinuses
Eustachian tube blockage Barotrauma of middle ear Negative Valsalva’s maneuver
Vertigo Disorientation, vomiting Most cases, depending on history
Disorders of lips, mouth, Poor bite on regulator Depending on function
and tongue mouthpiece
Eyes
Conjunctivitis Superinfection If persistent
Cataract surgery, recent Wound dehiscence At least 12 months
(cornea is slow to heal)
Loss of one eye, absolute Difficulties in orientation 4 months
hemianopia
Visual field defects Poor contact with buddies Depending on case, experience
Errors of refraction, Inability to check Hyperopia with > 4 D
reduced visual acuity instruments, disorientation correction required
Bronchopulmonary
Asthma Rupture of alveoli and FEV1/VC < 0.7
pneumothorax, exhaustion
Acute bronchitis Rupture of alveoli, Acute bronchitis
aspiration due to cough
Pneumothorax Recurrence, tension At least 3 months
pneumothorax, air embolism
Cardiovascular
Ischemic heart disease (Re-)infarction, arrhythmia, Angina, even treated
syncope
Arrhythmia Dyspnea, exhaustion, Depending on case
syncope
Hypertension None, if well controlled Uncontrolled hypertension
Hypotension None None
Nervous system
Seizure disorder Seizure, loss of < 5 y free from seizures and
consciousness, drowning off medication
History of decompression Recurrence Panic reactions
sickness (DCS)
Psychiatry
Hyperventilation syndrome Muscle spasms, Recurrent episodes
vasoconstriction, loss
of consciousness
Panic reactions Uncontrolled reactions, Panic reactions
emergency ascent, DCS
Personality disorders, Uncontrolled reactions, Usual, depending on case
psychosis may endanger team
members
Drug dependence (drug As above, additionally Usual, depending on case
abuse incl. alcoholism) withdrawal symptoms
Various
Endocrine disorders, Impaired consciousness Depending on case
eg, diabetes
Peptic ulcer disease, Dyspepsia, nausea Acute ulcer, subjective
gastroesophageal reflux symptoms
Intestinal adhesions Intestinal barotrauma Recurrent symptoms
Hernia Incarceration, aggravation Should be repaired before
when lifting weight diving
Urolithiasis, cholelithiasis Colic may cause panic Subacute, depending on case
(gallstones) reaction, emergency ascent
Benign prostatic hyperplasia Acute urinary retention Recurrent urinary retention
Arthrosis and other Impaired control of body, Depending on case
rheumatic disorders poor physical fitness, pain
Diving 497
Obesity DCS due to impaired Persons with BMI ≥ 30 to be
metabolism of lipid-rich warned of DCS, if BMI > 35
tissues critically assess for exercise
tolerance
Pregnancy Congenital abnormalities, Discourage travel
miscarriage, DCS
Medication Side effects Depending on case
*For rare conditions see specialized literature.
equalized. Even a slight imbalance may result in alternobaric ver-

tigo in a diver, which can be particularly problematic if the water
is turbid or dark.
The risk of hypothermia is often underestimated during and
following a dive. It is not only uncomfortable but can cause colds
and their complications.
Minimized Problems in Travelers
The basic rules of diving safety formulated by various interna-

tional scuba diving organizations (eg, PADI, DAN) must be
strictly adhered to. Abstinence from alcohol and drugs is essen-
tial. The risk of external otitis may be reduced by rinsing the exter-
nal ear canal with clean water following a dive. (See also Part 1.)
Exclude candidates with medical conditions contraindicated
in diving (eg, asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, patent foramen ovale)
from that sport through the initial medical examination. If in
doubt, a specialist experienced also in diving can be consulted.
Apparently, many experienced scuba divers continue to dive
despite medical conditions.
Chemoprophylaxis
There is no recommended chemoprophylaxis. Some divers use

pseudoephedrine HCl, two 3 mg tablets, 30 minutes before a dive
to facilitate pressure equalization, although there is some concern

about reverse blockage. Contraindications include hypertension,
heart disease, diabetes, and thyroid disease. There may be some
side effects such as dizziness or nervousness.
Management Abroad
Follow the advice of the local emergency service. For serious prob-
lems, contact the Divers Alert Network (DAN) +1-919-684-8111,
or visit the Web site at <http://jshaldane.mc.duke.edu>.
Additional Readings
Taylor DM, et al. Experienced, recreational scuba divers in Australia
continue to dive despite medical contraindications. Wilderness
Environ Med 2002;13:187–93.
Wilks J. Scuba diving and snorkeling safety on Australia’s Great Barri-
er Reef. J Travel Med 2000;7:283–9.
ENVIRONMENT
Changes in climate can cause diseases and other problems directly

or indirectly.
Excessive heat and humidity alone, or combined with inap-
propriate activities under such conditions, may lead to heat
exhaustion, owing to salt and water losses. Heat stroke and hyper-
thermia may result. Morbidity and mortality from cardiovascu-
lar (including cerebrovascular) accidents are clearly increased after
sudden and prolonged exposure to heat.
Excessive cold may cause hypothermia, possibly followed by
the common cold and its complications, or frostbite. Other than
bad weather conditions, contributing factors to frostbite (eg, in
high altitude trekking) are inadequate clothing, inadequate judge-
ment, immobility, fatigue, and hunger.
Food and beverages abroad may harbor pathogenic agents; this
is discussed under the heading “Traveler’s Diarrhea” in the Part
on infectious diseases. Food may also be more spicy and cause
gastric irritation or gastritis. Fish may contain toxins that are not
eliminated by cooking or cleaning.
Dusty roads may increase susceptibility to upper respiratory
tract infections, frequently observed among travelers in China.
Excessive smog, which is often encountered in large cities in the
developing countries (eg, Mexico City, large centers in Southeast
Asia), may cause substantial discomfort. Travel on rough roads
may aggravate back pain.
Cosmic radiation, a concern in some frequent travelers and air
crew, is rather a theoretical concern.
Acclimatization and avoiding exertion for the first few days in

an unfamiliar climate lessens the risk of environmentally induced
499
problems. Mainstays of frostbite prevention are adequate cloth-

ing and footwear, avoidance of bad weather by respecting fore-
casts, sufficient food, and descent when needed. As often stated,
gastrointestinal infection could be avoided by the basic rule “boil
it, cook it, peel it, or forget it”—however, compliance is very low.
Chemoprophylaxis
Usually none.
Additional Readings
O’Sullivan D. Medical considerations for wilderness and adventure
travelers. Med Clin North Am 1999;83:885–902.
IN-FLIGHT INCIDENTS
In-flight medical events are documented in 1 per 11,000 to 40,000

passengers. The rate may be higher, because not all incidents are
reported. Up to 70% are managed by the cabin crew, sometimes
with telemedicine type advice from the ground by specialized insti-
tutions (eg, MedAire). Varying equipment and drugs are in the
in-flight kit, which can be extensive and now often includes a defib-
rillator or cardiac monitors, allowing transmission of the data to
ground-based advisory services.
The most common medical events are cardiac (10 to 20%),
vasovagal (4 to 22%), gastrointestinal (8 to 28%), neurological
(8 to 12%), respiratory (5 to 8%), and traumatic (3 to 14%).
Simple fainting is probably most common.
Minimized Exposure in Travelers—The

Doctor’s Mission, Medicolegal Protection
Passengers with pre-existing conditions need to be fit to fly as

described in Part 1. Doctors who volunteer to help should remem-
ber that
• The basic rule is “first do not harm”
• The goal of the intervention is to stabilize the condition of the
ill passenger
• They should accept the offer of telemedicine options whenever
possible
• Their role is to assist the flight crew, not to take control
• Fear of liability should not prompt reluctance to offer assistance
To diminish the risk of medicolegal consequences, health
professionals volunteering to help should
• Identify themselves and state their qualifications
501
• Obtain consent for intervention from the patient or the family,

except in incapacitated passengers
• Obtain a complete history, including used medication, possi-
bly with an interpreter
• Examine the patient as needed
• Inform the patient, family, and flight-crew on the evaluation
and suggested management
• Practice within the limits of their capacities
• Establish communications with ground-based medical pro-
fessionals for additional recommendations and transferral of
the patient
• Request a flight diversion to the nearest appropriate airport in
a serious condition
• Establish a full written report on assessment, management
and communications
Chemoprophylaxis
Usually none, tranquilizers may be considered in patients with

anxiety
Additional Readings
Gendreau MA, DeJohn C. Responding to medical events during com-
mercial airline flights. N Engl J Med 2002;346:1067–73.
Dowdall N. “Is there a doctor on the aircraft?” Top 10 inflight medical
emergencies. B M J 2000;321:1336–7.
McIntosh I, et al. Anxiety and health problems related to air travel. J
Travel Med 1998;5:198–204.
JET LAG
Jet lag occurs when long flights across several time zones result
in dissociation between environmental time cues and the body’s
internal clock.

Surveys have shown that up to 94% of long-distance travelers suf-
fer from jet lag and that 45% consider their symptoms severely
bothersome. The severity of the symptoms depends on the num-
ber of time zones crossed, the flight direction and travel sched-
ule, and individual characteristics such as age, chronotype, and
motivation. Jet lag and the resulting impairment of physical and
mental performance may have serious consequences especially
for pilots, business people, athletes, and military personnel. Stud-
ies in pilots have shown performance efficiency to decrease by
8.5% after an eastbound flight across eight time zones. Athletes
may experience changes in their performance rhythm, and anaer-
obic power and dynamic strength may be affected for 3 to 4
days. There is also evidence that chronic jet lag may lead to cog-
nitive deficits, possibly in working memory.
Clinical Picture
Jet lag is characterized by sleep disturbances, daytime fatigue,

reduced mental and physical performance, irritability, gastroin-
testinal problems, and generalized malaise.
Without specific jet lag countermeasures, it takes 4 to 6 days
after a transmeridian flight to establish a normal sleep pattern, and
it takes approximately 4 days before travelers do not experience
daytime fatigue. The resynchronization of endogenous circadian
rhythms, including those of body temperature, melatonin, and cor-
tisol, requires even more time. With a time change of 8 hours, for
instance, it can take up to 15 days after an eastbound flight and
up to 12 days after a westbound flight for complete readjustment.
503
Nonpharmacologic Measures to Minimize Symptoms
To minimize the effects of jet lag, various nonpharmacologic

countermeasures have been proposed, although only a few have
been scientifically validated.
The use of timed bright light is a promising method; the light-
dark cycle is the most important factor controlling the body
clock. Bright light in the early morning (5 am to 11 am) causes
a phase advance in body rhythms, whereas it causes a phase
delay in body rhythms in late evening (10 pm to 4 am). Under
laboratory conditions, light is very effective in phase shifting,
whereas it is impractical after a transmeridian flight, because
portable light sources are generally cumbersome and natural
light conditions are difficult to control. However, as a supplement
to other jet lag treatments (eg, melatonin), seeking or avoiding
light at specific times after an intercontinental flight may help min-
imize jet lag symptoms. After crossing up to nine time zones in
a westward direction, exposure to the natural light-dark cycle will
be sufficient to promote adjustment to the new time zone; no spe-
cific light-dark regimen is necessary. After eastbound flights,
avoid morning light (eg, by wearing dark sunglasses) to prevent
a phase shift in the wrong direction. Avoid evening light after trips
crossing more than nine time zones in either direction.
Jet lag diets have been proposed based on the fact that car-
bohydrates induce sleep by facilitating serotonin synthesis and
that proteins promote alertness by stimulating the synthesis of cat-
echolamines. The effectiveness of this diet is controversial, and
it seems likely that it is the exact timing of the meals rather than
their composition that hastens resynchronization.
Exercise has been shown to be effective in phase-shifting and
synchronizing circadian rhythms in rodents. Preliminary studies
in humans support the hypothesis that increased physical activ-
ity during the habitual rest period alters body rhythms. Because
little is known about the optimum time and the amount of exer-
cise required to counteract jet lag, no specific recommendations
can be made.
Jet Lag 505
The following behavioral recommendations may provide

assistance:
• Get a good night’s sleep before the trip.

• During night flights, try to sleep. If the day is prolonged by west-
bound travel, you may take brief naps to reduce sleep loss; how-
ever, avoid prolonged sleep periods, for they will counteract
adjustment to the new time zone.
• Adopt local time and routines immediately upon arrival (eg,
timing of meals, going to bed)
• Allow plenty of time to sleep and rest in your new location
before commencing work or touring activities.
Pharmacologic Prophylaxis and Treatment
Pharmacologic treatment approaches for jet lag symptoms attempts

to enhance daytime alertness, promote sleep, and resynchronize
the body’s clock.
Caffeine is the most commonly used stimulant and has been
shown to antagonize alertness and performance decrements,
resulting from prolonged wakefulness, jet lag, or sleep inertia. Typ-
ical doses used in performance studies range from 200 to 600 mg.
Amphetamines are very potent stimulants but unsuitable for rou-
tine use, owing to potentially severe side effects and potential for
abuse. Modafinil, a newer psychostimulant, is considered safer
than amphetamines. Clinically, this agent is used to treat narcolepsy
and other disorders associated with excessive daytime sleepiness.
Little is known, however, about chronic use and tolerance of
alertness-enhancing drugs, and further investigation is required
to optimize the dosage regimen.
Short-acting benzodiazepines, such as temazepam, triazo-
lam, and lorazepam, have been used to induce sleep during and
minimize sleep loss after transmeridian flights. Although they have
been effective in alleviating sleep problems, there are concerns
about their safety. Several studies have reported residual effects,
including amnesia. Use of these sleep aids must therefore be
carefully considered for those who will be performing complex

psychomotor or intellectual tasks on the following day (eg, pilots).
Zolpidem, an imidazopyridine, has successfully been used to
treat sleep disturbances associated with jet lag; it has a short
half-life (2.5 hours), and an absence of active metabolites, as well
as residual effects. Amnesia, however, has been reported, partic-
ularly with concurrent alcohol consumption.
Timed administration of melatonin is the most promising
method of alleviating jet lag. Melatonin is a pineal hormone pro-
duced mainly during the dark phase of the day. The presence of
specific melatonin receptors in the suprachiasmatic nucleus,
where the body clock is located, indicates that melatonin directly
modulates the circadian clock. Exogenous melatonin can shift the
endogenous circadian system according to a phase-response
curve; melatonin given in the afternoon advances the body clock,
and melatonin administered in the early morning delays the cir-
cadian system. Based on the phase-response curve of melatonin,
elaborate treatment schedules have been developed, taking into
account flight direction and number of time zones crossed. These
treatment regimens typically require daily adjustments of the
melatonin administration times. However, a simplified regimen
that includes administering melatonin at bedtime, irrespective of
flight direction and number of time zones crossed, has also proven
effective. This regimen combines the acute sleep-inducing and the
chronobiotic effects of melatonin. In summary, travelers should
take 3 to 5 mg of melatonin at bedtime (local time), after both east-
and westbound flights, starting the first evening after arrival and
continuing for 4 to 6 days. When traveling on an eastbound night
flight, take one dose of melatonin in the late afternoon to advance
the biologic clock and facilitate sleep during the flight. This may,
however, reduce alertness prior to the flight, for instance, while
driving to the airport. For westbound flights, no preflight or in-
flight dose is recommended.
Jet Lag 507
Additional Readings
Herxheimer A, Petrie KJ. Melatonin for preventing and treating jet
lag. [update in Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2002;2:CD001520;
12076414.]. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews. (1):
CD001520, 2001.
Samel A, Wegman H. Bright light; a countermeasure for jet lag?
Chronobiology Int 1997;14:173–83.
Waterhouse J, Reilly T, Atkinson G. Jet-lag. The Lancet 1997:350:1
611–6.
MOTION SICKNESS
Travelers may experience motion sickness (kinetosis) in all modes

of transportation. It may result from the disruption of the harmony
of the balance system’s sensors, the price paid for traveling faster
than the evolutionary process has equipped us for. It arises from
various physical stimuli, mainly changes in acceleration pat-
terns. There is no unanimity on the pathophysiologic origins of
motion sickness.
Everyone may suffer from motion sickness of varying degrees.
Motion sickness is rare before age 2 years, and the maximum inci-
dence rate is reached by age 12 years. It then declines, and by age
50 years, it is rare, at least in commercial aviation. This is
explained by a decrease in vestibular afferent information with
age. Women are three times more susceptible than men, with the
highest risk from 3 days before to 5 days after the onset of men-
struation. Predisposing factors are fatigue, alcohol, various drugs,
history of migraine, bad odors (eg, vomit), and emotional con-
dition, with anxiety leading to a higher risk, especially in air travel.
Acclimatization (for example, in crew members) reduces the
tendency to motion sickness but self-selection may also play a role.
Clinical Picture
Symptoms range from mild discomfort to incapacitation, com-

mencing with gasping, drowsiness, lassitude, and inactivity. In
moderate forms, malaise, pallor, cold sweats, abdominal dis-
comfort, and nausea are experienced. Cardiovascular symptoms
(variations in pulse rate, rise or fall of blood pressure, change in
peripheral blood flow) and respiratory symptoms (increased ven-
tilation, shallow breathing, sighing, yawning) may occur, as well
as various sensations, feelings, and performance changes. Severe
508
Motion Sickness 509
forms are characterized by vomiting, which may lead to dehy-

dration. Death occasionally follows.
There are many questions surrounding the prevention and treat-

ment of motion sickness. Unanimity exists that there is some adap-
tation in most passengers during prolonged rough sea conditions.
There seems to be no association between seasickness and the deck
a cabin is located on or whether it has a porthole. The front seat
of a car or a seat over the wing in a plane are more stable and there-
fore reduce risk of motion sickness. Various strategies of ques-
tionable benefit have been recommended. These include
• Continued visual orientation with the horizon

• Keeping the eyes closed
• Lying down or reclining
• Restricting head and neck movements
• Easing pressure on the neck and the abdomen by undoing but-
tons or belts
The effectiveness of various traditional methods has never been

scientifically demonstrated, such as carrying a horse-chestnut in
the left pocket or fixed on a necklace, plugging a piece of cotton
into the right ear canal or, if left handed, vice versa, wrist bracelets,
and various diets and beverages, including drinking or abstain-
ing from alcohol.
Chemoprophylaxis
Many different agents have been used to prevent motion sickness.

All have limited effectiveness and some side effects, mainly
tiredness, sleepiness, dizziness, or dryness in the mouth. Scopo-
lamine has been associated with visual problems, particularly prob-
lems in accommodation, resulting in falls, particularly when the
agent contacts the eyes. The effectiveness of commonly pre-
Table 35 Chemoprophylactic Options against Motion Sickness

Drugs to be Taken Common Duration ,
2 Hours before Exposure Adult Dose, mg Trade Names Hours
Cinnarizine+Domperidon 20 + 15 Touristil 4
Cyclizine 50 Marzine 6-12
Dimenhydrinate 50 Dramamine 8
Dimenhydrinate+Caffeine 50 + 50 Dramamine comp. 8
Ginger root 250 Zintona 4
Meclozine+Caffeine 12.5 + 10 Peremesin 8-12
Phenytoin (rapid onset of 300–1200 Many 24
efficacy: 15 minutes)
Promethazine Phenergan
theoclate 25 24
hydrochloride 25 18
Drugs to be Taken
Longer before Exposure
Cinnarizine (take 4 hr before) 25 (–150) Stugeron, Stutgeron 8
Scopolamine (apply 6–8 hr before) 0.5 (patch) Scopoderm TTS 72
scribed agents does not vary significantly (Table 35); thus, rec-
ommend those that have previously worked for the individual.
Management Abroad
Chewing gums containing dimenhydrinate (10 or 20 mg) may

bring quick relief in mild cases. For severe cases, consider a 50
mg injection of promethazine. Prophylaxis is preferred for those
prone to motion sickness.
Additional Reading
Sherman CR. Motion sickness: review of causes and preventive strate-
gies. J Travel Med 2002;9:251–6.
POISONING
Drug Intoxication
Accidents are common when drug runners smuggle illicit drugs
in condoms or plastic containers, in which they swallow or insert
into the rectum or vagina. Condoms may get stuck in the esoph-
agus and lead to obstruction. If such a container leaks or breaks,
the contents are easily absorbed by the mucosa which, in the case
of heroin, results in altered consciousness, myosis, vomiting,
constipation, and sphincteric spasms in the bladder and pylorus.
Respiratory depression may cause death. Cocaine, which is highly
toxic, is rapidly hydrolyzed in the gastrointestinal tract. Although
the rupture of balloons containing hashish oil or marijuana have
resulted in severe intoxication, fatalities have not been recorded.
Fish Poisoning
Various fish carry various toxins. Scombroid is common and
occurs worldwide. Fish rich in dark meat, most often mackerel,
tuna, mahi-mahi, skipjack, sardines, and anchovies may cause
scombroid poisoning when preserved at temperatures above
15°C. Histidine in the flesh of scombroid fish can then be trans-
formed to histamine by bacteria. Histamine, not destroyed by cook-
ing, and possibly other unidentified factors cause a syndrome
resembling an acute allergic reaction within 10 to 90 minutes of
ingestion. Flushing, headache, pruritus, urticaria, nausea, diarrhea,
occasionally bronchospasm, tachycardia, and hypotension occur.
These symptoms usually resolve, even untreated, within 12 hours,
and death is uncommon. Sensitization does not occur, and vic-
tims may consume the same type of fish later with no ill effect.
Ciguatera is common but limited to coral reef fish such as bar-
racuda, grouper, sea bass, snapper, and jack. The attack rate in
the Caribbean has been estimated to be 0.3%, which is similar to
that for hepatitis A. Ciguatoxin and various other toxins involved
511
in ciguatera poisoning are produced by sporadic reef algae that

are consumed by herbivorous fish, which are eaten by the car-
nivorous fish listed above. The toxin accumulates mainly in the
viscera and roe. It is harmless to the fish but acts as a sodium chan-
nel poison in humans. Heat does not destroy the toxin. Symptoms
occur 15 minutes to 24 hours (usually 1 to 6 hours) after inges-
tion. Gastroenteritis sets in initially, followed by various neuro-
logic symptoms such as paresthesia, pruritus, weakness and
paralysis, fasciculations, tremor, seizures, and hallucinations.
The reverse sensation of hot and cold is a pathognomonic symp-
tom. Cardiovascular symptoms such as hypotension and brady-
cardia are less common. There are broad individual differences
in susceptibility to the toxins. Ingesting alcohol or nuts may
exacerbate the clinical picture. Symptoms persist for days to
months, and the case fatality rate is usually >1%.
Tetrodotoxin is found in puffer fish and porcupine fish, which
are consumed in Japan as the delicacy “fugu,” prepared by trained
chefs. Ingestion usually causes mild paresthesias and warmth. Ini-
tial signs of intoxication, occurring within 15 minutes to several
hours, include nausea and dizziness, which progress to weakness
and loss of coordination. By blocking neural sodium conductance,
the toxins depress the medullary respiratory center, atrioventric-
ular nodal conduction, and myocardial and skeletal muscle con-
tractility. Symptoms persist for hours to days. Bronchospasm,
hypotension, and coma are complications, which produce an
overall case fatality rate of 10 to 50%. Most fatalities involve ama-
teur cooks. Fugu consumed in restaurants is likely safe.
Food Poisoning
Bacterial toxins formed in foods before they are ingested may lead
to a variety of symptoms. (See section “Traveler’s Diarrhea” for
toxins produced in the patient after ingestion.)
Staphylococcus aureus causes an acute illness characterized
by abdominal pain and nausea often with vomiting, possible
diarrhea, and hypotension, with an onset 2 to 6 hours after con-
Poisoning 513
suming contaminated protein-rich foods. Low-grade fever and

headache are observed in a minority of patients. The symptoms
persist for 24 to 48 hours. The toxin usually originates in a cook
with an infected finger or nasopharynx or in milk from a cow with
mastitis. Contaminated food items may have been inadequately
refrigerated as the toxin is heat stable. This form of food poisoning
may occur anywhere; in the early 1970s, there was an outbreak
aboard a long-distance flight.
Clostridium perfringens causes an acute illness with abdom-
inal cramps and watery diarrhea 7 to 16 hours after consumption
of contaminated meat or poultry. Nausea and fever are less fre-
quent symptoms. The illness usually persists for no longer than
24 hours. The toxin usually develops in food that is slowly cooled
or kept warm on a steam table.
Bacillus cereus may produce two different syndromes. The first,
caused by ingestion of a preformed toxin, is identical to S. aureus
food poisoning, with vomiting and abdominal pain occurring 1
to 6 hours after eating contaminated food. The second syndrome
resembles C. perfringens foodborne disease, with enterotoxin
release leading to watery diarrhea 8 to 16 hours after consuming
contaminated food. Fried rice is often the vehicle for B. cereus
foodborne disease. Other foods may also be the source.
Clostridium botulinum toxins are the cause for rare but life-
threatening botulism. After an incubation period of 12 to 36
hours (occasionally 2 hours to 8 days), weakness and dizziness
occur, followed by blurred vision, diplopia, photophobia, and
descending paralysis leading to dysarthria, dysphagia, and res-
piratory failure in severe cases. Early anticholinergic symptoms,
including a dry mouth and sore throat, with various gastrointestinal
symptoms are also possible. This is a rare disease in travelers but
several cases have been reported, usually following consumption
of home-canned food and in some instances industrially pro-
duced food items.
Lead Poisoning
Lead-glazed ceramic crockery is purchased as souvenirs in var-
ious countries in southern Europe and the developing world. The
lead poisoning that may result presents a poorly defined clinical
picture with stomach pain, vomiting, loss of appetite, and neu-
rologic symptoms.
Plant Poisoning
Travelers who venture away from the usual tourist destinations
may be offered local products made from toxic plants or ingest
ones that resemble nontoxic plants at home. Mushroom poison-
ing is a common problem. Herbal teas may be contaminated
with anticholinergic compounds, hallucinogens, hepatotoxins,
and heavy metals.
Shellfish Poisoning
In addition to the many infections that can be transmitted by shell-
fish (eg, hepatitis A, Norwalk virus, Vibrio parahaemolyticus),
paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP), neurologic (NSP), diarrheal
(DSP), and amnestic shellfish poisoning (ASP) may also result.
Shellfish poisoning is rare compared with fish poisoning, although
outbreaks have been reported in various parts of the world. It is
caused by saxitoxins and other toxins produced by sporadically
occurring algae, which shellfish feed upon. The toxins then
become concentrated in the shellfish. Symptoms occur within min-
utes to 3 hours after ingestion. The most serious form is PSP, char-
acterized by paresthesias, vomiting, diarrhea, and dysequilibrium.
Fatality resulting from respiratory arrest occurs in approximately
25% of cases. However, NSP and DSP have a milder course
without fatalities; ASP leads to gastroenteritis, headaches, loss of
short-term memory, and occasionally to seizures and coma. The
case fatality rate for ASP is 3%.
Poisoning 515
Adequate preservation will help prevent food, fish, and shellfish

poisoning. Raw items must look and smell fresh.
Fish with an ammonia smell or a peppery or metallic taste may
cause scombroid poisoning and should not be consumed. Car-
nivorous reef fish heavier than 3 kg should not be eaten as they
may have accumulated large quantities of ciguatera toxins. Trav-
elers should discard viscera of tropical marine fish and moray eels
for the same reason. Several “stick” or “paddle” tests based on
an immunoassay that can detect ciguatoxins in fish are not yet
widely available.
Regulatory authorities routinely test for shellfish toxins. Avoid
shellfish harvested outside regular commercial channels or dur-
ing a red tide.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Management Abroad
Medical treatment should be sought in cases of food, fish, or shell-

fish poisoning. Antihistamines are useful in scombroid poison-
ing, whereas treatment of other fish poisoning is mainly supportive.
Additional Readings
Barbier HM, Diaz JH. Prevention and treatment of toxic seafood borne
diseases in travelers. J Travel Med 2003;10:29–37.
Ting JY, Brown AF. Ciguatera poisoning: a global issue with common
management problems. Eur J Emerg Med 2001;8:295–300.
PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEMS
Psychological disorder rates among World Bank consultants with

varying degrees of experience in international travel demonstrate
that inexperienced travelers are more at risk. Compared with
their nontraveling counterparts, those with one trip were 2.1
times more likely to have psychological disorders while travel-
ing and those with two or more trips were 3.1 times more likely
(see Figure 7).
The extent of psychiatric problems is underestimated in many
cases, cases wherein diagnosis is made by nonpsychiatrists. At
the Hospital of Tropical Diseases in London, 2% of all patients
were diagnosed as having a psychiatric disorder when a physi-
cian made the assessment. This rate rose to 32% when the same
assessment was made by a psychiatrist who found an additional
18% with personality disorders that could lead to breakdown. The
most frequent psychiatric diagnoses included depression, manic
depression, psychosomatic syndrome, anxiety, and alcoholism.
Many persons use travel or work abroad as an escape. Some
seek adventure or a more interesting life, whereas some look for
a higher salary or social status. Others wish to get away from fam-
ily, restrictions, and boredom. Some think they will find “the land
of milk and honey.” Patients with schizophrenia, manic depres-
sion, or other psychiatric diseases may believe their illness will
be less obvious in an exotic society. Persecution hallucinations
may induce patients with chronic psychoses to flee their home.
Megalomaniac paranoids may feel an urge to tell politicians or
organizations abroad about their ideas. Persons with schizo-
phrenia may be found wandering aimlessly in airports. Finally,
some travel to commit suicide in anonymity.
Travel is semantically linked to the French word for work “tra-
vail.” To carry luggage, to line up, to clear formalities, and to cope
with an unknown language and culture all means work and stress.
516
Psychiatric Problems 517
This leads to exhaustion, particularly when exacerbated by delays,

jet lag, or an inhospitable climate. Increased muscle tonus,
headaches, insomnia, aggression, anxiety, and sometimes substance
abuse may result. Trips of short duration may turn out to be bad
experiences for travelers who lack coping skills.
Expatriates experience additional stresses. Moving to another
country, which happens every few years in some professions
such as the diplomatic corps, means saying goodbye to friends
and adjusting to a new culture and neighborhood. Pre-existing
depression tends to become more pronounced during travel; the
only conditions that tend to improve are stresses related to feuds
with neighbors.
The individual responsible for the move, usually male, tends
to underplay the dissatisfaction expressed by other family mem-
bers, which may cause conflict. In expatriates, mental break-
down may result, particularly when neurosis or other personality
problems come into play.
Clinical Picture
The nature of the breakdown suffered depends on personality, sur-

roundings, and cultural attitudes to illness. Many individuals
panic, refusing to be left alone for fear of attempting suicide. Most
cannot work. The “incubation period” in expatriates varies, with
male employees tending to break down within the first 9 months
and spouses in 9 months to 4 years.
Drug or alcohol abuse may be a problem among expatriates
attempting to cope with the above stresses, especially where
drugs are available at low cost.
Individuals who will serve abroad for long periods should undergo
psychological screening. They should also be educated as to
what to expect and to be aware of their own response to stress.
Chemoprophylaxis
None.
Management Abroad
Psychiatric problems are sometimes the reason for evacuating expa-

triates, although this is not common. Language and cultural dif-
ferences abroad make psychiatric therapy difficult.
Additional Readings
Beny A, et al. Psychiatric problems in returning travelers. J Travel Med
2001;8:243–6.
Dimberg LA, et al. Mental health insurance claims among spouses of
frequent business travelers. Occup Environ Med 2002;59:175–81.
Wood J. Psychological changes in hundred-day remote Antarctic field
groups. Environ Behav 1999;31:299–337.
ULTRAVIOLET RAYS
Ultraviolet rays from the sun (UVA 320–400 nm and UVB

280–320 nm) can cause severe, incapacitating sunburn and other
damage, particularly in lighter-skinned persons who are unused
to the sun. The first days are particularly dangerous. In the sum-
mer, UVB is intense, especially at mid-day. Window glass will
block UVB but not UVA.
There is public confusion over the use of multiple UV indices.
International organizations recommended a Global Solar UV
Index in 1995, which has been endorsed by the WHO. The Global
Solar UV Index is an estimate of maximum skin-damaging UV
rays measured over a period of 10 to 30 minutes at solar noon.
The higher the UV index, the less time it takes for damage to occur.
In Europe, the maximum summer UV index is usually no more
than 8 but can be higher at beach resorts. Close to the equator,
index values may reach 20. Index values are categorized as low
(1 to 2), moderate (3 to 4), high (5 to 6), very high (7 to 8), and
extreme (≥ 9).

Many tour guides will confirm that, at beach destinations, sun-
burn is the most frequent, or among the most frequent, of inca-
pacitating health problems experienced by their clients. Risk of
skin cancer, including malignant melanoma, is greatest with
UVB. The eye may be damaged, causing “snow blindness” or,
in the long term, cataracts.
Erythema is much less likely to be caused by UVA, but pho-
toaging of the skin may be greater with UVA, because its skin pen-
etration is higher.
UVB may trigger systemic lupus erythematosus. Various
drugs such as oral contraceptives, tetracyclines, sulfas, oral hypo-
glycemics (sulfonylureas), diuretics, tricyclic antidepressants,
isotretinoin, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents may
519
increase sensitivity to sunlight, particularly to UVA. Risk ultimately

depends on exposure.
Clinical Picture
Erythema is noticeable 2 to 6 hours after exposure, peaks at 20
to 24 hours, and fades within 5 days. Note that a “healthy tan” is
an oxymoron, as skin tan is a cutaneous response to ultraviolet
injury.

Skin type I always burns and never tans, type IV rarely burns and
always tans, and types V and VI, which are moderately or heav-
ily pigmented, rarely burn. Skin type should not be equated with
racial pigmentation; a very light-skinned person may just tan,
whereas some dark-skinned person may burn readily.
Tightly-knit, dark-colored, dry fabrics are best for blocking
UV rays. Snorkelers should wear a T-shirt as UV rays may pen-
etrate several centimeters of clear water. Use chemical sunscreens
that absorb UV rays or physical screens that reflect or scatter the
rays. The chemical screens are invisible and usually preferred,
whereas physical sunscreens resist being washed off. The latter
are preferred by lifeguards and ski instructors and thus should be
recommended to patients with photosensitivities. The most widely
accepted rating of sunscreens is based on the sun protection fac-
tor (SPF), which is the ratio of minimum erythema-creating dose
(MED) of protected skin to MED of unprotected skin.
The product with an SPF of 15 allows the traveler exposure
to the sun with no burn for 15 times longer than with no screen.
Most sunscreens labeled waterproof contain fat. They will wash
off during swimming or other water sports.
There is a common misconception that sunscreens promote
tanning, when, in fact, they simply prevent burning. Sufficient sun-
screen (2 mg per cm2) must be applied. For most tropical desti-
nations or ski resorts, an SPF of 15 to 20 is sufficient, although
Ultraviolet Rays 521
type I skins require a higher SPF. Note that repellents may reduce
sunscreen effectiveness.
Tans confer some protection against sunburn but no more
than an SPF equivalent of 4.
Chemoprophylaxis
Oral photoprotection has been largely ineffective, with the excep-
tion of beta-carotene for erythropoietic protoporphyria, chloro-
quine for lupus erythematosus, and psoralens for polymorphous
light eruption. Corticosteroids are not a prophylaxis for sun expo-
sure.
Management Abroad
Various ointments are offered over the counter for sunburn. Cor-
ticosteroid creams are usually not recommended.
Additional Readings
Manning DL, Quigley P. Sunbathing intentions in Irish people travel-
ling to Mediterranean summer holiday destinations. Eur J Cancer
Prev 2002;11:159–63.
Kaplan LA. Suntan, sunburn, and sun protection. J Wilderness Med
1992;3:173–96.
PART 4
DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT

OF ILLNESS AFTER RETURN OR
IMMIGRATION
DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT
OF ILLNESS AFTER RETURN
Travelers returning from abroad often request a consultation for

persisting health problems. The clinician should assess the
following:
• Travel history, including destinations, potential exposure

• Preventive measures taken, such as immunizations, medication
(compliance?)
• Symptoms and their chronology—consideration of the incu-
bation period (see Part 2 for details)
• Physical examination
• Blood sample in all febrile patients to promptly diagnose
malaria (some nonimmune patients become febrile before
parasites are visible; conversely, some patients, such as semi-
immune individuals or persons with breakthroughs on chemo-
prophylaxis may remain afebrile, despite malaria infection)
• Other laboratory and technical evaluation as indicated under
the circumstances
525
PERSISTENT DIARRHEA
Traveler’s diarrhea will persist longer than 2 to 4 weeks in 1 to

2% of patients. Etiologic agents show some differences in per-
sistent diarrhea (Table 36), compared with acute traveler’s diar-
rhea. Consider the parasitic pathogens in travelers with persistent
(> 14 days) or chronic diarrhea (> 30 days). A bacterial enteric
Table 36 Etiology of Persistent Diarrhea (> 14 Days)*

Cause of Persistent Diarrhea Comment
Parasitic agents including Giardia, Two freshly passed stools should be examined
Cyclospora, Cryptosporidium, by a competent laboratory for each of the
Microsporidium, Entamoeba histolytica parasitic agents
Bacterial enteropathogens including Special studies may be required to identify
Enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli, the enteropathogen
Shigella, Salmonella, Aeromonas,
adherent or enteroaggregative E. coli,
noncholera Vibrios
Lactase deficiency and other Diet alteration may lead to improved
malabsorption syndromes symptomatology
Bacterial overgrowth syndrome Small bowel intubation or breath hydrogen
testing is required to make the diagnosis
Idiopathic chronic diarrhea best This is an etiology of exclusion after a complete
classified as Brainerd diarrhea gastroenterologic evaluation fails to show
other cause. Patients with a negative work-up
should be reassured that the illness is likely to
be self-limiting
Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) In enteric infection, especially that caused by
certain virulent strains of Campylobacter, IBS
may follow
Inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) Rarely, IBD may be unmasked by an acute bout
of traveler’s diarrhea
*In approximate order of importance according to the author’s experience.
526
Persistent Diarrhea 527
infection may also cause prolonged diarrhea. Other causes include

induced lactase deficiency or a transient small bowel bacterial over-
growth syndrome induced by small bowel motility stasis result-
ing from an earlier enteric infection. Some of these patients have
“Brainerd diarrhea,” an idiopathic form of chronic diarrhea asso-
ciated with consumption of untreated water or unpasteurized
milk.
Approach the patient with persistent diarrhea sequentially
(Figure 54). When seen in a general practice or travel clinic,
Not already treated with antibacterial therapy:

give a 5-day course of a fluoroquinolone
Fails to respond clinically:

Treat for
obtain two stool samples for
identified etiology
microbiologic examination
No etiology or failure to respond to specific therapy
Consider metronidazole 250 mg tid for 7 days
If fails to respond, perform gastroenterologic work-up:

flexible sigmoidoscopy (FS) if patient has evidence of colitis and FS and
gastroduodenoscopy if patient does not have colitis
Treat for diagnosis established. If no diagnosis is made,

treat symptomatically (eg, loperamide) to control diarrhea.
Patients should be reassured that the illness is likely to be self-limiting
Figure 54 Evaluation and management of the traveler with persistent diarrhea

these patients have usually not responded to at least one course

of antimicrobial therapy. Adult patients, if they have not received
antibacterial therapy, may be treated with a fluoroquinolone as
in the case of typical traveler’s diarrhea. Those who have received
one of these drugs before should not receive it again. Assess the
etiology of the patient’s diarrhea if they do not respond to antibac-
terial therapy. Ideally, two stool samples should be studied for the
parasitic and bacterial pathogens listed in Table 36. Treat etiologic
agents that are identified. Empiric Giardia therapy may be justi-
fied if none is identified. Metronidazole may be given empirically
for possible giardiasis or bacterial overgrowth. Failure to respond
to metronidazole indicates the need for gastroenterologic evalu-
ation. Evidence of colitis, such as fecal urgency and tenesmus,
passage of many small volume stools which may contain blood
and mucus, or the presence of fecal leukocytes in stool samples,
indicates the patient should have a flexible sigmoidoscopy with
biopsy of any abnormal tissue. With no evidence of colitis, per-
form a flexible sigmoidoscopy and an upper gastroduodenoscopy
with biopsy of abnormal tissue, study of duodenal material, and
biopsy for Giardia and other intestinal parasites. With a negative
work-up or only minimal focal colonic mucosal inflammation
found (particularly chronic inflammation with lymphocytes),
Brainerd diarrhea is suspected. Reassure patients that their illness
will likely be prolonged but self-limited. In these cases, it is
advisable to initiate symptomatic therapy with loperamide-like
drugs. Chronic diarrhea associated with irritable bowel syndrome
occurs in a small percentage of persons, particularly following
an initial enteric infection by strains of Campylobacter that pos-
sess definable virulence factors. Less commonly, patients may
progress to inflammatory bowel disease after a bout of traveler’s
diarrhea, making the diagnosis difficult to establish.
FEVER WITHOUT FOCAL FINDINGS
When fever is reported with focal findings (eg, respiratory symp-

toms, jaundice, or eosinophilia), its origin should be identified by
carefully considering disorders of the specific organ system. When
fever occurs without focal organ system involvement, the diagnosis
is more difficult to develop. In the latter case, a systematic approach
to evaluation should include the nature of the trip and places vis-
ited, with consideration of diseases endemic to regions visited,
expected incubation period of a potential disorder and disorders
that may make persons more susceptible. Table 37 lists disorders
to consider in the patient with fever showing obvious organ sys-
tem involvement. The laboratory is often the key to establishing
the diagnosis. Blood culture, blood, or cerebrospinal fluid films
for parasites, serologic studies, and bone marrow aspiration/biopsy
with histologic and cultural study should be pursued. It is critical
to develop an index of suspicion when considering potential diag-
noses and ordering appropriate tests.
Table 37 Disorders to Consider in the Febrile Patient without Focal Disease

Involvement
Disorders to Consider* Diagnostic Approach
Bacterial endocarditis, bacterial sepsis, bartonellosis, Blood cultures
brucellosis, leptospirosis, listeriosis, melioidosis,
meningococcemia, plague, rat bite fever, typhoid fever
Babesiosis, Borreliae, African and American trypanosomiasis, Blood or cerebrospinal
malaria, microfilariae, visceral leishmaniasis, loiasis films for parasites
Cytomegalovirus infection, Epstein-Barr virus infection, viral Serologic procedure
hepatitis, leptospirosis, rickettsial infections, viral hemorrhagic
fevers, dengue, syphilis, relapsing fever, toxoplasmosis
Brucellosis, histoplasmosis, leishmaniasis, tuberculosis, Bone marrow
typhoid fever microscopy and culture
*Treatment of specific conditions may be found elsewhere in the manual or in other texts.
529
TREATMENT OF UNCOMPLICATED MALARIA
Because malaria is such an important disorder of travelers, we out-

line diagnosis and recommended therapy of uncomplicated malaria
separately. The keys to diagnosing malaria are (1) if the traveler
stayed in an endemic area or other possible exposure to malaria at
least 6 days before onset of illness and (2) a positive blood film for
plasmodia. Perform thick and thin smears to ascertain the degree
of parasitemia and the type of infection; Plasmodium falciparum,
Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae.
Use of rapid diagnostic tests as a diagnostic auxiliary is increas-
ing, but this does not replace traditional blood films. Fever is usu-
ally but not always present when patients present with malaria. A
periodic fever pattern is helpful but not required in making the diag-
nosis and is rarely seen in travelers. If malaria is suspected because
of the traveler’s itinerary and if the blood film is negative, it should
be repeated in 12 to 24 hours.
Initially, uncomplicated and severe malaria should be differ-
entiated. Severe malaria is defined by
• Impairment of consciousness
• Prostration: inability to sit unassisted in a child who was able
to do so
• Severe anemia, hematocrit < 15% or hemoglobin < 5 g/dL
• Hyperparasitemia, > 4% in nonimmune children, > 20% under
any circumstances—to be on safe side, suggested > 2%
• Renal failure, defined as urinary output < 400 mL per 24 hours
in adults, or < 12 mL per kg per 24 hours in children
• Pulmonary edema or adult respiratory stress syndrome
• Hypoglycemia with whole blood glucose < 2.2 mmol/L
(40 mg/dL)
• Circulatory collapse or shock with systolic value < 70 mm Hg
in adults, < 50 mm Hg in children
• Spontaneous bleeding from mucosal tissues and/or laboratory
evidence of disseminated intravascular coagulation
• Convulsions
530
Treatment of Uncompliated Malaria 531
Table 38 Evaluation and Treatment for Uncomplicated Malaria

Expected Chloroquine
Susceptibility Based Drug and Dose Drug and Dose
on Place of Travel in Adults in Children
Susceptible Chloroquine base 25 mg/kg Chloroquine 10 mg
(Central America and over 3 days (10 mg, base/kg initial dose
Middle East) 10 mg after 24 hrs, followed by 5 mg/kg/base
5 mg after 48 hrs) 12, 24, and 36 hrs later
Resistant Quinine 8 mg base/kg orally Quinine 8 mg base/kg orally
(Africa, Southern Asia, 3 times daily for 7 days, 3 times daily for 7 days, plus
South America) plus doxycycline 100 mg in areas of high levels of
bid for 7 days resistance and if age > 8 yrs,
doxycycline 2 mg/kg/d for
7 days
• Acidemia with pH < 7.35, or acidosis with plasma bicarbon-

ate levels < 15 mmol/L
• Macroscopic hemoglobinuria
This clearly requires hospital treatment under the guidance of
experienced specialists. Uncomplicated falciparum malaria (par-
asitemia < 2%) usually requires hospital treatment, except in
some countries where home treatment is an option under specific
circumstances.
Table 38 provides recommended treatment for documented
uncomplicated malaria. In Table 39, alternative treatments for
uncomplicated malaria are provided. For malaria acquired in the
few remaining areas without chloroquine resistance, chloroquine
is the drug of choice for therapy. Most cases of malaria in inter-
national travelers are acquired during travel to sub-Saharan Africa,
where chloroquine-resistant P. falciparum is the most frequent eti-
ologic agent. Standard therapy for chloroquine-resistant malaria
is quinine sulfate given for 3 days, along with doxycycline. In
Southeast Asia and in South America, relative resistance to qui-
nine has been seen, so when malaria is acquired in these areas,
quinine is continued for 7 days. When P. vivax or P. ovale is diag-
Table 39 Alternative Therapy for Uncomplicated Falciparum Malaria

(parasitemia < 2%)
Drug and Dose Drug and Dose
in Adults in Children
Alternative drugs for areas Mefloquine 25 mg base split Mefloquine 25 mg base split
with resistance dosage (15 mg base /kg dosage (15 mg base /kg
initial dose, followed by initial dose, followed by
10 mg base/kg 6–24 hrs 10 mg base /kg 6–24 hrs
later) later)
Artemeter-lumefantrine Artemeter-lumefantrine
(Riamet, Co-artem) 1.5/9 mg twice daily for
4 tablets, each at 0, 8, 24, 3 days with food
36, 48, 60 hrs in semi-
immune persons only at
0, 8, 24, 48 hrs with food
Atovaquone-proguanil Atovaquone-proguanil
(Malarone) 4 tablets each (Malarone pediatric tablet
at 0, 24, 48 hrs with food with 62.5/25 mg) 1 for
11–20 kg, 2 for 21–30 kg,
3 for 31–40 kg, 1 adult
tablet if > 40 kg each at 0,
24, 48 hrs with food
Pyrimethamine-sulfadoxine Pyrimethamine-sulfadoxine
(Fansidar)3 tablets, single dose depending on
single dose weight
Repeat medication if vomiting occurs within 1 hour
Never use halofantrin (Halfan) in view of risk of fatal QTc-prolongation.
nosed based on blood film examination, give primaquine phos-

phate (15 mg base) by mouth daily for 14 days to prevent relapses.
The pediatric dose is 0.3 mg base/kg/daily for 14 days. It is nec-
essary to screen patients for presence of G-6P-D deficiency if pri-
maquine is to be used. G-6P-D-deficient patients should not
receive primaquine. P. vivax occurs characteristically during
travel to Asia or Latin America.
DERMATOLOGIC DISORDERS
Skin involvement may be generalized or localized, macular,

papular, or ulcerative. The appearance of the cutaneous process
will provide clues to the cause of the condition. Table 40 provides
a partial list of potential causes of cutaneous eruption.
Generalized eruption usually signals systemic disease, often
an infection (usually viral). Serologic studies may assist in estab-
lishing an etiologic diagnosis. With a petechial or ecchymotic skin
eruption, dengue and other hemorrhagic fever viruses, meningo-
coccemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation associated with
sepsis, and advanced rickettsial infection should be suspected. With
a localized skin eruption, especially if the condition is ulcerative,
biopsy and histologic examination and, in selected cases, culture
may establish the etiology.
Table 40 Cutaneous Process in a Returning Traveler: Differential Diagnosis

Pattern of Skin Eruption Differential Diagnosis (Partial List)
Generalized skin rash Systemic viral infection: measles, rubella, chickenpox,
arbovirus, filovirus or Sindbis fever, rickettsial
infection, leptospirosis, relapsing fever
Petechial or ecchymotic rash Viral hemorrhagic fever including dengue, arenaviral
infection, meningococcemia and other septicemias,
advanced Rocky Mountain spotted fever
Localized maculopapular rash Onchocerciasis, strongyloidiasis, scabies, lice, cercarial
dermatitis in schistosomiasis
Nodular skin lesions Furuncles, tungiasis, myiasis
Ulcerative or crusted process Impetigo, primary chancre of African trypanosomiasis,
chagoma in Chagas’ disease, cutaneous anthrax,
fungal, nocardial, or mycobacterial infection,
cutaneous leishmaniasis, cutaneous amoebiasis
Serpiginous and migratory processes Cutaneous larva migrans, loiasis, strongyloidiasis
533
EOSINOPHILIA
Patients showing > 450 eosinophils per microliter of blood have

a peripheral eosinophilia. This finding, together with a history of
international travel, suggests a parasitic infection (Table 41).
With the exception of Isospora belli and Dientamoeba fragilis,
protozoal parasites do not produce a peripheral eosinophilia.
When other protozoal infections are diagnosed (eg, giardiasis and
malaria) in the presence of an eosinophilia, suspect a second
parastic infection. The nonprotozoal parasites with an extra-
intestinal migration phase, particularly in association with tissue
infection, produce the most intense eosinophilia.
The incubation period of the eosinophilia causes vary widely.
Certain agents may produce illness and eosinophilia years after
leaving the endemic area (eg, onchocerciasis and loiasis) so that
a history of remote travel may be important. The traveler who lived
under primitive conditions with local populations is at greater risk
of parasitic infection. Those exposed to local water sources (local
drinking water or an unchlorinated or poorly chlorinated pool) may
have schistosomiasis. Diagnosis is suggested by history and place
of travel and is confirmed by examination of stool and blood, or
tissue biopsy. Treatment depends on the diagnosis.
534
Eosinophilia 535
Table 41 Major Causes of Peripheral Eosinophilia in International Travelers

Symptoms and Geographic
Clinical Condition Region of Occurrence Diagnosis
Allergic disorder Rhinitis, respiratory symptoms, History

hives, (worldwide)
Bronchopulmonary Asthma and respiratory symptoms History plus tissue biopsy
aspergillosis (worldwide)
Isospora belli infection Intestinal symptoms (worldwide) Stool examination
Dientamoeba fragilis Intestinal symptoms (worldwide) Stool examination
infection
Ascariasis Intestinal symptoms, asymptomatic Stool examination
(worldwide)
Hookworm infection Intestinal symptoms, asymptomatic Stool examination
(worldwide)
Strongyloidiasis Intestinal symptoms, skin lesion Stool examination, sputum
(worldwide) examination, serology
Trichinosis Myalgias, intestinal symptoms, Serology, muscle biopsy
periorbital edema (worldwide)
Lymphatic filariasis Lymphangitis, lymphedema, Blood smears, serology,
asymptomatic (tropical regions) skin biopsy
Onchocerciasis Nodular skin lesions (Africa and Skin biopsy,
Central and South America)
Loiasis Nodular skin lesions, subconjunctival Blood smear, worm,
worm (West and Central Africa) identified in eye
examination
Mansonellosis Dermatitis, asymptomatic(Africa Blood smear or skin biopsy
and Central and South America)
Dracunculiasis Blister or ulcer of skin, fever, Clinical diagnosis: visual
generalized urticaria, periorbital and microscopic
edema, and wheezing (Africa, identification of worm
the Middle East, and the or larvae
Indian Subcontinent)
Tropical pulmonary Respiratory symptoms (tropical Serology, clinical history
eosinophilia, areas, especially Africa)
Table 41 (continued) Major Causes of Peripheral Eosinophilia in International

Travelers
Symptoms and Geographic
Clinical Condition Region of Occurrence Diagnosis
Toxocariasis and visceral Intestinal symptoms, fever Serology, tissue biopsy

larva migrans (worldwide)
Cutaneous larva migrans Serpiginous skin lesion Clinical diagnosis
(creeping eruption), (tropics and subtropics)
Schistosomiasis Acute febrile illness or chronic Stool or urine examination,
abdominal complaints or rectal biopsy, serologic
hematuria, (Africa, Asia, study
Southeast Asia, South America,
Caribbean)
Fasciolopsiasis Intestinal symptoms (India, Stool examination
Southeast Asia, Far East)
Echinococcosis Liver or lung cysts (sheep and Serology
cattle-raising regions)
Paragonimiasis Hemoptysis, respiratory symptoms Stool or sputum
(West Africa, Far East, India, examination
South and Central America)
Clonorchiasis Intestinal symptoms, abnormal Stool examination,
liver function tests, (Far East,
Southeast Asia, Africa, South
and Central America)
SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED DISEASES
Approximately 5% of short-term travelers and up to 50% of

expatriates engage in sexual activities with local persons while
outside their own home region. Sexually transmitted diseases
(STDs) are common among young sexually active international
travelers. Diagnosis and recommended treatment for sexually
active adults with common STDs are given in the Table 42.
Table 42 Sexually Transmitted Diseases of International Travelers and

Expatriates—Diagnosis and Management
Sexually Transmitted
Diseases Diagnosis Recommended Therapy
Primary syphilis Finding Treponema pallidum on Benzathine penicllin G,
darkfield exam of chancre or ulcer 2.4 million units IM
or serodiagnosis weekly for 2 or 3 doses
or amoxicillin 3 g PO
bid, plus probenecid 1 g
PO qd for 14 days
Genital herpes simplex Clinical diagnosis, can be confirmed Acyclovir 400 mg PO tid
by viral culture for 7–10 days or
famciclovir 250 mg PO
tid for 7–10 days
Granuloma inguinale Identification of dark-staining Doxycycline 100 mg PO
(Donovanosis) Donovan bodies on tissue crush bid for at least 3 weeks
preparation or biopsy or trimethoprim sulfa-
methoxazole 800 mg
160 mg bid for at least
three weeks
Lymphogranuloma Serologic study with CF titers ≥ 1:64 Doxycycline 100 mg bid
venereum and exclusion of other causes of for 21 days or erythro-
inguinal adenopathy mycin base 500 mg
PO qid for 21 days
537
Chancroid Darkfield exam on ulcer exudate of Azithromycin 1 g PO or
serologic test > 7 days after onset ceftriazone 250 mg IM
of ulcer or ciprofloxacin 500 mg
PO bid for 3 days with
follow-up exam in
3–7 days
Urethritis in a male Consider Clamydia trachomatis and For C. trachomatis:
Neisseria gonorrhoeae in Gram azithromycin 1 g PO in
stain positive smears of exudates a single dose or doxy-
showing ≥ 5 white blood cells per cycline 100 mg PO bid
oil immersion field. Intracellular for 7 days; for N. gonor-
Gram-negative diplococci confirms rhoeae: ceftriaxone
gonococcal infection. Employ culture 125 mg IM once or
and diagnostic tests to establish cefixime 400 mg PO
a diagnosis once. For uncertain
diagnoses or when
follow-up is not
possible, treat for both
conditions
Acute proctitis in a History of receptive anal intercourse, Ceftriaxone 125 mg IM
homosexual male rectal pain, and tenesmus plus doxycycline
100 mg bid for 7 days
Epididymitis Unilateral testicular pain and Ceftriaxone 250 mg IM
tenderness, hydrocele and palpable once and doxycyline
swelling of the epididymis or 100 mg PO bid for
symptoms of urethritis 10 days
Bacterial vaginosis Vaginal discharge showing clue cells Metronidazole 500 mg bid
microscopically, pH of > 4.5 and PO for 7 days or intra-
fishy odor (whiff test) vaginal metronidazole
gel or clindamycin cream
Human papillomavirus Genital warts (diagnosis can be Patient applied podofilox
infection confirmed by biopsy, but clinical 0.5% solution or gel bid
diagnosis is usually sufficient for 3 days (cycle may
be repeated), or
cryotherapy with liquid
nitrogen, or cryoprobe
with repeat application
each 1–2 weeks
Pubic lice Pruritis and noticing of lice or nits on Permethrin 1% crème
pubic hair rinse. Apply to affected
areas and wash off
after 19 minutes. Or
Lindane 1% shampoo.
Apply for 4 minutes to
affected area, and then
wash off.
Scabies Pruritis due to sensitization to Permethrin cream 5%.
Sarcoptes scabiei Apply to all areas of the
body from the neck
down, and wash off
after 8–14 hours or
Lindane lotion 1%
one oz or 39 g cream.
Apply in a thin layer to
all body areas from
neck down and
thoroughly wash off
after 8 hours.
SCREENING OF EXPATRIATES AFTER PROLONGED
STAY IN TROPICAL REGIONS
Persons who spend considerable time (> 1 year) in a tropical region
are invariably exposed recurrently to infectious and noninfectious
health threats. Accidents are common, exposure to blood prod-
ucts may occur secondary to sexual contact, use of IV drugs or
receipt of blood products and infectious agents are found in food,
drinking or recreational water, air or insects. It is important to eval-
uate such expatriates upon return to their home country for
acquired illnesses and infecting agents; often such evaluation is
required by occupational regulations. For all returning expatri-
ates, a careful history (Table 43) and physical examination (Table
44) and routine laboratory tests (Table 45) should be carried out
as a routine. Address abnormalities and treat. Table 46 provides
specific treatment for identified tropical diseases.
Table 43 History to Obtain from All Expatriates after Leaving Tropical Regions
Finding Identified by History Comment
Fever and chills See Table 37
Unintentional weight loss (> 5% body weight) Consider a chronic illness, including parasitic
infection (eg, amebic liver disease) or
malignancy
Chronic diarrhea See Table 36 and consider tropical sprue or
chronic intestinal parasitic infection
Psychoneurologic problems Neurologic and psychologic exam is needed to
pinpoint the disorder and suggest therapy
Sore throat Diphtheria, group A Streptococcus,
hemorrhagic fever, HIV infection
Cough or shortness of breath Perform a chest radiograph, and screen for
tuberculosis and other forms of acute and
chronic pneumonia; serologic studies may
confirm Q fever or psitticosis, and certain
parasitic infections may have a pulmonary
phase, either directly or through
hypersensitivity reaction
540
Screening of Expatriates 541
Finding Identified by History Comment
Cough or shortness of breath (Loeffler’s syndrome), where presence of
eosinophilia, serology or fecal ova and
parasite examination may lead to the
diagnosis
Rafting or swimming in recreational lakes Stool exam for ova and serology test for
and rivers schistosomiasis is indicated, consider risk for
leptospirosis where serology should be
obtained
Contact with farm or wild animals Enteric infection with Salmonella or Campylo-
bacter strains (stool culture), rabies
(serology)
Sexual contact with local persons, IV use of Screen for HIV (with informed consent and
illicit drugs or receipt of blood products counseling), hepatitis B and STDs
(see Table 42)
Abdominal pain Amebic liver abscess (computed tomography
and serology), typhoid fever (blood
culture), various enteric infections (stool
culture), mesenteric adenitis, appendicitis or
vascular disease (clinical diagnosis)
Consumption of unpasteurized diary products Consider this a source of Brucella (blood
culture and serology), Salmonella (culture),
Campylobacter (culture) infection, or
Brainerd agent (clinical diagnosis) in
patients with chronic diarrhea
Recent insect or animal bites Consider insectborne illness:
malaria (blood film), arboviruses including
dengue (serology), Pasteurella (culture)
infection
Important accidents, surgery or illnesses Review what transpired and how it might
while abroad relate to current health, consider HIV
serotesting (with informed consent and
counseling)
Table 44 Physical Examination to be Performed on all Expatriates after

Leaving Tropical Regions
Finding Identified by Physical Examination Comment and Follow-up Studies
Fever (oral temperature > 37.8°C) See Table 37
Jaundice Evaluate serologically for leptospirosis,
relapsing fever, hepatitis A, B, C, E,
rickettsial infection, dengue hemorrhagic
fever and or yellow fever, blood cultures for
typhoid, stool examination, blood film for
malaria and serology for liver flukes
Rash, petechiae, echymoses Serology for rickettsial, viral hemorrhagic
fevers and dengue and other arboviral
infections, blood culture for
meningococcemia or Salmonella typhi,
blood smear and serology for relapsing
fever
Ulcerative process involving skin, genitals or Evaluate for STD (see Table 42), cutaneous
mucous membranes leishmaniasis, American trypansomiasis,
mycobacterial, fungal rickettsial or
nocardial infection, plague, creeping
eryption, insect bite, tungiasis, Tumbu
fly or Bot fly infection
Hepatomegaly or splenomegaly Blood culture for typhoid fever, blood film for
malaria, serology for leptospirosis, serology
for visceral leishmaniasis, serology for
amebic liver abscess, stool exam and
serology for liver flukes
Pharyngitis or pharyngeal exudate Thrush suggests HIV infection (serology done
with informed consent and counseling),
culture and smear for diphtheria, Neisseria
gonorrhoeae (gay male), hemorrhagic
fevers
Screening of Expatriates 543
Table 45 Routine Tests and Procedures to Perform on all Expatriates after

Leaving Tropical Regions
Hematology: Complete blood count (CBC), white blood count, white blood cell differential,
hemoglobin and hematocrit, red blood cell indices, platelet count
Liver Function Studies: bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase, SGOT, SGPT, albumin, globulin
Tuberculin skin test and chest x-ray if positive
Urinalysis
Stool ova and parasite examination done on two different samples
Special studies as suggested by history and or physical
SGOT=serum glutanic-oxaloacetic transaminase
SGPT=serum glutamate pyruvate transaminase
Table 46 Specific Therapy for Selected Tropical Infectious Diseases in Adults

Identified During Screening
Etiologic Diagnosis Recommended Therapy
Ascariasis Mebendazole 100 mg bid for 3 days
Trichuriasis Same as ascariasis
Hookworm Same as ascariasis
Strongyloidiasis Thiabendazole 25 mg/kg bid for 2 days
(max 3 g/d)
Leptospirosis Doxycycline 100 mg PO bid or pencillin G
1.5 million U IV q 6 hr for 7–10 days
Typhoid fever Ciprofloxacin 500 mg bid or levofloxacin
500 mg qd for 7–10 days
Brucellosis Doxycycline 100 mg bid together with
rifampin (600–900 mg/d) for 6 weeks
Amoebic liver abscess Metronidazole 750 mg tid for 5–10 days, plus
diiodohydroxyquin 650 mg tid for 20 days
Cutaneous larva migrans Topical Thiabendazole 25 mg/kg/bid
PO for 2–5 days
Schistosomiasis Praziquantel 40 mg/kg/d in 2 divided doses
for 1 day
Additional Readings
Ryan ET, et al. Illness after international travel. N Engl J Med 2002;
347:505–16.
Textbooks of Tropical Medicine, see Appendix B.
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A:
ABBREVIATIONS
AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome

CDC Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,
Atlanta, GA, USA
CFR case fatality rate
CRPF chloroquine-resistant Plasmodium falciparum
DEC diethylcarbamazine
DCS decompression sickness
G-6-PD glucose-6-phosphatedehydrogenase
IAMAT International Association for Medical Assistance
to Travelers
IATA International Air Transport Association
ID intradermal (injection)
IHR International Health Regulations (WHO)
IM intramuscular (injection)
IV intravenous (injection)
MMR measles, mumps, rubella (vaccine)
MMWR Morbidity Mortality Weekly Report (CDC)
PAX passenger (airline, ship)
PPM personal protection measures (against mosquitoes)
RCT randomized controlled trial
SBT/SBET stand-by (emergency) treatment
SC subcutaneous (injection)
TB tuberculosis
TD travelers’ diarrhea
TIM Travel Information Manual (IATA publication)
UC unaccompanied children
UK United Kingdom
USA United States of America
WER Weekly Epidemiological Record (WHO)
WHO World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland
WTO World Tourism Organization, Madrid
547
APPENDIX B:
SELECTED INTERNATIONAL AND
NATIONAL INFORMATION SOURCES
Published Sources
Textbooks, Manuals
Chin J (formerly Benenson AS). Control of communicable
diseases manual. 17th ed. Washington: American Public
Health Association; 2000.
Cook GC, Zumla A. Manson’s tropical diseases. 21st ed. St.
Louis: WB Saunders; 2002.
DuPont HL, Steffen R, editors. Textbook of travel medicine
and health. 2nd ed. Hamilton, ON: BC Decker; 2001 (548
pages, over 1000 references).
Guerrant RL, et al. Tropical infectious diseases. Philadelphia:
Churchill Livingstone; 1999.
Jong EC, McMullen R. The travel & tropical medicine manual.
2nd ed. St. Louis: WB Saunders; 1995
Lockie C, et al. Travel medicine and migrant health. Edin-
burgh: Churchill Livingstone; 2000.
Wilson ME. A world guide to infections. New York: Oxford
University Press; 1991
Yung AP, Ruff TA. Manual of travel medicine. Victorian infec-
tious disease service, Royal Melbourne Hospital, Fairfield
Travel Health Clinic; 1999
Zuckerman JN. Principles and practice of travel medicine.
Chichester: J Wiley; 2001.
Publications by International or
Selected National Authorities with Regular Updates
CDC. Health information for international travel 2001–2002.
Atlanta (GA): US Department of Health and Human Ser-
vices, CDC Division of Quarantine.
548
Appendix B 549
Department of Health (UK). Health information for overseas

travel. ed. London: HMSO; 1995.
IATA. Travel information manual tim. Amsterdam: Internation-
al Airline Publications (monthly, also available as TIMAT-
IC online in travel agencies);
SMV (France). Médecine des voyages. Guide d’information et
de conseils pratiques, 4ème édition. Saint-Maur: Format
utile; 1998.
WHO. International travel and health. Geneva: World Health
Organization; 2003 (published yearly).
Electronic Media
Only main sources with considerable international impact and
generally high quality are included. However, you may find
many more sources by surfing the Internet and using the search
engines, Yahoo, Infoseek, and Excite. Insert the words "health"
and "travel." The sources are subject to frequent changes.
Web Sites
General Travel Health Information
CDC, in English: Country specific health conditions and
immunization requirements.
www.cdc.gov/travel/index.htm
CRM, Centrum für Reisemedizin, in German: country specific
travel health advice.
www.crm.de (fee for subscribers)
HEALTH CANADA, in English and French: travel informa-
tion and advisory report.
www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/travelreport/menu_e.htm
MASTA, Medical Advisory Service for Travellers, in English:
wide range of inquiry options. For subscribers only, apply
to MASTA, London School of Hygiene and Tropical
Diseases, Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT,
Phone +44-171-631 4408
TRAVAX (Scotland), in English, for subscribers only.
TRAVEL HEALTH ONLINE (SHORELAND), in English:
CDC-compatible country specific travel health advice,
broad in scope.
www.tripprep.com
TRAVELLERS MEDICAL AND VACCINATION CENTER,
in English: TMVC, operating travel clinics in Australia,
travel health advice.
www.tmvc.com.au
TROPIMED, in English (CDC advice), French (Swiss expert
group), German (Swiss and German expert groups): country-
specific travel health advice, broad in scope.
www.tropimed.com (fee for subscribers)
WHO, in English and French: information limited on annual
publication International Travel and Health
www.who.int/ith/index.html
Epidemiology
EUROSURVEILLANCE, in English and French: epidemiolog-
ical data and reports.
www.ceses.org/eurosurv
OUTBREAK, part of ProMED system (see below) with in-
depth information.
www.outbreak.org/cgi-unreg/dynaserve.exe/index.html
OUTBREAK VERIFICATION LIST, not a Web site, in Eng-
lish: Travel health professionals may receive this weekly
WHO list, which is not for public distribution by e-mail;
apply to: [email protected]
PROMED (Program for Monitoring of Emerging Diseases,
ProMED), in English: Daily update on epidemiologic
outbreaks, sometimes not validated.
www.healthnet.org./promed
WHO, in English and French: Weekly Epidemiologic Record
and disease outbreak news:
www.who.int/wer/index.htm
www.who.int/emc/outbreak_news/index.html
WHO. Outbreak verification list, in English. Travel health pro-
fessionals may receive this weekly WHO list, which is not
for public distribution. Apply by e-mail at
<[email protected]>.
Appendix B 551
Vaccines
CDC, in English: fact sheets, safety
www.cdc.gov/nip/vacsafe
EUROPEAN VACCINE MANUFACTURERS
www.evm-vaccines.org/about.htm
WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION, DRINKING WATER
QUALITY
www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/GDWO/
draftchemicals/chemicalslist.htm
Warnings
FRENCH DIPLOMATIC NETWORK
www.France.diplomatie.fr/infopra/avis/index.html
GERMAN FOREIGN MINISTRY WARNINGS, in German:
security risks for specific countries.
www.auswaertiges-amt.de
UK FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE, in English
www.fco.gov.ujk
US STATE DEPARTMENT, in English: travel warnings,
announcements, and information sheets for every country.
www.travel.state.gov/travel_warnings.html
Various
INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR MEDICAL
ASSISTANCE TO TRAVELERS (IAMAT)
www.sentex.net/~iamat
INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY FOR TRAVEL MEDICINE
home page: includes general announcements, professional
dialog, research results, and in near future travel clinics
worldwide (only ISTM members).
www.istm.org
LONELY PLANET
www.lonelyplanet.com
WEATHER FORECAST
www.cnn.com
WORLD TOURISM ORGANIZATION, tourist statistics and
projections, in English.
www.world-tourism.org
Table B–1 Software Sources (status 3/99)

Name Country of Origin Price Basic/Annual (US$) Volume Update
CATIS Canada 400/80/year ? Annual
EDISAN France 2450/830 100 MB q6 weeks
GIDEON Israel, USA 797 or 2395 (several users) 6 MB Quarterly
IMMUNIZATION ALERT USA 500, weekly update 750 ? Weekly
MEDITRAVEL France, Edisan group 165/80 12 MB q6 months
REISERIX Germany, SB-Pharma 200 10 MB ?
THE MEDICAL LETTER TRAVEL HEALTH USA, Tropimed group and Medical Letter Unknown 5 MB Biannual
TRAVAX USA 595, weekly update 895 ?
TRAVEL CARE USA 399 or 999 (several users) 6 MB Monthly
TRAVELLER UK, MASTA group ? ? ?
TROPIMED Germany, Switzerland 150/25 for monthly fax-news 5 MB Biannual
WALKABOUT 2000 Australia ? ? ?
APPENDIX C: COUNTRY-SPECIFIC MALARIA AND VACCINATION RECOMMENDATIONS†
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
W = West E = East Malaria
AFRICA
Algeria —: minimal risk: SE T1 + R + R + +
Angola MP (1–12) + T1 + R R R + +
Benin MP (1–12) requ + R + R R:N + +
Botswana XP (1–12): Boteti, + R R + +
Chiobe, Ngamiland,
Okavango, Tutume districts
Burkina Faso MP (1–12) requ + R R R R + +
Burundi MP (1–12) + T1 + R R R + +
Cameroon MP (1–12) requ + R R R R:N + +
Cape Verde —: minimal risk (9–11) T1 + R R R + +
Islands São Tiago Island
553
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Country
Yellow Fever
Poliomyelitis
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
N = North S = South
Typhoid
Cholera
Rabies
Central African
Republic MP (1–12) requ‡ + R R R + +
Chad MP (1–12) requ + R + R R + +
Congo- MP (1–12) requ + R R R + +
Brazzaville
Congo-Kinshasa MP (1–12) requ + R R R + +
(Zaïre)
Comores MP (1–12) + R R R + +
Djibouti MP (1–12) T1 + R R R + +
Egypt — : CP or CT* (6–10) T1 + R + R + +
El Faiyum area only
Equatorial Guinea MP (1–12) + T1 + R R R + +
Eritrea MP (1–12): < 2000 m: T1 + R R R + +
ø Asmara
Appendix C 555
Ethiopia MP (1–12): < 2000 m: + T1 + R R R R:S + +

ø Addis Ababa
Gabon MP (1–12) requ + R R R + +
Gambia MP (1–12) + T1 + R + R + +
Ghana MP (1–12) requ + R + R R:N + +
Guinea MP (1–12) requ + R + R + +
Guinea-Bissau MP (1–12) + T1 + R + R + +
Ivory Coast MP (1–12) requ + R + R R:N + +
Kenya MP (1–12): < 2500 m: + T1 + R R R + +
ø Nairobi-City
Lesotho ø T2 + R R R + +
Liberia MP (1–12) requ + R + R + +
Libya —: minimal risk (2–8): SW T1 + R + R + +
Madagascar MP (1–12): < 1100 m T1 + R R R + +
Malawi MP (1–12) T2 + R R R + +
Mali MP (1–12) requ + R + R R + +
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
Mauritania MP (1–12): S +T2 + R + R R + +
MP (7–10): >2W
Adrar Inchin requ
Mauritius — : minimal risk (1–12):
ø Rodrigues Island T1 + R R R + +
Mayotte MP (1–12) + R R R + +
Morocco —: minimal risk (5–10) + R + R + +
Mozambique MP (1–12) T1 + R R R + +
Namibia XP (1–12): Cubango (Kavango)
Valley, Kunene Valley, Caprivi
Strip: XP (11–6), MT (7–10):
other in the N
—: minimal risk S of above areas T2 + R R R + +
Niger MP (1–12) requ + R + R R + +
Appendix C 557
Nigeria MP (1–12) + T2 + R + R R:N + +

Réunion (La) ø T1 + R R R + +
Rwanda MP (1–12) requ + R R R + +
São Tomé & MP (1–12) requ + R + R + +
Principe
Senegal MP (1–12) + T1 + R + R R + +
Seychelles ø T + R R R + +
Sierra Leone MP (1–12) requ + R + R + +
Somalia MP (1–12) + T1 + R + R + +
South Africa MP (1–12): Kruger and T2 + R R R +
neighboring parks, MP (11–6),
MT (7–10): N, NE Kwazulu/Natal
(N of Tugela River), E Transvaal
St. Helena ø T1 + R R R + +
Sudan MP (1–12): MT*: Red Sea shores +T1 + R + R R + +
Swaziland MP (11–6), MT (7–10): T2 + R R R + +
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
mainly lowlands
Tanzania MP (1–12): < 1800 m + T1 + R R R + +
Togo MP (1–12) requ + R R R R:N + +
Tunisia ø T1 + R R R + +
Uganda MP (1–12) requ + R R R R:N + +
Zambia MP (1–12): < 1000 m + + R R R + +
Zimbabwe MP (1–12): N, Victoria Falls, T2 + R R R + +
Zambezi River valley: MP (11–6),
MT (7–10): otherwise: < 1200 m
ø Harare, Bulawayo
AMERICAS
Argentina —: minimal risk (10–5):
N: < 1200 m + R R R +
Appendix C 559
Bahamas ø T1 + R R R +
Belize CP or CT* (1–12): T1 + R R R +
ø Belize-District
Bermudas ø + R R R +
Bolivia MP or MT* (1–12): N: < 2500 m: + T1 + R R R +
CP + MT or MT* (1–12): rest of
the country: < 2500 m
ø cities and provinces of de
Oruro and Potosi
Brazil MP or MT* (1–12): forested + T1 + R R R +
areas of Legal Amazonia.
< 900 m, see map:
ø E coast, Iguassu
Caribbean ø T1 + R R R +
(excl. Haiti and
Dominican
Republic)
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
Chile ø + R R R +
Colombia MP or MT* (1–12): rural areas of + T1 + R R R +
Urabá-Bajo Cauca, Pacífico,
Amazonia: XP or MT*
(1–12): other risk areas:
ø Bogotá, Caribbean islands
(San Andres and Providencia)
Costa Rica CP or CT* (1–12): < 700 m. + R R R +
ø San Jose
Cuba ø + R R R +
Dominican CP or CT* (1–12): central border + R R R +
Republic with Haiti only: ø coast
Ecuador XP or MT* (1–12): < 1500 m: + T1 + R R R +
ø Andes highlands, Galapagos
El Salvador CP or CT* (1–12): Santa Ana
Appendix C 561
province only: < 600 m T1 + R R R +

French Guiana MT (1–12): areas bordering requ + R R R +
Surinam and Brazil:
MP (1–12): rest of the country
Guatemala CP or CT* (1–12): < 1500 m: T1 + R R R +
ø Guatemala City
Guyana MT or MP* (1–12): + T1 + R R R +
ø Georgetown, New Amsterdam
Haiti CP or CT* (1–12): T1 + R R R +
ø Port-au-Prince
Honduras CP or CT* (1–12): < 1000 m: T1 + R R R +
ø Tegucigalpa
Mexico CP or CT* (1–12): < 1000 m T1 + R R R +
Nicaragua CP or CT* (1–12): ø Managua T1 + R R R +
Panama CP or CT*(1–12): < 800 m: + + R R R +
ø Panama, Colon
Paraguay CP or MT* (10–5): N: T1 + R R R +
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
ø Iguassu falls
Peru MP or MT*(1–12): Luciano + + R R R +
Castillo, Loreto, Piura:
XP or MT* (1–12):
rest of the country: < 1500 m:
ø Lima, Cuzco, Machu Picchu,
Ayacucho
Surinam MP or MT* (1–12):
ø Paramaribo and coast + T1 + R R R +
Trinidad, Tobago ø + T1 + R R R +
Uruguay ø + R R +
Venezuela MP or MT* (1–12): jungle areas + + R R R +
of the Amazonas: XP or MT*
(1–12): rest of the country:
Appendix C 563
ø N coast
ASIA
Afghanistan XP or MT* (5–11): < 2000 m T1 + R R R + +
Armenia CP or CT*: low risk E borders + R R R + + B
Azarbaijan CP or CT*: low risk S borders + R R R + +
and N Khachmas region
Bahrein ø + R R + +
Bangladesh MP or MT* (1–12): SE: T1 + R + R + +
XP or MT* (1–12): rest of the
country. ø Dhaka
Bhutan XP or MT* (1–12): S: < 1700 m T2 + R R R + +
Brunei Darussalam ø T2 + R R R + +
Cambodia MP or MT* (1–12): ø Phnom Penh T2 + R R R R + +
DP + MT or MT* (1–12):
W border with Thailand (facing
Trat province)
China MP or MT* (1–12): S half of the T2 + R R R R + +
(People’s Republic) country: < 1500 m:
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
ø Beijing and other major cities
Hong Kong — : minimal risk (1–12): N + R R R + +
India XP + MT or MT* (1–12): T2 + R + R R + +
< 2000 m. Malaria present also in
major cities (Dehli, Bombay,
Calcutta, and others):
ø Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and
Kashmir, Sikkim
Indonesia XP or MT* (1–12) T1 + R R R + +
MP (1–12): ø Jakarta or other
major cities and main tourist
resorts in Java and Bali
Irian Jaya, Flores MP (1–12)
Timor, Sunda Islands
Iran CP or MT* (3–11): < 1500 m: T1 + R R R + +
Appendix C 565
XP or MT* (3–11): SE
Iraq CP or MT* (5–11): < 1500 m T1 + R R R + + C
Israel ø + +
Japan ø R R +
Jordan ø T1 + R R R + + C
Kazakstan ø T1 + R R R + + C
Kyrgyzstan ø + R R R + +
Korea (North) — : minimal risk: + R R R + +
borders to S Korea
Korea (South) — : minimal risk: + R R R + +
borders to N Korea
Kuwait ø + R R R + +
Laos MP or MT* (1–12): ø Vientiane T1 + R R R R + +
Lebanon ø T1 + R R R + +
Macao ø + R R R + +
Malaysia XP or MT* (1–12): limited risk
in the hinterland: MP or MT*
(1–12): Sabah (E Malaysia)
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
ø major cities, coast (W Malaysia) T1 + R R R + +

Maldives ø T1 + R R + +
Mongolia ø + R R R R + +
Myanmar (Burma) MP or MT* (1–12): < 1000 m T1 + R R R + +
DP + MT or MT* (1–12):
NE border with Thailand (facing
Tak province)
ø Yangoon, Mandalay (City)
Nepal XP or MT* (1–12): rural areas T1 + R R R R R + +
TTerai of the Terai at SE border with
India: < 1300 m
Oman XP or MT* (1–12): < 2000 m. T1 + R R R + +
ø desert
Appendix C 567
Pakistan XP or MT* (1–12): < 2000 m T1 + R R R + +

Philippines XP or MT* (1–12): < 600 m: T1 + R R R + +
ø Manila, Bohol, Catanduanes,
Cebu, Leyte
Qatar ø + R R R + +
Russian Federation ø + R R R + + C
Saudi Arabia XP or MT* (1–12): T1 + R R R A + +
ø Jeddah, Mecca, Medina, Taïf
Singapore ø T1 + R + +
Sri Lanka XP or MT* (1–12): ø District of T1 + R R R + +
Colombo, Kalutara, Nuwara Eliya
Syria CP or CT* (5–10): NE borders T1 + R R R + + C
only
Taiwan ø + R R R + + C
Tajikistan CP or CT*: Very limited risk: + R R R + +
S, borders with Afghanistan and
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
some western and central foci
Thailand MP or MT* (1–12): T1 + R R R R:N + +
DP + MT or MT* (1–12):
borders with Myanmar (Tak
province) and with
Cambodia (Trat province)
ø Bangkok, Phuket, Pattaya,
Chiang Mai
Turkey CP or CT* (3–11): SE Anatolia, + R R R + +
Amicova and Cucurova plains
Turkmenistan ø + R R R + +
Uzbekistan ø + R R R + +
United Arab XP or MT* (1–12): limited risk + R R R + +
Emirates in N Emirates:
Appendix C 569
ø cities, Abu Dhabi Emirate

Vietnam MP or MT* (1–12): ø cities, T1 + R R R R + +
Red River delta
Yemen XP or MT* (1–12): T1 + R R R + +
ø Aden airport perimeter
OCEANIA
Australia ø T1 R +
Fiji ø T1 + R R + +
French Polynesia ø T1 + R R + +
Kiribati ø T2 + R R + +
Nauru ø T2 + R R + +
New Caledonia ø T1 + R R + +
New Zealand ø T1 R +
Niue ø T1 + R R + +
Palau ø T2 + R R T1 + + C
Papua New Guinea MP or MT* (1–12): < 1800 m T2 + R R + +
Pitcairn ø T1 + R R + +
Tetanus/Diphtheria
Meningococcal
Miscellaneous
Poliomyelitis
Yellow Fever
Country
Encephalitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Meningitis
Japanese
Typhoid
Cholera
N = North S = South
Rabies
Samoa / US Samoa ø T2 + R R + +
Solomon Islands XP or MT* (1–12): T2 + R R + +
Tonga ø T2 + R R + +
Vanuatu XP or MT* (1–12): + R R + +
Wallis and Futuna ø T1 + R R + +
EUROPE
Albania ø T2 + R R + +
Greece ø T1 + R + +
Malta ø T2 + R + +
Moldova ø T1 + R R R T1 + +
Portugal (Azores ø T1 R + +
only, Madeira)
Appendix C 571
Adapted from WHO and from Travel Information Manual for required vaccinations. Status is current as of January 1999.
Consult current recommendations in home country.
Malaria
Periods of risk: January–December = (1–12)
Limits of altitude for malaria transmission, in meters = (m)
Chemoprophylaxis, first choice (Zones A, B, C, see figure 15):
Zone A: Chloroquine = CP
Zone B: Chloroquine plus Proguanil = XP. (Note: Proguanil is not marketed in the US; therefore, the CDC recommends
MP instead.)
Zone C: Mefloquine = MP, Doxycycline = DP
Stand-by emergency treatment:
Chloroquine = CT, Mefloquine = MT. (Note: In the US, CDC does not recommend stand-by emergency treatment as an
option, but only CP or MP, respectively. The same applies for various other national expert groups.)
No chemoprophylaxis, no stand-by treatment recommended (risk negligable): —
No malaria = ø. *For low-risk travelers, mainly short travel (< 1 week) in risk areas
Yellow Fever
requ = vaccination required (except for airport transits within country)
requ*‡ = vaccination required (including for airport transit within country)
+ = vaccination recommended
T1 = vaccination required if arriving within 6 days after leaving or transiting infected areas (airport transits exempt)
T2 = vaccination required if arriving within 6 days after leaving or transiting infected areas (including airport transits).
Infected areas are countries that have “requ” or “+” in the yellow fever column
Hepatitis A
+ = vaccination recommended for nonimmunes
Hepatitis B
R = vaccination recommended for long-term travelers (> 6 months) and for risk groups, such as health care personnel,
frequent travelers, young children who will be with other children, travelers likely to engage in casual sex, tattooing, ear
piercing, or needle-sharing (often adolescents), and travelers who may need to undergo medical or dental procedures
Typhoid Fever
+ = vaccination recommended
R = vaccination recommended for risk groups, mainly those eating and drinking under poor hygienic conditions and
those staying longer than 1 month
Rabies
R = vaccination recommended for risk groups, mainly those with occupational exposure to animals, and those staying
longer than 1 month, particularly bicyclists
Meningococcal Meningitis
R = vaccination recommended for risk groups, mainly in the event of epidemics; in Nepal for trekkers; in sub-Saharan
Africa during the season of transmission for persons with close contact to the local population (even for short stays,
otherwise for stays of over 1 month)
A = vaccination required for pilgrims (Hajj, Umra) and seasonal workers
Japanese Encephalitis
R = vaccination recommended for risk groups: > 1 month stay in rural areas. For seasonal information, see Figure 31.
Cholera
requ: vaccination required
Appendix C 573
R = vaccination recommended for risk groups: eg, relief workers in refugee camps
T1 = vaccination required if arriving from cholera infected areas
Tetanus and Diphtheria
Poliomyelitis
Miscellaneous
Countries omitted: no special recommendations or requirements
B = no reliable information
C = HIV test may be required for some individuals (information may be obtained at respective embassy)
Uzbekistan
Tadzikistan
Turkmenistan Afghanistan
China Malaria Endemic Areas
Mazar-e Sharif Badakhshan
Faryab
Baglan Risk of malaria from May to
Badghisat Jowzjan India November < 2000 m
Iran Herat Bamian
Risk areas, Plasmodium vivax
Chaghcharan Jalalabad
Selseleh Kabul
Oruzgan Lowgar Plasmodium falciparum
Farah Khyber
Paktia Pass
Tarin Ghazni > 2000 m
Kowt
Farah
Paktika
Dasht-e Qalat
Khash Pakistan
Lashkar Kandahar
Gah
190 km
Tropimed® 0 2 cm
Appendix C 575
Bhutan
Nepal Bangladesh
Malaria Endemic Areas
India
Rangpar
High risk
G
an
ge
s Sylhet Moderate risk
Nasirabad
Jam
Malaria free:
Rajshahi
un Brahmanbaria Dhaka City
a
Pabna
Dhaka
India
Khulna
Chittagong
Bay of Bengal
90 km
Tropimed® 0 2 cm Myanmar
Mexico
Orange
Walk
S. Pedro
Belize St George's
Cay
San Turneffe Is
Ignacio Belmopan
Cayo Dangriga
Guatemala
Toledo
S. Antonio
Punta Corda G. of Honduras

50 km
Tropimed® 0 2 cm
Belize
Moderate risk, main risk in Cayo and Toledo
Minimal risk: Belize City and most Cays (islands)

Appendix C 577
Pando
Puerto Rico
Guajara Mirim
Guayaramerin
Bolivia
Riberalta Brazil
Concepcion
La Paz Beni
Risk exists below 2500 m in
Peru
Rurrenabaque the departments of Beni, Pando,
Trinidad Santa Cruz and Tarija, and in
the provinces of Lacareja,
Rurrenabaque, and North and
Titicaca L. M South Yungas in La Paz
am
Santa Cruz department
La Paz or
un
Y
é Lower risk exists in Cochabamba

Tiwanaku gas
and Chuquisaca. Falciparum
Cochabamba malaria occurs in Pando and
Oruro Santa Cruz
Beni, especially in the localities
de Poopo L. of Guayaramerin, Riberalta and
Sucre Puerto Rico
Tarabuco
Potosi
No transmission in big cities, in
Pacific
Ocean Chuquisaca the highlands of La Paz
Paraguay department and in Oruro
Tarija department, and in southern
and central Potosi department
Chile 230 km
Tropimed ® Argentina 0 2 cm
Angola Zambia
Vic
Botswana
tor
Za mbezi
ia
Kasane
Ok
Fa
Chobe Malaria Endemic Areas
ll
aw
Park
s
an
Zimbabwe
go
el ta Pits
O kawang o D Transmission of malaria
Tutume occurs mainly from
Ngamiland Boteti Maun
November to May/June
Namibia M a k g a d i k g adi
Francistown High-risk areas 11-6
Ghanzi Moderate-risk areas 7-10
utse
Motlo Boteti, Chobe, Kasane,
Okwa Central
Serowe
Kalahari Ngamiland, Okawango,
Ghanzi Game Tutume districts
Reserve
Kgalagadi Kweneng
Malaria free:
Mochudi southern half of country
Gaborone
s e r t
D e Kanye
Gemsbok
Park
Tshabong
South Africa 185 km

Tropimed® 0 2 cm
Appendix C 579
Venezuela Guyana
Suriname
French Guiana
Colombia
Roraima Atlantic Ocean
Amapa
Equator 0°
Santerém Belem
nas
Ama azo
zona Am
s Manaus São Luis
Fortalezza
Amazonas Para Maranhao Ceara Paraiba
Piaui
Acre Recife
Tocantins
Bahia
Rondônia
Mato Grosso Goias Salvador
Peru da Bahia
Cuiaba Ilhéus
Brasilia
Bolivia Minas
Pantanal Gerais
Park
Mato Grosso Rio de

Do Sul Sao Paulo Janeiro
Paraguay
Chile Curitiba
Iguaçu
Pacific Atlantic Ocean

Ocean Argentina Porto Alegre
Uruguay 585 km
0 2 cm
Brazil
High-risk areas: Low-risk areas

Rondônia, Roraima
and Amapa provinces
Malaria free:
Moderate risk in the east coast and
states of the Amazon cities outside the
Amazon basin
basin
Russia
China
Heilongjiang Malaria Endemic Areas
Mongolia
Jilin
Risk areas:
Japan
Xinjiang Uygur Zizhiqu Liaoning Sea Hainan, Yunnan, and
Nei Monggol North
Zizhiqu Guangxi localized
Guansu Korea
Beijing outbreaks
Ningxia Hebei South
Shanxi Korea Low risk:
Quinghai Shandong
Tibet Yellow Japan Fujian, Guangdong,
(Xizang Zizhiqu) X'ian Henan Sea Guizhou, Sichuan,
Shaanxi Jiangsu
33°N Xizang (Zangbo River,
Z Lhasa Sichuan ) Hubei Anhui Shanghai southeast Tibet)
Nepal angbo ng
ha Zhejiang
e(C Jiangxi
Bhutan ngtz Hunan Plasmodium falciparum exists
YaGuizhou Fujian Pacific Ocean in Hainan, Yunnan, Guangxi
25°N and Guizhou.
B.D. Yunnan
Me
India Guilin Guandong Taiwan Transmission periods:

Guangzhou
kon
Guangxi East China Sea — south of 25° N

Myanmar Viet. Hong Kong throughout the year
g
Bay of Bengal Laos 700 km

— 25°N–33°N
from May to December
Thailand Hainan 0 2 cm — above 33° N
from July to November
Appendix C 581
Nicaragua
Santa
Caribbean Sea Costa Rica
Rosa Ricon Los Chiles
Park de la Cano Malaria Endemic Areas
Vieja Negro
Park Park
Liberia Tortuguero
Tortuguero Malaria exists all year in some
Tamarindo Arenal L. Park
Monteverde rural areas of northern provinces
Guanacaste Park
Alajuela Malaria free:
Heredia Limon central highlands (areas > 700 m)
Puntarenas
San José
Cartag
Paquera San José Limon
Bribri
Quepos Manuel
Antonio
Park
Pacific Ocean Cortes

Panama
Golfito
Corcovado
Park
65 km
Tropimed® 0 2 cm
Saudi Arabia
Red Sea
Eritrea
Sudan
Yemen
Aksum
Gonder
Mekele
Lake Tana
Gonder
Lalibela
WELO
Gojam Djibouti
Dese
Shewa
Harar
Nekemte Addis Ababa
Abijatta
Metu Shalla Asela
Park Harar
Jima
o Goba Sh
Om Awasa eb
Omo Bale Mts el
Park Park é
Arba Minch
Bale
Sidamo Somalia
Indian
ocean
Uganda
Kenya 235 km
0 2 cm
Ethiopia
High risk all year at

altitude below 2200 m
Malaria free/minimal risk

above 2200 m
Appendix C 583
Mana Atlantic Ocean

Iracoubo
Sinnamary
Saint-Laurent Salut Is.
du Maroni
Apatou Kourou
a
Man
Cayenne Rémire
M a r
Citron
Roura
Délice Cacao
te
o n i
m
Bélizon Co
e
gu
Grand Santi
ua
p ro
Ap
Papaichton Patience
St Georges
Maripasoula
k
Inini
oc
Suriname Tanpok Saul ap
Oy
Twanke
Antecoumpata
Bienvenue Camopi
i
op Brazil
m
Ca
Trois Sauts
55 km
0 2 cm
French Guiana
Moderate transmission occurs throughout the

year particularly in Maroni, Oyapock and
Comte river valleys
Low transmission
Sporadic cases along the coast
Afghanistan Jammu
And C h i n a
Kashmir
Himachel
Pradesh
Pakistan Punjab
Arunachal
New Sikkim Pradesh
Delhi Nepal Bhutan
Rajasthan
Ya Uttar Darjeeling Assam
mu Pradesh
Jodhpur Jaipur na
Agra Varanasi
Udaipur Bangladesh
Bihar
Gujarat Khajuraho Calcutta Myanmar

Madhya
Pradesh
Bhubaneswar
Aurangabad
Orissa B a y
Bombay
Maharashtra o f
B e n g a l
Andhra
Pradesh
Goa
Arabian
Sea
Karnataka
Madras
Bangalore
Kerala Tamil Tiruchchirappalli
Nadu
Cochin
Madurai
Periyar
Trivandrum
Sri Lanka 490 km

Tropimed ® 0 2 cm
India
High risk in the whole country Minimal risk in southern parts

below 2000 m of Kerala (Cochin) and
Tamil Nadu (Madurai)
Moderate risk in southern coastal
areas Malaria free:
mountainous areas of:
Jammu and Kashmir,
Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim
Appendix C 585
Thai. South China Sea

Malaysia Pacific Ocean
Malaysia Brunei
Medan
Singapour
Malaysia Celebes Sea
Manadao
Molucca Sea Indonesia
Bintan Borneo isl. Jayapura Malaria Endemic Areas
Padang Kalimantan Ambon Wamena
Sumatra Tengah Sulawesi
Banjarmasin Rantepao Irian
Jaya High risk all year:
Jakarta Java Sea Banda Sea Irian Jaya, Flores,
Wonosobo Flores Lombok, Timor, and
Bandung Java Bali Sea
Baturraden Arafura other Lesser Sunda
Yogyakarta Lombok East Timor Sea Islands east of Bali
Timor
Indian Ocean Moderate risk
660 km
0 2 cm throughout the year
in rest of the country
Malaria free:
main cities and
centers of tourist
Wetar areas in Java and Bali
Denpasar Lomblen Alor
Mataram Raba Ruteng
Pantar
Bali Flores East Timor
Lombok Sumbawa Waingapu
Sawu Sea Timor
Sumba
Kupang
Sawu
Arm. Azerb.
Turkmenistan
Turkey Tabriz Caspian Sea Iran
Gilan
Mashhad
Zag
Kordestan Semnon
Malaria occurs from March to
ro Teheran November in the rural areas
s
M in the West and South
o
u Khorasan of the country < 1500 m
n Isfahan
Ilam
Lorestan ta Afghanistan Main risk areas are in the
in provinces of Sistan-Baluchestan,
Chahar- s
Mahall-Va- Isfahan Hormozgan, and Kerman
Iraq Bakhtiari (Tropical Part),
Khurzestan Kohkiluyeh
and the southern parts of the
Buyer Kerman provinces of Fars, Kohkiluyeh-
Buyer, Khuzestan, Lorestan,
Pakistan Bushehr, Ilam , Chahar-Mahall-
Kuwait Shiraz
Sistan- Va-Bakhtiari
Bushehr Baluchestan
Fars Hormozgan
Bandar-e ’Abbas
Saudi Arabia Persian Gulf
280 km Qatar
Tropimed ® 0 2 cm U.A.E Oman Gulf of Oman
Appendix C 587
Caspian
Turkey Sea
Dahuk
Iran Iraq
Mosul
Arbil Malaria Endemic Areas
Cyprus
Ninaw„ Kirkuk
Sulaymaniyah
Mediterranean At- Malaria occurs almost
Syria Ta'mim
Sea exclusively in the
Lebanon L. Ath Plasmodium vivax form
Ar Ramadi
Al Anbar Baghdad Risk exists from May to
L. Milh November, in the northern
Karb„la Al Hillah region, including the
provinces of
Ad-Diwaniyah Ninawa (Mosul)
Israel Al Najaf
Dahuk (Dahuk)
Jordan L. Al Hammar Arbil (Arbil)
Egypt Al Basrah At Ta'mim (Kirkuk)
Al Muthanna Sulaymaniyah (Sulaymaniyah)
Saudi Arabia
Red Sea In the south: Al Basrah
215 km
Kuwait Persian Higher risk below 1500 m
Gulf
Tropimed ® 0 2 cm
Minimal risk above 1500 m
Thai.
Kuala Terengganu South China Sea
Pinang
Tanjong Jara Kota Kinabalu Sabah
Sandakan
Malaysia
Cameron Highlands Brunei
Fraser's Hill Mount Kinabalu Malaria Endemic Areas
Pangkor Miri
Kuala Lumpur Celebes
Tioman Risk areas, especially
Niah Sea
Malacca Sabah
Johor Bahru Sarawak
Sumatra Singapore
Kuching No malaria in urban
Borneo isl. and coastal areas
Indonesia Strait of Indonesia Sulawesi
330 km
Karima 0 2 cm
Appendix C 589
Morocco
Algeria
Fort-Trinquet
Atlantic Ocean
Tiris-Zemmour
Western Sahara
S a h a r a
e
n
a
Dakhlet r
Nouadhibou a
u
Nouadhibou O
Atar Adrar
Akjoujt
Hodh
Inchiri Ech
Tagant
Chargui
Tidjikja
Nouakchott
o u k a r
Brakna A
Aleg
Kiffa Ayoun el ’Atrous
NÈma
Hodh
Kaedi Assaba Ech
Mali
Senegal SÈlibaby Gharbi
215 km
0 2 cm
Mauritania
High-risk areas in the south (1–12)
Adrar and Inchiri (7–10)
Malaria free: Dakhlet-

Nouadhibou, Tiris-Zemmour,
Adrar and Inchiri (1–6; 11–12)
Tijuana
Mexicali
Sonora
United States
Mexico
Malaria Endemic
Areas
Chihuahua
Guaymas
Malaria exists
Monterrey in remote
Gulf of Mexico
Saltillo rural areas below
Culiacan 1000 m
La Paz Ciudad Victoria Minimal risk

Tampico Cancun
Malaria free:
Merida
Tepic Cozumel main tourist areas
Guadalajara including Acapulco
Veracruz Campeche Yucatan
Puerto Cozumel,
Vallarta
Mexico Villahermosa Mexico City, Merida
Campeche
Zihuatanejo Acapulco Tabasco
Pacific Ocean Oaxaca Palenque Belize
Huatulco Chiapas
380 km Guatemala
0 2 cm
Appendix C 591
Cu
Angola Zambia
ba
ne
Kune Namibia
ng
o
Rundu
Skeleton Ondangwa Caprivi Strip Malaria Endemic Areas
Park Kavango
Kunene Ovamboland
Etosha Bushmenland
Park
Grootfontein Omaheke
Otjozondjupa
N
Outjo
Hereroland High risk along Cubango
and Kunene Rivers,
a
Caprivi Strip (1–12).

m
Botswana High risk in other northern

regions (11–6)
i
Swakopmund
Windhoek
b D
Moderate risk in northern

Naukluft regions (7–10) (except
Park Cubango and Kunene River
Atlantic Ocean Mariental
e
valleys and Caprivi Strip)

Maltahˆhe
s
Malaria free
e
Loderitz Bethanien
r
South Africa
Richtersveld
t
Park
Karasburg
Oranje 225 km
0 2 cm
125 km
0 2 cm
C h i n a
Nepal
Seti Malaria Endemic Areas
Jumla Annapurna (8091 m)
Dhangarhi High risk in rural areas of the

Sallyan central Terai region
Pokhara
Everest (8848 m)
Nepalganj
Terai Kathmandu
Bhairahawa
Arun
Bhimphedi Janakpur
Royal Sun
Chitwan Kos
I n d i a Park i
Biratnagar
B.D.
Appendix C 593
Caribbean Sea
Panama
San Malaria Endemic Areas
C.R. Porvenir Blas
Islands
Pa
Bocas del Toro Colon C or d . Sa
na
Panama City L. n Bl
m
Bocas Risk in the provinces
a
Ba
Ca
del Toro L. Gatun ya S
as
n Bocas del Toro, Darien
na
o
er
La Chorrera and San Blas
l
3475m
r
Sta Catalina Taboga
del
Isl.
David
Dari
Veraguas La Palma
Pearl Isl. Darien
en
Santiago
Chitré Malaria free:
Atalaya Los Katios Panama City, the
Las Tablas Park
Canal Zone and Colon
Colombia
90 km
Pacific Ocean
0 2 cm
Colombia
Ecuador
Loreto
Tumbes
Iquitos
Piura
Moyobamba
Brazil
Trujillo Pucallpa
Chimbote
Huaras
Ucayali
Callao
Lima Puerto
Maldonado
Machu Picchu
Pacific Ocean Paracas
Cuzco
Apurimac Bolivia
Ica
Nazca
Titicaca L.
Juliaca
Arequipa Puno
Tacna
280 km
0 2 cm Chile
Peru
Risk areas
Malaria free:
Lima, Arequipa, Andean highlands
Appendix C 595
China
Tuguegarao
Luzon
Philippine Sea
Bagulo
Manila
South China Sea
Catanduanes
Marinduque
Mindoro
Legaspi
Romblon
Masbate Calbayog
Roxas Samar
Sulu Sea
El Nido Panay
Leyte
Iloilo Cebu Ormoc
San Carlos Cebu

Palawan
Bohol
Negros Surigao
Roxas
Mindanao
Zamboanga
Basilan
Malaysia Tawitawi 170 km

Indonesia 0 2 cm
Philippines Low risk: Leyte Island

Malaria free:
Malaria exists all year below islands of Cebu, Bohol
600 m in rural areas and Catanduanes; urban areas
Mediterranean Leb. Syria Iraq

Sea
Israel
Iran
Afghanistan Saudi Arabia
Jordan Sakakah Malaria Endemic Areas
Kuwait
Tabuk
Egypt Ha'il Pakistan
H
Buraydah Dhahran Transmission intensity is higher
i
Persian from October to February

j a
Unayzah
Medina Qatar Gulf
Risk area:
z
Riyadh UAE southwestern extremity

Jeddah Oman
Mecca Malaria free:
Taif large part of the country,
ali
Asi
Red Sea l Kh Asir mountains included,

R ub A
r
Abhô towns
Sudan
Arabian Sea
Eritrea
Yemen
495 km
Ethiopia 0 2 cm
Appendix C 597
Zimbabwe
Mozambique
Botswana Venda
Swartwater
Transvaal
Kruger
Namibia Park
Pretoria
Johannesburg
Orange Free State

Kwazulu-
Bop.
Lesotho Natal Durban
28° S
Cape
Atlantic
Ocean Indian Ocean
Cape Town Port-Elisabeth
310 km
0 2 cm
1.Tshipese
2.Hans Merensky (Eiland) Messina
Limpopo 1
3.Groot Letaba Alldays Venda
k
4.Klaserie Bra
Swartwater
5.Sharalumi Tom
Burke Thohoyandou
Northern Province
6.Timbavati 12
2 Phalaborwa
7.Thornybush Ellisras Pietersburg 3 5
8.Blyderivierpoort 4
Olifants 8 7
M
9.Manyeleli
a
6
tl
a
Transvaal Newington
10.Sabie-Sand
b
a
s
11.Kruger National Park Lebowa Kgomo M 9 11

as
si
12.Pilanesburg Bela Bela nt
on
10 to
13.Ndumu
Lydenburg S a b i e
14.Tembe Bophuthatswana(Bop.)
15.Kosi Bay Mpumalanga
16.Itala
Nelspruit
17.Mkuze Sun City
18.Sodwana Soshanguve
Middelburg
19.False Bay Rustenberg Pretoria
20.Fanies Island
21.Hluhluwe 13 14
22.Umfolozi 15
18
16 17
19
20
Golden Gate 21
National Park 22
75 km
0 2 cm
South Africa
Malaria Endemic Areas Minimal risk:
rest of the north as far as Tugela River,
at the NW as far as Swartwater
High risk months 9–6
Risk months 7–8
Prov. Mpumalanga (E. Krüger including Malaria free:
neighbouring parks), Northern Prov. (N), south, large cities
Kwazulu-Natal (NE coast)
Golden Viet Nam

Maesai Triangle
Thatorn Chiang Saen
Chiang
Mae Pai Rai Laos Gulf
Hong Son of Tonkin
Chiang Mai
Lampang Udon Thani

Myanmar
Sukhothai
Tak Khon Kaen
Nakon Ubon
Sawan Nakon Ratchasima
Lop Buri Ratchasima
Kw
Ayutthaya Prachin Buri

ai
Kanchanaburi
Bangkok
Phet Buri
Pattaya
Chanthaburi
Trat Cambodia
Andaman Sea Prachuap
Khiri Khan
Gulf
of Thailand Viet Nam
Phangan Is.
Ranong
Ko Samui Is.
Surat
Khao Thani
Sok Park
Phuket Is.
South China Sea
Songkhla
Satun
Yala 190 km
Tropimed ® Malaysia 0 2 cm
Thailand
High risk in international border areas Malaria free or minimal risk:

in Tak and Trat provinces cities and main tourist areas — Bangkok,
Chanthaburi, Chiang Mai, Pattaya, Phuket, Samu
Moderate risk Songkhla
Appendix C 599
Caribbean
Sea
Atlantic Ocean Venezuela
Netherlands Malaria Endemic Areas
Antilles Grenada
Tobago
I. de Margarita Malaria exists in the rural
Porlamar
Maracaibo Trinidad areas of the territories in
Sucre
Caracas Cumana the south and the east
Pto La Cruz
Perija Monagas
Park Malaria free :
towns, central and western
Merida Caiman Delta Amacuro
Camp coasts, Isla Margarita
Barinas
Tachira Puerto Ordaz
Apure
Orinoco
Cinaruco-
Capanaparo Bolivar Canaima
Park Park
Guyana
Jaua
Amazonas Sarisarinama
Park
Colombia
Parima
Park
Brazil
Neblina
Park
355 km
Tropimed ® 0 2 cm
C h i n a
Fan-si-pan
3143
R m ed
Bl Ri
ac ve
k r
Ri Hanoi Cam-Pha
ve
r
Hai-Phong ta
Gulf of Tonkin
l
dDe
Re
L a o s
Thanh-Hoo
Vinh
Da-Nang
T h a i l a n d
Ngoc Linh
2598 m
Qui-Nhon
Lac-Giao
C a m b o d i a
Nha-Trang
Da-Lat
Saigon
(Ho Chi Minh)
Chau-Phu
lt a
Me
Sa-Dec
De
kon
Raoh-Gia ng South China Sea

g
Bac-Lieu ko
Gulf of Me
Thailand 150 km
0 2 cm
Vietnam
Risk in rural areas of the whole country
Malaria free:
main cities, Red River delta,
Coast N of Nha-Trang
Appendix C 601
Zimbabwe
High risk areas: all year in

Zambezi valley and Victoria
Falls
Rest of country below 1200 m
from November to June
Malaria occurs from July
to October.
Low risk above 1200 m
APPENDIX D:
MEDICAL EMERGENCY ABROAD:
CALLING AN AIR AMBULANCE
In the event of serious medical problems abroad, anyone can

request assistance by calling an air ambulance capable of orga-
nizing international or intercontinental air evacuation. Reasons
for such a request may be inadequate medical facilities and/or
psychological reasons to repatriate a patient with serious injury,
acute illness, or deterioration of an existing illness. Many air-
ambulance services are also capable of giving medical advice.
One must be ready to answer the following questions:
1. Contact person: full name, telephone/fax/telex/e-mail num-
bers, availability
2. Patient: full name, date of birth, home address
3. Present whereabouts of the patient: address, hospital and
ward, telephone/fax
4. Doctor attending to the patient: name, language(s), telephone/
fax
5. Patients condition: presumed diagnosis? conscious? mechan-
ically ventilated?
6. Cause of illness/injury: what happened? when? where?
7. Identification papers: where is the patients passport/ID
card, exit visa if applicable?
8. Hospital destination: to which hospital should the patient be
transported?
9. Patients’ doctor at home: name, address, telephone/fax
(important in pre-existing illness)
10.Next-of-kin: who needs to be notified? address, telephone/
fax, e-mail
Based on the information received, the air-ambulance service
will decide whether a rescue mission is medically justified and
how and when it should be conducted. Whenever possible, the
patient will be evacuated aboard a commercial airliner, usually
602
Appendix D 603
accompanied by trained staff. In case of need, an adequately

equipped air-ambulance will repatriate intensive care patients.
Currently, the following major air-ambulance services with
international experience and collaboration exist:
Africa
Dakar Senegalair
Douala Cameroun Assistance Sanitaire
Harare Medical Air Rescue
Johannesburg MRI Medical Rescue International
National Air Ambulance
MedicAir Edenvale
Nairobi AMREF Flying Doctor Service
ICAA Intensive Care Air Ambulance
Asia
Bangkok, Beijing AEA International SOS
Denpasar, Hanoi
Ho Chi Minh City
Hong Kong, Jakarta
Kuala Lumpur, Seoul
Taipeh
Calcutta ARMS Asia Rescue Medical Services
Delhi East West Rescue
Mumbai India Aeromedical Services
North America
Fort Lauderdale, FL Aero Jet International
St. Petersburg, FL Care Flight
San Diego, CA Critical Care Medicine
Alabama Medjet International
Caribbean National Air Ambulance
South America
Buenos Aires Aeromedicos

Med-Plane
Rio de Janeiro Lider Air Ambulance
Sao Paolo Med Fly Seviços
Australia/New Zealand
Sydney Royal Flying Doctor Service

Auckland Pacific Air Ambulance
Europe
Helsinki Euroflite
Innsbruck Tyrolean Air Ambulance
Stuttgart DRF German Air Rescue
Zurich REGA Swiss Air Ambulance
Additional Reading
Lolars JC. Rules of the road: a consumer’s guide for travelers seeking
healtth care in foreign lands. J Travel Med 2002;9:198–201.
APPENDIX E: INTERNATIONAL
CERTIFICATE OF VACCINATION
605
INDEX
The page numbers in italics refer to tables and figures.
Abbreviations, 547 monkeypox, 329

Abroad onchocerciasis, 191
returning from, 525 rabies, 348
Accidents, 43–44, 467–469 relapsing fever, 357
traffic, 43–44 rickettsial infections, 363
Acetaminophen rift valley fever, 365
for respiratory tract infection, schistosomiasis, 366
361 snakes, 476
Acetazolamide tuberculosis, 421
for acute mountain sickness, typhoid fever, 435
473 African trypanosomiasis,
Acetylsalicylic acid, 135 418–420
for respiratory tract infection, AIDS. See Human immuno-
361 deficiency virus (HIV)
ACS Air ambulance
incidence of, 471f calling, 587
management of, 474t Aircraft
Active immunization, 65 disease transmission in, 101
Acute mountain sickness (ACS), Airline passengers
472 with special needs, 103
incidence of, 471f Airport malaria, 269
management of, 474t Albania, 37
Adenoviruses, 358 Albendazole
Adoption for loiasis, 191
international, 123–124 Algae, 477
Aedes, 59 Algeria, 17
Aedes aegypti, 173 poliomyelitis, 338
Aeromonas, 401t Altitude, 471–475
Afghanistan, 33, 232 pregnancy, 115
malaria endemic areas, 574 of tourist destinations,
poliomyelitis, 338 12t–15t
Africa, 17–22, 18f–19f Amantadine
dracunculiasis, 186 for influenza, 238
Ebola fever, 188 Ambulance
filariasis, 190 air
hemorrhagic fever, 153 calling, 587
human immunodeficiency Ambulance flights, 104–105
virus, 232 Amebiasis
leprosy, 261 Africa, 22
leptospirosis, 262 American Samoa, 40
loiasis, 191 American trypanosomiasis
malaria, 267, 269 (Chagas’ disease), 417–420
606
Index 607
Middle America, 24 Argentine hemorrhagic fever,

Amiodarone 153
causing phototoxic reactions, Armenia, 33
490 Arrhythmias
Amitriptyline in elderly travelers, 128
inducing photoallergy, 491 Arteether
Amodiaquine, 293 for malaria, 297–301
Amoxicillin Artemether
for Lyme borreliosis, 264 for malaria, 297–301
Amphetamines Artemisinin
for jet lag, 505 dosage, 299t
Amphotericin B for malaria, 297–301
for leishmaniasis, 260 Artesunate
Anchovies dosage, 299t
scombroid poisoning, 511 for malaria, 297–301
Andorra, 37 Aruba, 25
Angola, 17 Ascaris
poliomyelitis, 338 in internationally adopted
Animal bites and stings, children, 123
476–485 Asia, 29–37, 30f–31f, 173
Animal risks anthrax, 151
avoidance of, 58 dengue fever, 175
Animals
filariasis, 190
aquatic, 477, 479, 481–482,
hantavirus, 199
484–485
marine, 477 hepatitis B, 215
Anopheles, 59, 77, 266, 266f Japanese encephalitis, 244
Antarctic, 40 leprosy, 261
Antarctica, 486 leptospirosis, 262
Anthrax, 151 Lyme borreliosis, 264
South America, 29 malaria, 267, 269
vaccine, 151 rabies, 348, 350
Antibiotics relapsing fever, 357
interacting with cholera schistosomiasis, 366
vaccine, 166 snakes, 476
Antigua, 25 Assaults, 44, 469
Antimalarials avoidance of, 469
interacting with cholera Asthma, 130
vaccine, 166 Athletes, 125–126
site of action, 79f Atopic dermatitis, 136
Aquatic animals, 477, 479, Atovaquone, 81
481–482, 484–485 for malaria, 271–275,
Arctic travel, 486 300–301
Arenaviral hemorrhagic fever, dosage, 301t
153 Australasia, 41f
Argentina, 28 traveler’s diarrhea, 402
trypanosomiasis, 417 Australia, 40, 173, 262
Austria, 37 Bermuda, 22
tickborne encephalitis, 393 motorcycles, 468
Aviation medicine, 100–105 Beverages
environmental factors, contamination, 158
100–101 avoidance of, 62
Azerbaijan, 33 safe, 90
Azithromycin Bhutan, 33
for malaria, 275–276 Bilharziasis, 366–372
Azotemia Africa, 17, 22
in elderly travelers, 134 Asia, 34, 35
Middle America, 26
Bacille Calmette-Guerin (BCG), South America, 28
424 Bioterrorism, 46
Bacillus anthracis, 151 Biothrax, 151
Bacillus cereus, 404, 513 Bismuth subsalicylate, 113
Bacteremia, 201 for traveler’s diarrhea, 406
Bahamas, 25 Bites
Bahrain, 35 animal, 476–485
Balcony mammalian, 478
falls from, 468 Bithionol
Bancroftian filariasis inducing photoallergy, 491
Middle America, 24, 26 Blackflies
South America, 28 South America, 28
Bangladesh, 33 Body-packing
malaria endemic areas, 575 of drugs, 45
Barbados, 25 Bolivia, 26
Barbuda, 25 malaria endemic areas, 577
Barotrauma, 494 Bolivia hemorrhagic fever, 153
Barracuda, 511 Booster doses
Bartonella henselae, 363 in last-minute travelers, 99
Bartonella quintana, 363 Borrelia burgdorferi, 264
Bartonellosis (Oroya fever) Borrelia duttonii, 357
South America, 28 Borrelia recurrentis, 357
Bat rabies, 348 Borreliosis, 179
BCG, 424 Bosnia, 37
Belarus, 36 Botswana, 22, 232
Belgium, 36 malaria endemic areas, 578
Belize, 24 Botulism, 155
malaria endemic areas, 576 Bovine spongiform encephalo-
Benazathin-penicillin pathy (BSE), 450
for sexually transmitted Box jellyfish, 477
disease, 379 Brainerd diarrhea, 527
Benin, 17, 269 Brazil, 26, 191, 269
Benzodiazepines malaria endemic areas, 579
for acute mountain sickness, meningococcal meningitis,
474 319
Index 609
Brazilian hemorrhagic fever, Captopril

153 causing phototoxic reactions,
Breakbone fever, 175 490
Bristleworms, 484t Carbamazepine
British Virgin Islands, 25 inducing photoallergy, 491
Brucella abortus, 156 Carbanilides
Brucella canis, 156 inducing photoallergy, 491
Brucella melitensis, 156 Cardiovascular disease
Brucella suis, 156 in elderly travelers, 128
Brucellosis, 156 Caribbean, 24, 24f, 25f, 173,
Africa, 17 232
schistosomiasis, 366
Asia, 32
Car seats, 119
Europe, 37 Casual sex, 51, 111
Middle America, 25 Cat liver fluke
Brugia malayi, 190 Asia, 33
Brugia timori, 190 Cat-scratch disease, 179
Brunei Darussalam, 32 Cayman Islands, 25
BSE, 450 Ceftriaxone
Bulgaria, 37 for Lyme borreliosis, 264
poliomyelitis, 338 sexually transmitted disease,
Burkina Faso, 17, 269 379
meningococcal meningitis, Cellulitis, 179
320 Central America, 24f, 232
Burundi, 17 leprosy, 261
trypanosomiasis, 417
Caffeine Chad, 17
for jet lag, 505 Chagas’ disease, 417–420
Caicos Islands, 25 distribution of, 419f
Calcivirus, 401t Middle America, 24
Cambodia, 32, 232 South America, 26, 29
Cameroon, 17, 269 Chagoma, 417
Campylobacter Chancroid ulcers, 377
fluroquinolone-resistant, 413 Children, 118–120
Fansidar
Campylobacteriosis
for malaria, 295t
Europe, 36 meningococcal meningitis
Campylobacter jejuni, 401t, 411 vaccines contraindicated
Canada, 22 in, 325
motor vehicle injuries, 467 plague vaccine
traveler’s diarrhea, 402 contraindicated in, 334
variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob Chile, 28
disease, 450 trypanosomiasis, 417
Candida intertrigo, 179 China, 29, 190
Candida paronychia, 179 malaria endemic areas, 580
Canthaxanthine, 492 meningococcal meningitis,
Cape Verde, 17 319
severe acute respiratory Ciprofloxacin, 108

syndrome, 373 for Brucellosis, 157
traveler’s diarrhea, 402 Citronella oil, 61
variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob Clonorchiasis (oriental liver
disease, 450 fluke)
Chlamydia, 358 Asia, 32, 33
Chloramphenicol in internationally adopted
for plague, 333 children, 123
for typhoid fever, 448 Clostridium botulinum, 155, 513
Chlorine, 92 Clostridium difficile, 408
Chloroquine, 81, 113, 491 Clostridium perfringens, 513
inducing photoallergy, 491 Clostridium tetani, 384
interacting with rabies, 354 Clothing, 56, 62
for malaria, 276–281, Clycospora, 401t
301–305 Coagulation-flocculation, 90–91
for polymorphous light Co-artemether
eruption, 492 for malaria, 303–304
Chlorothiazide Cocaine
inducing photoallergy, 491 body-packing, 45
Chlorproguanil Coelenterates, 477
for malaria, 310 hazards, 484t
Chlorpromazine Colombia, 26, 191
inducing photoallergy, 491 Colostomies
Chlorthalidone with air travel, 103
inducing photoallergy, 491 Comoros, 17
Cholera, 158–172 Compliance, 50–52
Africa, 21 Condylomata acuminata, 179
Asia, 33, 34 Cone shells, 484t
countries reporting, 159f Congestive heart failure
Middle America, 25 in elderly travelers, 128
South America, 29 Congo, 17
United States, 160 Congo-Zaire, 269
vaccine, 163–171 Conjunctivitis
parenteral, 168–171 in children, 120
synopsis of, 164t Contaminated beverages, 158
Chromatography purified rabies avoidance of, 62
vaccine (CPRV), 351 Contaminated food
Chronic obstructive pulmonary avoidance of, 62
disease, 130 Contraception, 111
Chrysanthemum Cook Islands, 40
cinerariaefolium, 61 Corals
Cigarette smokers Middle America, 26
Legionella, 360 Oceania, 40
S. pneumoniae, 360 Corporate travelers, 117
Cigatoxin, 44, 511 Corticosteroids, 521
Ciguatera syndrome, 44, 511 for leptospirosis, 262
Cinchonism, 308 for typhoid fever, 449
Index 611
Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Middle America, 24, 26

180 South America, 28
Costa Rica, 24 Dengue hemorrhagic fever
malaria endemic areas, 581 (DHF), 175
Counseling Dengue shock syndrome (DDS),
pretravel, 53–63 175
Coxiella burnetii, 363 Denmark, 36
CPRV, 351 Denture adhesive
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, for elderly, 140
450–451 Dermatologic disorders, 179,
Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic 490–493, 533
fever Desferioxamine
Africa, 22 for malaria, 310
Criminal injuries, 468 Developing countries, 47f, 158
Croatia, 37 health problems, 49f
Cryptosporidium, 90, 91, 401t travelers to, 9f, 9t
Cuba, 25 vaccine preventable diseases
Culex, 59, 244, 266f in, 68f
Cutaneous larva migrans, 120 water disinfection, 90
Cyprus, 35 Dexamethasone
Czech Republic, 36 for acute mountain sickness,
tickborne encephalitis, 393 473
for typhoid fever, 449
DAN, 498 DHF, 175
Dapsone Diabetes, 131, 360
for leprosy, 261 Diarrhea, 108
DDS, 175 Africa, 21
DEC Asia, 32, 33, 34
for filariasis, 190 Brainerd, 527
for loiasis, 191 in cholera, 161
Decompression sickness, 494 Europe, 37
Deep vein thrombosis (DVT), Middle America, 24
487–489 persistent, 526–528
DEET, 45, 370 etiology of, 526t
for children, 121 in senior travelers, 139
for leishmaniasis, 259 traveler’s. See Traveler’s
Dehydration, 486 diarrhea
in elderly travelers, 132 Diethylcarbamazine (DEC)
Delta hepatitis. See Hepatitis D for filariasis, 190
Deltamethrin, 62 for loiasis, 191
Democratic People’s Republic Diethyl-methyl-toluaminde
of Korea, 29, 232 (DEET), 45, 370
Dengue fever, 173–178 for children, 121
Asia, 32, 33, 34 for leishmaniasis, 259
geographical distribution, Diets
174f for jet lag, 504
Melanesia, 41 Dimenhydrinate, 510
Diphtheria, 180–185 Easter Island, 40

vaccine, 182–184 EBAAP, 60
Diphyllobothriasis (fish Ebola fever, 188–189, 196
tapeworm) Ebola hemorrhagic fever, 46, 49
Europe, 36 Africa, 21
Diplomatic corps, 517 Echinococcosis (hydatid
Divers Alert Network (DAN), disease)
498 Africa, 17, 21
Diverticulosis, 135 South America, 29
Diving, 494–500 Economy class syndrome, 100
aptitude evaluation for, Ecthymata, 179
495t–497t Ecuador, 26, 191
pregnancy, 115 Egypt, 17, 231
Djibouti, 17 poliomyelitis, 338
Dominica, 25 rift valley fever, 365
Dominican Republic, 25 EIEC, 401t
Doxycycline, 113 Elderly travelers, 46, 139–140
for Brucellosis, 156 allergies in, 137–138
for cholera, 171–172 dermatologic disease,
for leptospirosis, 263 136–137
for Lyme borreliosis, 264
falls, 468
for malaria, 281–284
gastrointestinal disease, 135
sexually transmitted disease,
379 metabolic and endocrinologic
for tularemia, 429 disease, 130–132
Dracunculiasis, 186 neurologic disease, 138
Africa, 21 pre-existing health
Asia, 35 conditions, 127–128
Dracunculus medinensis, 186 psychiatric disease, 138
Drowning, 44, 468 renal and urinary tract
of children, 120 disorders, 134–135
Drug runners rheumatologic disease, 138
illicit drug smuggling, 511 transplantation, 138
Drugs Electrolyte imbalance
causing phototoxic reactions, in elderly travelers, 140
490 Electronic media, 548
intoxication, 511 El Salvador, 24
Dust mites Embolism, 130
house, 137 Encephalitis, 59
DVT, 487–489 Europe, 36, 37
Dysentery North America, 23
Africa, 21 Oceania, 40
Asia, 33 Entamoeba histolytica, 401t
Europe, 37 Enteric pathogens
Middle America, 24, 26 clinical syndromes caused by,
404t
EAEC, 401t Enteric vaccines, 410t
Index 613
Enteroaggregative Escherichia Exercise

coli (EAEC), 401t for jet lag, 504
Enteroinvasive Escherichia coli Expatriates, 96–98, 517
(EIEC), 401t history of, 540
Enterotoxigenic Escherichia for long-term travelers,
coli (ETEC), 399, 401t, 411 96–98
Enteroviruses, 358 physical examination of, 542t
Environment, 9–10, 499–500 routine tests for, 543t
risk avoidance, 55–58 screening of
Environmental after stay in tropical
aviation medicine, 100–101 regions,
Eosinophilia, 369, 534 540
Epidemiology
web sites, 550 Falciparum malaria
Epilepsy, 138 alternative therapy for, 532f
with air travel, 103 Falkland Islands, 28
Eritrea, 17 Falls
Erysipelas, 179 senior travelers, 468
Erythema multiforme, 315, 491 Family practitioners, 2–3
Erythrasma, 179 Fansidar, 491
Escherichia coli, 405 for malaria, 294–296
causing traveler’s diarrhea, children, 295t
400f Fansimef
Estonia, 36 for malaria, 294–296
Fasciola hepatica
ETEC, 399, 401t, 411
Europe, 36, 37
Ethiopia, 17 Middle America, 26
malaria endemic areas, 582 Fascioliasis
meningococcal meningitis, Middle America, 26
320 Fasciolopsiasis (giant intestinal
poliomyelitis, 338 fluke)
Ethyl-buthylacetyl-aminopro- Asia, 32, 33
pionate (EBAAP), 60 Fear
Europe, 36–40, 38f–39f of flying, 105–106
hantavirus, 199 Female travelers, 119
hepatitis A, 202 Fever
leptospirosis, 262 without focal findings, 529,
Lyme borreliosis, 264 529t
measles, 313 Fever of unknown origin
meningococcal meningitis, in internationally adopted
319 children, 123
motor vehicle injuries, 467 Fiji, 40
rabies, 348 Filariasis, 190–191
tickborne encephalitis, 393 Africa, 17, 20
traveler’s diarrhea, 402 Asia, 29, 32, 34
variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob geographical distribution of,
disease, 450 192f
Filovirus infections, 196–197, Germany, 36, 175

196t anthrax, 151
Filtration, 91 Ghana, 17
Finland, 36 Giant intestinal fluke
Fish Asia, 32, 33
Melanesia, 41 Giardia, 91
poisoning, 511–512 in internationally adopted
Fish tapeworm children, 123
Europe, 36 Giardia lamblia, 401t
Fitness Giardiasis
to fly, 101–102 Africa, 17, 21
Fluids, 56 Asia, 34
aviation medicine, 100 Gibraltar, 37
Fluoroquinolones Greece, 37
for traveler’s diarrhea, 528 Greenland, 22
Fluroquinolone-resistant Grenada, 25
Campylobacter, 413 Grenadines, 25
Flying Grouper, 511
contraindications, 102 Guadeloupe, 25
fear of, 105–106 Guam, 40
fitness to, 101–102 Guatemala, 24, 191
Food Guide dogs, 146
Guinea, 17, 269
contaminated, 158
Guyana, 26
avoidance of, 62
poisoning, 512–513
Haemophilus influenzae, 358
risk scale, 63f
Haiti, 25, 190
France, 37
anthrax, 151
Francisella tularensis, 429 typhoid fever, 435
French Guiana, 26 Hajj, 107–108
malaria endemic areas, 583 meningococcal meningitis,
French Polynesia, 40 326
Frostbites outbreaks of, 327f
prevention of, 492, 500 Halofantrine, 309
Furocoumarins, 490 Handicapped travelers, 146
Furosemide Hantavex, 199
causing phototoxic reactions, Hantavirus, 201
490 geographical distribution of,
Furunculosis, 179 200f
Futuna Islands, 41 North America, 23, 199
pulmonary disease, 199
Gabon, 17, 269 in elderly travelers,
Gambia, 17 128–129
Gentamicin South America, 29, 199
for tularemia, 429 vaccine, 199
Georgia, 33 Harbor malaria, 270
poliomyelitis, 338 Hawaii, 173
Index 615
HDCV, 351 pregnancy, 114

Headaches, 138 seroprotection rates, 221f
Health advice South America, 28
pretravel, 55–62 vaccine, 218–224
for long-term travelers, Hepatitis C, 225
96–98 global prevalence of, 226f
for short trips abroad, Hepatitis D, 227
95–96 South America, 28
Health risks Hepatitis E, 228–230
epidemiology of, 43–51 Africa, 17, 21
Heat injuries Asia, 32, 33, 34
prevention of in children, 120 Middle America, 25
Heat-related problems Hepatitis G, 231
in elderly, 132–133 Herbal teas, 514
Helicobacter pylori, 163, 439 Heroin
Hematuria, 369, 371 body-packing, 45
Hemodialysis Herpes, 179
in elderly travelers, 134 Herzegovina, 37
Hemorrhagic fever Hexachlorophene
Asia, 32, 34, 35 inducing photoallergy, 491
caused by filoviruses, 197f HFV, 452–453
Europe, 37 High-efficiency particle
South America, 28
absorption (HEPA) filters,
Hemorrhagic fever viruses
101
(HFV), 452–453
Hemorrhoids, 135 Hiking, 468
HEPA filters, 101 HIV. See Human immuno-
Heparin deficiency virus (HIV)
pregnancy, 115 Honduras, 24
Hepatitis, 135, 201 Hong Kong
Hepatitis A, 49, 108, 202–214 severe acute respiratory
Africa, 17, 21 syndrome, 373–374
Asia, 32, 33, 34, 35 Hotel rooms
Europe, 37 hazards for children, 120
Melanesia, 41 House dust mites, 137
Middle America, 25 Human diploid cell vaccine
pregnancy, 114 (HDCV), 351
prevention of, 203f, 211f Human immunodeficiency virus
South America, 29 (HIV), 45, 49, 142–144,
vaccine, 205–213 232–237
Hepatitis B, 49, 108, 215–224 Europe, 37
Africa, 21, 22 in internationally adopted
Asia, 33, 34, 35 children, 123
geographical distribution of, Human risks
216f avoidance of, 58
in internationally adopted Hungary, 37
children, 123 tickborne encephalitis, 393
Hydatid disease Infants, 118–120

Africa, 17, 21 Infections, 45–46, 48–49
South America, 29 Infectious hepatitis. See
Hydration Hepatitis A
pregnancy, 115 Inflammatory bowel disease,
Hydrogen peroxide, 92 135
Hyperhidrosis, 136 In-flight incidents, 501–502
Hyperhydrosis, 492 Influenza, 46, 49, 101, 107, 108,
Hyperuricemia, 133 237–243
Hyperventilation, 130 vaccine, 239–243
Hypochlorhydria, 162 Influenza viruses, 358
Hypoxia, 101–102, 472 Information sources, 548–551
Insecticides, 61
Iceland, 36 Institutions, 4
Illicit drugs Instruction targets, 56t
body-packing, 45 Insulin, 132
Immunization, 65–76 Insurance claims
active, 65 international business travel,
application, 66–67 48f
athletes, 125 Interferon alpha
cost-effectiveness of, 74 for West Nile virus, 454
for elderly, 140 International adoption, 123–124
in HIV, 143–144 International business travel
in last-minute travelers, 99 insurance claims, 48f, 590
rationale for, 69f International Certificate of
recommendations for, 74–76, Vaccination, 70
75t International travel
Immunocompetence financial implications, 7–8
and vaccine, 73–74 during pregnancy
Immunodeficiency contraindications to, 112t
measles vaccine contra- International visitors
indicated, 316 classification of, 10f
Impetigo, 179 Intertrigo, 136, 179
Inactivated poliomyelitis Intoxicated
vaccine (IPV), 340–343 swimming while, 468
advantages and disadvantages Iodine, 92
of, 346t for tetanus, 391
India, 33, 269 Ionizing radiation, 101
malaria endemic areas, 584 IPV, 340–343
measles, 313 advantages and disadvantages
poliomyelitis, 338 of, 346t
rabies, 350 Iran
snakes, 476 typhoid fever, 435
Indomethacin malaria endemic areas, 586
inducing photoallergy, 491 Iraq, 35
Indonesia, 32, 190, 231 malaria endemic areas, 587
malaria endemic areas, 585 Ireland, 36
Index 617
Islamic Republic of Iran, 33 Lassa fever, 49, 251–252

Israel, 35 Africa, 21
motor vehicle injuries, 467 Last-minute travelers, 99
Italy, 37 Latin America, 173
hepatitis A, 202 malaria, 267, 269
Ivermectin Latvia, 36
for filariasis, 190 Lebanon, 35
for onchocerciasis, 194 Leeches
Ivory Coast, 269 Asia, 33
South America, 28
Jack, 511 Legionella
Jamaica, 25 cigarette smokers, 360
Japan, 29, 262 Legionella pneumophilia, 253,
motor vehicle injuries, 467 358
traveler’s diarrhea, 402 Legionellosis, 253–254
Japanese encephalitis, 244–250 Leishmania, 59
Asia, 32, 33 Leishmania aethiopica, 256
endemic areas, 245f Leishmania braziliensis, 256
vaccine, 246–250 Leishmania mexicana, 256
Jellyfish, 481–482, 484–485 Leishmania peruviana, 256
envenomation, 479 Leishmaniasis, 179, 256–260
Middle America, 26 Africa, 17, 20
Oceania, 40 Asia, 29, 34
Jet lag, 119, 503–507 Europe, 37
geographical distribution of,
in senior travelers, 139
257f, 258f
Jigger fleas, 59
Middle America, 24, 26
Jordan, 35 South America, 26
Jungle yellow fever Leprosy, 261
South America, 28 Leptospira, 201
Leptospira icterohemorrhagica,
Katayama fever, 369 263
Kazakhstan, 33 Leptospirosis, 262–263
Kenya, 17, 269 vaccine, 263
Kiribati, 40 Lesotho, 22
Koebner’s phenomenon, 136 Letter
Krygyzstan, 33 in travel medicine kit, 88f
Kuwait, 35 Levofloxacin
for Brucellosis, 157
Labyrinthectomy, 119 Liberia, 17, 153
Lactation, 116 Libya, 17
measles vaccine Liechtenstein, 37
contraindicated, 316 Lion fish, 479, 484t
and vaccine, 73 Lions, 44
Lao People’s Democratic Lithuania, 36
Republic, 32 LMWH
Laryngitis, 359 for deep vein thrombosis, 488
Loa loa, 191 in internationally adopted

geographical distribution of, children, 123
193f Melanesia, 41
Loiasis, 191 Middle America, 24, 26
Long-term travelers, 96–98 pregnancy, 113
Loperamide, 108 prophylaxis, 76–84
Lorazepam for elderly, 140
for jet lag, 505 risk, 51
Low blood pressure risk of, 81f
in elderly travelers, 128 short trips abroad, 95
Low molecular weight heparin South America, 26, 29
(LMWH) standby emergency treatment,
for deep vein thrombosis, 488 83–85
Luggage malaria, 270 treatment of, 530–532, 530f
Luxembourg, 36 vaccine recommendations
Lyme borreliosis, 264 by country, 553t–574t
geographical distribution, worldwide endemicity, 78f,
265f 268f
Lyme disease Malarone
Europe, 36 for malaria, 291
LYMErix Malaysia
for Lyme borreliosis, 264 malaria endemic areas, 588
Lyngbia majuscola, 477 Malawi, 17
plague, 331
Malaysia, 32, 190, 244
Macao, 29 Maldives, 33
Macedonia, 37 Male travelers, 117
Mackerel Mali, 17, 269
scombroid poisoning, 511 Mallorca acne, 136
Madagascar, 17 Maloprim, 293
plague, 331 Malta, 37
Mahi-mahi Malta fever, 156
scombroid poisoning, 511 Mammalian bites, 478,
Malaria, 45, 59, 266–270 479–480, 482
Africa, 17, 20, 22 Manic depression, 516
Asia, 32, 33, 34, 35 Manuals, 548
chemoprophylaxis, 79–82 Marburg hemorrhagic fever
dermatologic side effects Africa, 21
of, 491 Marburg virus, 196
risk-benefit analysis, Marine animals, 477
81–82 Marine hazards, 484t
schedule, 82–84 Marshall Islands, 40
in children, 120 Martinique, 25
Falciparum Mauritania, 17
alternative therapy for, malaria endemic areas, 589
532f poliomyelitis, 338
harbor, 270 Mauritius, 17
Index 619
Measles, 313–318 Modafinil

vaccine, 314–316 for jet lag, 505
Mecca, 107–108 Monaco, 37
MED, 520 Mongolia, 29
Medications, 127–128 meningococcal meningitis,
Medina, 107–108 320
Mefloquine, 81, 99, 113, 491 Monkeypox, 329
for malaria, 284–293, Montserrat, 25
305–306 Morbidity, 47–48
Megalomaniac paranoids, 516 Morocco, 17
Meglumine Mortality, 43
for leishmaniasis, 260 Mosquitoes, 59, 77, 173
Melanesia, 40 elimination of, 60–62
Melatonin Motion sickness, 119, 508–510
athletes, 125 chemoprophylactic options
for jet lag, 506 against, 510t
Meningococcal meningitis, Motorcycles, 468
319–328 Motor vehicle injuries, 467–468
Africa, 21 Mountaineering, 468
Asia, 34 Mozambique, 17
South America, 28, 29 plague, 331
Mushroom poisoning, 514
vaccines, 322–326
Myanmar, 32, 232
Meningococcal vaccine, 108 Mycobacterium, 201
Mepacrine, 293 Mycobacterium africanum, 421
Metakelfin Mycobacterium bovis, 421
for malaria, 294–296 Mycobacterium leprae, 261
Meteorological conditions, 11 Mycobacterium tuberculosis,
Metronidazole 358, 421
for tetanus, 392 Mycoplasma, 358
for traveler’s diarrhea, 528
Mexico, 24, 173, 191 Namibia, 22
malaria endemic areas, 590 malaria endemic areas, 591
measles, 313 Nauru, 40
trypanosomiasis, 417 Neisseria meningitidis, 108,
typhoid fever, 435 319, 321
Micronesia-Polynesia, 40 Nepal, 33, 244
Middle America, 24–25 malaria endemic areas, 592
Middle ear infection, 119 Netherlands, 36
Migration medicine, 109–110 Netherlands Antilles, 25
Military personnel, 256 New Caledonia, 40
Miltefosine New Zealand, 40
for leishmaniasis, 260 traveler’s diarrhea, 402
Minibus malaria, 270 Nicaragua, 24
Minimum erythema-creating Nifedipin
dose (MED), 520 for acute mountain sickness,
Miquelon, 22 473
Niger, 17 in internationally adopted

poliomyelitis, 338 children, 123
Nigeria, 17, 153 Oriental lung fluke
poliomyelitis, 338 Asia, 32, 33
Niue, 40 Middle America, 25
Non-cholera Vibrio, 401t South America, 28
Non-steroidal anti-rheumatic Oroya fever, 363
drugs (NSAR) South America, 28
causing phototoxic reactions, Overcrowding, 107, 158
490 Ozone, 101
North America, 22–23, 23f
hantavirus, 199 Pacific Islands, 262, 267
rabies, 348 Pakistan, 33
Norway, 36 anthrax, 151
NSAR poliomyelitis, 338
causing phototoxic reactions, Palau, 40
490 Panama, 24
malaria endemic areas, 593
Oceania, 40 Papua New Guinea, 40, 267
Octopus, 484t Paracetamol
Odyssean malaria, 270 for respiratory tract infection,
Oman, 35 361
Onchocerciasis (river Paragonimiasis (oriental lung
blindness), 191–192 fluke)
Africa, 20 Africa, 21
geographical distribution of, Asia, 32, 33
194f Middle America, 25
South America, 27 South America, 28
Operation Desert Storm, 256 Paraguay, 26
Opisthorchiases (cat liver fluke) Parainfluenza viruses, 358
Asia, 33 Parasitosis
Optic neuritis, 315 South America, 29
OPV, 343–346 Parenteral cholera vaccine,
advantages and disadvantages 168–171
of, 346t Parenteral typhoid vaccine,
Oral cholera vaccine, 165–168 444–446
Oral poliomyelitis vaccine Parenteral Vi polysaccharide
(OPV), 343–346 typhoid vaccine, 446–448
advantages and disadvantages PCECV, 351
of, 346t PDEV, 351
Oral rehydration solutions Pediculosis, 179
for traveler’s diarrhea, 414t Penicillin
for traveler’s diarrhea, 414 for Lyme borreliosis, 264
Oral typhoid vaccine, 440–444 Percutaneous Information
Oriental liver fluke Transducer (PIT), 148
Africa, 21 Peripheral eosinophilia
Asia, 32, 33 in international travel, 535
Index 621
Permethrin, 62 Poison ivy

for leishmaniasis, 259 North America, 23
Persecution hallucinations, 516 Poison oak
Persistent diarrhea, 526–528 North America, 23
etiology of, 526t Poisonous fish, 479
Peru, 26 Poland, 36
malaria endemic areas, 594 Poliomyelitis (polio), 337–347
plague, 331 Africa, 17, 21, 22
Pets, 148 Asia, 32, 33, 34, 35
Phenothiazines Europe, 40
causing phototoxic reactions, global incidence of, 338f
490 Poliovirus type 1 vaccine
Philippines, 32, 190 interacting with cholera
malaria endemic areas, 595 vaccine, 170
measles, 313 Polyarthritis
Photoallergic dermatitis, 491 Oceania, 40
Photochemotherapy, 492 Polymorphous light eruption
Phototoxic dermatitis, 490 (PLE), 491
Pilgrimage Pools, 120
to Saudi Arabia, 107–108 Porcupine fish
Piroxicam tetrodotoxin, 512
inducing photoallergy, 491 Porphyria cutanea tarda, 136
PIT, 148 Portugal, 37
Pitted keratolysis, 179 Portuguese man-o’war, 477
Pityriasis versicolor, 179 Potassium permanganate, 92
Plague, 330–336 Poverty, 158
Africa, 22 Praziquantel
Asia, 32, 33, 34 for schistosomes, 371
geographical distribution of, Pregnancy
332f diving, 115
North America, 22 international travel during
vaccine, 333–335 contraindications to, 112t
Plantar warts, 59 malaria, 113
Plant poisoning, 514 measles vaccine contra-
Plasmodia indicated, 316
drug resistance against, 84f meningococcal meningitis
Plasmodium falciparum, 45, 77, vaccines contraindicated,
79, 113, 266 325
Plasmodium malariae, 77, 266 vaccines during, 73
Plasmodium ovale, 266 contraindications for, 114
Plasmodium vivax, 77, 266 Pregnant travelers, 119–120
PLE, 491 Prenatal vitamins, 113
Plesiomonas, 401t Pretravel counseling, 53–63
Pneumococcal vaccination, 107, Pretravel health advice, 55–62
108 for long-term travelers,
Pneumothorax, 130 96–98
Poisoning, 511–515 for short trips abroad, 95–96
Primaquine, 81 Quinolone, 108, 113

Principe, 17 for traveler’s diarrhea, 408
Prochlorperazine
for acute mountain sickness, Rabies, 46, 348–356
474 Africa, 17, 21
Proguanil, 113 Asia, 35
interacting with cholera Europe, 36
vaccine, 166 geographical distribution of,
for malaria, 271–275, 349f
290–293, 300–301 Middle America, 25
dosage, 301t North America, 22
Promazine prevention of, 58
inducing photoallergy, 491 South America, 28
for malaria, 310 vaccine, 351–355
Prophylactic medication Recurrent fever, 357
dermatologic side effects of, Relapsing fever, 357
491 Africa, 17, 22
Pseudoephedrine hydrochloride, Asia, 35
497–498 Renal insufficiency
Psoralens in elderly travelers, 134
causing phototoxic reactions, Repellents, 60
490 Republic of Korea, 29
Psoriasis, 136 Republic of Moldova, 36
Psychiatric problems, 516–518 Resources, 548–551
Published information, 548 Respiratory syncytial virus, 358
Puerto Rico, 25 Respiratory tract infection,
Puffer fish 358–362
tetrodotoxin, 512 Returning travelers
Pulmonary disease cutaneous process in, 533t
hantavirus, 199 Reunion, 17
Pulmonary embolism, 487–489 Ribavirin
aviation medicine, 100 for severe acute respiratory
Pulmonary syndrome syndrome, 375
South America, 29 for West Nile virus, 454
Purified chick embryo cell Rickettsia, 201
vaccine (PCECV), 351 Rickettsia africae, 363
Purified duck embryo vaccine Rickettsial infections, 363–364
(PDEV), 351 Rickettsia prowazekii, 363
PUVA, 492 Rickettsia typhi, 363
PVRV, 351 Rifampin
Pyrethrum, 61 for Brucellosis, 156
Pyronaridine for meningococcal infection,
for malaria, 310 361
Rifaximin
Qatar, 35 for traveler’s diarrhea, 413
Quinine Rift Valley fever, 365
for malaria, 307–310 Africa, 17, 22
Index 623
Risk behavior, 50–52 Asia, 34

Risks San Marino, 37
minimizing exposure to, 57t Sao Tome, 17
River blindness, 191–192 Sardines
Africa, 20 scombroid poisoning, 511
geographical distribution of, SARS, 46, 373–380
195f Saudi Arabia, 35, 70, 191
South America, 27 malaria endemic areas, 596
Rocky Mountain spotted fever meningococcal meningitis,
North America, 23 320, 326
Romania, 37 pilgrimage to, 107–108
Rosacea, 136 tuberculosis, 423
Rose spots, 436 Savarine
Rotavirus, 401t for malaria, 291
RSSE, 393 SBET
Russia for malaria, 84–85
tickborne encephalitis, 393 Schistosoma bovis, 366
traveler’s diarrhea, 402 Schistosoma haematobium, 366
Russian Federation, 36 global distribution of, 368f
anthrax, 151 Schistosoma intercalatum, 366
Russian spring-summer global distribution of, 367f
encephalitis virus (RSSE), Schistosoma japonicum, 366
393 global distribution of, 368f
Rwanda, 17 Schistosoma mansoni, 366, 370
global distribution of, 367f
Safe beverages, 90 Schistosoma mattheei, 366
Saint Helena, 22 Schistosoma mekongi, 366
Saint Kitts, 25 Schistosoma mkongi
Saint Lucia, 25 global distribution of, 368f
Saint Pierre, 22 Schistosomiasis (bilharziasis),
Saint Vincent, 25 366–372
Salicylanilides Africa, 17, 22
inducing photoallergy, 491 Asia, 34, 35
Salmonella, 401t Middle America, 26
Salmonella cholera suis, 430 South America, 28
Salmonella dublin, 430 Schizophrenia, 516
Salmonella paratyphi C, 430 Scombroid, 511
Salmonella typhi, 430, 439 poisoning, 515
Middle America, 25 Scopolamine
Salmonellosis for motion sickness, 509–510
Europe, 36 Scorpion, 477, 480–481, 483
North America, 23 Africa, 17
South America, 29 venoms, 479
Samoa, 40 Scorpion fish, 479, 484t
Sandflies, 59 Scuba diving, 494
Sandfly fever Sea anemones, 477
Africa, 17 Sea bass, 511
Seabather’s eruption, 477, 484t S. pneumoniae, 360

Sea snakebites, 485 Snake bites, 480, 482–483
Sea snakes, 484t Snakes, 44, 59, 476–477
Seat belts Africa, 17, 21
pregnancy, 115 Asia, 33, 35
Sea urchins, 479, 484t, 485 Middle America, 26
Seborrheic dermatitis, 136 North America, 23
Sedimentation, 90 South America, 28
Self-therapy, 86–88 Snake venoms, 478
Senegal, 17, 269 Snapper, 511
Senior travelers. See Elderly Snorkeling, 494, 520
travelers Software, 553t
Severe acute respiratory Solomon Islands, 40
syndrome (SARS), 46, Somalia, 17
373–380 poliomyelitis, 338
Sex South Africa
casual, 51, 111 malaria endemic areas, 597
protection during, 58 South America, 26–29, 27f
Sexually transmitted disease filariasis, 190
(STD), 49, 376–378 leprosy, 261
among international travelers, relapsing fever, 357
537–540 schistosomiasis, 366
ceftriaxone, 379
South Pacific, 173, 190
doxycycline, 379
Spain, 37
in internationally adopted
children, 123 SPF, 520
Seychelles, 17 Spiders, 477, 480–481, 483
Sharks, 44, 478 Spider venoms, 479
Shellfish poisoning, 514 Spiny seaurchins
Shigella, 401t, 406 Middle America, 26
Shigella dysenteriae Spirolept, 263
Middle America, 25 Sponges
Shoes, 59, 121 hazards, 484t
Short trips, 94–95 Sports injuries, 468
Sierra Leone, 17, 153 Spring-summer encephalitis,
Singapore, 32 393–398
Skipjack Squirrels
scombroid poisoning, 511 monkeypox, 329
Sleeping sickness Sri Lanka, 33
Africa, 20, 22 Stampede, 107
South America, 26 Standby emergency treatment
Slovakia, 36 (SBET)
Slovenia, 37 for malaria, 84–85
Smallpox, 380–384 Staphylococcus aureus, 404,
Smokers 512
cigarette Star fish, 479, 484t
Legionella, 360 STD, 49, 376–378
Index 625
among international travelers, Asia, 35

537–540 Europe, 36
ceftriaxone, 379 South America, 29
doxycycline, 379 Tafenoquine
in internationally adopted for malaria, 310
children, 123 Tajikistan, 33
Steroids Tanzania
for West Nile virus, 454 plague, 331
Stevens-Johnson syndrome, 491 Tapeworm
Stibogluconate Asia, 35
for leishmaniasis, 260 Europe, 36
Sting rays, 479, 484t, 485 South America, 29
Stings Taxi malaria, 270
animal, 476–485 TBE, 393
Stone fish, 479, 484t, 485 Teas, 514
Streptococcus pneumoniae, 358 Temazepam
cigarette smokers, 360 for jet lag, 505
Streptomycin Terrorism, 44, 469
for Brucellosis, 156 Tetanus, 385–392
for plague, 335 geographical distribution of,
Substance abuse, 138 386f
Sudan, 17 toxoid vaccine, 387–388
poliomyelitis, 338 wound management, 391t
Sulfathiazole Tetanus immune globulin (TIG),
inducing photoallergy, 491 391
Sulfonamide-pyrimethamine, Tetracycline
293 causing phototoxic reactions,
Sulfonamides 490
causing phototoxic reactions, for cholera, 171–172
490 for plague, 333
Sun allergy, 491 Tetrodotoxin, 512
Sunlight, 136 Textbooks, 548
Sun protection factor (SPF), 520 Thailand, 32, 175, 232, 269
Sunscreens, 492, 520 malaria endemic areas, 598
Surfing, 468 Thrombocytopenia
Suriname, 26 with dengue fever, 175
Swaziland, 22 Thromboembolism
Sweden, 36 aviation medicine, 100
Swimmers Tick-bite fever, 357
safety, 469 Africa, 22
Swimmer’s itch, 477 Tickborne encephalitis, 393–398
Swimming distribution of, 394f
while intoxicated, 468 vaccine, 396–397
Switzerland, 37 Tickborne encephalitis (TBE),
Syrian Arab Republic, 35 393
TIG, 391
Taeniasis (tapeworm) Time bright light
for jet lag, 504 immunoprophylaxis,

Time zones, 11 409–412
Tinea, 179 management of
Tobago, 25 based on clinical
Togo, 17, 269 symptoms,
Tokelau, 40 413t
Tolbutamide prevention, 409t
inducing photoallergy, 491 risk factors, 406t
Tonga, 40 self-therapy of, 413t
Tourist destinations Travel health professionals, 2–3
altitude of, 12t–15t causes of, 401t
Tourists, 7 Travel industry, 2
Toxic epidermal necrolysis, 491 Travel medicine kit, 86–88
Toxins, 44 Triazolam
Toxoid vaccine for jet lag, 505
tetanus, 387–388 Trichinellosis
Trachoma Europe, 36
Africa, 17 Trichomoniasis, 179
Asia, 33, 35 Trichuris
Traffic accidents, 43–44 in internationally adopted
Travel children, 123
Arctic, 486 Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole
international for Brucellosis, 156
financial implications, 7–8 Trinidad, 25
during pregnancy, 112t Tropical ulcer, 179
international business Trypanosoma cruzi, 417
insurance claims, 48f, 590 distribution of, 418f
Travelers, 2, 7 Trypanosomiasis (Chagas’
corporate, 117 disease), 417–420
destinations, 9 distribution of, 419f
elderly. See Elderly travelers South America, 26, 29
female, 119 Trypanosomiasis (sleeping
handicapped, 146 sickness)
last-minute, 99 Africa, 20, 22
long-term, 96–98 South America, 26
male, 117 Tuberculin testing, 426–427
pregnant, 119–120 Tuberculosis, 101, 421–428
returning incidence rates of, 422f
cutaneous process in, 533t in internationally adopted
Traveler’s diarrhea, 45–46, 94, children, 123
113, 399–416 vaccine, 424–427
athletes, 126 Tularemia, 429
chemoprophylaxis for, 409t Middle America, 26
in children, 121 North America, 23
in elderly travelers, 128, 140 Tuna
etiologic agents of, 400f, 400t scombroid poisoning, 511
host countries, 402t Tunga penetrans, 59
Index 627
Tungiasis in elderly travelers, 134

Africa, 20 Urticaria, 136
Tunisia, 17 Uruguay, 28
Turkey, 35 UV, 92, 136, 519–521
Turkmenistan, 33 blockers, 56
Turks, 25 Uzbekistan, 33
Tuvalu, 40 anthrax, 151
Tympanomastoidectomy, 119
Typhoid Vaccinations, 121
vaccines, 440–448, 442t–443t athletes, 125–126
parenteral, 444–446 in elderly, 137
parenteral Vi web sites, 551
polysaccharide, Vaccines
446–448 administration, 67–68
Typhoid fever, 430–449 anthrax, 151
Africa, 17, 21, 22 cholera, 163–171
Asia, 33, 34, 35 parenteral, 168–171
attack rate of, 434t contraindications, 72–74
Europe, 37 diphtheria, 182–184
incidence of, 433f hantavirus, 199
Melanesia, 41 hepatitis A, 205–213
Middle America, 24 hepatitis B, 218–224
South America, 29 influenza, 239–243
Typhus leptospirosis, 263
Africa, 17, 20, 22 measles, 314–316
Asia, 32, 33, 34, 35 meningococcal meningitis,
Europe, 36 322–326
plague, 333–335
Uganda, 17 during pregnancy
Ukraine, 36 contraindications for, 114
Ultraviolet (UV), 92, 136, rabies, 351–355
519–521 reactions to, 74
blockers, 56 requirements, 70–71
United Arab Emirates, 35 routine and recommended, 71
United Kingdom, 36 schedule, 71–72, 71f
variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob tuberculosis, 424–427
disease, 450 typhoid, 440–448, 442t–443t
United Republic of Tanzania, 17 vaccinia, 382–393
United States, 22, 160 yellow fever, 459–462
Lyme borreliosis, 264 interacting with cholera
traveler’s diarrhea, 402 vaccine, 170
Universal time zones, 16t Vaccinia
Upper respiratory tract vaccine, 382–393
infections, 95 Vanuatu, 40
Urine Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob
color of, 56 disease, 450–451
Urolithiasis Variola virus, 380
Vectorborne diseases Warning

avoidance of, 59–60 web sites, 551
Venezuela, 26, 191 Warts, 179
malaria endemic areas, 599 Water disinfection, 90–93
Venezuelan hemorrhagic fever, Water sport injuries, 468
153 Web sites, 548–551
Verapamil West Nile fever, 46, 49
for malaria, 310 Africa, 17
Vero cell rabies vaccine Europe, 37
(PVRV), 351 West Nile virus, 454–455
Vibrio Wheelchairs, 146
non-cholera, 401t Wuchereria bancrofti, 190
Vibrio cholerae, 158, 161, 401t
Vietnam, 32
malaria endemic areas, 600 Yellow fever, 456–467
Viral encephalitis Africa, 20
South America, 28 endemic zone, 457f, 458f
Viral hemorrhagic fevers, vaccine, 459–462
452–453 Yemen, 35, 191
Viral hepatitis Yugoslavia, 37
South America, 29
Virgin Islands, 25 Zambia, 17, 232
Vitamins poliomyelitis, 338
prenatal, 113 Zimbabwe, 17, 232
malaria endemic areas, 601
Walking, 59 Zolpidem
Wallis Islands, 41 for jet lag, 506

Tips Manual of Travel Medicine and Health

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Tips Manual of Travel Medicine and Health

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Tips Manual of Travel Medicine and Health

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Every Decker book

The disc appears in the front of each copy, in its

The disc contains the complete text and illustrations

BC Decker Inc is committed to providing high-

We trust you will find the book/CD

Sales and Distribution

Preface to the First Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix

PART 2 INFECTIOUS HEALTH RISKS AND THEIR PREVENTION

Filovirus Infections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

PART 3 NONINFECTIOUS HEALTH

PART 4 DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT

This edition is dedicated to the individuals who have accompa-

PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION

This manual has become a standard reference among travel health

chapter entitled “Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary

We wish to acknowledge the excellent advice and support we

Travel medicine is a new interdisciplinary field (Figure 1). The

Traditional Disciplines New Field

Figure 1 Travel medicine: an interdisciplinary field

tourist-generating and tourist-receiving countries may result in

petent travel health professionals. In some countries, it is now pos-

Travel Health Professionals

advice to most healthy travelers planning to stay on the "usual tourist

According to data provided by the World Tourism Organization

Financial Implications of International Travel

The international tourism receipts total $380 billion US yearly. The

Table 1 Increase in Travelers from the Developed to the Developing Countries

Environment plays an important role in most travels, from the

Business and Nomads

Figure 3 Classification of international visitors

riences extreme differences in temperature and humidity may expe-

Potential Health Hazards to Travelers by Region

This section intends to provide a general description of the health

Table 2 Altitudes of Important Tourist Destinations

Addis Ababa, Ethiopia 926 3038

encounter in their home countries. It is impractical to try and iden-

of these countries, however, have a responsibility to provide trav-

Figure 4 Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) zones

Africa (Figures 5A and 5B)

Northern Africa (Algeria, Egypt, Libyan Arab Jamahiriya,

Figure 5A Western Africa

Khartoum Asmera YEMEN

Figure 5B Eastern Africa

odically in the unvaccinated population. The natural focus of

Southern Africa (Botswana, Lesotho, Namibia, Saint Helena,

Rocky Mountain spotted fever, tularemia, and arthropodborne

Detroit New York

Figure 5C Map of North America, excluding Mexico

Mainland Middle America (Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador,

Figure 5D Map of Central America

very common throughout the area. All countries except Panama

Figure 5E Map of Carribean

several are mountainous with peaks 1000 to 2500 meters high,

in northeast Brazil, with foci in other parts of Brazil; it is less fre-

PARAGUAY Rio de Janeiro

Figure 5F Map of South America

lated foci in rural areas in Ecuador, Venezuela, and northern

over the Andes divide on to the steppes and desert of Patagonia

Asia (Figures 5G and 5H)

East Asia (China [including Hong Kong Special Administra-

ISRAEL SYRIA UZBEKISTAN

Figure 5G Map of Western Asia